← Back to meetings

Meeting Transportation, Infrastructure, and Planning Subcommittee-11/19/2025 complete

2025-11-19 · Transportation, Infrastructure, and Planning Subcommittee

Items: 72

Transportation, Infrastructure, and Planning Subcommittee

View on Agenda Online ↗


Synced: 2026-05-28 03:37 AZ

Item text
Summary
This item transmits recommendations from the Mayor and Council for appointment or
reappointment to City Boards and Commissions.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by the Mayor's Office.





ATTACHMENT A




To: City Council Date: November 19, 2025
From: Mayor Kate Gallego

Subject: BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS – APPOINTEES

The purpose of this memo is to provide recommendations for appointments to the
following Boards and Commissions:

Central City Village Planning Committee

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Cyndy Gaughan
Ms. Gaughan will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2027.

Development Advisory Board

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Nathan Sonoskey
Mr. Sonoskey will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2028.

Industrial Development Authority of the City of Phoenix

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Bruce Mosby
Mr. Mosby will serve a third term to expire November 1, 2031.

Phoenix Arts and Culture Commission

I recommend the following for reappointment as Chair:

Robert Nolan
Mr. Nolan will serve a second term as Chair to expire November 19, 2026.

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Debra Larson



Ms. Larson will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2028.

Dante Mitchell
Mr. Mitchell will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2028.

Sierra Ochoa
Ms. Ochoa will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2028.

Sophie O'Keefe-Zelman
Ms. O'Keefe-Zelman will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2028.

Public Defender Review Committee

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Jamie Garcia
Mr. Garcia will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2029.

Thomas Moring
Mr. Moring will serve a fourth term to expire November 19, 2029.

John Phebus
Mr. Phebus will serve a second term to expire November 19, 2029.

I recommend the following for appointment:

Jenni Abbott-Bayardi
Ms. Abbott-Bayardi is a Member of the Washington Elementary School District
Governing Board. She fills a vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2029.

Melissa Ho
Ms. Ho is the Associate General Counsel at Cavco Industries, Inc. and a resident of
District 4. She fills a vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2029.

South Mountain Village Planning Committee

I recommend the following for appointment:

Manish Gupta
Mr. Gupta is the Founder of Reliance Group Arizona and a resident of District 8. He fills
a vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2027.







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Appointment of Municipal Court Judges - Citywide

This item requests to appoint the following individuals as judges of the Phoenix
Municipal Court: Brett Hutchison and Christine Mulleneaux to terms expiring on
November 19, 2029.

Summary
On September 29, 2025, the Judicial Selection Advisory Board (JSAB) recommended
seven candidates to be interviewed by the Public Safety and Justice Subcommittee.

On November 5, 2025, after interviews and public comment, the Public Safety and
Justice Subcommittee unanimously recommended Brett Hutchison and Christine
Mulleneaux each to be appointed as judges of the Phoenix Municipal Court.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the City Council
Office.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Special Event - St. Gabriel the Archangel Roman Catholic
Parish Cave Creek - District 2

Request for a Series 15 - Special Event liquor license for the temporary sale of all
liquors.

Summary

Applicant
Larry Hansen

Location
32648 N. Cave Creek Road
Council District: 2

Function
Ceremony

Date(s) - Time(s) / Expected Attendance
December 13, 2025 - 6 p.m. to 9 p.m. / 100 attendees

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - The Henry - District 2

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 357453.

Summary

Applicant
Samuel Fox, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
7000 E. Mayo Boulevard, Bldg. 27
Zoning Classification: PUD/PCD
Council District: 2

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit. This business is
currently under construction with plans to open in February 2026.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 24, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.






Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This information is not provided due to the multiple ownership interests held by the
applicant in the State of Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have owned and operated restaurants in Phoenix in compliance with all liquor laws
over the last 26 years. I have completed the Department of Liquor and Licenses
Control liquor service training.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“The Henry is a neighborhood restaurant that serves upscale American Cuisine. We
believe that the public will benefit by enjoying a cocktail, a glass of wine or a cold beer
with their dine-in meal.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Attachment A - The Henry - Data
Attachment B - The Henry - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: THE HENRY
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Bar 6 6 4

Beer and Wine Bar 7 2 2

Liquor Store 9 2 2

Hotel 11 1 1

Restaurant 12 24 19


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 22.45 35.35

Violent Crimes 12.31 1.93 1.8

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 41 0

Total Violations 69 0



Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

2168442 2908 504 449 334

2168452 2059 251 338 168

6152011 656 0 41 20

6152012 6102 515 722 1020

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: THE HENRY
7000 E MAYO BLVD




Date: 10/31/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Durant's - District 4

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 360584.

Summary

Applicant
Jeffrey Miller, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
2611 N. Central Avenue
Zoning Classification: C-2 HRI TOD-1
Council District: 4

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location is currently
licensed for liquor sales with a Series 6 - Bar, liquor license.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 22, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations



on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

Durant's (Series 6)
2611 N. Central Avenue, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 2
Liquor license violations: None

Steak 44 (Series 12)
5101 N. 44th Street, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 8
Liquor license violations: None

Ocean 44 (Series 12)
4748 N. Goldwater Boulevard, Scottsdale
Calls for police service: N/A - not in Phoenix
Liquor license violations: None

Michael Dominick's Lincoln Avenue Prime Steakhouse (Series 12)
15169 N. Scottsdale Road, Ste. C100, Scottsdale
Calls for police service: N/A - not in Phoenix
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“We are committed to responsible service, supporting the local economy through job
creation and community engagement.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
"Durant's has been a beloved part of Phoenix, AZ for 75 years, serving generations
with great food and warm hospitality. As one of the longest standing establishments in
the area, our restaurant is not just a place to eat-it's a gathering spot that has hosted


countless celebrations, milestones, & everyday moments for our loyal patrons. A liquor
license will allow us to enhance the dining experience, remain competitive, & continue
attracting visitors to the area. This license will help us preserve the legacy while
providing an even better experience for our guests.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Attachment A - Durant's - Data
Attachment B - Durant's - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: DURANT'S
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Microbrewery 3 1 0

Wholesaler 4 1 0

Bar 6 7 4

Beer and Wine Bar 7 9 3

Liquor Store 9 7 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 11 5

Hotel 11 1 1

Restaurant 12 47 19

Club 14 1 1


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 174.94 147.23

Violent Crimes 12.31 29.96 49.36

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 41 35

Total Violations 69 51




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1105013 486 47 63 125

1105022 2166 436 185 339

1117004 1426 315 66 49

1118001 962 221 108 264

1118002 846 361 100 89

1118003 1247 510 88 26

1118004 1423 507 117 200

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: DURANT'S
2611 N CENTRAL AVE




Date: 4/7/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Select Beverage - District 6

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 360669.

Summary

Applicant
Andrea Lewkowitz, Agent

License Type
Series 4 - Wholesaler

Location
5448 E. Washington Street, Ste. 2
Zoning Classification: A-1
Council District: 6

This request is for a new liquor license for a wholesaler. This location was not
previously licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit. This business
has plans to open in December 2025.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 29, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, consideration should be given only to the applicant's
personal qualifications.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,



grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant is committed to upholding the highest standards for alcohol sales and
services and is committed to uphold all laws and regulations.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - AJ's #159 - District 6

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 360502.

Summary

Applicant
Ralph Woodward, Agent

License Type
Series 7 - Beer and Wine Bar

Location
4430 E. Camelback Road
Zoning Classification: C-1 ACSPD
Council District: 6

This request is for a location transfer of a liquor license for a beer and wine bar. This
location is currently licensed for liquor sales with a Series 9 - Liquor Store, liquor
license. A bar is not a permitted use by-right in a C-1 zoning district.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 24, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This information is not provided due to the multiple ownership interests held by the



applicant in the State of Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“AJ's Fine Foods operates under well-defined policies and security measures that
ensure full compliance with regulatory requirements. Our consistent record of
responsible management reflects our qualifications to hold a liquor license. We take
seriously our role as a trusted member of the community and are dedicated to
conducting alcohol sales in a safe, lawful, and professional manner.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“We strive to grow and improve our business with continued focus on the needs of our
customers. We remain committed to the betterment of our communities through
service and support as well as the future of our environment through sustainability
efforts. With more than 100 stores across the state, we are one of Arizona's largest
employers and give back to the communities we serve.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Attachment A - AJ's #159 - Data
Attachment B - AJ's #159 - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: AJ'S #159
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Bar 6 2 2

Beer and Wine Bar 7 3 1

Liquor Store 9 3 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 3 0

Restaurant 12 17 8



Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 43.84 60.29

Violent Crimes 12.31 3.34 3.82

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 12

Total Violations 69 22



Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1079001 613 250 119 10

1079002 1935 618 83 416

1079003 984 146 151 113

1081001 2154 620 106 51

1082001 1074 308 30 111

Average 1601 393 60 177



Liquor License Map: AJ'S #159
4430 E CAMELBACK RD




Date: 11/12/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Ledu Thai - District 6

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 361360.

Summary

Applicant
Jeffrey Miller, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
5813 N. 7th Street, Ste. 150
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 6

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 24, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations



on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

Ledu Thai Restaurant (Series 12)
915 N. 5th Street, Phoenix
Calls for police service: None
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have attended both the basic and managment Title 4 training certs. I am a hands on
owner now owing two Ledu Thai restaurants.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Ledu is a Thai word, that means 'season'. Thai cuisineis a blend of both food and
culture, and the seasonal nature of produce allows us to change the menu to match
the time of year. Every dish is from a homemade recipe that can be found in any Thai
home. Our meals are built from high quality ingredients sourced locally. We hope you
will enjoy eating our food as much as we enjoy making it.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Attachment A - Ledu Thai - Data
Attachment B - Ledu Thai - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.



Liquor License Data: LEDU THAI
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Microbrewery 3 1 0

Bar 6 4 2

Beer and Wine Bar 7 8 0

Liquor Store 9 6 3

Beer and Wine Store 10 6 1

Restaurant 12 46 15


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 114.14 122.71

Violent Crimes 12.31 13.32 15.71
*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 57

Total Violations 69 86




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1065012 1472 331 210 121

1066002 1827 640 71 48

1075001 942 355 22 43

1075002 1050 361 52 21

1076011 925 208 31 52

1076012 1255 262 47 84

1076013 997 362 76 88

1076021 1302 519 41 25

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: LEDU THAI
5813 N 7TH ST




Date: 9/26/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Shio Ramen & Bar - District 6

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 360957.

Summary

Applicant
Joseph Kim, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
3961 E. Camelback Road
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 6

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit. This business has plans
to open in December 2025.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 23, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the



State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations
on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

Sushiholic (Series 12)
3943 E. Camelback Road, Phoenix
Calls for police service: None
Liquor license violations: None

Sushiholic Scottsdale (Series 12)
1455 N. Scottsdale Road, Ste. 115, Scottsdale
Calls for police service: N/A - not in Phoenix
Liquor license violations: None

Sushivibe (Series 12)
100 E. Camelback Road, Ste. 154, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 78
Liquor license violations: None

Shio Ramen & Crudo (Series 12)
1455 N. Scottsdale Road, Ste. 105, Scottsdale
Calls for police service: N/A - not in Phoenix
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have been chef/owner since 2006. I am a responsible operator who understands and
follows all laws governing the sale and service of alcohol. This establishment is our 8th
location here ins metro Phoenix valley.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Family friendly sit-down dining establishment filling an exsisting restaurant


establishment and hiring locally, serving locally.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Attachment A - Shio Ramen & Bar - Data
Attachment B - Shio Ramen & Bar - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: SHIO RAMEN & BAR
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Bar 6 4 1

Beer and Wine Bar 7 3 1

Liquor Store 9 3 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 5 2

Hotel 11 1 0

Restaurant 12 22 9


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 64.88 87.04

Violent Crimes 12.31 4.67 7.43
*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 17

Total Violations 68 30




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1051033 1995 840 98 98

1079003 984 146 151 113

1081001 2154 620 106 51

1082001 1074 308 30 111

1083011 884 307 31 42

1083012 1555 525 75 108

1083013 1416 316 40 58

1083022 1419 351 90 116

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: SHIO RAMEN & BAR
3961 E CAMELBACK RD




Date: 11/12/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Special Event - The Alliance Francaise of Greater Phoenix -
District 7

Request for a Series 15 - Special Event liquor license for the temporary sale of all
liquors.

Summary

Applicant
Jeannine Bobin

Location
429 W. Jackson Street
Council District: 7

Function
Art Show

Date(s) - Time(s) / Expected Attendance
December 7, 2025 - 5 p.m. to 8 p.m. / 100 attendees

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - 7-Eleven #19158F - District 7

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 361477.

Summary

Applicant
Kulwinder Kaur, Agent

License Type
Series 10 - Beer and Wine Store

Location
5901 W. McDowell Road
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 7

This request is for a new liquor license for a convenience store that does not sell gas.
This location was previously licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with
an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is December 1, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the



State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations
on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

7-Eleven #16082F (Series 10)
4831 N. 75th Avenue, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 61
Liquor license violations: None

7-Eleven #27518E (Series 10)
4840 N. 67th Avenue, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 73
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant is committed to upholding the highest standards for business and
maintaining compliance with applicable laws. Managers and staff will be trained in the
techniques of legal and responsible alcohol sales and service.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“7-Eleven is a on-stop shop for convenience items. The stores offer a wide variety of
goods, including fresh and ready-to eat foods, home and personal care products,
snacks, and drinks. Applicant would like to offer beer and wine to customers 21 and
over.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Attachment A - 7-Eleven #19158F - Data
Attachment B - 7-Eleven #19158F - Map



Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: 7-ELEVEN #19158F
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Wholesaler 4 4 0

Liquor Store 9 4 1

Beer and Wine Store 10 8 5

Hotel 11 1 0

Restaurant 12 3 2


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 138.45 200.53

Violent Crimes 12.31 33.35 46.17

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 112

Total Violations 68 166




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1124021 2810 555 14 1178

1125021 3155 406 19 297

1125022 1213 281 5 364

1125023 1131 281 4 119

1125072 1429 0 55 491

1125122 310 0 333 236

1125211 2161 0 57 199

1125212 1092 0 74 213

1125221 3399 358 7 243

1125222 849 162 2 287

1125223 2328 445 104 23

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: 7-ELEVEN #19158F
5901 W MCDOWELL RD




Date: 11/12/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Pony's Miches Michelada Bar & Grill - District 7

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 362326.

Summary

Applicant
Sergio Escamilla, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
105 W. Portland Street
Zoning Classification: DTC-Downtown Gateway
Council District: 7

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is December 1, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.




Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I am duly licensed attorney in two states, CA (since 2009), and Arizona (since 2007). I
successfully run ELG Accident Attorneys (since 2009), and we already run a
successful restaurant, PoNy's Miches, in Goodyear Arizona (opened in 2024). We
serve award winning food, and we were recognized by council and Goodyear Mayor
as "Best Mom & Pop" business in 2024.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“We are community cognizant business. We expect to bring good food, jobs, and
enhance and contribute to the vibrant downtown Phoenix landscape. We expect to
work hand in hand and collaborate with community organizations and existing
businesses, to further generate and promote our downtown Phoenix culture and
experiences.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Attachment A - Pony's Miches Michelada Bar & Grill - Data
Attachment B - Pony's Miches Michelada Bar & Grill - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: PONY'S MICHES MICHELADA BAR &
GRILL
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Microbrewery 3 20 8

Government 5 28 16

Bar 6 191 57

Beer and Wine Bar 7 60 32

Liquor Store 9 28 12

Beer and Wine Store 10 60 16

Hotel 11 24 0

Restaurant 12 440 168

Club 14 8 0



Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 258.46 343.94

Violent Crimes 12.31 55.86 63.48
*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 53

Total Violations 68 94




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1118002 846 361 100 89

1118004 1423 507 117 200

1129001 1399 521 53 62

1129002 671 102 83 94

1130001 2898 331 199 515

1130002 1364 179 221 139

1131001 1929 146 155 743

1131002 2026 50 492 845

1131003 2654 2 355 297

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: PONY'S MICHES MICHELADA BAR & GRILL
105 W PORTLAND ST




Date: 10/16/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Revolucion Tacos & Cantina - District 7

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 361052.

Summary

Applicant
Andrea Lewkowitz, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
1001 N. Central Avenue, 1st Floor
Zoning Classification: DTC-Downtown Gateway
Council District: 7

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 21, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days. Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-
203, consideration should be given only to the applicant's personal qualifications.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This information is not provided due to the multiple ownership interests held by the



applicant in the State of Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant is committed to upholding the highest standards to maintain compliance
with applicable laws. Managers and staff will be trained in the techniques of legal and
responsible alcohol sales and service.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Revolucion Tacos & Cantina is located on the first floor and the park-like outdoor
space of the 9-story building on the northeast corner of Roosevelt and North Central
Avenue. The casual, neighborhood restaurant will feature traditional Mexican street
food, freshly-made gourmet appetizers, tacos,quesadillas,burritos and sides in a
vibrant, lively atmosphere with Mexican cultural elements. Applicant would like to offer
alcoholic beverages to guests 21 and over as incident to the authentic dishes they
enjoy.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Attachment A - Revolucion Tacos & Cantina - Data
Attachment B - Revolucion Tacos & Cantina - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: REVOLUCION TACOS & CANTINA
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Microbrewery 3 5 2

Government 5 7 5

Bar 6 42 15

Beer and Wine Bar 7 9 6

Liquor Store 9 4 1

Beer and Wine Store 10 15 4

Hotel 11 7 1

Restaurant 12 108 46

Club 14 2 0


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 265.39 394.05

Violent Crimes 12.31 59.6 77.49

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 52

Total Violations 68 92




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1118002 846 361 100 89

1118004 1423 507 117 200

1130001 2898 331 199 515

1130002 1364 179 221 139

1131001 1929 146 155 743

1131002 2026 50 492 845

1131003 2654 2 355 297

1132021 740 87 52 190

1132041 1507 221 53 310

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: REVOLUCION TACOS & CANTINA
1001 N CENTRAL AVE




Date: 10/22/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Culinary Gangster - District 8

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 361404.

Summary

Applicant
Lauren Merrett, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
513 E. Roosevelt Street
Zoning Classification: DTC-Evans Churchill East
Council District: 8

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 24, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.




Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“The owners are confident in their ability to responsibly manage and operate a
business with a liquor license, supported by a track record of reliability and
qualifications. Their experience commitment to compliance, and understanding of
regulatory requirements make me a suitable candidate for holding a liquor license in
the city of Phoenix."

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“The issuance of the liquor license is deemed necessary for public convenience and is
in the best interest of the community. This decision is grounded in careful consideration
of factors that contribute to the overall well-being of our community, fostering
responsible and regulated access to alcoholic beverages.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Attachment A - Culinary Gangster - Data
Attachment B - Culinary Gangster - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.





Liquor License Data: CULINARY GANGSTER
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Producer 1 1 0

Microbrewery 3 4 2

Wholesaler 4 1 0

Government 5 7 4

Bar 6 48 16

Beer and Wine Bar 7 15 6

Liquor Store 9 6 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 15 7

Hotel 11 7 2

Restaurant 12 115 40

Club 14 1 0


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 64.2 263.11 303.07

Violent Crimes 12.31 56.31 63.48

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 40 92

Total Violations 68 150




Census 2020 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2020 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1118004 1423 507 117 200

1130001 2898 331 199 515

1130002 1364 179 221 139

1131002 2026 50 492 845

1131003 2654 2 355 297

1132021 740 87 52 190

1132022 1347 118 99 594

1132041 1507 221 53 310

1132042 506 63 11 131

1141001 2605 227 111 276

Average 1601 393 60 177




Liquor License Map: CULINARY GANGSTER
513 E ROOSEVELT ST




Date: 10/27/2025




Ü
0 0.170.35 0.7 1.05 1.4
mi

City Clerk Department



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - King Salmon - District 8

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 359313.

Summary

Applicant
Jinseok Lee, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
4041 E. Thomas Road, #115
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 8

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was not
previously licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is November 23, 2025.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations
on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within



the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

King Salmon (Series 12)
2825N. Central Avenue, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 2
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have successful experience operating restaurants and understand the responsibility
that comes with serving alcohol. My staff will be properly trained in responsible service,
and I am committed to maintaining compliance with all laws and regulations to ensure
safe and professional operations.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Customers often request alcoholic beverages to enjoy with our Japanese and Korean
cuisine. Offering beer, sake, and cocktails will provide a complete dining experience,
attract more visitors, support the local economy, and enhance the community's dining
options.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Attachment A - King Salmon - Data
Attachment B - King Salmon - Map

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.






Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Rayne Water Conditioning, Inc.

For $40,000 in payment authority for a new contract, entered on or about January 1,
2026, for a term of two years, with three one-year options, for water softener exchange
and reverse osmosis rental services for the Phoenix Convention Center Department.
The contract will provide all labor, materials, supplies, and services necessary for the
maintenance, repair, and replacement of water softener tanks and related equipment,
as needed across various locations.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Foundation Instruments Inc.

For $91,000 in payment authority to purchase a Trihalomethane (THM) Rapid
Response on-line chemical analyzer for the Water Services Department. The
instrument will be used daily at the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant to meet
Environmental Protection Agency Safe Drinking Water Act requirements, ensuring
accurate THM analysis and supporting the delivery of safe drinking water to residents.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
(CONTINUED FROM OCTOBER 15, 2025) - Amendments to the City's Combined
Classification and Pay Ordinance (S-51144) - In Accordance with the
Recommendations of Human Resources Committee 637 (Ordinance S-52351) -
Citywide

Regrade the classification of Maintenance/Planner Scheduler, Job Code: 50440,
Salary Plan: 004, Grade/Range: 252 ($41,642 - $90,917/annual), Labor Unit Code:
002, Benefit Category: 002, EEO-4 Category: Technicians, FLSA Status: Non-exempt
to Grade/Range: 256 ($45,926 - $100,235/annual) effective on October 27, 2025.

Regrade the classification of Welder, Job Code: 74400, Salary Plan: 002,
Grade/Range: 149 ($38,688 - $84,469/annual), Labor Unit Code: 001, Benefit
Category: 001, EEO-4 Category: Skilled Craft, FLSA Status: Non-exempt to
Grade/Range: 155 ($44,803 - $97,781/annual) effective on October 27, 2025.

Regrade the assignment to the classification of Welder*U2, Job Code: 74401, Salary
Plan: 004, Grade/Range: 249 ($38,688 - $84,469/annual), Labor Unit Code: 002,
Benefit Category: 002, EEO-4 Category: Skilled Craft, FLSA Status: Non-exempt to
Grade/Range: 255 ($44,803 - $97,781/annual) effective on October 27, 2025.

Retitle the classification of Neighborhood Preservation Inspector I, Job Code: 60670,
Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 353 ($42,661 - $93,122/annual), Labor Unit Code:
003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category: Technicians, FLSA Status: Non-exempt
to Neighborhood Preservation Inspector effective on October 27, 2025.

Establish the assignment to the classification of Neighborhood Preservation
Inspector*Lead, Job Code: 60671, Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 355 ($44,803 -
$97,781/annual), Labor Unit Code: 003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category:
Technicians, FLSA Status: Non-exempt effective on October 27, 2025.

Retitle the classification of Neighborhood Preservation Inspector II, Job Code: 60680,
Salary Plan: 001, Grade/Range: 059 ($49,379 - $107,806/annual), Labor Unit Code:
007, Benefit Category: 007, EEO-4 Category: Technicians, FLSA Status: Exempt to
Neighborhood Preservation Supervisor effective on October 27, 2025.




Retitle the classification of Compliance Supervisor, Job Code: 18550, Salary Plan:
001, Grade/Range: 069 ($63,045 - $137,592/annual), Labor Unit Code: 007, Benefit
Category: 007, EEO-4 Category: Professionals, FLSA Status: Exempt to Compliance
Manager effective on October 27, 2025.

Regrade the classification of O&M Technician, Job Code: 50370, Salary Plan: 004,
Grade/Range: 245 ($35,110 - $76,627/annual), Labor Unit Code: 002, Benefit
Category: 002, EEO-4 Category: Service Maintenance, FLSA Status: Non-exempt to
Grade/Range: 246 ($35,984 - $78,541/annual) effective on October 27, 2025.

Regrade the assignment of the classification of O&M Technician*SCBA, Job Code:
50371, Salary Plan: 004, Grade/Range: 246 ($35,984 - $78,541/annual), Labor Unit
Code: 002, Benefit Category: 002, EEO-4 Category: Service Maintenance, FLSA
Status: Non-exempt to Grade/Range: 248 ($37,773 - $82,451/annual) effective on
October 27, 2025.

Regrade the classification of Fuel System Support Technician, Job Code: 73420,
Salary Plan: 004, Grade/Range: 239 ($31,845 - $66,186/annual), Labor Unit Code:
002, Benefit Category: 002, EEO-4 Category: Service Maintenance, FLSA Status: Non
-exempt to Grade/Range: 245 ($35,110 - $76,627/annual) effective on October 27,
2025.

Regrade the classification of Deputy City Manager (NC), Job Code: 06080, Salary
Plan: 018, Grade/Range: 930 ($217,485 - $304,491/annual), Labor Unit Code: 008,
Benefit Category: 010, EEO-4 Category: Officials and Administrators, FLSA Status:
Exempt to Grade/Range: 933 ($251,771 - $351,755/annual) effective on October 27,
2025.

Modify salary plan for the classification of Assistant City Manager (NC), Job Code:
06100, Salary Plan: 018, Grade/Range: 935 ($260,998 - $365,394/annual), Labor Unit
Code: 008, Benefit Category: 010, EEO-4 Category: Officials and Administrators, FLSA
Status: Exempt to Grade/Range: 935 ($294,572 - $411,553/annual) effective on
October 27, 2025.

Establish the classification of Police Communications Trainee (NC), Job Code: 01740,
Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 345 ($35,110 - $76,627/annual), Labor Unit Code:
003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category: Administrative Support, FLSA Status:
Non-exempt effective on November 10, 2025.

Regrade the classification of Police Communications Operator, Job Code: 01830,
Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 345 ($35,110 - $76,627/annual), Labor Unit Code:


003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category: Administrative Support, FLSA Status:
Non-exempt to Grade/Range: 347 ($36,858 - $80,454/annual) effective on November
10, 2025.

Regrade the assignment of the classification of Police Communications
Operator*Radio/911, Job Code: 01832, Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 347 ($36,858
- $80,454/annual), Labor Unit Code: 003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category:
Administrative Support, FLSA Status: Non-exempt to Grade/Range: 349 ($38,688 -
$84,469/annual) effective on November 10, 2025.

Establish the assignment of the classification of Police Communications Operator
Radio/911*Trainer, Job Code: 01834, Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 351 ($40,643 -
$88,691/annual), Labor Unit Code: 003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category:
Administrative Support, FLSA Status: Non-exempt effective on November 10, 2025.

Regrade the assignment of the classification of Police Communications Operator*Lead
Radio/911, Job Code: 01833, Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 349 ($38,688 -
$84,469/annual), Labor Unit Code: 003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category:
Administrative Support, FLSA Status: Non-exempt to Grade/Range: 351 ($40,643 -
$88,691/annual) effective on November 10, 2025.

Regrade the classification of Fire Emergency Dispatcher, Job Code: 01820, Salary
Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 347 ($36,858 - $80,454/annual), Labor Unit Code: 003,
Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category: Administrative Support, FLSA Status: Non-
exempt to Grade/Range: 349 ($38,688 - $84,469/annual) effective on November 10,
2025.

Regrade the assignment to the classification of Fire Emergency Dispatcher*Lead, Job
Code: 01822, Salary Plan: 006, Grade/Range: 349 ($38,688 - $84,469/annual), Labor
Unit Code: 003, Benefit Category: 003, EEO-4 Category: Administrative Support, FLSA
Status: Non-exempt to Grade/Range: 351 ($40,643 - $88,691/annual) effective on
November 10, 2025.

Summary
Effective August 7, 2023, the City implemented a systemic overhaul of its
compensation structure. Following this implementation, additional adjustments have
been identified to address and restore internal alignment within specific job families or
career paths. These changes stem from the findings of the Classification and
Compensation study. Staff respectfully requests approval of the adjustments listed
above.



Financial Impact
The estimated initial cost for this action is $344,000.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On September 25, 2025, Human Resources Committee 637 reviewed and
recommended these modifications for approval.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager David Mathews and the Human
Resources Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amendments to the City's Combined Classification and Pay Ordinance (S-51144)
in Accordance with Human Resources Committee 638 Recommendations
(Ordinance S-52430) - Citywide

Regrade the classification of Detention Supervisor, Job Code: 62150, Salary Plan:
001, Grade/Range: 047 ($36,858 - $80,454/annual), Labor Unit Code: 007, Benefits
Category: 007, EEO-4 Category: Professionals, FLSA Status: Non-exempt to
Grade/Range: 057 ($47,029 - $102,669/annual).

Regrade the classification of Detention Officer, Job Code: 62130, Salary Plan: 006,
Grade/Range: 343 ($33,426 - $72,966/annual), Labor Unit Code: 003, Benefits
Category: 003, EEO-4 Category: Protective Service Nonsworn, FLSA Status: Non-
exempt to Grade/Range: 347 ($36,858 - $80,454/annual).

Summary
Effective August 7, 2023, the City implemented a systemic overhaul of its
compensation structure. Following this implementation, additional adjustments have
been identified to address and restore internal alignment within specific job families or
career paths. These changes stem from the findings of the Classification and
Compensation study. Staff respectfully requests approval of the adjustments listed
above.

Financial Impact
There is no estimated initial cost for this action.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On October 29, 2025, Human Resources Committee 638 reviewed and recommended
these modifications for approval effective January 5, 2026.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager David Mathews and the Human
Resources Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acquisition of Real Property for the 47th Avenue Basin and Channel Project
Located North of Buckeye Road and West of 47th Avenue (Ordinance S-52395) -
District 7

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to acquire all real property
and related property interests either by donation, purchase within the City's appraised
value, or purchase at a settlement amount arrived at through mediation and
determined by the City Manager or designee to be reasonable under the
circumstances, or by the power of eminent domain, for the 47th Avenue Basin and
Channel Project. Further request to authorize dedication of land with roadway and/or
public improvements to public use for right of way purposes via a separate recording
instrument, accept and grant all easements along the alignment and execute all
necessary licenses and agreements in furtherance of this ordinance. Further request
authorization to provide relocation costs and allow occupants time to relocate, as may
be necessary to and in furtherance of this acquisition. Further request authorization for
the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item.

Summary
This project is in collaboration with the Flood Control District of Maricopa County. The
acquisition of approximately 18.55 acres is required for construction of flood mitigation
measures as identified by the Durango Area Drainage Master Plan (DADMP) Study.
The DADMP provides for a 100-year flood mitigation and includes a detention basin
that will be created at the northwest corner of 47th Avenue and Buckeye Road. The
basin will attenuate peak water discharges in the 47th Avenue Channel.

The parcels affected by this project are 4710 West Buckeye Road and 920 South 47th
Avenue, identified by Maricopa County Assessor's parcel numbers 104-21-004K and
104-21-004P.

Financial Impact
Funding is available from the Street Transportation Department's storm drainage
impact fee budget.

Location
North of Buckeye Road, West of 47th Avenue.



Council District: 7

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton, the City Engineer and the
Street Transportation and Finance departments.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acceptance of an Easement for Drainage Purposes (Ordinance S-52399) -
District 5

Request for the City Council to accept an easement for drainage purposes; further
ordering the ordinance recorded. Legal descriptions are recorded via separate
recording instrument.

Summary
Accepting the property interests below will meet the Planning and Development
Department's Single Instrument Dedication Process requirement prior to releasing any
permits to applicants.

Easements (a)
MCR: 20250552026
Applicant and Grantor: TTRG AZ Phoenix 99th McDowell Dev, LLC; its successor and
assigns
Date: September 24, 2025
Purpose: Drainage
Location: 1819 N. 99th Avenue
APN: 102-33-525
File: FN 250084
Council District: 5

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development and Finance departments.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acceptance and Dedication of a Deed and Easements for Roadway, Public
Utility, and Sidewalk Purposes (Ordinance S-52407) - Districts 2, 3, 6 & 8

Request for the City Council to accept and dedicate a deed and easements for
roadway, public utility, and sidewalk purposes; further ordering the ordinance recorded.
Legal descriptions are recorded via separate recording instrument.

Summary
Accepting and dedicating the property interests below will meet the Planning and
Development Department's Single Instrument Dedication Process requirement prior to
releasing any permits to applicants.

Deed (a)
MCR: 20250580189
Applicant and Grantor: North Gateway Core Acreage Investors LLC; Hare Investments
LLC; its successor and assigns
Date: October 7, 2025
Purpose: Roadway
Location: 32201 N. 31st Avenue
APN: 204-11-026
File: 250099
Council District: 2

Easement (b)
MCR: 20250580190
Applicant and Grantor: North Gateway Core Acreage Investors LLC; Hare Investments
LLC; its successor and assigns
Date: October 7, 2025
Purpose: Sidewalk and Public Utility
Location: 32201 N. 31st Avenue
APN: 204-11-026
File: 250099
Council District: 2

Easement (c)



MCR: 20250563669
Applicant and Grantor: Islamic Center of Arizona; its successor and assigns
Date: September 30, 2025
Purpose: Public Utility
Location: 9026 N. 9th Street
APN: 159-36-105A; 159-36-105B
File: 250064
Council District: 3

Easement (d)
MCR: 20250563864
Applicant and Grantor: 4633 N. 44th Street, LLC; its successor and assigns
Date: September 30, 2025
Purpose: Sidewalk
Location: 4633 N. 44th Street
APN: 171-35-029A
File: 250089
Council District: 6

Easement (e)
MCR: 20250568437
Applicant and Grantor: Ramesh C. Somaiya / Pratibha Somaiya; its successor and
assigns
Date: October 1, 2025
Purpose: Sidewalk
Location: 2501 E. Southern Avenue
APN: 122-88-025A
File: 250096
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development and Finance departments.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Ballot Sorting System Lease, Including Training, Maintenance, and Repair - RFP
21-001 - Amendment - City Clerk (Ordinance S-52403) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
contract 153411 with Runbeck Election Services, LLC to extend the contract term and
add additional expenditures. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed
$87,000.

Summary
This contract will provide continued use of the ballot envelope sorting system to
process early ballots and other election materials in an efficient, accurate, and timely
manner. The City of Phoenix City Clerk Department conducts Runoff and Special
Elections for the City. Most voters in City of Phoenix elections vote using a ballot they
received in the mail. There are currently 857,656 registered voters in Phoenix, with
almost 645,500 of these voters on the Active Early Voting List (AEVL). Voters in the
AEVL are automatically sent an early ballot by mail for each election in which they are
eligible to vote, unless a voter requests the ballot not be mailed. Prior to this contract,
mail in ballot envelopes were sorted manually by City staff.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contract will be extended through November 30, 2027.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $87,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $450,000. Funds are available in the City Clerk Department’s
operating budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Ballot Sorting System Lease, Including Training, Maintenance, and Repair -
Requirements Contract 153411 (Ordinance S-47104) on November 18, 2020.




Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the City Clerk
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Information Technology (IT) Professional Services Contract - Letter of
Agreement to Extend Cooperative Purchasing Agreement for Multi-Temporary
Staffing Services (Ordinance S-52396) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a Letter of
Agreement (LOA) with Guidesoft, Inc. to reinstate the terms and conditions and extend
Contract 148480, Information Technology (IT) Professional Services, through June 30,
2026. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item. No additional funds are needed; request continued use of the funds
previously approved by Ordinance S-50143.

Summary
The purpose of this LOA is to continue to provide consulting and project management
services through a Managed Service Provider (MSP) for IT professional services. The
MSP IT professional services include but are not limited to sourcing, assignment and
management of projects, system implementation, data conversion and hardware and
software configuration. Additionally, this contract will enable the City to obtain MSP IT
staff to assist with ongoing work assignments allowing City staff to focus on strategic
initiatives when necessary.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances- After the Fact. Reinstatement of Contract 148480 through the
LOA will ensure continuity of services and operations. Further, the LOA will allow
departments adequate time to fully utilize their remaining encumbered funds, while
also providing a transition period for future needs.

Contract Term
The term of the LOA will be from on or about November 19, 2025, through June 30,
2026.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $23,351,000. No additional funds are
needed.




Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:

• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-44975) on September 5, 2018.
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-45196) on December 5, 2018.
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-46189) on November 20, 2019.
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-47922) on September 8, 2021.
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-48944) on August 31, 2022.
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-49970) on June 28, 2023.
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-50143) on September 6, 2023.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Project Managers and Business Analyst - Amendment (Ordinance S-52422) -
Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
contracts with CE Wilson Consulting, LLC (Contract 144530); Envision, LLC (Contract
144528); IntraEdge, Inc. (Contract 144532); KollaSoft, Inc. (Contract 144531); and
Scott Business Group, LLC (Contract 144533) to extend the contract term for
professional Information Technology (IT) project management and business analysis
services for the Information Technology Services (ITS) Department and in support of
various departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item. No additional funds are required; request to continue using
ordinance S-50461.

Summary
These contracts provide project managers and business analysts to augment staff in
support of critical IT projects. The ability to utilize these contracts has allowed ITS to
support and avoid disruption of critical projects and initiatives. Projects underway are
Fire Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) Modernization, Learning Management System,
Customer Care and Billing Upgrade, Citywide Power BI, Microsoft Project Online
support, phone system migration and upgrade, and various others. The additional
contract term allows the City to continue supporting existing engagements without
delays or loss of project knowledge.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2026.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contracts will not exceed $17 million, and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:



• Project Managers and Business Analyst, Contracts 144530, 144528, 144532,
144531, and 144533 (Ordinance S-43212) on February 1, 2017.
• Project Managers and Business Analyst, Contracts 144530, 144528, 144532,
144531, and 144533 (Ordinance S-47817) on July 1, 2021.
• Project Managers and Business Analyst, Contracts 144530, 144528, 144532,
144531, and 144533 (Ordinance S-48293) on January 26, 2022.
• Project Managers and Business Analyst, Contracts 144530, 144528, 144532,
144531, and 144533 (Ordinance S-49376) on January 25, 2023.
• Project Managers and Business Analyst, Contracts 144530, 144528, 144532,
144531, and 144533 (Ordinance S-50461) on January 3, 2024.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Information Technology
Services Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request Retroactive Authorization to Apply for, Accept and Disburse Funding
from The United States Conference of Mayors Healthy and Sustainable
Communities Grant Program (Ordinance S-52423) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for, and, if awarded,
accept funding from The United States Conference of Mayors, Healthy and
Sustainable Communities Grant Awards. The total grant amount ranges from $75,000 -
$275,000 for a large city. Further request to authorize the City Treasurer to accept, and
the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item for the life of the grant, as
well as disburse funds to project partners as detailed in the project application.

Summary
Since 2012, the Childhood Obesity Prevention/Environmental Health and Sustainability
Awards, a partnership between The United States Conference of Mayors and the
American Beverage Association has awarded nearly $6 million to cities of all sizes
across the country to support programs that aim to improve the health and wellness of
the nation's children, families, neighborhoods, and cities.

All member cities of The United States Conference of Mayors are eligible to apply and
receive this award. Each application must include a signed letter of support from the
Mayor. There is no limit on the number of applications that can be supported and
submitted for consideration. The City is a member of The United States Conference of
Mayors submitted two applications for consideration. The award aims to support
programs that engage community members and promote or stimulate behavior
change, in the categories of a) healthy communities; b) environmental health and
sustainability, or c) a hybrid of both.

A total of $1 million will be awarded to nine cities, in three population categories: Small
City (population less than 75,000; Medium City (population 75,000-250,000 and Large
City (population more than 250,000), of which the City of Phoenix applications will be
evaluated. If selected for funding, the first-place award amount is $275,000, second
place is $100,000 and third place is $75,000.

The two applications submitted for consideration include:
· Street Transportation Department is proposing the School Community, Garden,


Food Truck, and Active Living Initiative, a comprehensive school-based initiative
combining a community garden, student-run food truck, active transportation
infrastructure, and a rewards-based fitness program. The project promotes
sustainability, healthy living, entrepreneurship, and physical activity while fostering a
strong sense of community and environmental stewardship. The project will have a
focus in the Laveen community.

· Housing Department is proposing the Healthy Homes Edison-Eastlake Project, a
vital response to the health and environmental challenges residents face. It will
provide hands-on education in nutrition, gardening, and zero-waste practices, while
promoting physical activity and safe, walk able neighborhoods. By coordinating with
existing initiatives and by incorporating new components in three focus areas such
as, gardening and nutrition; physical activity and safety; and environmental
stewardship.

The winners of the 2026 Awards will be announced during the 94th Winter Meeting of
The United States Conference of Mayors.

Financial Impact
There is no impact on the General Fund. Funding will be provided by the United States
Conference of Mayors. No matching funds are required.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Office of Government
Relations.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Contract Award Recommendation and Payment Authority for Independent Legal
Counsel Services for the Local Fire and Police Pension Boards - Kelley Law
Group (Ordinance S-52427) - Citywide

This report requests City Council approval in payment authority for a new contract with
Kelley Law Group.

Summary
Kelley Law Group has been awarded a contract to provide independent legal counsel
services for the Local Fire and Police Pension Boards (the Boards) following a recent
competitive procurement. The total contract value will not exceed $110,000. Arizona
Revised Statutes requires the Boards to utilize independent legal counsel employed by
the Boards and independent of the employer and employee organization. The Boards
approved the agreement at their November 4, 2025, meetings.

Contract Term
The contract term is for five years to be entered on or about December 1, 2025,
through December 31, 2030.

Financial Impact
The Agreement will have an aggregate cost of $110,000 over the life of the contract.
Funds are available in the Retirement Office's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager David Mathews and the Retirement
Office.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Contract Award Recommendation and Payment Authority for Investment
Consulting Services for 401(A)/457 Plans and Post Employment Health Plans
(PEHP) - Fiduciary Consulting Group (Ordinance S-52415) - Citywide

This report requests City Council approval in payment authority for a new contract with
Morgan Stanley Institutional Investment Advisors, LLC, (dba Fiduciary Consulting
Group), a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Capital Management, LLC
("Fiduciary Consulting Group").

Summary
Fiduciary Consulting Group has been awarded a contract to provide consulting
services to the 401(A)/457 ("Deferred Compensation Plan", "DCP") and PEHP Plans
following a recent competitive procurement. The total contract value is not to exceed
$600,000. Funds to be paid from the Deferred Compensation Program Trust. No
General Funds are used for this request. The Boards approved the agreement on
November 13, 2025.

Contract Term
The contract term is for five years to be entered on or about December 1, 2025,
through December 31, 2030.

Financial Impact
The Agreement will have a cost of $120,000 annually and will not exceed $600,000
over the life of the contract. The consulting service fees are paid from the City of
Phoenix Employees' Deferred Compensation Program Trust. The Trust's funding
source is retained revenue from the DCP investment earnings and are restricted.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager David Mathews and the Retirement
Office.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Amend Victim Services and Prosecutor’s Office Client Transportation
Services Contract 157030 (Ordinance S-52394) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Canyon Taxi, LLC
Contract 157030 to add $6,000 in additional funds. The revised total contract value will
not exceed $21,366. Further request authorization for the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item for the life of the contract.

Summary
The Human Services Department (HSD) Victim Services Division (VSD) utilizes
Canyon Taxi, LLC to provide transportation for victims of violent crimes. Often, VSD
clients lack transportation and do not live near supportive services providers. To
remove this barrier, staff use taxi services to transport victims to supportive services
and back home.

The Law Department Victim Services Unit uses taxi services to transport victims of
violent crimes to court hearings or to social services agencies for supportive services.
This transportation is essential because a victim may need to testify in a case or be
taken to an agency that provides support throughout the legal process.

The additional funding will support the City’s Head Start Birth to Five program’s use of
taxicab services. Head Start provides comprehensive education and social services
through two programs: Early Head Start (serving children from birth to three years old)
and Head Start (serving children from three to five years old). These programs deliver
services to children and families in core areas of early learning, health, socialization,
and family well-being while engaging parents as partners.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on July 31, 2027, with no options to
extend.

Financial Impact
The total value of the contract will not exceed $21,366. Funding is available from the
Department of Health and Human Services, the Human Services and the Law
departments' budgets.




Concurrence/Previous Council Action

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Contract 159170 for Bobby Yang, DDS, LLC (Ordinance S-52410) -
Districts 1, 3, 4, 5, 7 & 8

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Contract
159170, Bobby Yang, DDS, LLC, to add $288,000 in additional funds. The revised total
contract value will not exceed $668,000. Further request authorization for the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item for the life of the contract. Funds are
available from the United States Department of Health and Human Services,
Administration of Children, Youth, and Families (DHHS).

Summary
Head Start provides comprehensive education and social services through two
programs: Early Head Start (serving children from birth to three years old) and Head
Start (serving children from three to five years old). These programs deliver services to
children and families in core areas of early learning, health, socialization, and family
well-being while engaging parents as partners.

Dental care is important for children because untreated dental problems inevitably lead
to severe pain, systemic infection, and sometimes death. Children with untreated
dental problems often have trouble eating, have behavioral problems due to the pain,
and perform poorly in school.

Head Start regulations require all children to undergo annual dental exams.
Unfortunately, in Arizona, the resources available for free or reduced-cost dental care
are extremely limited, and the demand far exceeds the available resources. For this
reason, funding for dental services is the primary means by which uninsured children
can access the necessary dental care.

Procurement Information
Bobby Yang, DDS, LLC, was initially awarded through a Request for Qualifications
(RFQu), RFQu-22-EDU-77. One offer was received on June 23, 2023, in response to
the RFQu.

Contract Term
The term of the contract remains unchanged from September 1, 2023, through August



30, 2028.

Financial Impact
Expenditures will not exceed $668,000. Funding is available from the DHHS.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· City Council approved the RFQu on August 8, 2023, Ordinance S-50092. It was
approved by the Head Start Policy Council on January 9, 2023, by a vote of 14-0.
· City Council approved Ordinance S-51478 on December 4, 2024, to add $130,000
in funding. It was approved by the Head Start Policy Council on November 18,
2024, by a vote of 11-0.
· This item was approved by the Head Start Policy Council on October 27, 2025, by a
vote of 11-0.

Location
· Bobby Yang, DDS, LLC: 1515 E. Bethany Home Road, Suite 140, Phoenix, AZ
· Bobby Yang, DDS, LLC: 19636 N. 27th Avenue, Suite 403, Phoenix, AZ 85027
· Bobby Yang, DDS, LLC: 9305 W. Thomas Road, Suite 580, Phoenix, AZ 85037

Council Districts: 1, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 8.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Online Electric Repair Manuals Contract - RFA 25-0766 Request for Award
(Ordinance S-52432) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
SAMS Technical Publishing, LLC to provide online electronic repair manuals for the
Library Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item. The total value of the contract will not exceed $50,000.

Summary
This contract will provide library patrons with online access to SAMS Technical
Publishing's QuickFact and PhotoFact collections. These technical manuals include
comprehensive resources for repairing and troubleshooting consumer electronic
devices. These manuals include exclusive schematics and service guidelines from
over 150 electronic manufactures. The manufacture manuals will support service
technicians, hobbyists and researchers involved in electronic repair, historical study,
and vocational training. Without access to the electric repair manuals, the library would
be unable to fulfill a critical aspect of its service mission.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition. SAMS Technical Publishing is the
exclusive active publisher of technical repair manuals for a broad range of consumer
electronic devices, including radio, television, and audio equipment. Its database
features the original equipment manufacture manuals and schematics, offering the
most accurate and authoritative service information available.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about April 1, 2026, for a five-year term with no options to
extend.

Financial Impact



The aggregate contract value will not exceed $50,000 for the five-year aggregate term.
Funding is available in the Library Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Library Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Landscape Sprinkler and Irrigation Supplies - COOP 21-069 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-52401) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager or his designee to allow additional expenditures
under Contract No.154605 with Sprinkler World of Arizona, Inc. for the purchase of
landscape sprinkler and irrigation supplies for the Aviation and Parks and Recreation
departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $388,500.

Summary
The Contract will continue to provide the Aviation and Parks and Recreation
departments with an array of sprinkler and irrigation supplies and parts used to repair
and maintain various types of irrigation systems located in landscaped areas owned or
maintained by the City. The landscape sprinkler and irrigation supplies and parts
provided through the Contract will ensure all grass, trees, and shrubbery at various
locations are watered and enhance and maintain their quality.

Contract Term
The Contract term remains unchanged and ends on June 30, 2026.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $388,500 in additional funds, the revised aggregate cost of the
Contract will not exceed $1,963,500. Funds are available in the Aviation and Parks and
Recreation departments' operating budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Landscape Sprinkler and Irrigation Supplies - COOP 21-069 Ordinance S-47686 on
June 18, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers David Mathews and Amber
Williamson and the Parks and Recreation and Aviation departments.







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Intergovernmental Agreement with Arizona State University (ASU) for Universal
Student Placements (Ordinance S-52431) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow Volunteer PHX to
enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement with the Arizona Board of Regents on
behalf of Arizona State University (ASU), for student placements. This agreement will
serve as a universal agreement for all ASU Colleges and Programs at all degree
levels.

Summary
Arizona State University is a public research university with a wide range of academic
programs and a commitment to student excellence. ASU is focused on innovation,
serving the public interest, and is nationally and internationally acclaimed for their
programs.

The city offers a unique opportunity and setting for community student placements
through a variety of city departments and offices.

Volunteer PHX provides coordination of the City’s volunteer opportunities, including
volunteer placements and internships. Building on an existing relationship with ASU,
Volunteer PHX will work closely with city departments to initiate and coordinate routine
opportunities for student placements across programs enhancing the capacity of
departments to address issues while supporting the education and development of the
local workforce.

Contract Term
The agreement will be valid for five years from the date of execution by all parties.

Financial Impact
There is no financial impact for the activities associated with this agreement.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager David Mathews and the Volunteer PHX
Office.






Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc. Contract - Request to Award (Ordinance S-52414) -
Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute a five-year
agreement with Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc., beginning July 1, 2026, through June 30,
2031, to support program coordination in youth and education, municipal and technical
cooperation, business, and arts and culture with Phoenix's 11 Sister Cities. Further
request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The
total aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $1,775,000.

Summary
Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc. (PSC) is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit organization established in
1972. It is responsible for coordinating exchange programs in youth and education,
municipal and technical cooperation, business, and arts and culture with Phoenix's 11
Sister Cities. Currently, the City of Phoenix has Sister Cities relationships with Calgary,
Canada; Catania, Italy; Chengdu, China; Ennis, Ireland; Hermosillo, Mexico; Himeji,
Japan; Grenoble, France; Prague, Czech Republic; Ramat-Gan, Israel; Suwon, South
Korea; and Taipei, Taiwan.

PSC exists to create people-to-people relationships between the residents of Phoenix
and its Sister Cities through commercial, educational, cultural and artistic exchange
programs and events that create and sustain global, long-term, international
partnerships and business opportunities for Phoenix. The City of Phoenix has
contracted with PSC since the mid-1980s. The organization is administered by a Board
of Directors composed of PSC Commissioner appointed by the Mayor and approved
by the City Council, and the chairpersons of the 11 Sister Cities committees and the
Disability Awareness Committee. Currently, five other community members serve as at
-large Board members.

During the last contract period, July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2026, PSC coordinated
the following:
· Six delegation trips for elected officials, business leaders and members of the
community. These delegations visited: Hermosillo, Mexico (2022); Taipei, Taiwan,
Suwon, South Korea, and Himeji, Japan (2023); Ennis, Ireland (2023); Grenoble,
France (2024); Catania, Italy (2024); and, Prague, Czech Republic (2025). Each


delegation trip included meetings with elected officials in the sister city, discussions
with leaders in the arts and cultural communities, and dialogues and round-tables
with business leaders.
· Delegation visits from Suwon, South Korea (2021, 2023 and 2024); Ennis, Ireland
(2024); Ramat Gan, Israel (2022); and Taipei, Taiwan (2019). PSC also hosted
trade missions from Calgary, Canada (2022, 2023 and 2024) and business
missions from Prague, Czech Republic (2022 and 2023).
· Youth Ambassador Exchanges for Phoenix-resident high school sophomore and
juniors in 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2025. PSC also worked with Ajou University in
Suwon, South Korea to organize an exchange of law students in 2023, 2024 and
2025.
· Several major cultural events with community partners. In 2022 and 2023,
thousands of guests celebrated El Grito, recognizing Phoenix's relationship with
Hermosillo, Mexico. In 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2025, Phoenix celebrated Double Ten
- Taiwan's national holiday, recognizing Phoenix's relationship with Taipei. This year,
Double Ten drew more than 5,000 participants to ASU West for a traditional Asian
night market.
· The 2024 and 2025 Phoenix Global Forum, in partnership with the International
Economic Forum of the Americas. Drawing hundreds of C-Suite representatives of
international companies, participants explored the many issues associated with
globalization and the knowledge required to realize long-term sustainable growth.
· The negotiation and ultimately successful signing of a sister cities agreement with
Suwon, South Korea in October 2021.
· The development of a soft-landing for companies from Phoenix's sister cities.
Currently, two companies from Taiwan and two companies from Calgary, Canada
are resident at Galvanize.

Beginning in Fiscal Year (FY) 2026-27, funding for PSC will support:
· Youth Ambassador scholarships to increase opportunities for youth/families unable
to afford program costs (e.g., airfare, hosting).
· Staff support for the adoption of up to four new Sister Cities: Braga, Portugal; a city
in Africa - discussions are underway with Cape Town, South Africa; Medellin,
Colombia; and a city in Australia - perhaps in the region around Melbourne
(contingent upon City Council approval).
· Staff support for Business Development programs - including a project to increase
foreign direct investment in Phoenix; and expansion of efforts to attract businesses
from Phoenix's sister cities.
· Support for programming associated with the 50th anniversaries with sister cities
Hermosillo, Mexico (2026); Himeji, Japan (2026); and, Taipei, Taiwan (2029).



The PSC program has been recognized by Sister Cities International for its excellence,
receiving a number of awards during the past three decades as Best Overall Program,
for Innovation in Youth Education, Innovation in Business, Trade and Professional
Exchange, and for Best Overall Program in the United States (for a city with a
population over 500,001). Most recently, PSC received the Best Overall Program (for a
city with a population over 300,001) in 2022.

City funds pay for staff salaries and benefits. All PSC exchanges, events and travel are
privately funded. The estimated annual expenditures for the five-year contract term are
as follows:
· FY 2026-27: $345,000
· FY 2027-28: $350,000
· FY 2028-29: $355,000
· FY 2029-30: $360,000
· FY 2030-31: $365,000

Procurement Information and Contract Term
In compliance with Section I, Paragraph 6 of Administrative Regulation 3.10, this
procurement is a Special Circumstance Without Competition Determination. If
approved, the term of this new five-year contract will be July 1, 2026 through June 30,
2031. There are no options to extend this contract beyond the five-year period.

Financial Impact
The total aggregate value of the five-year contract will not exceed $1,775,000. Funding
is available in the Community and Economic Development Department's Operating
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval by the Economic Development and the Arts
Subcommittee at the November 12, 2025 meeting by a vote of 4-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Community and
Economic Development Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Employer-Developed Registered Apprenticeship Employer Program Contracts
(Ordinance S-52424) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or the City Manager's designee, to enter into
contracts with employers and other entities that will participate in employer-developed
Registered Apprenticeship Programs and provide funding to support these programs.
Further request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and for the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $650,000.

Summary
The Phoenix Business and Workforce Development Board (Board) provides strategic
guidance for workforce programs and coordinates efforts with employers, education
partners, and state agencies to develop career pathways in high-demand sectors for
the City. The Board was established as a requirement of the City's Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) grant funds, in addition to providing this critical
community stakeholder feedback and direction for Phoenix.

The Board identified apprenticeship expansion as a key focal point in its strategic plan
to strengthen the regional talent pipeline and meet employer workforce needs. While
the Board provides strategic oversight and program sponsorship, the Community and
Economic Development Department (CEDD), serves as the registered apprenticeship
program sponsor and fiscal intermediary. In this role, CEDD is responsible for
executing contracts, managing funds, and ensuring compliance with all applicable
state, federal, and City requirements. These employer-developed apprenticeship
programs are separate from and not a part of the City of Phoenix's existing registered
apprenticeship training programs.

Working with the U.S. Department of Labor’s (DOL) Industry Intermediary, the National
Institute for Industry and Career Advancements (NIICA), the Board collaborated with
education and industry partners to create training standards for Registered
Apprenticeship Programs that can be replicated across employers. In January 2024,
the City registered its first apprenticeship program in the semiconductor and advanced
manufacturing field for Industrial Maintenance Technicians (Facilities Technicians) in
partnership with the Maricopa Community College District (MCCCD) and TSMC



Arizona Corporation. Subsequently, two additional programs were launched:
· Manufacturing Technician Apprenticeship-Equipment Technician (Program length:
12-18 months).
· Nanotechnology Technician Apprenticeship-Process Technician (Program length: 24
-36 months).

The Registered Apprenticeship Programs were developed collaboratively with
MCCCD's Estrella Mountain and Rio Salado community colleges and Northern Arizona
University (NAU). These programs provide a pathway for participants to advance
within the semiconductor and advanced manufacturing sectors. Apprenticeships
combine paid employment with structured related technical instruction (RTI), allowing
participants to earn while they learn. Nationally, 93 percent of apprentices remain
employed after completion, and every $1 invested in apprenticeship programs yields a
$1.47 return on investment.

The first apprenticeship program, with eight Facilities Technicians, began in April 2024,
and was supported through the City's AZQuest Grant, a DOL National Dislocated
Worker Grant in partnership with the Arizona Office of Economic Opportunity. A second
cohort, including 10 Process Technicians, 18 Manufacturing Technicians, and 18
Facilities Technicians costing $127,502, was funded by the SEMI Foundation through
the Arizona Commerce Authority Apprenticeship Expansion Grant. Moving forward, the
estimated program costs per participant ranges from $1,300 to $5,000, with future
cohorts estimated at approximately $216,666 annually, reflecting the investment
required to deliver high-quality training and support services.

If this request is approved, CEDD staff will coordinate with education partners and
employers to ensure delivery of RTI, maintain participant and employer records and
report outcomes through the DOL Registered Apprenticeship Partners Information
Database System (RAPIDS), coordinate with the Arizona Department of Economic
Security Apprenticeship Office, and promote apprenticeship opportunities within the
community. Staff will also administer employer contracts, monitor wage progression
schedules, and ensure equal opportunity compliance. Through its sponsorship role,
the City provides employers with a streamlined pathway to participate in Registered
Apprenticeship Programs while ensuring accountability, quality, and alignment with the
Board's and City's workforce priorities.

Employer contracts will: 1) define on-the-job training standards, mentorship
expectations, and performance reporting; 2) ensure compliance with safety,
nondiscrimination, and equal opportunity laws; 3) provide for submission of apprentice
progress, hours worked, and wage updates; and 4) specify funding obligations to



support the apprenticeships, education, and administrative and compliance costs.
CEDD will also continue to oversee program operations, including employer outreach,
coordination with partners, management of funds, and collaboration with the Arizona
Department of Economic Security Apprenticeship Office.

The program is currently supported by staff funded by WIOA; however, approval of this
action would allow the City to offset staff and administrative costs through the funding
received from participating employers and other entities.

Contract Term
The term of the contracts will be three years.

Financial Impact
The total aggregate value of the contracts will not exceed $650,000. Funding will be
provided from participating employers and other entities. There is no impact to the
General Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval at the Economic Development and the Arts
Subcommittee meeting on November 12, 2025.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Community and
Economic Development Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Employer-Developed Registered Apprenticeship Program Memoranda of
Understanding with Maricopa County Community College District and Northern
Arizona University (Ordinance S-52425) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or the City Manager's designee, to enter into
Memoranda of Understanding (MOUs) with the Maricopa County Community College
District (MCCCD) and Northern Arizona University (NAU) to provide related technical
instruction (RTI) and educational services for the Phoenix Business and Workforce
Development Board (Board) employer-developed apprenticeship programs. Further
request authorization for the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item.
The total aggregate value will not exceed $650,000.

Summary
The Board provides strategic guidance for workforce programs under the Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), collaborating with employers, education
institutions, and state agencies to develop career pathways in high-demand sectors.
As outlined in its strategic plan, the Board has identified apprenticeship expansion as a
key strategy to strengthen the regional talent pipeline and address employer workforce
needs. While the Board offers strategic oversight and program sponsorship, the
Community and Economic Development Department (CEDD), serves as the registered
apprenticeship program sponsor and fiscal intermediary. In this role, CEDD is
responsible for executing agreements, managing funds, and ensuring compliance with
all applicable state, federal, and City requirements. These employer-developed
apprenticeship programs are separate from and not a part of the City of Phoenix's
existing registered apprenticeship training programs

Apprenticeships combine paid employment with structured RTI, allowing participants to
earn while they learn. Nationally, 93 percent of apprentices remain employed after
completion, and every $1 invested in apprenticeship programs yields a $1.47 return on
investment. The Board, in partnership with the U.S. Department of Labor's (USDOL)
Industry Intermediary, the National Institute for Industry and Career Advancements
(NIICA), collaborated with education and industry partners to develop standardized
training programs that can be replicated across employers.

In January 2024, CEDD registered its first Employer-Developed Registered



Apprenticeship program in semiconductor and advanced manufacturing for Industrial
Maintenance Technician (Facilities Technician), in partnership with MCCCD and TSMC
Arizona Corporation. Subsequently, two additional programs were launched:
· Manufacturing Technician Apprenticeship - Equipment Technician (12-18 months).
· Nanotechnology Technician Apprenticeship - Process Technician (24-36 months).

These programs were developed collaboratively with NAU and MCCCD's Estrella
Mountain and Rio Salado community colleges. They provide clear pathways for
participants to advance within the semiconductor and advanced manufacturing
sectors. Estimated program costs per participant range from $1,300 to $5,000, with
future cohorts estimated at approximately $216,666 annually, reflecting the investment
required to deliver high-quality training and support services.

The first apprenticeship program, with eight Facilities Technicians, began in April 2024
and was supported through the City's AZQuest Grant, a USDOL National Dislocated
Worker Grant in partnership with the Arizona Office of Economic Opportunity. A second
cohort, including 10 Process Technicians, 18 Manufacturing Technicians, and 18
Facilities Technicians was supported by a $127,502 grant from the SEMI Foundation
through the Arizona Commerce Authority Apprenticeship Expansion Grant.

To ensure program quality and accountability, Memoranda of Understanding (MOUs)
will be established with MCCCD and NAU. These MOUs outline classroom instruction,
payment processes, and record-keeping requirements; include data-sharing provisions
to track enrollment, joint marketing efforts and coordination of letters of support and
outcomes; ensure instruction aligns with approved apprenticeship standards; and
require regular progress reports and invoices tied to performance and payment
schedules.

CEDD staff coordinate with education partners and employers to deliver RTI, maintain
participant and employer records, and report outcomes through the U.S. Department
of Labor's Register Apprenticeship Partners Information System (RAPIDS), coordinate
with Arizona Department of Economic Security Apprenticeship Office, and promote
apprenticeship opportunities within the community.

As part of the proposed MOU terms for MCCCD and NAU, CEDD will expend funds
received through the employer contracts and other entities from the Employer
Developed Registered Apprenticeship Program. This request is in alignment with the
City's strategic plan to focus on Economic Development and Education, CEDD's goals
to develop a skilled workforce in high-growth and high-wage sectors, and the Board’s
Strategic Plan to strengthen employer partnerships and create sustainable career



pathways in high-demand industries.

Contract Term
The term of the MOUs will be three years with one two-year renewal option.

Financial Impact
The total aggregate value of the MOUs will not exceed $650,000. Funding will be
provided by the Employer Agreements and other entities. There is no impact to the
General Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval at the Economic Development and the Arts
Subcommittee meeting on November 12, 2025.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Community and
Economic Development Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Resolution to Participate in and Support Bid to Host 2028 USATF Olympic Trials
Marathon and Related Events (Resolution 22347) - Citywide

Request to authorize a resolution to express support for, and authorize the City's
participation in, the bid to host the 2028 USA Track & Field (USATF) Olympic Trials
Marathon and related events.

Summary
As part of the USATF-required bid submittals, the Phoenix Sports & Events
Commission, a division of Visit Phoenix, has requested a declaration of support from
the City of Phoenix for the 2028 USATF Olympic Trials Marathon bid. This resolution
will express the City's support for the bid through the commitment of general
government services including: assistance with permitting coordination, licensing and
plan reviews; facilitating branding, décor, signage and street pole banners; providing a
dedicated Citywide liaison; street transportation and traffic coordination; public safety
support and emergency preparedness services at no cost; and use of certain City-
controlled venues at no cost for official USATF or United States Olympic & Paralympic
Committee (USOPC) events.

The 2028 USATF Olympic Trials Marathon and a mass participation marathon would
take place on Phoenix streets. Lodging and other meeting activities would also be held
in Phoenix. The expo for a mass participation marathon would be held at the Phoenix
Convention Center. These events would take place in March of 2028. A hotel room
block commitment of roughly 1,500 rooms would be housed in Phoenix to support
athletes, coaches, media, USATF and USOPC staff and officials. Based on event
history, over 100,000 total spectators are expected.

There are many benefits to cities who host the USATF Olympic Trials Marathon. Based
on previous iterations of the USATF Olympic Trials Marathon, host cities can expect to
realize an overall economic impact of $13.5 million. These events would also bring 250
national and international media members to Phoenix, showcasing the City on
television broadcasts to 1.6 million viewers nationally across NBC and Peacock, as
well as approximately 21 million social media impressions resulting in estimated media
value of $27 million.




Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Amber Williamson and the Phoenix
Convention Center Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Avionics Equipment, Supplies, and Maintenance Contract - RFA 26-0083 Request
for Award - Police Department (Ordinance S-52393) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Cutter Aviation Phoenix, Inc. to provide aircraft parts, equipment, supplies and
maintenance for the Police Department. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contract will
not exceed $850,000.

Summary
This contract will provide the Phoenix Police Department's Air Support Unit (ASU) with
aircraft parts, avionics equipment, maintenance and repair services, support and
annual training as required by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations for the
Department's PC-12, fixed-wing and rotor aircraft. Aircraft that are not airworthy are
restricted from flight (grounded), potentially jeopardizing the safety of patrol officers
and residents if patrol and other critical public safety operations cease to be
conducted. This contract will supply the variety of parts and services needed by the
ASU within an acceptable time frame in order to ensure proper operation of aircraft
and prevent groundings for an extended period of time.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition. Cutter Aviation is the only Pilatus Service
Center in Arizona, thus the only vendor authorized to service the Phoenix Police
Department's ASU aircraft.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about December 1, 2025, for a five-year term with no
options to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $850,000 for the five-year aggregate
term. Funding is available in the Police Department's operating budget.




Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
***REQUEST TO CONTINUE (SEE ATTACHED MEMO)*** Versaterm
CommunityConnect and Call Triage Software Licenses Contract - RFA 25-0570 -
Request for Award (Ordinance S-52406) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Versaterm Public Safety US, Inc. to provide Versaterm CommunityConnect and Call
Triage Software Licenses for the Police Department. Further request to authorize the
City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. Further request an exception to
the indemnification and assumption of liability provisions of Phoenix City Code Section
42-18. The total value of the contract will not exceed $7,001,967.

Summary
This contract will provide software licenses for the CommunityConnect and Call Triage
services. The CommunityConnect service is used by the Police Department to provide
automated communication and follow-up with crime victims and reporting parties from
initial incident reporting through incarceration. The City is required to provide a victim
notification system in compliance with House Bill 2482, which is now part of State
statute, and the CommunityConnect service meets those requirements. This service is
critical to Police Department operations as it enables efficient management of victim
notifications and will improve communication with the community.

The Call Triage service is an automated resolution emergency call system. The Police
Department Communications Bureau will use this system to triage incoming non-
emergency calls and provide automated resolution to a portion of requests without the
need for staff to engage with the caller on non-emergency phone lines. This service
provides a solution to the staffing needs of the Communications Bureau and will help
ensure that national standard call answering metrics are met by the Department.

These items have been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology
Services Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition. Versaterm Public Safety US, Inc. is the



exclusive provider of the CommunityConnect and Call Triage software licenses which
are utilized by the Police Department.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about July 1, 2026, for a three-year term with two one-
year options to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $7,001,967 for the five-year aggregate
term. Funding is available in the Police Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
NVLS (LEARN) Database Subscription Services - RFA 18-011 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-52433) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Contract 150498 with Vigilant Solutions, LLC for an entity change to Motorola
Solutions, Inc. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. No additional funds are needed and request to continue using prior
applicable ordinances.

Summary
This contract provides Phoenix Police Department (PPD) with automatic license plate
reader equipment and subscription services to the National Vehicle Location Service
(NVLS) database. The service also includes the Law Enforcement Archival and
Reporting Network (LEARN) database, an online analytic platform that allows license
plate data and images to be aggregated and analyzed for law enforcement. LEARN is
a hosted solution that allows data sharing interoperability with other law enforcement
agencies nationwide.

Together, the NVLS-LEARN subscription service helps reduce auto thefts and related
crimes involving vehicles, increases auto theft vehicle recovery rates, and increases
investigative leads to identify and recover vehicles used in the commission of both
property and violent crimes.

The data collected by each City of Phoenix License Plate Readers (LPRs) is retained
by Motorola in a Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS) compliant, cloud-based
environment for a retention period defined by the City of Phoenix, which will be a 6
month retention schedule. All data collected is owned by the PPD and Motorola does
not sell any law enforcement data to any third party vendors.

Motorola's database platform is designed to give each agency full control over its data-
sharing preferences. Agencies may choose to share data with local, county, state,
federal, and tribal partners. PPD will allow automated data sharing with Arizona law
enforcement agencies for use in local law enforcement activities only.

As a condition of automated data sharing, PPD requires audit access to any agency's



database portal that accesses Phoenix data. This audit access must allow Phoenix to:
· Identify who is accessing Phoenix data
· Understand how the data is being used, including a reason for requesting the data

This requirement ensures transparency and accountability in accordance with current
industry standards for secure data-sharing environments. Failure to provide audit
access will result in the termination of data-sharing between the PPD and the non-
compliant agency.

Any request that is from an agency outside Arizona or that is not for a local law
enforcement purpose only (i.e., a request from a multi-jurisdictional task force) will be
reviewed on a case by case basis and will include review by the Law Department.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on June 18, 2029.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $2,427,000, and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· National Vehicle Location Service Database - Requirements Contract 150498
(Ordinance S-45846) on June 26, 2019.
· National Vehicle Location Service Database Contract 150498 (Ordinance S-46372)
on February 19, 2020.
· (CONTINUED FROM FEBRUARY 19, 2020) National Vehicle Location Service
Database Contract 150498 (Ordinance S-46372) on March 4, 2020.
· National Vehicle Location Service Database Subscription and Service Contract
150498 (Ordinance S-50944) on May 29, 2024.
· NVLS (LEARN) Database Subscription Services Contract 150498 (Ordinance S-
52035) on June 4, 2025.
· (CONTINUED FROM JUNE 4, 2025) NVLS (LEARN) Database Subscription
Services Contract 150498 (Ordinance S-52035) on June 18, 2025; Ordinance S-
52035 withdrawn on July 2, 2025.




Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Retroactive Authorization to Apply for the Governor’s Office of Youth, Faith and
Family Arizona Children’s Justice Act Grant Program (Ordinance S-52419) -
Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the Police
Department to retroactively apply for, accept, and enter into an agreement with the
Governor’s Office of Youth, Faith and Family for the Arizona Children’s Justice Act
Grant Program. The grant amount will not exceed $50,000. No matching funds are
required. Further request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and for the City
Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item.

Summary
This program aims to reform state systems and improve responses to child abuse and
neglect, with a focus on child sexual abuse, exploitation, and maltreatment-related
fatalities. It supports efforts to reduce trauma to child victims and strengthen the
investigation and prosecution of these cases. Funding will assist in enhancing
multidisciplinary coordination, training mandatory reporters, and supporting child and
family advocacy centers.

The requested funding will be used to expand the Police Department’s Family
Investigations Bureau’s Digital Forensics Lab by acquiring advanced forensic software,
providing specialized training, and increasing staffing capacity. These enhancements
will support more efficient processing of digital evidence, reduce case backlogs, and
improve the quality of forensic analysis in child abuse and exploitation investigations.
The Family Investigations Bureau’s Digital Forensics Lab will work in close
coordination with investigative units, advocacy centers, and multidisciplinary teams to
ensure a trauma-informed approach that aligns with broader public safety and victim
support strategies. This investment is designed to strengthen case outcomes, reduce
investigative delays, and enhance the department’s ability to respond effectively to
technology-driven crimes against children.

The grant application was due on October 10, 2025. If authorization is denied, the
grant application will be rescinded.





Contract Term
The contract term will be for two years from the date of the approved award.

Financial Impact
No matching funds are required.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Retroactive Authorization to Apply for the 2025 DNA Capacity Enhancement and
Backlog Reduction (CEBR) Formula Grant Program (Ordinance S-52420) -
Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the Police
Department to retroactively apply for, accept, and enter into an agreement with the
Bureau of Justice Assistance for the 2025 DNA Capacity Enhancement and Backlog
Reduction (Formula) grant program in an amount not to exceed $557,333. Further
request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and for the City Controller to
disburse, all funds related to this item.

Summary
The Police Department's Laboratory Services Bureau (LSB) has applied for and been
awarded funds through this grant program for several years. This grant funding is to
provide for the processing, recording, screening, and analysis of forensic DNA and/or
DNA database samples. The grant objective is to increase the capacity of public
forensic DNA and DNA database laboratories to process more samples, thereby,
reducing the backlog. All DNA profiles will be entered into the combined DNA Index
System and, where applicable, uploaded to the National DNA Index System.

If awarded, grant funding will be utilized for forensic scientist overtime, related fringe
benefits, equipment, travel, training, consultants for outsourcing DNA testing, and other
costs to improve the quality and timeliness of forensic DNA analysis.

The grant application was due on October 29, 2025. If authorization is denied, the
grant application will be rescinded.

Contract Term
The contract term will be for three years from the date of the approved award.

Financial Impact
No matching funds are required.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.





Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Retroactive Authorization to Apply For, Accept and Enter Into an Agreement for
the FY 2025 Paul Coverdell Forensic Science Improvement Formula Grant
Program (Ordinance S-52421) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the Police
Department to retroactively apply for, accept, and enter into an agreement with the
Arizona Criminal Justice Commission for the FY 2025 Paul Coverdell Forensic Science
Improvement Formula grant program in an amount not to exceed $134,836. Further
request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to
disburse, all funds related to this item.

Summary
The Police Department has applied for these grant funds over the past several years.
Funding is used to implement innovative solutions to the backlog issues facing many
crime laboratories nationwide. The Police Department's Crime Laboratory has made
significant strides in addressing these issues by utilizing these grant funds as part of a
comprehensive approach to support and enhance the services provided to the criminal
justice community. Funding will be utilized for overtime, related fringe benefits, and
supplies to improve the timeliness of forensic science services and to address the
backlogs in the analysis of forensic evidence.

The grant application was due on October 17, 2025. If authorization is denied, the
grant application will be rescinded.

Contract Term
The contract term will be for three years from the date of the approved award.

Financial Impact
No matching funds are required.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request Authorization for Sale of Canine Deichmann (Ordinance S-52428) -
Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to approve the sale of Police
canine Deichmann to Officer Steven Mead for $1.00. Officer Mead is assigned to the
Tactical Support Bureau and has requested to retire and purchased his assigned
canine Deichmann in accordance with Administrative Regulation 4.21. Officer Mead
will be retiring from the Police Department on or about December 3, 2025.

Summary
Police service dog Deichmann is eight years old, and has been assigned to the
Tactical Support Bureau since 2018, where he has been assigned to Officer Mead.
Canine Deichmann has met the Bureau's standard of five years of service and, due to
his age and bond with his handler, it is requested that he be allowed to retire.

This request is for the authorization of the sale of Police service canine Deichmann for
$1.00. The purchase of canine Deichmann is being made by Officer Mead, who will
retire from the Department December 2025, and agrees to accept full responsibility
and liability for canine Deichmann, and to care for him for the remainder of his life.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request Authorization for Sale of Canine Usirev (Ordinance S-52429) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to approve the sale of Police
canine Usirev to Officer Michael Massey for $1.00. Officer Massey is assigned to the
Tactical Support Bureau's Canine Unit and has requested to purchase and retire his
assigned canine Usirev in accordance with Administrative Regulation 4.21. Canine
Usirev has been diagnosed with a severe spine condition that could seriously
compromise his health if he continues to be deployed in his current capacity.

Summary
Canine Usirev is seven years old and has been assigned to the K-9 Unit and Officer
Massey since January 2020. On October 16, 2025, canine Usirev was diagnosed with
a severe spine condition by the City-contracted veterinarian who recommended Usirev
be retired from service due to the risk his diagnosis poses to his health and the safety
of Officer Massey while working with him in a Police capacity.

This request is for the authorization of the sale of Police service canine Usirev for
$1.00. The purchase of canine Usirev is being made by Officer Massey, who agrees to
accept full responsibility and liability for him, and to care for him for the remainder of
his life.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Voluntary Acquisition of Real Property Located at 113 S. 36th Street for Phoenix
Sky Harbor International Airport (Ordinance S-52417) - District 8

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to perform all acts necessary
to acquire real property located at 113 S. 36th Street in fee simple title, together with
associated improvements and appurtenances. Acquisition is to be by voluntary
purchase from Dianna Frances Manning, a widow, as her sole and separate property
and Lucille Ann Cannon, an unmarried woman (Manning and Cannon) at a price not to
exceed appraised value plus usual and customary closing costs. The purchase
agreement may contain other terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate.
Further request authorization for the City Controller to disburse, and for the City
Treasurer to accept, all funds related to this item.

Summary
The real property to be acquired is owned by Manning and Cannon, totals
approximately 6,098 square feet and is adjacent to Aviation controlled property. The
real property is strategically located north of Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport's
north airfield operations and is within the Airport's North Voluntary Property Acquisition
Program. This property consists of one parcel which is an unoccupied vacant lot with a
chain link fence securing the property.

Once the property is acquired, the Aviation Department will incorporate the vacant lot
with the adjacent Aviation controlled property.

The parcel to be acquired is identified by Maricopa County Assessor's Parcel Number
121-26-024.

Financial Impact
Funding is available in the Aviation Department's Capital Improvement Program.

Location
113 S. 36th Street
Council District: 8





Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Amber Williamson and the Aviation and
Finance departments.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport Terminal 4 Fire Pump and Service
Entrance Section Replacement - Construction Manager at Risk Services
Amendment - AV21000107 (Ordinance S-52405) - District 8

Request to authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute an amendment to
Agreement 157883 with CHASSE Building Team, Inc. to provide additional
Construction Manager at Risk Services for the project. Further request to authorize
execution of amendments to the Agreement as necessary within the Council-approved
expenditure authority as provided below, and for the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item. The additional fee for services included in the amendment
will not exceed $13,120,000.

Summary
The purpose of the project is to replace and upgrade the Phoenix Sky Harbor
International Airport Terminal 4 processor fire pump and the connected service
entrance section electrical equipment to support the existing and new fire pump loads
and to comply with fire and electrical code requirements. A study of the existing
Terminal 4 protection system, prepared by SmithGroup, Inc. as part of the construction
of new Terminal 4 South Concourse 1, found that the existing fire pump currently
serving Terminal 4 needs to be replaced. In addition, the 30-year old electrical service
needs to be upgraded to accommodate the new fire pumps.

The amendment is necessary to cover the balance of the project scope of work,
including the installation of long lead electrical equipment, installation of temporary
power service required to maintain Terminal 4 operations throughout construction, and
for electrical work associated with Arizona Public Service equipment upgrade. The
amendment will provide additional funds to the Agreement.

Contract Term
The term of the Agreement remains unchanged from the issuance of the Notice to
Proceed. Work scope identified and incorporated into the Agreement prior to the end of
the term may be agreed to by the parties, and work may extend past the termination of
the Agreement. No additional changes may be executed after the end of the term.







· The initial Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services was approved for
an amount not to exceed $1,250,000, including all subcontractor and reimbursable
costs.
· An amendment to the Agreement for construction manager at risk services was
approved for an additional amount not to exceed $4,227,344, for a new total
amount not to exceed $5,477,344, including all subcontractor and reimbursable
costs.
· The amendment will increase the cost of the Agreement by an additional
$13,120,000, for a new total amount not to exceed $18,597,344, including all
subcontractor and reimbursable costs.
Funds for the amendment is available in the Aviation Department's Capital
Improvement Program budget. The Budget and Research Department will separately
review and approve funding availability prior to the execution of any amendments.
Payments may be made up to Agreement limits for all rendered Agreement services,
which may extend past the Agreement termination.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council approved:
· Architectural Services Agreement 155909 (Ordinance S-48324) on February 16,
2022.
· Construction Manager at Risk Services Agreement 157883 (Ordinance S-49443) on
March 1, 2023.
· Construction Manager at Risk Services Amendment to Agreement 157883
(Ordinance S-50864) on May 15, 2024.

Location
2485 E. Buckeye Road
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton, Deputy City Manager Amber
Williamson, the Aviation Department and the City Engineer.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport Facilities and Services Fuel Island
Relocation - Design-Bid-Build Services - AV16000033 (Ordinance S-52411) -
District 8

Request to authorize the City Manager or his designee to accept Sun Eagle
Corporation as the lowest-priced, responsive, and responsible bidder and to execute
an agreement with Sun Eagle Corporation for Design-Bid-Build Services for the
Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport Facilities and Services Fuel Island Relocation
project. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item. The fee for services will not exceed $3 million.

Summary
The purpose of the project is to construct a new fueling site within the Aviation
Department's Facilities and Services complex near the southeast corner of the
intersection of Buckeye and Copperhead Roads.

Sun Eagle Corporation's services include constructing three aboveground 12,000-
gallon fuel storage tanks, multiple product dispensers, associated piping, and
secondary containment; and miscellaneous site work. Construction services will also
include providing power supply, lighting, fire suppression system, Fuel Master
Database management system, any necessary data and communication systems, and
rehabilitation of an existing canopy.

The selection was made using an Invitation for Bids procurement process set forth in
section 34-201 of the Arizona Revised Statutes. Four bids were received on
September 2, 2025, and were sent to the Equal Opportunity Department for review to
determine subcontractor eligibility and contractor responsiveness in demonstrating
responsiveness to Small Business Enterprise program requirements.

The Opinion of Probable Cost and the three lowest-priced, responsive, and
responsible bidders are listed below:

Opinion of Probable Cost: $3,696,955.86
Sun Eagle Corporation: $3,000,000.00
TSG Constructors, LLC: $3,322,878.00



Basalt Building Group, LLC: $4,140,432.08

Bidders who were deemed non-responsive are listed below in alphabetical order:

A.R. Mays Construction

The bid award amount is within the total budget for the project.

Contract Term
The term of the agreement is 365 calendar days from issuance of the Notice to
Proceed. Work scope identified and incorporated into the agreement prior to the end of
the term may be agreed to by the parties, and work may extend past the termination of
the agreement. No additional changes may be executed after the end of the term.

Financial Impact
The agreement value for Sun Eagle Corporation will not exceed $3 million, including all
subcontractor and reimbursable costs.

Funding is available in the Aviation Department's Capital Improvement Program
budget. The Budget and Research Department will separately review and approve
funding availability prior to execution of any amendments. Payments may be made up
to agreement limits for all rendered agreement services, which may extend past the
term of the agreement.

Location
2485 E. Buckeye Road
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton, Deputy City Manager Amber
Williamson, the Aviation Department and the City Engineer.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Mobility Vehicles and Vehicle Conversion Services - Cooperative Contract
155116 (Ordinance S-52426) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to authorize additional funds
for Contract 155116 with Model 1 Commercial Vehicles, Inc., formerly known as
Creative Bus Sales, Inc., to procure mobility vehicles and vehicle conversion services
for the Public Transit Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The additional funds will not exceed $9,200,000.

Summary
The Public Transit Department purchases Dial-a-Ride vehicles and circulators for use
in Phoenix’s transit programs. Additionally, as the designated recipient for Federal
Transit Administration (FTA) grant programs for the Phoenix region, the department
also procures similar vehicles on behalf of grant subrecipients of the FTA's Enhanced
Mobility of Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities Section 5310 program.

Additional funds are needed for new requests for vehicles from subrecipients and for
the Dial-a-Ride program, and to allow for the purchase of additional vehicles while the
State conducts a new solicitation. The current contract is a cooperative agreement with
the State of Arizona which expires later this fiscal year. The State is proceeding with a
new solicitation, and the department intends to utilize the contract(s) resulting from that
competitive procurement.

Procurement Information
This contract was entered into through cooperative agreement CTR054848 with the
State of Arizona in accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10 and the City Code.

Contract Term
The contract has a five-year term that began on May 1, 2021.

Financial Impact
Additional funds for this contract will not exceed $9,200,000 for a total aggregate
contract amount of $34,200,000. Funds are available in the Public Transit
Department's budget.




Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Amber Williamson and the Public
Transit Department.





ORDINANCE S-

AN ORDINANCE AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO
AUTHORIZE ADDITIONAL FUNDS UNDER A STATE OF
ARIZONA COOPERATIVE PURCHASING AGREEMENT
WITH MODEL 1 COMMERCIAL VEHICLES
INCORPORATED TO PROCURE MOBILITY SERVICES
AND VEHICLE CONVERSION SERVICES; AND FURTHER
AUTHORIZING THE CITY CONTROLLER TO DISBURSE
ADDITIONAL FUNDS.

________________


BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX as

follows:
T
SECTION 1. The City Manager or the City Manager’s designee authorizes


AF
additional funds under contract number 1551116 with Model 1 Commercial Vehicle

Sales, Inc. under a State of Arizona Cooperative Purchasing Agreement to procure

mobility services and vehicle conversion services for the Public Transit Department.



D
Total additional funds will not exceed nine million two hundred thousand dollars



R
($9,200,000) with a total contract cost not to exceed thirty-four million two hundred

thousand dollars ($34,200,000). The contract expires on April 26, 2026.

SECTION 2. The City Controller is authorized to disburse the necessary

funds.

...

...

...

...




PASSED by the City Council of the City of Phoenix this 19th day of

November 2025.

_______________________________
MAYOR
ATTEST:



__________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


BY: __________________________
T
AF
___________________________



REVIEWED BY:
SMJ




DR
__________________________
Jeffrey Barton, City Manager


SMJ:gt:LF25-2318:11/19/25:4897-3640-3318




2 Ordinance S-



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Purchase of Vehicle Batteries - IFB 26-FSD-011 - Contract Recommendation
(Ordinance S-52404) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contracts with
D.J. Walworth Enterprises Inc. dba Interstate Battery of Arizona; Inland Kenworth Inc.;
J’s Mobile Battery; Continental Battery Company; Elliott Auto Supply Co. Inc.; USD
Inc.; Cummins Inc. dba Cummins Sales and Services; Batteries Plus Bulbs; National
Auto Parts Warehouse, LLC; and Parts Authority, LLC for the purchase of new vehicle
batteries. Further request authorization for the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The total aggregate value of the contracts will not exceed
$4,054,380.

Summary
The Public Works Department (PWD) is responsible for maintaining approximately
7,900 City-owned vehicles, ranging from light-duty sedans to heavy-duty units such as
fire apparatus and refuse trucks. PWD Fleet Services purchases more than 6,000
vehicle batteries annually, and these contracts will ensure a reliable inventory to
expedite battery replacement and minimize downtime. The Aviation Department, which
maintains its own fleet, will also utilize these contracts for the same purpose.

Procurement Information
Invitation for Bid (IFB) 26-FSD-011 was conducted in accordance with Administrative
Regulation 3.10. The Public Works Department, Procurement section received 11 bids.
The IFB included four groups and eight line items that all had successful bids. The
bids, found in Attachment A, are being recommended as the lowest responsible and
responsive bids.

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about December 1, 2025, for an initial three-year term,
with two, one-year options to extend.

Financial Impact
The estimated annual expenditure is $810,876, with a total aggregate contract value
not to exceed $4,054,380.




Funding is available in the Public Works and Aviation departments’ budgets.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Ginger Spencer and Amber
Williamson and the Public Works and Aviation departments.





ATTACHMENT A
Group One / A - Good (1 Year Warranty)- Automotive and Light Duty Truck
D.J. Walworth Award Award Award
Enterprises Inc dba Recommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation J's Mobile Battery Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount Discount
Check Yes Check Yes Check Yes
Item Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-24 1 EA $65.95 10.%  $102.19 12.%  $108.96 2.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-27 1 EA $104.95 30.%  $110.71 12.%  $120.22 2.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-34 1 EA $69.95 10.%  $100.15 12.%  $108.69 2.% 
4 BCI GROUP SIZE-48 1 EA $69.95 10.%  $111.85 12.%  $118.66 2.% 
5 BCI GROUP SIZE-58 1 EA $104.95 30.%  $111.85 12.%  $103.19 2.% 
6 BCI GROUP SIZE-58R 1 EA $133.95 30.%  $88.03 12.%  $103.19 2.% 
7 BCI GROUP SIZE-65 1 EA $69.95 10.%  $101.43 12.%  $122.22 2.% 
BCI GROUP SIZE-
8 65AGM 1 EA $222.95 30.%  $189.07 12.%  $219.71 2.% 
9 BCI GROUP SIZE-75 1 EA $65.95 10.%  $89.08 12.%  $108.45 2.% 
10 BCI GROUP SIZE-78 1 EA $69.95 10.%  $97.44 12.%  $118.40 2.% 
11 BCI GROUP SIZE-86 1 EA $124.95 30.%  $97.49 12.%  $103.48 2.% 
12 BCI GROUP SIZE-90 1 EA $65.95 10.%  $103.63 12.%  $121.66 2.% 
13 BCI GROUP SIZE-94R 1 EA $81.95 10.%  $128.36 12.%  $134.20 2.% 

Group One / B - Better (2-3 Year Warranty) - Automotive and Light Duty Truck
Continental Battery Award Award
Company Recommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount
Item Yes Yes
Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-24 1 EA $89.21 15.%  $102.19 12.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-27 1 EA $105.40 10.%  $110.71 12.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-34 1 EA $107.31 15.%  $100.15 12.% 
4 BCI GROUP SIZE-48 1 EA $104.34 10.%  $111.85 12.% 
5 BCI GROUP SIZE-58 1 EA $73.93 10.%  $111.85 12.% 
6 BCI GROUP SIZE-58R 1 EA $77.61 15.%  $88.03 12.% 
7 BCI GROUP SIZE-65 1 EA $111.74 15.%  $101.43 12.% 
8 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $173.98 15.%  $189.07 12.% 
9 BCI GROUP SIZE-75 1 EA $90.56 15.%  $89.08 12.% 
10 BCI GROUP SIZE-78 1 EA $98.03 15.%  $97.44 12.% 
11 BCI GROUP SIZE-86 1 EA $84.31 15.%  $97.49 12.% 
12 BCI GROUP SIZE-90 1 EA $84.46 15.%  $103.63 12.% 
13 BCI GROUP SIZE-94R 1 EA $112.10 25.%  $128.36 12.% 

Group One / C - Best ( 3+ Years or More Warranty) - Automotive and Light Duty Truck
Award Award
elliott auto supply co incRecommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount
Item Yes Yes
Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-24 1 EA $98.61 0.%  $102.19 12.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-27 1 EA $116.67 0.%  $110.71 12.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-34 1 EA $122.66 0.%  $100.15 12.% 
4 BCI GROUP SIZE-48 1 EA $126.39 0.%  $111.85 12.% 
5 BCI GROUP SIZE-58 1 EA $91.67 0.%  $111.85 12.% 
6 BCI GROUP SIZE-58R 1 EA $94.14 0.%  $88.03 12.% 
7 BCI GROUP SIZE-65 1 EA $113.85 0.%  $101.43 12.% 
8 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $185.44 0.%  $189.07 12.% 
9 BCI GROUP SIZE-75 1 EA $124.09 0.%  $89.08 12.% 
10 BCI GROUP SIZE-78 1 EA $114.11 0.%  $97.44 12.% 
11 BCI GROUP SIZE-86 1 EA $105.56 0.%  $97.49 12.% 
12 BCI GROUP SIZE-90 1 EA $109.72 0.%  $103.63 12.% 
13 BCI GROUP SIZE-94R 1 EA $148.61 0.%  $128.36 12.% 

Group Two / A - Good (1 Year Warranty)-Medium Duty Truck-(BCI Group 31, Auto Post and Stud cable attachment, Alternates will be
Award
Inland Kenworth Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount
Yes
Item Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $109.79 12.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $83.99 12.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-31 1 EA $93.99 12.% 

Group Two / B - Better (2-3 Year Warranty) - Medium Duty Truck (BCI Group 31, Auto Post and Stud cable attachment, Alternates will be accepted)
Continental Battery Award Award
Company Recommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount
Yes Yes
Item Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $114.71 5.%  $133.46 12.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $114.71 5.%  $122.41 12.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-31 1 EA No Bid No Bid  $127.35 12.% 

Group Two / C - Best (5 Year Warranty) - Medium Duty Truck (BCI Group 31, Auto Post and Stud cable attachment, Alternates will be accepted)
Award
Parts Authority LLC Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount
Item Yes
Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $120.16 72.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $120.16 72.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-31 1 EA $120.16 72.% 

Group Three / A -Good (1 Year Warranty) - Generator - Serviceable Type (with accessible cells, not sealed/maintenance fee)
Award Award Award
Cummins Inc Recommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation J's Mobile Battery Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount Discount
Item Yes Yes Yes
Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-4D 1 EA $144.60 28.%  $183.72 12.%  $268.56 2.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-8D 1 EA $248.28 28.%  $212.66 12.%  $281.87 2.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-31- 1 EA $258.45 25.%  $133.46 12.%  $126.95 2.% 

Group Three / B -Better (2-3 Year Warranty) - Generator - Serviceable Type (with accessible cells, not sealed/maintenance fee)
Award
Inland Kenworth Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount
Yes
Item Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-4D 1 EA $183.72 12.% 




2 BCI GROUP SIZE-8D 1 EA $212.66 12.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-31- 1 EA $109.44 12.% 

Group Three / C - Best (5 Year Warranty) - Generator - Serviceable Type (with accessible cells, not sealed/maintenance fee)
Award
elliott auto supply co incRecommendation
Line Unit of Discount
Item Yes
Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-4D 1 EA $202.08 0.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-8D 1 EA $274.81 0.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-31- 1 EA $139.52 0.% 

Group Four / A -Good (1 Year Warranty) - Misc. Equipment and Powersports
D.J. Walworth Award Award Award Award
Enterprises Inc dba Recommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation J's Mobile Battery Recommendation USD Inc. Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount Discount Discount
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Item Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-U1 1 EA $43.95 15.%  $98.64 12.%  $66.84 2.%  $72.43 48.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-24 1 EA $94.95 28.%  $90.37 12.%  $120.50 2.%  $167.80 48.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-GC2 1 EA $164.95 24.%  $169.36 12.%  $121.50 2.%  $338.43 48.% 
4 BCI GROUP SIZE-14L- 1 EA $61.95 20.%  $84.82 12.%  $56.90 2.%  $72.51 48.% 
5 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $73.95 20.%  $88.00 12.%  $89.94 2.%  $72.51 48.% 
6 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $99.95 20.%  $123.43 12.%  $60.50 2.%  $150.84 48.% 
7 BCI GROUP SIZE-40 1 EA $204.95 26.%  $217.49 12.%  $113.83 2.%  $151.11 48.% 

Group Four / B - Better (2-3 Year Warranty) - Misc. Equipment and Powersports
Continental Battery Award Award Award National Auto Parts Award
Company Recommendationelliott auto supply co inc Recommendation Inland Kenworth Recommendation Warehouse LLC Recommendation
Line Unit of Discount Discount Discount Discount
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Item Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%) Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-U1 1 EA No Bid No Bid  $120.72 70.%  $98.64 12.%  $75.96 51.356% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-24 1 EA $89.21 15.%  $97.95 0.%  $90.37 12.%  $146.94 44.2766% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-GC2 1 EA $122.79 5.%  $277.31 70.%  $169.36 12.%  No Bid No Bid 
4 BCI GROUP SIZE-14L- 1 EA $66.59 10.%  $107.55 70.%  $84.82 12.%  No Bid No Bid 
5 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA No Bid No Bid  $111.11 0.%  $88.00 12.%  No Bid No Bid 
6 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $100.72 5.%  $437.38 70.%  $123.43 12.%  No Bid No Bid 
7 BCI GROUP SIZE-40 1 EA $217.28 5.%  $202.08 0.%  $217.49 12.%  No Bid No Bid 


Group Four / C - Best (3+ Years or More Warranty) - Misc. Equipment and Powersports
Award
elliott auto supply co incRecommendation
Line Unit of Discount
Item Yes
Description Quantity Measure Unit Cost (%)
1 BCI GROUP SIZE-U1 1 EA $120.72 70.% 
2 BCI GROUP SIZE-24 1 EA $97.95 0.% 
3 BCI GROUP SIZE-GC2 1 EA $277.31 70.% 
4 BCI GROUP SIZE-14L- 1 EA $107.55 70.% 
5 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $111.11 0.% 
6 BCI GROUP SIZE- 1 EA $437.38 70.% 
7 BCI GROUP SIZE-40 1 EA $202.08 0.% 







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Security Systems Design, Installation, and Maintenance - RFP 26-FMD-024 -
Request for Award (Ordinance S-52400) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contracts with
Premise One, LLC; Convergint Technologies, LLC; Enterprise Security, Inc.; Stone
Security, LLC; and D.H. Pace Company, Inc. to provide security systems design,
installation, and maintenance at multiple City facilities for the Public Works
Department. Further request authorization for the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The total aggregate amount of all contracts will not exceed
$15,829,356.

Summary
These contracts will provide comprehensive design, installation, maintenance, repairs,
and troubleshooting services for the City's security systems including access control,
intrusion detection, closed-circuit television, and intercom systems. Security systems
are currently installed in approximately 360 City facilities, including those operated by
the Fire, Police, Public Transit, Public Works, and many additional departments.
Awarding these contracts will ensure the City continues to maintain, upgrade, and
modernize its security infrastructure in compliance with current safety and technology
standards.

Procurement Information
A Request for Proposal was conducted in accordance with Administrative Regulation
3.10. A total of 11 proposals were received, one of which was deemed non-responsive.
Following evaluation based on the published criteria, five offerors were determined to
be responsive and responsible to the solicitation requirements. The evaluation
committee and Procurement Officer recommend award to the following highest scoring
firms:

· Premise One, LLC
· Convergint Technologies, LLC
· Enterprise Security, Inc.
· Stone Security, LLC
· D.H. Pace Company, Inc.



Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about February 1, 2026, for a three-year term, with a two
-year option to extend.

Financial Impact
The combined total value of the contracts shall not exceed $15,829,356. Funds are
available in the Public Works Department operating and Capital Improvement Program
budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Public Works
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Traffic Signal Control Cabinets - IFB 18-265 - Amendment (Ordinance S-52413) -
Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 149214 with Econolite Control Products, Inc. for an assignment from
Econolite Control Products, Inc. to Paradigm Traffic Systems, Inc. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. No additional
funds are needed; request to continue using Ordinance S-50543.

Summary
This contract provides traffic signal control cabinets for use in new installations of
traffic signals and High-Intensity Activated Crosswalks (HAWKS) associated with
capital improvement and development projects. The cabinets will also be used to
replace existing cabinets as they near the end of life or are damaged. The cabinets
house the components which operate the traffic signals and serve as the main
distribution of voltage to the field devices. The cabinets are a vital part of the traffic
signal infrastructure throughout the city, thereby supporting the safe movement of
vehicular/non-vehicular traffic and pedestrians.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on February 28, 2026.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $11,500,000, and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Traffic Signal Control Cabinets Contract 149214 (Ordinance S-50543) on February
7, 2024.
· Traffic Signal Control Cabinets Contract 149214 (Ordinance S-49089) on October
26, 2022.
· Traffic Signal Control Cabinets - Requirements Contract 149214 (Ordinance S-
45338) on January 23, 2019.



Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Street Transportation
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Traffic Signal Poles and Components - COOP 20-083 Amendment (Ordinance S-
52398) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
contracts 152955, 152961, 152971, and 152991 with AM Signal, LLC.; Sierra
Transportation & Technologies, LLC; Paradigm Traffic Systems, Inc.; and Advanced
Traffic Products, Inc. to extend the contract term and add additional expenditures.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $1,000,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide the Street Transportation Department with traffic signal
equipment, parts and supplies necessary to perform the core function of the Traffic
Signal shop, which is to maintain the existing Citywide infrastructure of over 1,200
signalized intersections for the safety of the traveling public and to continually adapt to
changing technology as it pertains to traffic signal systems.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contracts will be extended through February 28, 2026.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $1,000,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $6,000,000. Funds are available in the Street Transportation
Department’s operating budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Traffic Signal Poles and Components Contracts 152971, 152991, 152955, 152993,
152961, 152962, and 152959 (Ordinance S-46788) on June 24, 2020.
· Traffic Signal Poles and Components Contracts 152971, 152991, 152955, 152993,
152961, 152962, and 152959 (Ordinance S-50630) on March 6, 2024.
· Traffic Signal Poles and Components Contracts 152971, 152991, 152955, 152993,
and 152961 (Ordinance S-51982) on June 4, 2025.





Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Street Transportation
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Illuminated Street Signs Fabrication and Installation Contract - IFB-26-0030 -
Request for Award (Ordinance S-52402) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Everbrite West, LLC to provide Illuminated Street Signs Fabrication and Installation for
the Street Transportation Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller
to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contract will not exceed
$8,000,000.

Summary
This Contract is administered by the Traffic Services Division, Signal Shop Section, of
the Street Transportation Department and governs the fabrication and installation of
illuminated street signage throughout the City of Phoenix. These signs are critical for
ensuring visibility and wayfinding at signalized intersections, particularly during
nighttime and low-light conditions.

Illuminated street name signs are the established standard at all signalized
intersections within the City in alignment with municipal safety protocols and traffic
engineering best practices. Their consistent use supports uniformity across the
transportation network, enhances public safety and facilitates efficient navigation for
motorists, pedestrians and emergency responders.

The scope of this Contract enables the City to maintain and expand its illuminated
signage infrastructure as new intersections are constructed or existing ones are
upgraded. It also ensures compliance with applicable design standards, electrical
codes and visibility requirements set forth by the City and relevant transportation
authorities.

Procurement Information
An Invitation for Bid procurement was processed in accordance with City of Phoenix
Administrative Regulation 3.10.

One vendor submitted a bid deemed to be responsive to posted specifications and
responsible to provide the required goods and services. Following an evaluation based
on price, the procurement officer recommends award to the following vendor:




Selected Bidder
Everbrite West, LLC: $8,000,000.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on December 1, 2025, for a five-year term.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $8,000,000.

Funding is available in the Street Transportation Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Street Transportation
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Pavement Marking Tape Contract - IFB 26-0037 - Request for Award (Ordinance
S-52409) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
3M Company to provide Pavement Marking Tape for the Street Transportation
Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds and
the City Treasurer to accept funds related to this item. The total value of the contract
will not exceed $1,100,000.

Summary
This contract will provide retro-reflective, preformed and patterned marking tape that is
used by the Traffic Services Division of the Street Transportation Department for
pavement marking activities which comply with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways standards within the City of Phoenix right-of-way.
Pavement marking activities include lane lines, preformed words and symbols and
edge lines used for guiding the traveling public within the right-of-way.

Procurement Information
An Invitation for Bid procurement was processed in accordance with City of Phoenix
Administrative Regulation 3.10.

One vendor submitted a bid deemed to be responsive to posted specifications and
responsible to provide the required goods and services. Following an evaluation based
on price, the procurement officer recommends award to the following vendor:

Selected Bidder
3M Company

Following award, this contract will be available to other public entities for cooperative
purchasing through RFxPremier. The City, as the lead public entity in the underlying
solicitation, may generate revenue as a result of the participation of other public
entities.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about January 1, 2026, for a five-year term with no



options to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $1,100,000. Funding is available in the
Street Transportation Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Street Transportation
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Polymer Modified MasterSeal and Tire Rubber Modified Surface Seal Contract -
RFA 26-0022 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-52434) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Musgrove Enterprises, L.L.C. dba SealMaster Arizona to provide Polymer Modified
MasterSeal and Tire Rubber Modified Surface Seal for the Street Transportation and
Aviation Departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item. The total value of the contract will not exceed $9,750,000.

Summary
This contract will provide Polymer Modified MasterSeal (PMM), Liquid Road-RTU, and
OptiPave asphalt emulsion pavement sealer. These products are used by the Street
Transportation and Aviation departments, on an as-needed basis, to seal asphalt
roadways throughout the City and roads and runways at City airports. The products
deliver protection against oxidation, water intrusion and other environmental wear,
which minimizes the need for frequent seal coating and lowers maintenance costs.
The Street Transportation Department is the majority user of this contract.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason: Sole
Source. These products are only available through Musgrove Enterprises LLC, dba
SealMaster Arizona and can be picked up at the SealMaster terminal in quantities that
can be used for the purpose of sealing asphalt streets without having to store the
products long term, and thus affecting the integrity of the product. SealMaster is the
only manufacturer of these products in the Phoenix area, and no other products can be
substituted.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about February 1, 2026, for a five-year term with no
options to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $9,750,000 for the five-year aggregate
term. Funding is available in the Street Transportation and Aviation departments'



operating budgets.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton, Deputy City Manager Amber
Williamson and the Street Transportation and Aviation departments.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Apply for the United States Department of Transportation Innovative Finance
and Asset Concession (IFAC) Grant Opportunity for Federal Fiscal Years 2024 -
26, Build America Bureau (Ordinance S-52397) - Citywide

Request to retroactively authorize the City Manager, or designee, to apply for, accept,
and if awarded, enter into agreement(s) for disbursement of federal funding from the
United States Department of Transportation (USDOT) through the Federal Fiscal Years
(FFYs) 2024-26 Innovative Finance and Asset Concession (IFAC) Grant. If awarded,
the funding will be used to initiate a planning grant. Further request to authorize the
City Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this
item. Funding for this grant opportunity is available through the Build America Bureau.
The total grant funds applied for will not exceed $1 million, with no local match.

Summary
On August 13, 2025, the USDOT announced the IFAC Grant Notice of Funding
Opportunity. The IFAC Grant aims to help public entities scan their existing assets to
unlock their value and explore innovative financing, alternative delivery, and public-
private partnership opportunities. A significant focus of the IFAC Grant is to identify
existing assets that have the potential to provide additional public benefits through
asset concessions. In January 2025, the City of Phoenix identified 13 bridges requiring
replacement or rehabilitation due to structural deficiencies, functional obsolescence, or
scour-critical conditions. This analysis did not consider life-cycle costs or economic
impacts in the constrained annual maintenance budget of approximately $1.5 million.

The Bridge Asset Scan and Prioritization Project will build on this study to:

· Expand the bridge prioritization analysis to consider life-cycle costs, economic costs
and benefits, federal requirement implications, and potential efficiencies created by
bundling bridges in single procurement(s).
· Evaluate opportunities to address a broader range of asset needs by evaluating
innovative construction methodologies and alternative delivery approaches.
· Conduct a market study, risk assessment, preliminary cost estimation, and
additional technical evaluating as needed or shortlist bundled bridges to determine
viability.
· Evaluate Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA) eligibility


and the potential use of TIFIA by the City and/or a private partner.
· Strengthen the department's capacity building and integrate lessons learned from
national examples of bundled bridge procurements to support future public-private
partnership opportunities, including developing public outreach and communication
materials.

Under the program eligibility, the State of Arizona has up to $4 million dollars of
funding opportunity available for this round since no funds were awarded to any local,
county or state entity within Arizona in any previous IFAC awards.

The deadline for the grant application was Wednesday, October 1, 2025.

Financial Impact
The City requested $1 million in IFAC funding. There is no financial impact to the City,
as a local agency match is not required.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Street Transportation
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Central City Transportation Study - ST89340698 - Engineering Services
(Ordinance S-52412) - Districts 3, 4 & 6

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an agreement
with WSP USA, Inc. to provide Engineering Services for the Central City
Transportation Study project. Further request to authorize execution of amendments to
the agreement as necessary within the Council-approved expenditure authority as
provided below, and for the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item.
The total fee for all services will not exceed $1 million.

Additionally, request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to take all action
as may be necessary or appropriate and to execute all design and construction
agreements, licenses, permits, and requests for utility services related to the
development, design and construction of the project. Such utility services include, but
are not limited to: electrical, water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunication, cable
television, railroads and other modes of transportation. Further request the City
Council to grant an exception to Phoenix City Code 42-20 to authorize inclusion in the
documents pertaining to this transaction of indemnification and assumption of liability
provisions that otherwise should be prohibited by Phoenix City Code 42-18. This
authorization excludes any transaction involving an interest in real property.

Summary
The purpose of this project is to evaluate the capacity and connectivity of both existing
and planned transportation networks and compare them to projected travel demand of
the area of 19th Avenue to the west, 16th Street to the east, McDowell Road to the
south, and Dunlap Avenue to the north. The findings from this analysis will help
prioritize ongoing projects and identify any additional projects or strategies require to
fill gaps in the area's future transportation network.

WSP USA, Inc.'s services include, but are not limited to: project management and
meetings, literature review, data collection, corridor analysis, public outreach, and a
final report.

Procurement Information
The selection was made using a qualifications-based selection process set forth in



section 34-603 of the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.). In accordance with A.R.S.
section 34-603(H), the City may not publicly release information on proposals received
or the scoring results until an agreement is awarded. Eight firms submitted proposals
and are listed below:

Selected Firm
Rank 1: WSP USA, Inc.

Additional Proposers
Rank 2: Wilson & Company, Inc.
Rank 3: Y2K Engineering, LLC
Rank 4: Mobility Matrix, LLC
Rank 5: CivTech, Inc.
Rank 6: Fehr & Peers
Rank 7: Greenlight Traffic Engineering, LLC
Rank 8: Southwest Traffic Engineering, LLC

Contract Term
The term of the agreement is 540 calendar days from the issuance of the Notice to
Proceed. Work scope identified and incorporated into the agreement prior to the end of
the term may be agreed to by the parties, and work may extend past the termination of
the agreement. No additional changes may be executed after the end of the term.

Financial Impact
The agreement value for WSP USA, Inc. will not exceed $1 million, including all
subconsultant and reimbursable costs.

Funding is available in the Street Transportation Department's Capital Improvement
Program budget. The Budget and Research Department will separately review and
approve funding availability prior to execution of any amendments. Payments may be
made up to agreement limits for all rendered agreement services, which may extend
past the agreement termination.

Location
General Location: 19th Avenue to the west, 16th Street to the east, McDowell Road to
the south, and Dunlap Avenue to the north
Council Districts: 3, 4, and 6

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton, the Street Transportation
Department and the City Engineer.




Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Citywide Architectural On-Call Services for Calendar Years 2026-28 (Ordinance S
-52416) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into separate
agreements with the 15 consultants listed in Attachment A, to provide Architectural
On-Call services Citywide for Calendar Years 2026 to 2028. Further request to
authorize execution of amendments to the agreements as necessary within the
Council-approved expenditure authority as provided below, and for the City Controller
to disburse all funds related to this item. The total fee for all services will not exceed
$12 million.

Additionally, request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to take all action
as may be necessary or appropriate and to execute all design and construction
agreements, licenses, permits, and requests for utility services relating to the
development, design, and construction of the project. Such utility services include, but
are not limited to: electrical, water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunications, cable
television, railroads and other modes of transportation. Further request the City
Council to grant an exception pursuant to Phoenix City Code 42-20 to authorize
inclusion in the documents pertaining to this transaction of indemnification and
assumption of liability provisions that otherwise should be prohibited by Phoenix City
Code 42-18. This authorization excludes any transaction involving an interest in real
property.

Summary
The On-Call consultants will be responsible for providing On-Call Architectural services
that include, but are not limited to: design, construction administration and observation
and/or inspection, cost estimating, project management, tenant improvements, historic
preservation, facilities assessments and condition surveys, programming, master
planning, plan review quality assurance and or quality control, exterior facades, site
improvements, and other architectural-related services citywide.

Procurement Information
The selections were made using a qualifications-based selection process set forth in
section 34-604 of the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.). In accordance with A.R.S.
section 34-604(H), the City may not publicly release information on proposals received



or the scoring results until an agreement is awarded. Fifty-eight firms submitted
proposals and are listed in Attachment A.

Contract Term
The term of each agreement is up to three years, or up to $800,000, whichever occurs
first. Work scope identified and incorporated into the agreement prior to the end of the
term may be agreed to by the parties, and work may extend past the termination of the
agreement. No additional changes may be executed after the end of the term.

Financial Impact
The agreement value for each of the On-Call consultants will not exceed $800,000,
including all subconsultants and reimbursable costs. The total fee for all services will
not exceed $12 million.

Funding is available in the Citywide department’s Capital Improvement Program and
Operating budgets. The Budget and Research Department will review and approve
funding availability prior to issuance of any On-Call task order of $100,000 or more.
Payments may be made up to agreement limits for all rendered agreement services,
which may extend past the agreement termination.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the City Engineer.





ATTACHMENT A

Selected Firms:

Rank 1: Holly Street Studio, LLC
Rank 2: LEA - Architects, LLC
Rank 3: Stantec Architecture, Inc
Rank 4: Perlman Architects of Arizona, Inc
Rank 5: Multistudio, Inc
Rank 6: RSP Architects, Ltd
Rank 7: Marlene Imirzain & Assocoates, LLC
Rank 8: BWS Architects
Rank 9: Motley Design Group, LLC
Rank 10: Smithgroup, Inc.
Rank 11: Arrington Watkins Architects, LLC
Rank 12: HDR Architecture, Inc.
Rank 13: DFDG Architecture
Rank 14: Wilson & Company, Inc
Rank 15: Richard & Kennedy Architects, LLC


Additional Proposers:
Rank 16: M. Arthur Gensler, JR & Associates, Inc
Rank 17: Dekker Designs, LLC
Rank 18: Architekton
Rank 19: DWL Architects-Planners, Inc
Rank 20: FM Solutions Management, LLC
Rank 21: GLHN Architects & Engineers, Inc
Rank 22: Cole Architects, PLLC
Rank 23: GH2 Architects, LLC
Rank 24: Lamar Johnson Collaborative, LLC
Rank 25: WORKSBUREAU
Rank 26: Grace Design Studios, LLC
Rank 27: SPS + Architects, LLC
Rank 28: Larson Design Group
Rank 29: Wendell Burnette Architects, Inc.
Rank 30: Farnsworth Group, Inc.
Rank 31: LAST Architects, LLC
Rank 32: FFKR Architects
Rank 33: Lightvox Studio



Rank 34: Spur Design, LLC
Rank 35: EMC2 Group, Inc.
Rank 36: Industrial Design, LLC
Rank 37: suoLL, LLC
Rank 38: Hale Collective, LLC
Rank 39: Architectural Resource Team, Inc
Rank 40: Nicklaus Engineering, Inc
Rank 41: James R Childers Architect, Inc.
Rank 42: Kezlo Group, LLC
Rank 43: Hamilton Architecture, PLLC
Rank 44: C&S Engineers, Inc.
Rank 45: KME Architects, LLC
Rank 46: STG Design - Susman Tisdale Gayle Architects, Inc
Rank 47: RAR Architects, PLLC
Rank 48: Partner Assessment Co.
Rank 49: Architechnology, Inc.
Rank 50: DUST Architects
Rank 51: Taz Khatri Studios - Blooming Rock Development, LLC
Rank 52: Mercado Design Build Studio, LLC
Rank 53: Avid Architects, LLC
Rank 54: RS Architects LLC.
Rank 55: Norris Design AZ, LLC
Rank 56: 1919 Architects
Rank 57: Bureau Veritas North America, Inc
Rank 58: Mintropy, LLC







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorize Revisions to Phoenix City Code Chapter 32 (Ordinance G-7448) -
Citywide

Request City Council approval to amend Phoenix City Code 32B (Floodplains) to
update definitions to better align with current Federal Emergency Management Agency
(FEMA) standards and correct minor code deficiencies identified by Arizona
Department of Water Resources (ADWR) as part of the 2025 Community Assistance
Visit (CAV) .

Summary
The National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) Community Rating System (CRS) was
implemented in 1990 as a voluntary program for recognizing and encouraging
community floodplain management activities that exceed minimum NFIP standards.
Under the CRS, flood insurance premium rates are discounted to reward community
actions that meet the three goals of the CRS:
· Reduce flood damage to insurable property.
· Strengthen and support the insurance aspects of the NFIP.
· Encourage a comprehensive approach to floodplain management.

During the City of Phoenix 2025 CRS Cycle Verification, it was recommended that the
Definitions section, Section 32B-5, of Phoenix City Code 32B (Floodplains) (
Attachment A) be updated to better align with current FEMA or State standards.

The list of revised definitions include:
· Accessory structure
· CLOMR
· Encroachment
· Structure

The following definition was added:
· Chief Engineer

Additionally, Section 32B-14 Abatement of Violations was recommended to be
renamed Notice of Violations and updated to use the process cited in A.R.S § 48-



3615.01(A). Lastly, it was also recommended that Section 32B-18.B.1 - Substantial
Improvement and Substantial Damage Procedures be updated to provide greater
clarity.

Financial Impact
There is no financial impact to the City.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· City Council authorized revisions to Phoenix City Code Chapter 32 (Ordinance G-
7116) on May 31, 2023.
· On October 16, 2025, Transportation Infrastructure and Planning Committee
recommended City Council approval to amend Phoenix City Code Chapter 32B with
a 3-0 vote.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the City Engineer.





Attachment A




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 1 of 32




Chapter 32B
FLOODPLAINS1
Article I.
Authorization and Purpose
Sec. 32B-1. Authorization and findings.
Sec. 32B-2. Purpose.
Sec. 32B-3. Methods of reducing flood losses.
Sec. 32B-4. Implementation.
Article II.
Definitions
Sec. 32B-5. Definitions.
Article III.
General Provisions
Sec. 32B-6. Lands to which this chapter applies.
Sec. 32B-7. Basis for establishing special flood hazard areas.
Sec. 32B-8. Compliance.
Sec. 32B-9. Abrogation and greater restrictions.
Sec. 32B-9A. Interpretation.
Sec. 32B-10. Disclaimer of liability.
Sec. 32B-11. Statutory exceptions.
Sec. 32B-12. Violations.
Sec. 32B-13. Declaration of public nuisance.
Sec. 32B-14. Abatement of violationsNotice of Violations.
Sec. 32B-15. Reserved.
Sec. 32B-16. Severability.
Article IV.
Administration
Sec. 32B-17. Designation of the Floodplain Administrator.
Sec. 32B-18. Duties and responsibilities of the Floodplain Administrator.
Sec. 32B-19. Establishment of development permit.
Article V.
Provisions for Flood Hazard Reduction
Sec. 32B-20. Standards of construction.


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 2 of 32


Sec. 32B-21. Standards for storage of materials and equipment.
Sec. 32B-22. Standards for water supply and waste disposal systems.
Sec. 32B-23. Additional development standards, including subdivisions.
Sec. 32B-24. Standards for manufactured homes.
Sec. 32B-25. Standards for recreational vehicles.
Sec. 32B-26. Floodways.
Article VI.
Variance Procedure
Sec. 32B-27. Nature of variances.
Sec. 32B-28. Board of Review.
Sec. 32B-29. Conditions for variances.

1 Cross reference—Development Advisory Board, § 2-164 et seq.; building regulations, ch. 9; subdivisions, ch.
32; grading and drainage, ch. 32A.

State Law reference—Floodplain management, A.R.S. § 48-3601 et seq.; municipal floodplain management
programs, A.R.S. § 48-3610.




Article I.
Authorization and Purpose



Sec. 32B-1. Authorization and findings.

In Section 48-3610, Arizona Revised Statutes, the Arizona State Legislature authorized
incorporated cities to adopt regulations in conformance with Section 48-3609, Arizona Revised
Statutes, which are designed to promote the public health, safety and general welfare of its
citizenry. Therefore, the Phoenix City Council finds as follows:

A. The special flood hazard areas of the City of Phoenix are subject to periodic inundation
which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce
and governmental services, extraordinary public expenditures for flood protection and relief,
and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the public health, safety and
general welfare.



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 3 of 32


B. These flood losses may be caused by the cumulative effect of obstructions in special flood
hazard areas which increase flood heights and velocities and, when inadequately anchored,
cause damage in other areas. Uses that are inadequately flood-proofed, elevated or otherwise
protected from flood damage also contribute to the flood loss. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-
6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-2. Purpose.

It is the purpose of this chapter to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare, and
to minimize public and private losses due to flooding in specific areas by provisions designed
to:

A. Protect human life and health;

B. Minimize expenditure of public money for costly flood control projects;

C. Minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally
undertaken at the expense of the general public;

D. Minimize prolonged business interruptions;

E. Minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains; electric,
telephone and sewer lines; and streets and bridges located in special flood hazard areas;

F. Help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of special
flood hazard areas so as to minimize blight areas caused by flooding;

G. Participate in and maintain eligibility for flood insurance and disaster relief. (Ord. No. G-5707,
2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-3. Methods of reducing flood losses.

A. These regulations take precedence over any less restrictive conflicting local laws, ordinances
and codes.

B. In order to accomplish its purposes, this chapter includes methods and provisions to:


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 4 of 32


1. Restrict or prohibit uses which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to
water or erosion hazards, or which result in damaging increases in erosion or flood heights
or velocities;

2. Require that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be
protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction;

3. Control the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective
barriers, which help accommodate or channel floodwaters;

4. Control filling, grading, dredging, and other development which may increase flood
damage; and

5. Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert
floodwaters or which may increase flood hazards in other areas. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012)




Sec. 32B-4. Implementation.

To implement the regulation of the floodplain areas in the City of Phoenix, the City Council is
designated as the Floodplain Board, and the City Engineer, or a City Engineer appointed
designee, is designated as the administrative agent for these regulations, or Floodplain
Administrator. (Ord. No. G-2027, § 2; Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2,
2023)

Note—Formerly, § 32B-1




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 5 of 32



Article II.
Definitions



Sec. 32B-5. Definitions.

Unless specifically defined below, words or phrases used in this chapter must be interpreted so
as to give them the meaning they have in common usage and to give this chapter its most
reasonable application.

Accessory structure means A STRUCTURE ON THE SAME PARCEL OF PROPERTY AS A PRINCIPAL Formatted: Font: Not Italic
STRUCTURE, THE USE OF WHICH IS INCIDENTAL TO THE USE OF THE PRINCIPAL STRUCTURE.
ACCESSORY STRUCTURES MUST BE USED FOR PARKING OR STORAGE, BE LESS THAN 600
SQUARE FEET, REPRESENT A MINIMAL INVESTMENT BY OWNERS, AND HAVE LOW DAMAGE
POTENTIAL. EXAMPLES OF ACCESSORY STRUCTURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO:
DETACHED GARAGES, STORAGE AND TOOL SHEDS, AND SMALL BOATHOUSES.a vehicular
parking or storage structure located on the same parcel of property as a principal structure.

Appeal means a request for a review of the Floodplain Administrator’s interpretation of any
provision of this chapter or a request for a variance.

Area of shallow flooding means a designated AO or AH Zone on a community’s flood insurance
rate map (FIRM). These zones have a one percent or greater annual chance of flooding to an
average depth of one to three feet where a clearly defined channel does not exist, where the
path of flooding is unpredictable and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is
characterized by ponding or sheet flow.

Base flood means a flood that has a one percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any
given year (also called the "100-year flood").

Base flood elevation (BFE) means the computed water surface elevation resulting from a flood
that has a one percent or greater chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

Basement means any area of the building having its floor below grade on all sides.

Building. See Structure.



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 6 of 32


CHIEF ENGINEER: SEE “FLOODPLAIN ADMINISTRATOR”

CLOMR means Conditional Letter of Map Revision issued by FEMA. A LETTER FROM FEMA
COMMENTING ON WHETHER A PROPOSED PROJECT, IF BUILT AS PROPOSED, OR PROPOSED
HYDROLOGY CHANGES WOULD MEET MINIMUM NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM
STANDARDS.

Community means any state, area or city thereof, or any Indian tribe or authorized tribal
organization, or authorized native organization, which has authority to adopt and enforce
floodplain management regulations for the areas within its jurisdiction.

Development means any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including
but not limited to buildings or other structures, utilities, pipelines, mining, dredging, filling,
grading, paving, or excavation or drilling operations or storage of equipment or materials.

Elevation certificate means an administrative tool of the National Flood Insurance Program
(NFIP) that is used to provide elevation information necessary to ensure compliance with
community floodplain management ordinances, to determine the proper insurance premium
rate, and to support a request for a Letter of Map Amendment (LOMA) or Letter of Map
Revision based on fill (LOMR-F).

Encroachment means ACTIVITIES OR CONSTRUCTION WITHIN THE FLOODWAY INCLUDING FILL,
NEW CONSTRUCTION, SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS, AND OTHER DEVELOPMENT. THESE
ACTIVITIES ARE PROHIBITED WITHIN THE ADOPTED REGULATORY FLOODWAY UNLESS IT HAS
BEEN DEMONSTRATED THROUGH HYDROLOGIC AND HYDRAULIC ANALYSES THAT THE
PROPOSED ENCROACHMENT WOULD NOT RESULT IN ANY INCREASE IN FLOOD LEVELS.the
advance or infringement of uses, plant growth, fill, excavation, buildings, permanent structures
or development into a floodplain, which may impede or alter the flow capacity of a floodplain.

Erosion means the gradual wearing away process of landmasses.

FEMA means the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

Flood or flooding means a general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of
normally dry land areas from: (1) the overflow of floodwaters; and/or (2) the unusual and rapid
accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 7 of 32


Flood insurance rate map (FIRM) means the official map on which FEMA has delineated both the
special flood hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to the community.

Flood insurance study (FIS) means the official report provided by FEMA that includes flood
profiles, FIRM, and the water surface elevations of the base flood.

Floodplain or flood prone area means any land area susceptible to being inundated by water
from any source. See Flood or flooding.

Floodplain Administrator means the City of Phoenix City Engineer, or a City Engineer appointed
designee, who is charged with administering and enforcing these floodplain management
regulations.

Floodplain Board or Board means the City of Phoenix City Council or a board appointed by the
Phoenix City Council.

Floodplain management means the operation of an overall program of corrective and preventive
measures for reducing flood damage and preserving and enhancing, where possible, natural
resources in the floodplain, including but not limited to emergency preparedness plans, flood
control works, floodplain management regulations, and open space plans.

Floodplain management regulations means this chapter and other zoning ordinances, subdivision
regulations, building codes, health regulations, special purpose ordinances (such as grading
and erosion control) and other application of enforcement power which control development in
flood prone areas. This term describes Federal, State or local regulations in any combination
thereof, which provide standards for preventing and reducing flood loss and damage.

Floodproofing means any combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or
adjustments to structures which reduce or eliminate the risk of flood damage to real estate or
improved real property, water and sanitary facilities, structures, and their contents.

Flood-related erosion means the collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a lake or
other body of water as a result of undermining caused by waves or currents of water exceeding
anticipated cyclical levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body
of water, accompanied by a severe storm, or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as a
flash flood or an abnormal tidal surge, or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event
which results in flooding.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 8 of 32


Floodway means the channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that
must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the
water surface elevation more than a designated height. This is also referred to as "regulatory
floodway."

Functionally dependent use means a use which cannot perform its intended purpose unless it is
located or carried out proximate to water. The term includes only docking facilities, port
facilities that are necessary for the loading and unloading of cargo or passengers, and ship
building and ship repair facilities, and does not include long-term storage or related
manufacturing facilities.

Governing body means the local governing unit, i.e., county or municipality, which is empowered
to adopt and implement regulations to provide for the public health, safety and general welfare
of its citizenry.

Highest adjacent grade means the highest natural elevation of the ground surface prior to
construction next to the proposed walls of a structure.

Historic structure means any structure that is:

1. Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places (a listing maintained by the
Department of Interior) or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as
meeting the requirements for individual listing on the National Register;

2. Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to
the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily
determined by the Secretary to qualify as a registered historic district;

3. Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic
preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of Interior; or

4. Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic
preservation programs that have been certified either:

a. By an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior; or

b. Directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 9 of 32


LOMR means Letter of Map Revision issued by FEMA. It is an official amendment to the currently
effective FEMA map.

Lowest floor means the lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area, including the basement. An
unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or
storage, in an area other than a basement area, is not considered a building’s lowest floor;
provided, that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of the
applicable nonelevation design requirements of this chapter.

Manufactured home means a structure, transportable in one or more sections, which is built on
a permanent chassis and is designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when
connected to the required utilities. For floodplain management purposes the term
manufactured home also includes park trailers, travel trailers, and other similar recreational
vehicles placed on a site for greater than 180 consecutive days. For insurance purposes the
term manufactured home does not include park trailers, travel trailers, and other similar
recreational vehicles.

Manufactured home park or subdivision means a parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided
into two or more manufactured home lots for rent or sale.

Market value means replacement cost of a structure less depreciation since construction.

Mean sea level means, for purposes of the National Flood Insurance Program, the National
Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD of 1929), North American Vertical Datum (NAVD) of 1988, or
other datum, to which base flood elevations shown on a community’s flood insurance rate map
are referenced.

New construction means, for purposes of determining insurance rates, structures for which the
"start of construction" commenced on or after the effective date of an initial flood insurance
rate map or after December 31, 1974, whichever is later, and includes any subsequent
improvements to such structures. For floodplain management purposes, new construction
means structures for which the "start of construction" commenced on or after the effective
date of a floodplain management regulation adopted by a community and includes any
subsequent improvements to such structures.

Obstruction includes, but is not limited to, any dam, wall, wharf, embankment, levee, dike, pile,
abutment, protection, excavation, channelization, bridge, conduit, culvert, building, wire, fence,



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 10 of 32


rock, gravel, refuse, fill, structure, vegetation or other material in, along, across or projecting
into any watercourse which may alter, impede, retard or change the direction and/or velocity of
the flow of water, or due to its location, its propensity to snare or collect debris carried by the
flow of water, or its likelihood of being carried downstream.

One-hundred-year flood or 100-year flood means a flood having a one percent chance of being
equaled or exceeded in any given year. See Base flood.

Person means any individual or the individual’s agent, a firm, partnership, association,
corporation, or any agent of the aforementioned groups, or this State or its agencies or cities.

Principal structure means a structure used or intended to be used for the principal use as
permitted on such lot by the regulations of the zoning district in which it is located, exclusive of
any detached accessory structures.

Recreational vehicle means a vehicle that is:

1. Built on a single chassis; and

2. Four hundred square feet or less when measured at the largest horizontal projection;
and

3. Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light duty truck; and

4. Designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling but as temporary living
quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.

Regulatory flood elevation (RFE) means an elevation one foot above the base flood elevation for a
watercourse.

Regulatory floodway means the channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land
areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively
increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated height.

Riverine means relating to, formed by, or resembling a river (including tributaries), stream, or
brook.

Sheet Flow Area. See Area of shallow flooding.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 11 of 32


Special flood hazard area (SFHA) means the land in the floodplain within a community subject to
a one percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. These areas are designated as
Zone A, AO, AE, A99, or AH on the FIRM and other areas as determined by the criteria adopted
by the Director of the Arizona Department of Water Resources.

Start of construction includes substantial improvement and other proposed new development,
and means the date the building permit was issued, provided the actual start of construction,
repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement, or other improvement was within
180 days of the permit date. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent
construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of
piles, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation; or the
placement of a manufactured home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include
land preparation, such as clearing, grading and filling; nor does it include the installation of
streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or
foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation on the
property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not
part of the main structure. For substantial improvement, the actual start of construction means
the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, whether or
not the alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

Structure means A WALLED AND ROOFED BUILDING THAT IS PRINCIPALLY ABOVE GROUND,
WHERE “WALLED” IS CONSIDERED “TWO OR MORE OUTSIDE RIGID WALLS” AND ROOFED IS “A
FULLY SECURED ROOF.” THE TERM INCLUDES GAS AND LIQUID STORAGE TANKS AND
MANUFACTURED HOMES. THE TERMS “STRUCTURE” AND “BUILDING” ARE USED
INTERCHANGEABLY IN THE NFIP REGULATIONS.a walled and roofed building that is principally
above ground; this includes a gas or liquid storage tank or a manufactured home.

Substantially damaged building means damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby
the cost of restoring the structure to its before damaged condition would equal or exceed 50
percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

Substantial improvement means any reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, or other
improvement of a structure, the total cumulative cost of which tracked over a rolling five-year
period equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the start of
construction of the improvement. This term includes structures which have incurred substantial




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 12 of 32


damage, regardless of the actual repair work performed. The term does not, however, include
either:

1. Any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations or State or local
health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code
enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to ensure safe living
conditions; or

2. Any alteration of a historic structure; provided, that the alteration will not preclude the
structure’s continued designation as a historic structure.

Variance means a grant of relief from the requirements of this chapter which permits
construction in a manner that would otherwise be prohibited by this chapter.

Violation means the failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with the
community’s floodplain management regulations. A structure or other development without
the elevation certificate, other certifications, or other evidence of compliance required by this
chapter is presumed to be in violation until such time as that documentation is provided.

Water surface elevation means the height, in relation to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum
(NGVD) of 1929, North American Vertical Datum (NAVD) of 1988, or other datum, of floods of
various magnitudes and frequencies in the floodplains of coastal or riverine areas.

Watercourse means any lake, river, creek, stream, wash, arroyo, channel, or other topographic
feature on or over which waters flow at least periodically. The term may include specifically
designated areas in which flood damage may occur. (Ord. No. G-2027, § 2; Ord. No. G-3092, § 2; Ord.
No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)

Cross reference—Definitions and rules of construction generally, § 1-2.

Note—Formerly, § 32B-2




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 13 of 32



Article III.
General Provisions



Sec. 32B-6. Lands to which this chapter applies.

This chapter applies to all special flood hazard areas within the corporate limits of the City of
Phoenix. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-7. Basis for establishing special flood hazard areas.

The special flood hazard areas identified by FEMA in a scientific and engineering report entitled
"The Flood Insurance Study (FIS) for Maricopa County, Arizona and Incorporated Areas" dated
September 30, 2005, with accompanying FIRMs dated September 30, 2005, and all subsequent
amendments and/or revisions, are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of
this chapter. This FIS and attendant mapping is the minimum area of applicability of this
chapter and may be supplemented by studies for other areas which allow implementation of
this chapter and which are recommended to the Floodplain Administrator. The Floodplain
Administrator, within its area of jurisdiction, will delineate (or may, by rule, require developers
of land to delineate) for areas where development is ongoing or imminent, and thereafter as
development becomes imminent, floodplains consistent with the criteria developed by FEMA
and the Director of the Arizona Department of Water Resources. The FIS and FIRM panels are
on file at City of Phoenix City Hall, 200 W. Washington Street, Phoenix, AZ 85003. (Ord. No. G-5707,
2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-8. Compliance.

All development of land, construction of residential, commercial or industrial structures, or
future development within delineated floodplain areas is subject to the terms of this chapter
and other applicable regulations. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012)




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 14 of 32



Sec. 32B-9. Abrogation and greater restrictions.

This chapter is not intended to repeal, abrogate or impair any existing easements, covenants or
deed restrictions. However, where this chapter and another ordinance, easement, covenant or
deed restriction conflict or overlap, whichever imposes the more stringent restrictions shall
prevail. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012)




Sec. 32B-9A. Interpretation.

In the interpretation of this chapter, all provisions will be:

A. Considered as minimum requirements;

B. Construed to achieve the purposes of this chapter; and

C. Deemed neither to limit nor repeal any other powers granted under State statutes. (Ord. No.
G-6611, 2019)




Sec. 32B-10. Disclaimer of liability.

The degree of flood protection required by this chapter is considered reasonable for regulatory
purposes and is based on scientific and engineering considerations. Larger floods can and will
occur on rare occasions. Flood heights may be increased by manmade or natural causes. This
chapter does not imply that land outside the special flood hazard areas or uses permitted
within such areas will be free from flooding or flood damages. This chapter shall not create
liability on the part of the City of Phoenix, any officer or employee thereof, the State of Arizona
or FEMA, for any flood damages that result from reliance on this chapter or any administrative
decision lawfully made hereunder. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-11. Statutory exceptions.

A. In accordance with Section 48-3609(I), Arizona Revised Statutes, unless expressly provided,
this and any regulation adopted pursuant to this article does not affect:


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 15 of 32


1. Existing legal uses of property or the right to continuation of such legal use. However, if
a nonconforming use of land or a building or structure is discontinued for 12 months, or
destroyed to the extent of 50 percent of its value as determined by a competent appraiser,
any further use must comply with this article and regulations of the City of Phoenix;

2. Reasonable repair or alteration of property for the purposes for which the property was
legally used on August 3, 1984, or any regulation affecting such property takes effect,
except that any alteration, addition or repair to a nonconforming building or structure
which would result in increasing its flood damage potential by 50 percent or more must be
either floodproofed or elevated to or above the regulatory flood elevation;

3. Reasonable repair of structures constructed with the written authorization required by
Section 48-3613, Arizona Revised Statutes; and

4. Facilities constructed or installed pursuant to a certificate of environmental
compatibility issued pursuant to Title 40, Chapter 2, Article 6.2, Arizona Revised Statutes.

B. Before the following types of construction authorized by Section 48-3613(B), Arizona
Revised Statutes begins, the property owner or their agent must submit plans for the
construction to the Floodplain Administrator for review and comment pursuant to Section 48-
3613(C), Arizona Revised Statutes:

1. The construction of bridges, culverts, dikes and other structures necessary to the
construction of public highways, roads and streets intersecting or crossing a watercourse;

2. The construction of storage dams for watering livestock or wildlife, structures on banks
of a watercourse to prevent erosion of or damage to adjoining land if the structure will not
divert, retard or obstruct the natural channel of the watercourse or dams for the
conservation of floodwaters as permitted by Title 45, Chapter 6, Arizona Revised Statutes;

3. Construction of tailing dams and waste disposal areas for use in connection with mining
and metallurgical operations. This subsection does not exempt those sand and gravel
operations that will divert, retard or obstruct the flow of waters in any watercourse from
complying with and acquiring authorization from the Floodplain Board pursuant to
regulations adopted by the Floodplain Board under this article;

4. Other construction upon determination by the Floodplain Board that written
authorization is unnecessary;


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 16 of 32


5. Any flood control district, county, city, town or other body from exercising powers
granted to it under Title 48, Chapter 21, Article 1, Arizona Revised Statutes;

6. The construction of streams, waterways, lakes and other auxiliary facilities in
conjunction with development of public parks and recreation facilities by a public agency or
city; and

7. The construction and erection of poles, towers, foundations, support structures, guy
wires and other facilities related to power transmission as constructed by any utility
whether a public service corporation or a city.

C. In accordance with Section 48-3613(D), Arizona Revised Statutes, in addition to other
penalties or remedies otherwise provided by law, this state, a city or a person who may be
damaged or has been damaged as a result of the unauthorized diversion, retardation or
obstruction of a watercourse has the right to commence, maintain and prosecute any
appropriate action or pursue any remedy to enjoin, abate or otherwise prevent any person
from violating or continuing to violate this section or regulations adopted pursuant to Title 48,
Chapter 21, Article 1, Arizona Revised Statutes. If a person is found to be in violation of this
section, the court shall require the violator to either comply with this section, if authorized by
the Floodplain Board, or remove the obstruction and restore the watercourse to its original
state. The court may also award such monetary damages as are appropriate to the injured
parties resulting from violation including reasonable costs and attorney fees. (Ord. No. G-5707,
2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-12. Violations.

A. It is unlawful for a person to engage in any development or to divert, retard or obstruct the
flow of waters in a watercourse if it creates a hazard to life or property without securing the
written authorization required by Section 48-3613, Arizona Revised Statutes. Where the
watercourse is a delineated floodplain, it is unlawful to engage in any development affecting
the flow of waters without securing written authorization required by Section 48-3613, Arizona
Revised Statutes.

B. Any person found guilty of violating any provision of this chapter shall be guilty of a Class 1
misdemeanor. Each day that a violation continues shall be a separate offense.



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 17 of 32


C. A person who without written authorization damages or interferes with a facility that is
owned, operated, or otherwise under the jurisdiction of the community is liable for both of the
following:

1. Any actual damages to persons or property that is caused by the damage or
interference.

2. Payment of costs to the community for remediating the damage or interference. (Ord.
No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-13. Declaration of public nuisance.

All development located or maintained within any special flood hazard area after August 8,
1973, in violation of this chapter, is a public nuisance and may be abated, prevented or
restrained by action of the City. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-14. Abatement of violationsNOTICE OF VIOLATIONS.

IF THE CHIEF ENGINEER FINDS THAT A PERSON HAS ENGAGED OR IS ENGAGING IN
DEVELOPMENT IN THE FLOODPLAIN WITHOUT A FLOODPLAIN USE PERMIT, HAS ENGAGED OR
IS ENGAGING IN ANY DEVELOPMENT THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN ACTIVE
FLOODPLAIN USE PERMIT OR HAS DAMAGED OR INTERFERED WITH FACILITIES THAT ARE
AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO A.R.S. TITLE 48, CHAPTER 21 WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION
OF THE FLOODPLAIN BOARD, THE CHIEF ENGINEER SHALL ISSUE A NOTICE OF VIOLATION TO
THE OWNER, OCCUPANT OR MANAGER OF THE REAL PROPERTY ON WHICH THE DEVELOPMENT
IS LOCATED OR TO THE PERSON WHO HAS DAMAGED OR INTERFERED WITH THE FACILITIES.
THE NOTICE OF VIOLATION SHALL IDENTIFY THE VIOLATIONS OBSERVED AND ORDER THE
VIOLATOR TO CEASE AND DESIST ANY ONGOING ACTIVITY THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE REGULATIONS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO A.R.S. TITLE 48, CHAPTER 21 OR THIS CHAPTER OR
CEASE AND DESIST ANY DAMAGE OR INTERFERENCE THAT IS NOT AUTHORIZED BY THE BOARD.
THE NOTICE OF VIOLATION SHALL INCLUDE THE DATE AND TIME BY WHICH THE PERSON MUST
MAIL OR DELIVER A RESPONSE TO THE NOTICE OF VIOLATION.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 18 of 32


Within 30 days of discovery of a violation of this chapter, the Floodplain Administrator shall
submit a report to the Floodplain Board which shall include all information available to the
Floodplain Administrator which is pertinent to said violation. Within 30 days of receipt of this
report, the Floodplain Board shall either:

A. Take any necessary action to effect the abatement of such violation; or

B. Issue a variance to this chapter in accordance with the provisions of Article VI herein; or

C. Order the owner of the property upon which the violation exists to provide whatever
additional information may be required for their determination. Such information must be
provided to the Floodplain Administrator within 30 days of such order and the Floodplain
Administrator shall submit an amended report to the Floodplain Board within 20 days. At the
next regularly scheduled public meeting, the Floodplain Board shall either order the abatement
of said violation or they shall grant a variance in accordance with the provisions of Article VI
herein; or

D. Submit to the Federal Emergency Management Agency a declaration for denial of
insurance, stating that the property is in violation of a cited State or local law, regulation or
ordinance, pursuant to Section 1316 of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as amended.
(Ord. No. G-5707, 2012)




Sec. 32B-15. Reserved.

(Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-16. Severability.

This chapter and the various parts thereof are hereby declared to be severable. Should any
section of this chapter be declared by the courts to be unconstitutional or invalid, such decision
shall not affect the validity of this chapter as a whole, or any portion thereof other than the
section so declared to be unconstitutional or invalid. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012)




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 19 of 32



Article IV.
Administration



Sec. 32B-17. Designation of the Floodplain Administrator.

The City Engineer, or City Engineer appointed designee, is hereby appointed to administer,
implement and enforce this chapter by granting or denying development permits in accordance
with its provisions. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-18. Duties and responsibilities of the Floodplain Administrator.

A. Permit review. Review all development permits to determine that:

1. The permit requirements of this chapter have been satisfied;

2. All other required State and Federal permits have been obtained;

3. The site is reasonably safe from flooding;

4. In areas where a floodway has not been designated, that proposed development does
not adversely affect the carrying capacity of areas where base flood elevations have been
determined. For purposes of this chapter, adversely affect means that the cumulative effect
of the proposed development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated
development, will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one
foot at any point.

B. Substantial improvement and substantial damage procedures.

1. Using FEMA Publication P-758, "Substantial Improvement/Substantial Damage Desk
Reference (2010)," develop detailed procedures for identifying and administering
requirements for substantial improvement and substantial damage, to include defining
"market value." which means For Substantial Improvement and Substantial Damage
procedures, "market value” refers to THE HIGHEST STRUCTURE VALUE DETERMINED BY A




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 20 of 32


LICENSED APPRAISAL PROFESSIONAL, MARICOPA COUNTY ASSESSOR’S OFFICE, OR AS
DETERMINED BY CITY OF PHOENIX DESIGNEE.

2. Ensure procedures are coordinated with other departments and divisions and
implemented by community staff.

C. Use of other base flood data. When base flood elevation data has not been provided in
accordance with Section 32B-7, the Floodplain Administrator will obtain, review and reasonably
utilize any base flood elevation data available from a Federal, State or other source, in order to
administer Article V of this chapter. Any such information must be consistent with the
requirements of FEMA and the Director of the Arizona Department of Water Resources and
may be submitted to the Floodplain Board for adoption.

D. Obtain and maintain for public inspection:

1. Certification required in Sections 32B-20(C)(1) and 32B-24 (lowest flow elevations,
bottom of the structural frame and utilities);

2. Certification required in Section 32B-20(C)(2) (lowest floor elevations or floodproofing of
nonresidential structures and utilities);

3. Certification required in Section 32B-20(C)(3) (flood vents);

4. Certification required in Section 32B-23(A)(2) (subdivisions and other proposed
development standards);

5. Certification required in Section 32B-26(A) (floodway encroachments);

6. Records of all variance actions, including justification for their issuance; and

7. Obtain and maintain improvement and damage calculations, required for subsection B
of this section, over a rolling five-year period.

E. Notification of other entities.

1. Whenever a watercourse is to be altered or relocated:

a. Notify adjacent communities and the Arizona Department of Water Resources prior
to such alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit evidence of such
notification to FEMA through appropriate notification means; and


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 21 of 32


b. Ensure that the flood carrying capacity of the altered or relocated portion of said
watercourse be maintained.

2. Base flood elevation and rate of flow due to physical alterations.

a. Base flood elevations may increase or decrease resulting from physical changes
affecting flooding conditions. As soon as practicable, but not later than six months
after the date such information becomes available, the Floodplain Administrator will
notify FEMA of the changes by submitting technical or scientific data in accordance
with 44 CFR Section 65.3. Such a submission is necessary so that upon confirmation of
those physical changes affecting flooding conditions, risk premium rates and
floodplain management requirements will be based upon current data.

b. Within 120 days after completion of construction of any flood control protective
works which changes the rate of flow during the flood or the configuration of the
floodplain upstream or downstream from or adjacent to the project, the person or
agency responsible for installation of the project must provide to the governing bodies
of all jurisdictions affected by the project a new delineation of all floodplains affected
by the project. The new delineation must be done according to the criteria adopted by
the Director of the Arizona Department of Water Resources.

3. Corporate boundary changes. Notify FEMA of acquisition by means of annexation,
incorporation or otherwise, of additional areas of jurisdiction.

F. Map determinations. Make interpretations, where needed, as to the exact location of the
boundaries of the special flood hazard areas (e.g., where there appears to be a conflict between
a mapped boundary and actual field conditions). The person contesting the location of the
boundary will be given a reasonable opportunity to appeal the interpretation as provided in
Article VI of this chapter.

G. Remedial actions. Take actions on violations of this chapter as required in Section 32B-14.

H. Policies and procedures. Develop and adopt policies and procedures necessary to implement
this chapter. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023; Ord. No. G-7218, § 1,
2024)




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 22 of 32



Sec. 32B-19. Establishment of development permit.

A development permit must be obtained before construction or development begins, including
placement of manufactured homes, within any special flood hazard area established in Section
32B-7. Application for a development permit must be made on forms furnished by the
Floodplain Administrator and may include, but not be limited to, plans in duplicate drawn to
scale showing the nature, location, dimensions and elevation of the area in question, existing or
proposed structures, fill, storage of materials, drainage facilities and the location of the
foregoing. Specifically, the following information is required:

A. Proposed elevation in relation to mean sea level of the lowest floor (including basement) of
all structures. In Zone AO, elevation of existing highest adjacent natural grade and proposed
elevation of lowest floor of all structures;

B. Proposed elevation in relation to mean sea level to which any nonresidential structure will
be floodproofed;

C. Certification by a registered professional engineer or architect that the floodproofing
methods for any nonresidential structure meet the floodproofing criteria in Section 32B-
20(C)(2);

D. Base flood elevation data for subdivision proposals or other development greater than 50
lots or five acres, whichever is the lesser; and

E. Description of the extent to which any watercourse will be altered or relocated as a result of
proposed development. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Article V.
Provisions for Flood Hazard Reduction



Sec. 32B-20. Standards of construction.

In all special flood hazard areas the following standards are required:




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 23 of 32


A. Anchoring.

1. All new construction and substantial improvements must be anchored to prevent
flotation, collapse or lateral movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and
hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy; and

2. All manufactured homes must meet the anchoring standards of Section 32B-24(A)(2).

B. Construction materials and methods.

1. All new construction and substantial improvements must be constructed with materials
and utility equipment resistant to flood damage;

2. All new construction and substantial improvements must be constructed using
methods and practices that minimize flood damage;

3. All new construction and substantial improvement and other proposed new
development with mechanical and utility equipment utilized by the structure must be
constructed to or above the regulatory flood elevation;

4. Within Zone AH or AO, adequate drainage paths must be constructed around structures
on slopes to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed structures.

C. Elevation and floodproofing.

1. Residential construction. Residential construction, new or substantial improvement, must
have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to or above the regulatory flood
elevation:

a. In Zone AO, the base flood elevation is determined from the FIRM panel. If
unspecified, the required elevation is a minimum two feet above the highest adjacent
grade.

b. In Zone A, where a BFE has not been determined, the base flood elevation is
determined locally as set out in Section 32B-18(C).

c. In Zones AE and AH, the base flood elevation is determined from the FIS and/or
FIRM.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 24 of 32


d. A garage attached to a residential structure, constructed with the garage floor slab
below the regulatory flood elevation, must be designed to allow for the automatic
entry and exit of floodwaters and must be used solely for parking, access and/or
storage. See subsection (C)(3) of this section.

Upon completion of the structure, the elevation of the lowest floor including basement
must be certified by a registered professional engineer or surveyor, and verified by the
community’s building inspector to be properly elevated. Such certification and verification
must be provided to the Floodplain Administrator.

2. Nonresidential construction. Nonresidential construction, new or substantial
improvement, must either be elevated to conform with subsection (C)(1) of this section or
together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities:

a. Be floodproofed below the elevation recommended under subsection (C)(1) of this
section so that the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the
passage of water; and

b. Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic
loads and effects of buoyancy.

c. Upon completion of the structure, certification by a registered professional
engineer or surveyor that the elevation requirements of the lowest floor, including
basement, of this section have been satisfied shall be provided to the Floodplain
Administrator; or certification by a registered professional engineer or architect that
the floodproofing standards of this section are satisfied shall be provided to the
Floodplain Administrator for verification.

3. Flood openings. All new construction and substantial improvement with fully enclosed
areas below the lowest floor (excluding basements) that are usable solely for parking of
vehicles, building access or storage, and which are subject to flooding, must be designed to
automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry
and exit of floodwater. Designs for meeting this requirement must meet or exceed the
following criteria:

a. For nonengineered openings:




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 25 of 32


(1) Have a minimum of two openings, on different sides of each enclosed area,
having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of
enclosed area subject to flooding.

(2) The bottom of all openings must be no higher than one foot above grade.

(3) Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or
devices; provided, that they permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwater; or

b. For engineered openings (or covers and devices):

(1) Are specifically designed and certified by a registered engineer or architect as
meeting the required performance and design requirements.

(2) Have an evaluation report issued by the International Code Council Evaluation
Service (ICC-ES), Inc., a subsidiary of the International Code Council, Inc.

4. Manufactured homes. Manufactured homes must meet the standards in Section 32B-24.

5. Accessory structures.

a. An "accessory structure" used solely for parking or storage, as defined in Article II of
this chapter, may be constructed such that its floor is below the regulatory flood
elevation, provided the structure is designed and constructed in accordance with the
following requirements:

(1) Use of the accessory structure must be limited to parking or storage;

(2) The portions of the accessory structure located below the regulatory flood
elevation must be built using flood-resistant materials;

(3) The accessory structure must be adequately anchored to prevent flotation,
collapse and lateral movement;

(4) Any mechanical and utility equipment in the accessory structure must be
elevated or floodproofed to or above the regulatory flood elevation;

(5) The accessory structure must comply with floodway encroachment provisions
in Section 32B-26; and




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 26 of 32


(6) The accessory structure must be designed to allow for the automatic entry of
flood waters in accordance with subsection (C)(3) of this section.

Accessory structures not meeting the above standards must be constructed in
accordance with all applicable standards in this section.

Upon completion of an accessory structure, certification by a registered professional
engineer, surveyor or local official that the requirements of this section have been
satisfied must be provided to the Floodplain Administrator for verification.

6. Machinery and service equipment. All new construction, substantial improvement and
other proposed new development must be constructed with electrical, heating, ventilation,
plumbing, and air conditioning equipment and other service facilities that are designed
and/or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the
components during conditions of flooding. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord.
No. G-7116, § 2, 2023; Ord. No. G-7218, § 2, 2024)




Sec. 32B-21. Standards for storage of materials and equipment.

A. The storage or processing of materials that could be injurious to human, animal or plant life
if released due to damage from flooding is prohibited in special flood hazard areas.

B. Storage of other material or equipment may be allowed if not subject to damage by floods
and if firmly anchored to prevent flotation, or if readily removable from the area within the time
available after flood warning. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-22. Standards for water supply and waste disposal systems.

A. All new or replacement water supply and sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to
minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system and discharge from systems
into flood waters.

B. On-site waste disposal systems shall be located to avoid impairment to them or
contamination from them during flooding.



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 27 of 32


C. Waste disposal systems shall not be installed wholly or partially in a regulatory floodway.
(Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-23. Additional development standards, including subdivisions.

A. All new subdivision proposals and other proposed development (including proposals for
manufactured home parks and subdivisions), greater than 50 lots or five acres, whichever is the
lesser, shall:

1. Identify the area of the special flood hazard area and the base flood elevation.

2. Identify on the final plans the elevation(s) of the proposed structure(s) and pads. If the
site is filled above the base flood elevation, the final lowest floor and grade elevations shall
be certified by a registered professional engineer or surveyor and provided to the
Floodplain Administrator.

B. All subdivision proposals and other proposed development shall be consistent with the
need to minimize flood damage.

C. All subdivision proposals and other proposed development shall have public utilities and
facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems located and constructed to minimize
flood damage.

D. All subdivision proposals and other proposed development shall provide adequate
drainage to reduce exposure to flood hazards. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-24. Standards for manufactured homes.

A. All manufactured homes that are placed on site or substantially improved must:

1. Be elevated so that the bottom of the structural frame or the lowest point of any
attached appliances, whichever is lower, is at or above the regulatory flood elevation; and

2. Be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation,
collapse or lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not to be limited



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 28 of 32


to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors. This requirement is in addition to
applicable State and local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces.

B. Upon completion of installation of the manufactured home, certification by a registered
professional engineer or surveyor that the elevation requirements of this section have been
satisfied must be provided to the Floodplain Administrator for verification. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012;
Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-25. Standards for recreational vehicles.

All recreational vehicles placed on a site in a special flood hazard area shall:

A. Be on site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; or

B. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use. A recreational vehicle is ready for highway use
if it is on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type
utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions; or

C. Meet the permit requirements of Article IV of this chapter and the elevation and anchoring
requirements for manufactured homes in Section 32B-24. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116,
§ 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-26. Floodways.

Located within special flood hazard areas established in Section 32B-7 are areas designated as
floodways. Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the velocity of
floodwaters which carry debris, potential projectiles and erosion potential, the following
provisions apply:

A. Prohibit encroachments, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements and
other development, unless certification by a registered professional engineer or architect is
provided demonstrating that encroachments shall not result in any increase in flood levels
during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 29 of 32


B. If this section is satisfied, all new construction and substantial improvements shall comply
with all other applicable flood hazard reduction provisions of Article V. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord.
No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Article VI.
Variance Procedure



Sec. 32B-27. Nature of variances.

A. The variance criteria set forth in this article are based on the general principle of zoning law
that variances pertain to a piece of property and are not personal in nature. A variance may be
granted for a parcel of property with physical characteristics so unusual that complying with the
requirements of this chapter would create hardship to the applicant or the surrounding
property owners. The characteristics must be unique to the property and not be shared by
adjacent parcels. The unique characteristic must pertain to the land itself, not to the structure,
its inhabitants or the property owners.

Hardship means a situation that would result from a failure to grant the requested variance
under this article. The variance must be exceptional, unusual, and peculiar to the property
involved. Economic or financial reasons, inconvenience, aesthetic considerations, physical
handicaps, personal preferences, or the disapproval of one’s neighbors are not hardship. All of
these problems can be resolved through other means without granting a variance, even if the
alternative is more expensive, or requires the property owner to build elsewhere or put the
parcel to a different use than originally intended.

B. It is the duty of the City of Phoenix to help protect its citizens from flooding. This need is so
compelling and the implications of the cost of insuring a structure built below the regulatory
flood elevation are so serious that variances from the flood elevation or from other
requirements in the flood ordinance are quite rare. The long-term goal of preventing and
reducing flood loss and damage can only be met if variances are strictly limited. Therefore, the
variance guidelines provided in this chapter are more detailed and contain multiple provisions
that must be met before a variance can be properly granted. The criteria are designed to screen



The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 30 of 32


out those situations in which alternatives other than a variance are more appropriate. (Ord. No.
G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-28. Board of Review.

A. The Floodplain Board of the City of Phoenix shall hear and decide appeals and requests for
variances from the requirements of this chapter.

B. The Floodplain Board shall hear and decide appeals when it is alleged there is an error in
any requirement, decision, or determination made by the Floodplain Administrator in the
enforcement or administration of this chapter.

C. In considering such applications, the Floodplain Board shall consider all technical
evaluations, all relevant factors, standards specified in other sections of this chapter, and:

1. The danger that materials may be swept onto other lands to the injury of others;

2. The danger to life and property due to flooding or erosion damage;

3. The susceptibility of the proposed facility and its contents to flood damage and the
effect of such damage on the individual owner;

4. The importance of the services provided by the proposed facility to the community;

5. The necessity to the facility of a waterfront location, where applicable;

6. The availability of alternative locations for the proposed use, which are not subject to
flooding or erosion damage;

7. The compatibility of the proposed use with existing and anticipated development;

8. The relationship of the proposed use to the Comprehensive Plan and Floodplain
Management Program for that area;

9. The safety of access to the property in time of flood for ordinary and emergency
vehicles;

10. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise, and sediment transport of the
flood waters expected at the site; and


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 31 of 32


11. The costs of providing governmental services during and after flood conditions,
including maintenance and repair of public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas,
electrical, water system and streets and bridges.

D. Upon consideration of the factors of this section and the purposes of this chapter, the
Floodplain Board may attach such conditions to the granting of variances as it deems necessary
to further the purposes of this chapter.

E. Any applicant to whom a variance is granted will be given written notice over the signature
of a community official that:

1. The issuance of a variance to construct a structure below the base flood level will result
in increased premium rates for flood insurance up to amounts as high as $25.00 for
$100.00 of insurance coverage; and

2. Such construction below the regulatory flood level increases risks to life and property.

F. The Floodplain Administrator will maintain a record of all variance actions, including
justification for their issuance. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611, 2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




Sec. 32B-29. Conditions for variances.

A. Variances shall only be issued:

1. Upon determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood
heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, create nuisances,
cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or conflict with existing local laws or
ordinances;

2. For the repair, rehabilitation, or restoration of structures listed in the National Register
of Historic Places or the Arizona Register of Historic Places, upon a determination that the
proposed repair or rehabilitation will not preclude the structures’ continued designation as
a historic structure and the variance is the minimum necessary to preserve the historic
character and design of the structure;

3. Upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the
flood hazard, to afford relief;


The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.




Chapter 32B, Floodplains Page 32 of 32


4. Upon a showing of good and sufficient cause;

5. Upon a determination that failure to grant the variance would result in hardship to the
applicant;

6. Upon a showing that the use cannot perform its intended purpose unless it is located or
carried out in close proximity to water. This includes only facilities defined in this chapter
under "functionally dependent use."

B. Variances shall not be issued within any floodway if any increase in the base flood elevation
would result.

C. Variances may be issued for new construction and substantial improvements to be erected
on a lot of one-half acre or less in size contiguous to and surrounded by lots with existing
structures constructed below the regulatory flood elevation, provided the procedures of this
chapter have been fully considered. As the lot size increases beyond one-half acre, the technical
justification required for issuing the variance increases. (Ord. No. G-5707, 2012; Ord. No. G-6611,
2019; Ord. No. G-7116, § 2, 2023)




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.

Disclaimer: The City Clerk’s Office has the official version of the Phoenix City Code. Users should
contact the City Clerk’s Office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above.

City Website: www.phoenix.gov

Hosted by General Code.




The Phoenix City Code is current through Ordinance G-7402, passed July 2, 2025.







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
City’s Floodplain Management Plan Update (Resolution 22345) - Citywide

Request City Council’s approval and adoption of the 2025 edition of the City of
Phoenix Floodplain Management Plan.

Summary
The City’s current Floodplain Management Plan (FMP) was prepared in 2015 and
adopted by the Council by resolution in 2016. The responsibility for floodplain
management lies with many, including private property owners, business, industry, and
the local, state, and federal government. Recognizing no one solution exists for
reducing all flood hazards, planning provides a mechanism to identify the best
alternatives within the capabilities of a jurisdiction. The City recognizes the strategic
value of being proactive for residents at risk of flooding and prepared this update to the
FMP, previously issued in May 2016. This FMP update (Attachment A) assess the
flood hazards within the jurisdictional boundaries of the City, while maintaining an
objective outlook toward the coordination with partner cities and agencies for
collaborated efforts in reducing flood risk. The FMP update summarizes the previous
completed plan elements, provides a review of progress achieved to date, and sets a
roadmap for future actions to reduce flood risk. The FMP provides an overall strategy
of programs, projects and mitigation measures aimed at reducing the adverse impacts
of flood hazards on a community. The FMP also identifies flood risks, their impact to
the community, and provides a prioritized action plan for reducing flood risks.

The City’s Floodplain Management Team in the Office of the City Engineer has been
following the plan to meet the current Federal Emergency Management Agency
(FEMA) National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) guidelines, to reflect the City’s
historic and current floodplain management efforts and strengthen the support and
opportunity for residents to experience cost savings on flood insurance premiums. The
current plan assists the City in prioritizing flood management activities, identifying
improvement projects to reduce flooding risks, educating the public, increasing local
awareness of flooding risks, and creates successful partnerships with local, county,
and government agencies. This plan also provides a great benefit for the City’s
participation in the Community Rating System (CRS), which currently ranks the City at
Class 5, thereby providing property owners a 25 percent premium discount on their
floodplain insurance policies.




The City’s 2025 Floodplain Management Plan was developed following the 10-step
process identified by the CRS Coordinators Manual:
· Organize
· Involve the Public
· Coordinate
· Assess the Hazard
· Assess the Problem
· Set Goals
· Review Possible Activities
· Draft an Action Plan
· Adopt the Plan
· Implement, Evaluate, Revise

Financial Impact
There is no financial impact to the City.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· On June 14, 2016, the Transportation and Infrastructure Subcommittee
recommended City Council adoption of the 2016 edition of the City of Phoenix
Floodplain Management Plan with a 3-0 vote.
· On June 22, 2016, the City Council adopted the Resolution for the plan.
· On October 16, 2025, Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning Committee
recommended City Council adoption of the 2025 edition of the City of Phoenix
Floodplain Management Plan with a 3-0 vote.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the City Engineer.





ATTACHMENT A






https://www.phoenix.gov/administration/departments/city-engineer/
floodplain-management/floodplain-management-plan.html







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Conveyor System Equipment - IFB-26-0088 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-
52408) - Citywide

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an agreement
with TW Associates, LLC dba MISCOwater to provide conveyor system equipment for
the Water Services Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the agreement will not exceed
$500,000.

Summary
This contract will provide Water Services with the ability to purchase equipment for the
repair of the conveyor systems. The City of Phoenix requires the operation of conveyor
systems to facilitate the removal of solids for wastewater treatment.

Procurement Information
An Invitation for Bid procurement was processed in accordance with the City of
Phoenix Administrative Regulation 3.10.

One vendor submitted a bid and is listed below. Following an evaluation based on
price, the procurement officer recommends award to the following vendor:

Selected Bidder
TW Associates, LLC dba MISCOwater $88,735.88 (annually)

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about November 1, 2025 for a five-year term with no
option to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $500,000.

Funding is available in the Water Services Department's Operating Budget.






Responsible Department
This item was submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Abandonment of Right-of-Way - ABND 250013 - 1920 W. Thunderbird Road
(Resolution 22346) - District 3

Abandonment: 250013
Project: 01-356
Applicant: Michael Prefling
Request: To abandon 10-feet by 546-feet portion of right-of-way, adjacent to 1920 W.
Thunderbird Road.
Date of Hearing: May 8, 2025

Location
Generally located at 1920 W. Thunderbird Road
Council District: 3

Financial Impact
Pursuant to Phoenix City Code Art. 5, Sec. 31-64 (e) as the City acknowledges the
public benefit received by the generation of additional revenue from the private tax
rolls and by the elimination of third-party general liability claims against the city,
maintenance expenses, and undesirable traffic patterns, also replatting of the area
with alternate roadways and new development as sufficient and appropriate
consideration in this matter.

None. No consideration fee was required as part of this submittal, although filing fees
were paid.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Street Name Change from 40th Street to Crown Canyon Court (Ordinance S-
52392) - District 6

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to change “40th Street” to
“Crown Canyon Court” west of the City Limit Boundary (40th Street alignment) to its
terminus, approximately 2100 feet to the northwest. This is a private street with 12
residential properties that would be affected by the change and includes nine
vacant lots, two completed residences, and one residence under construction.There
is a small portion of public roadway included in this change request that comprises
approximately 500 square feet, located at the subdivision entrance which connects
to 40th Street at the City Limit Boundary. Sufficient signatures have been gathered
to meet the name change threshold requirement.

Summary
The Planning and Development Department requests that a portion of 40th Street
be renamed Crown Canyon Court. The segment of roadway to be changed lies
west of the City Limit Boundary (40th Street alignment) to its terminus,
approximately 2100 feet to the northwest. This is a private street with 12 residential
properties that would be affected by the change and includes 9 vacant lots, 2
completed residences, and one residence under construction.

The Police, Fire, Water, and Street Transportation Departments, and the United
States Postal Service support this request.

Location
West of the City Limit Boundary (40th Street alignment), approximately 3600 feet
north of Lincoln Drive.
Council District: 6

Responsible Department
This item is recommended by the Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the
Planning and Development Department.




Attachment A
EXISTING




STREET NAME CHANGE
APPLICANT: PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEAPRTMENT
RESPOSIBLE DEPARTMENT: PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT

SCALE: NONE DATE: 2/13/25 APPLICATION NUMBER: 060113
QUARTER SECTION MAP: 23-36
CITY COUNCIL DISTRICT: 6

NORTH




PROPOSED




STREET NAME CHANGE
APPLICANT: PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEAPRTMENT
RESPOSIBLE DEPARTMENT: PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT

SCALE: NONE DATE: 2/13/25 APPLICATION NUMBER: 060113
QUARTER SECTION MAP: 23-36
CITY COUNCIL DISTRICT: 6

NORTH







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Amend the Mayo Flyover Study Area Intergovernmental
Agreement (Contract 157597-0) (Ordinance S-52418) - District 2

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to revise the
intergovernmental agreement between the City of Phoenix ("City") and the Arizona
State Land Department ("ASLD"), collectively referred to as the "Parties", outlining the
parties' desire to reallocate certain Regional Funding obligations of ASLD Purchasers
to different State Trust Land parcels and to modify the construction obligations of the
Purchasers of the ASLD Superblock (SB) Parcel(s) 4L, 12C, 12L, and SB8.

Summary
The Parties desire to amend the original Mayo Flyover Intergovernmental Agreement
to reallocate certain Regional Funding obligations of ASLD Purchasers to different
State Trust Land parcels and to modify the construction obligations of the Purchasers
of the ASLD SB Parcel(s) 4L, 12C, 12L, and SB8.

Financial Impact
No financial impact.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
1. Authorization to execute an Intergovernmental Agreement with the Arizona State
Land Department (ASLD) to assign street improvements and funding to ASLD land
auctions within the Mayo Flyover Study Area (Ordinance S-49239) on December 7,
2022.

Location
Council District: 2

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.









FIRST AMENDMENT TO MAYO FLYOVER STUDY AREA INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Mayo Flyover Study Area Intergovernmental Agreement (the
“First Amendment”) is entered into as of the ___ day of September, 2025 (the “Effective Date”),
by and between the STATE OF ARIZONA, through the Arizona State Land Commissioner and
State Land Department (“ASLD”), and the CITY OF PHOENIX, ARIZONA, a municipal corporation
(“City”), collectively referred to as the “Parties.”

RECITALS

A. The Parties entered into that Mayo Flyover Study Area Intergovernmental Agreement
dated December 7, 2022 (“Mayo Flyover IGA”).

B. The Parties now desire to amend the Mayo Flyover IGA to reallocate certain Regional
Funding obligations of ASLD Purchasers to different State Trust Land parcels and to modify
the construction obligations of the Purchasers of the ASLD SB Parcels(s) 4L, 12C, 12L, and
SB 8.


NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Recitals, Definitions. Both Parties acknowledge that the recitals set forth above, which are
incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct. Except as otherwise defined
herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Mayo Flyover IGA.


2. Authority for Agreement. Both Parties acknowledge that this agreement is an
Intergovernmental Agreement within the meaning of Arizona Revised Statutes (“A.R.S.”)
§ 11-951, et seq. ASLD enters into this agreement pursuant to A.R.S. §§ 37-102(B) (charge
and control of all state trust lands), 37-132(A)(5) (impose conditions on the sale of state
lands), and 37-335.06 (agreements to fund, install and reimburse costs of infrastructure
on state lands). The City enters into this agreement pursuant to A.R.S. §§ 9-500.05(enter
into development agreements setting forth conditions and financing of public
infrastructure). The Parties represent to each other that they have full power and
authority to enter into this agreement, that the individual executing the agreement below
is legally authorized to do so on behalf of the Party, and that all necessary actions have
been taken to give full force and effect to this agreement.




ASLD 09.24.25




3. Section 5 of the Mayo Flyover IGA, Auction Notice, is revised as follows: For the
improvements required in Sections 8 through 12 of this Agreement, ASLD agrees to
identify the applicable Regional Improvements and/or Regional Funding requirements in
upcoming auction notices along with a notice that, “Regional Funding assigned with this
land sale may be excluded from the City of Phoenix Impact Fee program and is ineligible
for impact fee credit.” In the event the applicable City of Phoenix Infrastructure
Improvements Plan (IIP) is amended to include qualifying improvements, the Parties may
agree to consider such assignment for applicable credit through future negotiations.

4. Section 6 of the Mayo Flyover IGA, Timing of Sales, is replaced as follows: The
improvements required in Sections 8 through 12 of the Mayo Flyover IGA, other than
Regional Funding and Parcel SB6, are conditioned on ASLD’s successful auction, resulting
in the issuance of a Certificate of Purchase or patent, of the lands within three (3) years
of the effective date of this First Amendment. If ASLD fails to issue a Certificate of
Purchase or patent for a parcel assigned for improvements listed in Sections 8 through 12
of the Mayo Flyover IGA within three (3) years of the Effective Date of this First
Amendment, ASLD will assign all unassigned improvements to the next purchaser of a
parcel within the Study Area. ASLD will include in any auction notices for the ASLD Land
that the improvements listed are considered regional mitigation and are not tied directly
to impacts specific to their assigned parcels. The cost of Regional Improvements and
Regional Funding assigned to any auction parcel shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of
the appraised value for the auction parcel unless a greater amount is approved by the
State Land Commissioner.

5. Section 8 of the Mayo Flyover IGA, Purchaser of SB 12 parcel sale, is replaced as follows:
The Purchaser of SB 12C, ASLD Auction No. 53-123263, will be responsible for the
acquisition and construction of the following improvements at the intersection of Black
Mountain Boulevard and Deer Valley Drive:
a. Southbound to westbound right turn lane
b. Westbound to northbound right turn lane

And improvements to the intersection of 40th Street and Deer Valley Drive:

c. Eastbound to southbound right turn lane
d. Westbound to northbound right turn lane

The Purchaser of SB 12L, ASLD Auction No. 53-124423, will be responsible for a Regional
Funding contribution of five (5) million dollars, which is the remaining portion of the




ASLD 09.24.25




Regional Funding contribution previously required to be paid by the purchaser of PR MF3
pursuant to Section 12 of the Mayo Flyover IGA.


6. Section 9 of the Mayo Flyover IGA, Purchaser of SB 4L parcel sale, is replaced as follows:
The purchaser of SB 4L will be responsible for construction of the traffic signal and
associated roadway improvements at the intersection of 56th Street and Pinnacle Peak
Road. Purchaser will additionally be responsible for the completion of the south half street
construction of Deer Valley Drive from 40th Street to Tatum Boulevard as depicted in
Exhibit A. In the event Deer Valley Drive from 40th Street to Tatum Boulevard has been
constructed or is under obligation to be constructed from an adjacent parcel, the
purchaser of SB 4L will be obligated to provide regional funding in the amount of three (3)
million dollars, which amount shall be applied to reduce the Regional Funding contribution
required to be paid by the purchaser of SB 6 pursuant to Section 11 of the Mayo Flyover
IGA..


7. Section 12 of the Mayo Flyover IGA, Purchaser of Paradise Ridge Parcel MF3 sale, is
replaced as follows: The Purchaser of Paradise Ridge Parcel MF3, ASLD Auction No. 53-
123084, will be responsible for:

a. The east half street of 64th Street from Mayo Boulevard to the southern limits of
their property;
b. The south half street completion of Mayo Boulevard adjacent to their frontage;
and
c. Regional funding contribution in the amount of five (5) million dollars.

8. Section 12.1 is to be added as follows: The Purchaser of Superblock 8 will be responsible
for a Regional Funding contribution in the amount of ten (10) million dollars, which amount
shall be applied to reduce the Regional Funding contribution required to be paid by the
purchaser of SB 6 pursuant to Section 11 of the Mayo Flyover IGA. If not previously
constructed by the purchaser of SB 4L, the purchaser of SB 8 will be responsible for
completion of the south half street construction of Deer Valley Drive from 40th Street to
Tatum Boulevard as depicted in Exhibit A. In the event Deer Valley Drive from 40th Street
to Tatum Boulevard has previously been constructed, the purchaser of SB 8 will be
obligated to provide additional Regional Funding in the amount of three (3) million dollars,
which amount shall also be applied to reduce the Regional Funding contribution required
to be paid by the purchaser of SB 6 pursuant to Section 11 of the Mayo Flyover IGA.




ASLD 09.24.25




9. The first sentence of Section 17 of the Mayo Flyover IGA is replaced as follows: Regional
Funding assigned will be collected by ASLD from the successful bidder on the day of auction
and remitted to the City within thirty (30) days of auction.

10. Amendment. Except as otherwise amended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the
Mayo Flyover IGA shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between
the terms and provisions of this First Amendment and the terms and provisions of the
Mayo Flyover IGA, the terms and provisions of this First Amendment will govern and
prevail.

11. Multiple Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts,
each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

12. Exhibits. The following exhibit is attached to this First amendment and made a part hereof:

Exhibit A: Mayo Flyover Study Area Map



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first
above written.



ARIZONA STATE LAND DEPARTMENT




By:
Robyn Sahid
State Land Commissioner




APPROVED AS TO FORM:
OFFICE OF THE ARIZONA ATTORNEY GENERAL

By:
Assistant Attorney General




ASLD 09.24.25




CITY OF PHOENIX, an Arizona municipal
corporation




By:

Alan Stephenson
Deputy City Manager

ATTEST:




_____________________________

By:
City Clerk




APPROVED AS TO FORM:




_______________________________

By:
City Attorney




ASLD 09.24.25




EXHIBIT A: Mayo Flyover Study Area Map




ASLD 09.24.25



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing and Ordinance Adoption - Rezoning Application Z-47-25-1
(Howard's Ace Hardware PUD) - Approximately 210 Feet East of the Northeast
Corner of 43rd Avenue and Bell Road (Ordinance G-7449) - District 1

Request to hold a public meeting and consider amending the Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance, Section 601, the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix, by adopting Rezoning
Application Z-47-25-1 and rezone the site from PSC (Approved PSCOD) (Planned
Shopping Center District, Approved Planned Shopping Center Overlay District) to PUD
(Planned Unit Development) to allow retail and commercial uses.

Summary
Current Zoning: PSC (Approved PSCOD)
Proposed Zoning: PUD
Acreage: 6.00 acres
Proposal: Retail and commercial uses

Owner: Redland Holding, LLC
Applicant: Noel Griemsmann, Snell & Wilmer, LLP
Representative: Nick Wood, Snell & Wilmer, LLP

Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations.
VPC Information Only: The Deer Valley Village Planning Committee heard this item on
August 19, 2025, for information only.
VPC Action: The Deer Valley Village Planning Committee heard this item on October
21, 2025, and recommended approval, per the staff recommendation, by a vote of 9-0.

PC Action: The Planning Commission is scheduled to hear this item on November 6,
2025.

Location
Approximately 210 feet east of the northeast corner of 43rd Avenue and Bell Road
Council District: 1
Parcel Addresses: 4238, 4240, and 4260 W. Bell Road

Responsible Department



This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.





ATTACHMENT A
THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE




ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE ZONING DISTRICT MAP
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 601 OF THE CITY OF
PHOENIX ZONING ORDINANCE BY CHANGING THE ZONING
DISTRICT CLASSIFICATION FOR THE SITE DESCRIBED
HEREIN (CASE Z-47-25-1) FROM PSC (APPROVED PSCOD)
(PLANNED SHOPPING CENTER DISTRICT, APPROVED
PLANNED SHOPPING CENTER OVERLAY DISTRICT) TO PUD
(PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT).

____________



BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1. The zoning of a 6.00-acre site located 210 feet east of the

northeast corner of 43rd Avenue and Bell Road in a portion of Section 34, Township 4

North, Range 2 East, as described more specifically in Exhibit “A,” is hereby changed

from PSC (Approved PSCOD) (Planned Shopping Center District, Approved Planned

Shopping Center Overlay District) to “PUD” (Planning Unit Development) to allow retail

and commercial uses.

SECTION 2. The Planning and Development Director is instructed to

modify the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix to reflect this use district classification

change as shown in Exhibit “B.”




SECTION 3. Due to the site’s specific physical conditions and the use

district applied for by the applicant, this rezoning is subject to the following stipulations,

violation of which shall be treated in the same manner as a violation of the City of

Phoenix Zoning Ordinance:

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Howard’s Ace Hardware PUD
reflecting the changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the
Planning Department within 30 days of City Council approval of this request.
The updated Development Narrative shall be consistent with the Development
Narrative date stamped September 29, 2025, as modified by the following
stipulations.

a. Front Cover: Add “City Council adopted: November 19, 2025”

b. Page 8, Section D1.e Development Standards: Revise as follows:

“The maximum building height shall be twenty-five (25) feet for any
structure seventy-five (75) feet from a residential district. Such height may
be increased by one (1) foot for each additional three (3) feet from the
residence district beyond seventy-five (75) feet to a maximum of fifty-six
(56) feet.”

c. Page 9, Section D2.b. Landscape Standards: Revise as follows:

“Existing landscaping shall be in accordance with the existing approved
landscape plan (Exhibit 4).

When site improvements, new development, or building alterations exceed
2,000 square feet, from what is depicted on the site plan included as
Exhibit 2, new landscaping improvements shall be designed and installed
in accordance with Section 623 and Section 507 Tab A.II.A.3.

Utility Conflict Resolution: Where utility conflicts exist, the developer shall
work with the Planning and Development Department on alternative design
solutions consistent with a pedestrian environment.”

d. Page 10, Section D4.b Parking Standards: Revise as follows:

“Surface or structured parking lots are permitted.

For surface parking and parking garages, the combined depth of the
parking space and the aisle width shall equal 60 feet for a double loaded
aisle and 42 feet for a single loaded aisle.”




e. Page 14, Section G1: City Enforced Standards: add the following language:

“ A minimum of two green stormwater infrastructure (GSI) elements
for stormwater management shall be implemented, as approved or
modified by the Planning and Development and/or Street
Transportation departments. This includes but is not limited to
stormwater harvesting basins, bioswales, permeable pavement, etc.,
per the Greater Phoenix Metro Green Infrastructure and Low Impact
Development Details for Alternative Stormwater Management.

 The project will incorporate recycling as part of its waste
management program.”

2. When site improvements, new development, or building alterations exceed
2,000 square feet, from what is depicted on the Exhibit 2 Site Plan in the PUD
Narrative, the Bell Road right-of-way shall be brought up to the standards
including:

a. Dedication of right-of-way totaling a minimum of 70 feet for the north half of
Bell Road.

b. Detached sidewalk per the Streetscape Standards Section of the PUD
Narrative.

c. Incidental right-of-way improvements to bring adjacent rights-of-way up to

3. Replace unused driveways with sidewalk, curb, and gutter. Also, replace any
broken or out-of-grade curb, gutter, sidewalk, and curb ramps on all streets and
upgrade all off-site improvements to be in compliance with current ADA
guidelines.

4. All streets within and adjacent to the development shall be constructed with
paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights, median islands,
landscaping and other incidentals, as per plans approved by the Planning and
Development Department. All improvements shall comply with all ADA
accessibility standards.

5. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the
developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33-
foot radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the
Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

6. Prior to final site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition 207
waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa County




Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be included in the rezoning
application file for record.

SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or

portion of this ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the

decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity

of the remaining portions hereof.

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 19th day of November,

2025.


________________________________
MAYOR


ATTEST:


_________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


By:
_________________________
_________________________


REVIEWED BY:


_________________________
Ed Zuercher, City Manager


Exhibits:
A – Legal Description (5 Pages)
B – Ordinance Location Map (1 Page)




EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION FOR Z-47-25-1

PARCEL NO. 1 (APN 207-18-589A):

PARCEL 1 OF LOT SPLIT OF LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, AS RECORDED IN
BOOK 597 OF MAPS, PAGE 2, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY,
ARIZONA, BEING A PORTION OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 34,
TOWNSHIP 4 NORTH, RANGE 2 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND
MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED
AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1, OF SAID ALBERTSON’S
AMENDED, SAID CORNER ALSO BEING THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 337,
DESERT PINES UNIT FOUR, AS RECORDED IN BOOK 204 OF MAPS, PAGE 16,
OFFICIAL RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE
NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 1, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE OF 217.91
FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 1, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED,
SAID POINT BEING THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S
AMENDED, SAID POINT ALSO BEING THE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS EAST
ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE
OF 97.52 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
298.77 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 15 MINUTES 16 SECONDS WEST, A
DISTANCE OF 21.33 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 55 MINUTES 38 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
371.39 FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED,
SAID LINE ALSO BEING THE NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF BELL ROAD;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS WEST ALONG SAID
SOUTH LINE OF LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE OF 84.97 FEET
TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED;

THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 2,
ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, THE FOLLOWING 7 COURSES;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 00 MINUTES 00 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
222.02 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 14 MINUTES 09 SECONDS WEST, A
DISTANCE OF 186.71 FEET;




THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 45 MINUTES 51 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
113.97 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 14 MINUTES 09 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
199.47 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 16 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
202.24 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 44 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
8.66 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 32 MINUTES 55 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
131.92 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

ALSO KNOWN AS PARCEL 1, LOT SPLIT FOR LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED,
AS RECORDED IN BOOK 1130 OF MAPS, PAGE 38, OFFICIAL RECORDS,
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.

PARCEL NO. 2 (APN 207-18-589B):

PARCEL 2 OF LOT SPLIT OF LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, AS RECORDED IN
BOOK 597 OF MAPS, PAGE 2, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY,
ARIZONA, BEING A PORTION OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 34,
TOWNSHIP 4 NORTH, RANGE 2 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND
MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED
AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1, OF SAID ALBERTSON’S
AMENDED, SAID CORNER ALSO BEING THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 337,
DESERT PINES UNIT FOUR, AS RECORDED IN BOOK 204 OF MAPS, PAGE 16,
OFFICIAL RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE
NORTH LINE OF SAID ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE OF 315.43 FEET TO
THE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS EAST
ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE
OF 77.67 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
163.65 FEET;




THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 15 MINUTES 16 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
17.00 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
119.79 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 15 MINUTES 16 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
23.23 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
46.28 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 12 MINUTES 39 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
8.93 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 48 MINUTES 05 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
340.37 FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED,
SAID LINE ALSO BEING THE NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF BELL ROAD;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS WEST ALONG SAID
SOUTH LINE OF LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE OF 129.45 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 55 MINUTES 38 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
371.39 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 15 MINUTES 16 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
21.33 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
298.77 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

ALSO KNOWN AS PARCEL 2, LOT SPLIT FOR LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED,
AS RECORDED IN BOOK 1130 OF MAPS, PAGE 38, OFFICIAL RECORDS,
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.

PARCEL NO. 3 (APN 207-18-589C):

PARCEL 3 OF LOT SPLIT OF LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, AS RECORDED IN
BOOK 597 OF MAPS, PAGE 2, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY,
ARIZONA, BEING A PORTION OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 34,
TOWNSHIP 4 NORTH, RANGE 2 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND
MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED
AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1, OF SAID ALBERTSON’S
AMENDED, SAID CORNER ALSO BEING THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 337,




DESERT PINES UNIT FOUR, AS RECORDED IN BOOK 204 OF MAPS, PAGE 16,
OFFICIAL RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE
NORTH LINE OF SAID ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE OF 393.10 FEET TO
THE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS EAST
ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE
OF 276.97 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S
AMENDED, SAID POINT BEING ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF LOT 395 OF SAID
DESERT PINES UNIT FOUR;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 00 MINUTES 06 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE
EASTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, SAID LINE BEING THE
WESTERLY LINE OF LOTS 395 THROUGH 398, SAID DESERT PINES UNIT FOUR,
A DISTANCE OF 266.66 FEET TO THE NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF LOT 3,
SAID ALBERTSON’S AMENDED;

THENCE ALONG THE COMMON LINE OF LOTS 2 AND 3, ALBERTSON’S
AMENDED, THE FOLLOWING 7 COURSES;

THENCE NORTH 45 DEGREES 42 MINUTES 58 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
103.35 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 44 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
44.42 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 16 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
196.02 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 14 MINUTES 09 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
61.04 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 45 MINUTES 51 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
226.23 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 14 MINUTES 09 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
38.37 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 45 MINUTES 51 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
54.59 FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, SAID
LINE ALSO BEING THE NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF BELL ROAD;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 11 MINUTES 54 SECONDS WEST ALONG SAID
SOUTH LINE OF LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED, A DISTANCE OF 24.90 FEET;




THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 48 MINUTES 05 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
340.37 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 12 MINUTES 39 SECONDS EAST, A DISTANCE OF
8.93 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
46.28 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 15 MINUTES 16 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
23.23 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
119.79 FEET.

THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 15 MINUTES 16 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
17.00 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 44 SECONDS WEST, A DISTANCE OF
163.65 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

ALSO KNOWN AS PARCEL 3, LOT SPLIT FOR LOT 2, ALBERTSON’S AMENDED,
AS RECORDED IN BOOK 1130 OF MAPS, PAGE 38, OFFICIAL RECORDS,
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.




ATTACHMENT B




Staff Report Z-47-25-1
(Howards’ Ace Hardware PUD)
October 15, 2025

Deer Valley Village Planning October 21, 2025
Committee Meeting Date:
Planning Commission Hearing Date: November 6, 2025

Request From: PSC (Approved PSCOD) (Planned Shopping
Center District, Approved Planned Shopping
Center Overlay District) (6.00 acres)
Request To: PUD (Planned Unit Development)
(6.00 acres)
Proposed Use: Planned Unit Development to allow retail and
commercial uses
Location: Approximately 210 feet east of the northeast
corner of 43rd Avenue and Bell Road
Owner: Redland Holding, LLC
Applicant: Noel Griemsmann, Snell & Wilmer, LLP
Representative: Nick Wood, Snell & Wilmer, LLP
Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations

General Plan Conformity

General Plan Land Use Map Designation Commercial

Street Map
Bell Road Major Arterial 55-feet north half street
Classification

STRENGTHEN OUR LOCAL ECONOMY CORE VALUE;ENTREPRENEURS
EMERGING ENTERPRISES; LAND USE PRINCIPLE; Encourage land uses that
promote the growth of entrepreneurs or new businesses in Phoenix in
appropriate locations.

The PUD narrative only allows for commercial uses which will allow existing
businesses to remain while facilitating future redevelopment of the site.




Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

BUILD THE SUSTAINABLE DESERT CITY CORE VALUE; TREES AND SHADE;
DESIGN PRINCIPLE: Integrate trees and shade into the design of new
development and redevelopment projects throughout Phoenix.

The PUD Narrative incorporates enhanced landscaping and shade standards that will
help to provide shade for pedestrians and mitigate the urban heat island effect by
covering hard surfaces thus cooling the micro-climate around the vicinity.

CELEBRATE OUR DIVERSE COMMUNITIES AND NEIGHBORHOODS CORE
VALUE; CERTAINTY & CHARACTER; DESIGN PRINCIPLE: Create new
development or redevelopment that is sensitive to the scale and character of the
surrounding neighborhoods and incorporates adequate development standards
to prevent negative impact(s) on the residential properties.

The PUD narrative incorporates development standards that are sensitive to the
surrounding area such as a height maximum and enhanced building setbacks.


Applicable Plans, Overlays and Initiatives

Complete Streets Guiding Principles: Background Item No. 6.

Comprehensive Bicycle Master Plan: Background Item No.7.

Shade Phoenix Plan: Background Item No. 8.

Conservation Measures for New Development: Background Item No. 9.

Phoenix Climate Action Plan: Background Item No. 10.

Zero Waste PHX: Background Item No. 11.



Surrounding Land Uses/Zoning
Land Use Zoning
On Site Retail shopping center PSC (Approved PSCOD)
North Single-family residential R1-8
Single-family residential R1-8
East
Retail shopping center R1-8 PSCOD
South (Across Bell Road) Retail shopping center PSC
Retail shopping center PSC
West
Restaurant PSC (Approved PSCOD)
West (Across 43rd Avenue) Retail shopping center PSC



Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

Background/Issues/Analysis

SUBJECT SITE
1. This request is to rezone 6.00 acres located approximately 210 feet east of the
northeast corner of 43rd Avenue and Bell Road from PSC (Approved PSCOD)
(Planned Shopping Center District, Approved Planned Shopping Center Overlay
District) to PUD (Planned Unit Development) to allow retail and commercial uses.
The proposed PUD includes appropriate development standards as well as a
prohibition on certain uses that will allow the site to develop in a manner that is
respectful of the existing single-family neighborhoods located in the immediate
vicinity. The subject site is currently developed as a shopping center.

SURROUNDING LAND USES AND ZONING
2. The area to the north and east of the existing shopping center consists of a
single-family residential neighborhood zoned R1-8 (Single-Family Residence
District). To the south of the larger shopping center, across Bell Road, is an
existing shopping center, also zoned PSC (Planned Shopping Center District). To
the west of the larger shopping center, across 43rd Avenue, is another shopping
center zoned PSC. The area of the subject PUD is irregular in shape and does
not encompass the entirety of the existing shopping center; therefore, the subject
PUD abuts portions of the original shopping center that retains the original PSC
and PSC (Approved PSCOD) to the west, and PSCOD zoning to the east.

Existing Zoning Aerial Map




Source: Planning and Development Department




Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

GENERAL PLAN LAND USE MAP DESIGNATION
3. The General Plan Land Use Map designates the subject site as Commercial, as
is the area to the south and west of the subject site, as well as the portion of the
shopping center to the east. The area to the north and east of the site is
designated as Residential 3.5 to 5 dwelling units per acre. The PUD proposes
commercial uses which are consistent with the General Plan Land Use Map
designation.

General Plan Land Use Map




43rd Ave
SITE



Bell Rd


Residential 3.5 to 5 du/ac
Residential to 15 du/ac
Commercial


Source: Planning and Development Department

PROPOSAL
4. The proposal was developed utilizing the Planned Unit Development (PUD)
zoning district. The PUD is intended to create a built environment that is superior
to that produced by conventional zoning districts and design guidelines. Using a
collaborative and comprehensive approach, an applicant authors and proposes
standards and guidelines that are tailored to the context of a site on a case-by-
case basis. Where the PUD Development Narrative is silent on a requirement, the
applicable Zoning Ordinance provisions will be applied.

5. The PUD was designed to allow for a neighborhood commercial center with
development standards that are specific to this site. Below is a summary of the
proposed development plan and permitted uses for the subject site as described
in the attached PUD Development Narrative date stamped September 29, 2025.

Conceptual Development Plan and Permitted Uses
The PUD proposes a regulatory framework structured around the recognition of
the existing users coupled with the prospects for future redevelopment. In
general, the primary uses that would be allowed under the PUD are consistent
with C-2 uses as outlined in the Zoning Ordinance; however, the PUD also

Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

includes a robust list of prohibited uses as outlined in Section C of the PUD
Narrative. The list of prohibited uses includes but is not limited to adult
businesses, marijuana dispensaries, residential uses, and data centers.

Development Standards
The PUD development narrative proposes development standards intended to
respond to the existing conditions associated with the manner in which the site is
currently developed. A summary of the development standards is provided below.

Table D1: Development Standards
a. Density 0 (Residential Not Permitted)
b. Minimum Lot Width / Depth No standard
c. Building Setbacks1 Minimum
North Perimeter 75 feet
South (Bell Road) 50 feet
0 feet, unless adjacent to a Residential
East (Perimeter)
Zoning District then 75 feet
Interior (Adjacent to parcels in
0 feet2
overall center)
d. Building Separation (Minimum) 0 feet
e. Building Height (Maximum) 25 feet for any structure 75 feet from a
residential district. Such height may be
increased by 1 foot for each additional
3 feet from the residence district
beyond 75 feet to a maximum of 56
feet. No structure shall contain more
than 2 stories at a building height of 25
feet or less and not more than 4
stories.
f. Lot Coverage (Maximum) 25%

Exterior covered walkways which are
not part of interior or enclosed malls,
ramadas, and eave overhangs used for
protection from the elements, but not
used for commercial activity or parking
shall not be included in computing the
25% coverage.
1 Setbacks measured from property lines, see Exhibit 3.
2 Where applicable, minimum 70 feet measured from the 43rd Avenue right
of way (to maintain consistency with existing surrounding development).
Note the Property does not have frontage on 43rd Avenue.

Generally, the development standards associated with this PUD are similar to
typical Zoning Ordinance standards, with the exception of a 50-foot building
setback adjacent to Bell Road, which exceeds the Zoning Ordinance standard.
Staff notes that item “e” in Table D1 includes the phrase “No structure shall

Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

contain more than 2 stories at a building height of 25 feet or less and not more
than 4 stories”. Upon further consideration, staff recommends this language be
deleted from the narrative, which the applicant concurs. This is addressed in
Stipulation No. 1.b.

Landscape Standards
Section D2 of the PUD discusses landscape standards applicable to the site.
Sub-section D2.a establishes a 10-foot landscape setback for all perimeters
except where adjacent to commercially zoned property, in which case the
landscape setback is zero feet. Sub-section D2.b includes language regarding
how new and future landscaping should occur; however, due to an oversight, this
language conflicts with language contained in Section D3. Staff, therefore,
recommends a stipulation that addresses this issue. This is included in Stipulation
No. 1.c.

Parking Standards
The PUD refers to Section 702 of the Zoning Ordinance and includes a provision
that addresses cross-parking. The PUD also provides standards relating to both
surface and structured parking, as well as a provision for bicycle parking and
truck loading spaces.

D4: Parking Standards
a. Vehicle Parking All parking to conform to Section 702. Required
parking spaces are permitted to be located off site
within the adjacent overall commercial development in
conformance with any cross parking and access
agreements.
b. Parking Location, Surface or structured parking lots are permitted. See
Automotive Section E1.g for vehicle screening requirements.
Ordinance Section 702.B.2.b.(5) does not apply.

For parking garages, the combined depth of the
parking space and the aisle width shall equal 60 feet
for a double loaded aisle and 42 feet for a single
loaded aisle.
c. Parking Location, To be installed in conformance with Section 1307.H,
Bicycle except as follows: (i) Inverted-U style bicycle racks or
artistic style racks consistent with the City of Phoenix
preferred designs (see Comprehensive Bicycle Master
Plan, Appendix K) shall be provided.
d. Loading Bay Service/Goods Loading Spaces shall conform to
Section 702. Loading spaces more than 100 feet from
the public street are not required to be screened from
public street view. Such spaces shall be a 10 feet x 20
feet minimum in size, exclusive of access aisles and
maneuvering space.


Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

Item “b” in Table D4 includes the phrase “See Section E1.g for vehicle screening
requirements”, which is ambiguous. Also, Item “b” in Table D4 includes the
phrase “Ordinance Section 702.B.2.b.(5) does not apply”. The intent of that
language was to allow for the reduction in the combined parking space depth and
aisle width related to surface parking lots in the same manner as proposed for
parking garage parking. For clarity, staff recommends, and the applicant concurs,
that the language of D4.b be modified as follows:

“Surface or structured parking lots are permitted. See Section E1.g for vehicle
screening requirements. Ordinance Section 702.B.2.b.(5) does not apply.

For surface parking and parking garages, the combined depth of the parking
space and the aisle width shall equal 60 feet for a double loaded aisle and 42 feet
for a single loaded aisle.”

This is addressed in Stipulation No. 1.d.

Fences/Walls
Section D5 of the PUD Narrative states that fences and walls will comply with
Section 703 of the Zoning Ordinance.

Shade
Section D6 of the PUD Narrative includes certain shading requirements, which
are outlined below:

• 75 percent coverage for new public and private pedestrian pathways
• 75 percent coverage for bicycle parking
• 25 percent coverage for new parking areas

Site Lighting
Section D7 references Sections 704 and 507 Tab A.II.A.8 of the Zoning
Ordinance and Section 23-100 of the City Code.

Design Guidelines
Section E1 references Section 507 Tab A of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance for
any new development that occurs on site.

Section E2 references Sections 623.E.5 and 703 of the Zoning Ordinance
regarding any new street and perimeter landscaping. Section E2 also includes a
provision that allows existing operations to follow the previously approved
landscape plan until such time as the site is redeveloped.

Signage
This section of the PUD Narrative states that all signage will comply with Section
705 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance.



Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

Sustainability
The PUD Narrative requires several sustainability principles within the
development, including dual glaze windows with high performance low-e glazing
and water efficiency standards. Staff recommends, however, that additional
language be added to this section regarding Green Stormwater Infrastructure as
further discussed in Background Item No. 10 below.

AREA PLANS, OVERLAY DISTRICT, AND INITIATIVES
6. Complete Streets Guiding Principles
In 2014, the City of Phoenix City Council adopted the Complete Streets Guiding
Principles. The principles are intended to promote improvements that provide an
accessible, safe, connected transportation system to include all modes, such as
bicycles, pedestrians, transit, and vehicles. The PUD Narrative encourages the
use of bicycles by providing for bicycle parking and requires a detached sidewalk
along Bell Road when the site redevelops.

7. Comprehensive Bicycle Master Plan
The City of Phoenix adopted the Comprehensive Bicycle Master Plan in 2014 to
guide the development of its bikeway system and supportive infrastructure. The
Comprehensive Bicycle Master Plan supports options for both short- and long-
term bicycle parking as a means of promoting bicyclist traffic to a variety of
destinations. The PUD Narrative includes provisions for bicycle parking.

8. Shade Phoenix Plan
In November 2024, the Phoenix City Council adopted the Shade Phoenix Plan.
The Shade Phoenix Plan prioritizes increasing shade coverage throughout the
City to improve health and quality of life. Investing in shade can address the
urban heat island effect, clean the air, preserve Sonoran vegetation, and prevent
health complications related to prolonged exposure to heat. The Shade Phoenix
Plan provides numerous strategies to increase shade including expanding and
maintaining existing shade, strengthening tree code enforcement, and developing
shade stipulations in rezoning cases. The PUD Narrative requires 75 percent
shade on all new sidewalks and internal pathways, and larger tree sizes within
the landscape areas between the back of curb and sidewalk.

9. Conservation Measures for New Development
In June 2023, the Phoenix City Council adopted the Conservation Measures for
New Development policy as part of a resolution addressing the future water
consumption of new development (Resolution 22129). This resolution addresses
the future water consumption of new development to support one of the City’s
Five Core Values in the General Plan which calls for Phoenix to - Build the
Sustainable Desert City. The Conservation Measures for New Development
policy includes direction to develop standards for consideration as stipulations for
all rezoning cases that will address best practices related to water usage in nine
specific categories. The PUD Narrative has numerous conservation measures
such as smart irrigation controllers, limitations on the use of natural turf, and
Green Stormwater Infrastructure features to reduce water waste.

Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

10. Phoenix Climate Action Plan
In October 2021, the Phoenix City Council approved the Climate Action Plan. The
Climate Action Plan will serve as a long-term plan to achieve greenhouse gas
emissions reductions and resiliency goals from local operations and community
activities as well as prepare for the impacts of climate change. This plan contains
policy and initiatives regarding stationary energy, transportation, waste
management, air quality, local food systems, heat, and water. Goal W2 (Water),
Action W2.4, pertains to the implementation of the Greater Phoenix Green
Infrastructure (GI) and Low Impact Development Details for Alternative
Stormwater Management to benefit the environment, promote water
conservation, reduce urban heat, improve the public health, and create additional
green spaces. This goal is addressed in the Infrastructure portion of the PUD
Narrative; however, staff recommends a stipulation to require that this provision
be added to the Sustainability Section of the Narrative. This is addressed in
Stipulation No. 1.e.

11. Zero Waste PHX
The City of Phoenix is committed to its waste diversion efforts and has set a goal
to become a zero-waste city, as part of the City’s overall 2050 Environmental
Sustainability Goals. One of the ways Phoenix can achieve this is to improve and
expand its recycling and other waste diversion programs. Section 716 of the
Phoenix Zoning Ordinance establishes standards to encourage the provision of
recycling containers for multifamily, commercial, and mixed-use developments
meeting certain criteria. The applicant stated in their submittal documents that the
project will incorporate recycling as part of its waste management program;
however, this provision should be included in the Sustainability Section of the
PUD Narrative. Stipulation No. 1.e also addresses this issue.

COMMUNITY INPUT SUMMARY
12. As of the writing of this report, staff has received no items in support or opposition
to the request.

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMMENTS
13. The Street Transportation Department requested that the PUD Narrative include
the following provisions, which are included in Section D3 of the PUD:

• Six-foot wide detached sidewalk;

• Ten-foot-wide landscape strip between back of curb and the sidewalk;

• Landscape strip planting standards to include 75 percent tree shade
coverage;

• A provision that allows the sidewalk to be attached when adjacent to a
right-turn deceleration lane or a bus bay.

In addition, the Street Transportation Department requested the following be
implemented as it relates to Bell Road, when site improvements, new
Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

development, or building alterations exceed 2,000 square feet as compared to the
site plan dated June 25, 2025 (Exhibit 2 of the PUD Narrative). These criteria are
included in recommended Stipulation No. 2.

• 70-foot half-width right-of-way for the north side of Bell Road;

• Detached sidewalks per the Streetscape Standards Section of the PUD;

• Incidental right-of-way improvements to bring adjacent rights-of-way up to
city standards.

The Street Transportation Department also requested that the developer
replace and construct all improvements in the right-of-way with all required
elements and to ADA standards. These are included in Stipulations No. 3 and 4.

14. The site has not been identified as being archaeologically sensitive. However, in
the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, all
ground disturbing activities must cease within 33-feet of the discovery, and the
to properly assess the materials. This is addressed in Stipulation No. 5.

15. Staff has not received a completed form for the Waiver of Claims for Diminution in
Value of Property under Proposition 207 (A.R.S. 12-1131 et. seq.), as required by
the rezoning application process. Therefore, a stipulation has been added to
require the form be completed and submitted prior to final site plan approval. This
is addressed in Stipulation No. 6.

16. Development and use of the site is subject to all applicable codes and
ordinances. Zoning approval does not negate other ordinance requirements such
as obtaining a use permit if applicable. Other formal actions such as, but not
limited to, zoning adjustments and abandonments, may be required.

Findings

1. The proposal is consistent with the General Plan Land Use Map designation.

2. The proposal incorporates enhanced standards that will result in a more walkable,
shaded, and pedestrian-friendly environment.

3. The proposal incorporates development standards that are sensitive to the
surrounding area such as a height maximum and enhanced building setbacks.

Stipulations

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Howard’s Ace Hardware PUD
reflecting the changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the
Planning Department within 30 days of City Council approval of this request.
The updated Development Narrative shall be consistent with the Development
Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

Narrative date stamped September 29, 2025, as modified by the following
stipulations.

a. Front Cover: Add “City Council adopted: [Insert Adoption date]”

b. Page 8, Section D1.e Development Standards: Revise as follows:

“The maximum building height shall be twenty-five (25) feet for any
structure seventy-five (75) feet from a residential district. Such height may
be increased by one (1) foot for each additional three (3) feet from the
residence district beyond seventy-five (75) feet to a maximum of fifty-six
(56) feet.

No structure shall contain more than two stories at a building height of
twenty-five (25) feet or less and not more than four stories at a height
between twenty-five (25) feet and fifty-six (56) feet.”

c. Page 9, Section D2.b. Landscape Standards: Revise as follows:

“Existing landscaping shall be in accordance with the existing approved
landscape plan (Exhibit 4).

With new construction or expansion of existing structures, new
landscaping shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section
623 of the Zoning Ordinance.

When site improvements, new development, or building alterations exceed
2,000 square feet, from what is depicted on the site plan included as
Exhibit 2, new landscaping improvements shall be designed and installed
in accordance with Section 623 and Section 507 Tab A.II.A.3.

In the event of full redevelopment of the Property, a detached sidewalk and
landscape strip shall be constructed as follows:

A minimum 5-foot-wide detached sidewalk separated by a minimum 5-foot-
wide landscape strip located between the back of curb and sidewalk shall
be constructed adjacent to the development and shall comply with the
following standards, as approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

The landscaping strip shall be planted with the following:

Minimum 2-inch caliper, single-trunk, large canopy, drought tolerant, shade
trees, planted 20 feet on center, or in equivalent groupings, planted on both
sides of the sidewalk to achieve a minimum of 75% shade.

A minimum of five, 5-gallon drought-tolerant shrubs per tree.

Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

A mixture of shrubs, accents, and vegetative groundcovers, evenly
distributed throughout the landscape areas to achieve a minimum of 50%
live coverage.

Utility Conflict Resolution: Where utility conflicts exist, the developer shall
work with the Planning and Development Department on alternative design
solutions consistent with a pedestrian environment.”

d. Page 10, Section D4.b Parking Standards: Revise as follows:

“Surface or structured parking lots are permitted. See Section E1.g for
vehicle screening requirements. Ordinance Section 702.B.2.b.(5) does not
apply.

For surface parking and parking garages, the combined depth of the
parking space and the aisle width shall equal 60 feet for a double loaded
aisle and 42 feet for a single loaded aisle.”

e. Page 14, Section G1: City Enforced Standards: add the following language:

“ A minimum of two green stormwater infrastructure (GSI) elements
for stormwater management shall be implemented, as approved or
modified by the Planning and Development and/or Street
Transportation departments. This includes but is not limited to
stormwater harvesting basins, bioswales, permeable pavement, etc.,
per the Greater Phoenix Metro Green Infrastructure and Low Impact
Development Details for Alternative Stormwater Management.

 The project will incorporate recycling as part of its waste
management program.”

2. When site improvements, new development, or building alterations exceed
2,000 square feet, from what is depicted on the Exhibit 2 Site Plan in the PUD
Narrative, the Bell Road right-of-way shall be brought up to the standards
including:

a. Dedication of right-of-way totaling a minimum of 70 feet for the north half of
Bell Road.

b. Detached sidewalk per the Streetscape Standards Section of the PUD
Narrative.

c. Incidental right-of-way improvements to bring adjacent rights-of-way up to

3. Replace unused driveways with sidewalk, curb and gutter. Also, replace any
broken or out-of-grade curb, gutter, sidewalk, and curb ramps on all streets and

Staff Report: Z-47-25-1
October 15, 2025

upgrade all off-site improvements to be in compliance with current ADA
guidelines.

4. All streets within and adjacent to the development shall be constructed with
paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights, median islands,
landscaping and other incidentals as per plans approved by the Planning and
Development Department. All improvements shall comply with all ADA
accessibility standards.

5. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the
developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33-
foot radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the
Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

6. Prior to final site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition 207
waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa County
Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be included in the rezoning
application file for record.

Writer
Robert Kuhfuss
October 15, 2025

Team Leader
Racelle Escolar

Exhibits
Sketch Map
Aerial Map
Site Plan, date stamped April 30, 2025
Howard’s Ace Hardware PUD, date stamped September 29, 2025




N DR
E RSO
AND

42ND LN
C-O
PAD-9 F ORD
AVE
HART
PSCOD*
DR Z-18-04
R
NE
ND DANBURY DR

41ST AVE
LI

R1-8
PSCOD *
Z-20-04 MEADOW DR


43RD AVE


PSCOD *
Z-19-04 42ND AVE
WOODRIDGE DR
PSC

BELL RD

C-2 *
PSC PSC * Z-257-80
Z-257-82 PSC * C-2 SP*
Z-5-79 Z-SP-11-09 R-3A *
PSC * Z-104-85
Z-234-84
Z-5-79 R-3A *
PSCOD* Z-208-84
Z-16-04 C-1 * R-3A

¯ Miles
JOMAX RD
HAPPY VALLEY RD
PINNACLE PEAK RD
0 0.03 0.05 0.1 DEER VALLEY DR
SR 101 Z-47-25
DEER VALLEY VILLAGE UNION HILLS DR
COUNCIL DISTRICT: 1 BELL RD
GREENWAY RD 51ST AVE
43RD AVE
35TH AVE
I - 17
19TH AVE
7TH AVE
7TH ST
16TH ST

REQUESTED CHANGE:
APPLICANT'S NAME: Snell & Wilmer, LLP
FROM: PSC (Approved PSCOD) ( 6.00 ac.)
DATE:
5/5/2025
APPLICATION NO: Z-47-25-1 REVISION DATES:

GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.
AERIAL PHOTO &
QUARTER SEC. NO.
ZONING MAP TO:
PUD ( 6.00 ac.)
6.00 Acres QS 37-19 M-6
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D OPTION
PSC (Approved PSCOD) 0 0
PUD 0 0
* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus 237
S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2025\Z-47-25.aprx
N DR
E RSO
AND

42ND LN
C-O
PAD-9 FORD
AVE
HART
PSCOD*
DR Z-18-04
ER
DN
DANBURY DR

41ST AVE
LI N

R1-8
PSCOD *
Z-20-04 MEADOW DR


43RD AVE


PSCOD *
Z-19-04 42ND AVE
WOODRIDGE DR
PSC

BELL RD

C-2 *
PSC PSC * Z-257-80
Z-257-82 PSC * C-2 SP*
Z-5-79 Z-SP-11-09 R-3A *
PSC * Z-104-85
Z-234-84
Z-5-79 R-3A *
PSCOD* Z-208-84
Z-16-04 C-1 * R-3A

¯ Miles
JOMAX RD
HAPPY VALLEY RD
PINNACLE PEAK RD
0 0.03 0.05 0.1 DEER VALLEY DR
SR 101 Z-47-25
DEER VALLEY VILLAGE UNION HILLS DR
COUNCIL DISTRICT: 1 BELL RD
GREENWAY RD 51ST AVE
43RD AVE
35TH AVE
I - 17
19TH AVE
7TH AVE
7TH ST
16TH ST

REQUESTED CHANGE:
APPLICANT'S NAME: Snell & Wilmer, LLP
FROM: PSC (Approved PSCOD) ( 6.00 ac.)
DATE:
5/5/2025
APPLICATION NO: Z-47-25-1 REVISION DATES:

GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.
AERIAL PHOTO &
QUARTER SEC. NO.
ZONING MAP TO:
PUD ( 6.00 ac.)
6.00 Acres QS 37-19 M-6
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D OPTION
PSC (Approved PSCOD) 0 0
PUD 0 0
* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus 238
S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2025\Z-47-25.aprx
ATTACHMENT C




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-47-25-1
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting August 19, 2025
Request From PSC (Approved PSCOD)

Request To PUD
Proposal Retail and commercial uses
Location Approximately 210 feet east of northeast corner of
43rd Avenue and Bell Road

VPC DISCUSSION:

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Nick Wood, representing the applicant with Snell & Wilmer introduced himself. Mr.
Wood oriented the committee to the site stating that it was located on the northeast
corner of 43rd Avenue and Bell Road. Mr. Wood stated that the site consisted of
approximately six acres and is part of a consolidated shopping center. Mr. Wood stated
his client often receives calls from apartment developers and that six acres is about the
right size for a 300-unit apartment complex; however, the owner wishes to keep the
center as commercial while revitalizing the center. Mr. Wood stated that they discussed
the option of C-2, which allows a large number of uses. Mr. Wood highlighted the
neighboring properties and stated that during their initial neighborhood meeting, twenty-
five to thirty people attended and expressed concerns over the potential for apartments
and the loss of the shopping center. Mr. Wood stated that the proposed PUD includes a
list of prohibited uses and described the uses that are currently on the property. Mr.
Wood outlined the General Plan Land Use designation and that the current PSC zoning
was approved in 2004 and is an archaic zoning designation. Mr. Wood presented the
site data as well as a comparison between the existing and proposed zoning standards
stating that the existing setbacks adjacent to the existing residential are being
maintained while the setback along Bell Road is increasing. Mr. Wood stated that C-2
would have given them more flexibility with more permissive development standards
and would have allowed 14.25 dwelling units per acre. Mr. Wood stated that multifamily
is a prohibited use under the PUD and highlighted the prohibited uses.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Committee Member James Sutphen asked if they would be installing electric vehicle
infrastructure per the Phoenix code. Mr. Wood stated that the code does not require


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 240
Deer Valley Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-47-25-1 – Information Only
installation of electric vehicle infrastructure and that a number of his clients do so
anyway but has not been discussed. Chair Gregory Freeman stated that the proposed
zone change was to allow for the clean-up of the site as opposed to its redevelopment.
Mr. Wood stated that was the case.

Committee Member Ricardo Romero asked what led up to the proposed PUD zoning.
Mr. Wood stated the outdated PSC zoning includes certain restrictions and that the
owner is looking at what can happen in the future and wants the flexibility that is built
into the PUD. Committee Member Romero asked about the ownership of the two
adjacent buildings. Mr. Wood stated that the only properties that are part of the rezone
effort are within the boundary and that the adjacent buildings are not affected. Vice
Chair Braden Lopez-Biggs asked if the larger complex was under one owner or
several. Mr. Wood stated they were separate owners. Committee Member Gerrald
Adams asked if there was a shared parking agreement and if that would be maintained.
Mr. Wood stated there was an agreement and that it would be maintained.

Committee Member Ozzie Virgil asked about a property line configuration. Mr. Wood
stated that it was adjacent to a patio area.

Chair Freeman asked when they anticipate coming back to the committee. Mr. Wood
stated they anticipated being back in one to two months. Chair Freeman referred to the
neighborhood outreach already completed and asked if they had been in conversations
with the various tenants regarding this rezone. Mr. Wood stated that was left up to the
owner as they have the various relationships.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 241
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-47-25-1

Date of VPC Meeting October 21, 2025
Request From PSC (Approved PSCOD)
Request To PUD
Proposal Retail and commercial uses
Location Approximately 210 feet east of northeast corner of
43rd Avenue and Bell Road
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 9-0

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

One member of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Robert Kuhfuss, staff, presented the land use, zoning, and General Plan information
on the site and surrounding area. Mr. Kuhfuss presented a slide explaining the
perimeter setbacks and building height limitations. Mr. Kuhfuss presented an overview
of the permitted and prohibited uses, and stated that while was no written opposition,
staff had received a phone call early on expressing concerns over the possibility of
marijuana facilities being located on the site. Mr. Kuhfuss stated there were a number of
city plans, overlays, and initiatives that had been addressed in the body of the narrative
report and explained the recommended stipulations of approval. Mr. Kuhfuss provided
staff’s findings and recommendation for approval.

APPLICANT PRESENTATION

Nick Wood, representing the applicant with Snell & Wilmer, LLP, presented an
overview of the site and the surrounding area. Mr. Wood provided an overview of the
permitted and prohibited outlined under the PUD, and that no Special Permit uses
would be allowed, further stating that the list had been tailored to address neighbor’s
concerns. Mr. Wood stated that a future restaurant was being discussed for the
westernmost portion of the site. Mr. Wood provided an overview of the proposed
development standards and stated they were in agreement with the stipulations of
approval.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 242
Deer Valley Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-47-25-1
QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Vice Chair Braden Lopez-Biggs asked for clarification on the location of the future
restaurant and how that might affect parking. Mr. Wood reiterated that it would be
located in the westernmost portion of the site and that the overall site was currently
overparked allowing for the additional parking demand. Chair Gregory Freeman asked
if the proposed restaurant would be a coffee kiosk. Mr. Wood stated that might be the
case. Vice Chair Lopez-Biggs asked if it could potentially be a Dutch Bros. Mr. Wood
stated that it was a possibility; however, Dutch Bros. have their own traffic issues that
would need to be addressed in order to not negatively affect the other tenants in the
center. Committee Member Ricardo Romero asked if the restaurant would be a quick
service restaurant. Mr. Wood stated that would be the case. Committee Member
Romero asked about the timing of any redevelopment efforts. Mr. Wood stated there
were no immediate plans for redevelopment. Chair Freeman stated that his recollection
was there would be no more than 25% lot coverage. Mr. Wood stated that was correct.
Vice Chair Lopez-Biggs asked about the 2,000 square foot provision as it pertains to
Stipulations No. 2, 3 and 4. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that if there was 2,000 square feet or
more of cumulative alterations on the site, additional right-of-way and improvements
would be required. Mr. Wood confirmed that was the case. Chair Freeman stated that
the 2,000 square foot threshold would not include interior tenant improvements.

PUBLIC COMMENT

Lee Piester stated that he has been a resident for 87 years and that he and his wife
owned and operated the Hobby Bench that is located within the site for 35 years. Mr.
Piester stated that as a tenant he knew nothing about the proposed rezone until he saw
the sign posted on the site. Mr. Piester stated that he was initially concerned over the
potential for residential on the site but gained a comfort level upon learning that
residential would be prohibited by the PUD. Mr. Piester stated that he wanted further
explanation on the potential or redevelopment of the site.

APPLICANT RESPONSE

Mr. Wood reiterated that there would be no residential on the site. Committee Member
Romero asked about the timing of redevelopment of the site. Mr. Wood stated there
were no immediate plans for redevelopment of the site.

MOTION:
Committee Ozzie Virgil motioned to recommend approval of Z-47-25-1, per the staff
recommendation. Vice Chair Braden Lopez-Biggs seconded the motion.

VOTE:
9-0, motion to recommend approval of Z-47-25-1, per the staff recommendation, passes
with Committee Members Herber, Hoffman, Hoover, Romero, Sutphen, Thomas, Virgil,
Lopez-Biggs, and Freeman in favor, and none opposed.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION
None
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 243



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing and Ordinance Adoption - Amend City Code - Ordinance
Adoption - Rezoning Application PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5) - Southeast Corner of
99th Avenue and Thomas Road (Ordinance G-7451) - District 5

Request to hold a public hearing and authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to
consider the Planning Hearing Officer's recommendation by the City Council on
matters heard by the Planning Hearing Officer on June 18, 2025.

Summary
Application: PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5)
Existing Zoning: PUD
Acreage: 197.0

Owner: Sheely Ted D / ET AL c/o William Sheely / ET AL
Applicant / Representative: Jason Morris, Withey Morris Baugh, P.L.C.

Proposal:
1. Request to modify Stipulation 1 regarding the site plan within the development
narrative.

VPC Action: The Maryvale Village Planning Committee heard this request on June 12,
2025 and recommended approval with a vote of 12-1.
PHO Action: The Planning Hearing Officer recommended approval with a modification
and an additional stipulation.

Location
Southeast corner of 99th Avenue and Thomas Road
Council District: 5
Parcel Address: 2209 N. 99th Ave.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




ATTACHMENT A

THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE




ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE STIPULATIONS
APPLICABLE TO REZONING APPLICATION Z-29-12-7(5)
PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY ORDINANCE G-5779.

____________




BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1. The zoning stipulations applicable to the site located at the

southeast corner of 99th Avenue and Thomas Road in a portion of Section 33,

Township 2 North, Range 1 East, as described more specifically in Exhibit A and

depicted in Exhibit B, are hereby modified to read as set forth below.

STIPULATIONS:

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Sheely Center PUD reflecting
the changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the
Planning and Development Department within 30 days of City Council
approval of this request. The updated Development Narrative shall be
consistent with THE Development Narrative date stamped JUNE 6, 2025
September 27, 2012, as modified by the following stipulations.

2. The applicant shall submit a revised Traffic Impact Study to the Street
Transportation Department and Planning and Development Department
prior to preliminary site plan approval. The applicant shall be responsible
for any dedications and required improvements adjacent to the boundaries
of the subject property as recommended by the traffic study, as approved
by the Street Transportation Department and Planning and Development
Department.



3. ALL STREETS, WITHIN AND ADJACENT TO THE DEVELOPMENT,
SHALL BE DEDICATED AND CONSTRUCTED PER THE APPROVED
SHEELY FAMRS MASTER STREET PLAN. The applicant shall submit a
street alignment plan for public streets (design and alignment for all
arterial and collector streets), prior to preliminary site plan approval, for
review and approval by the Street Transportation Department and
Planning and Development Department.

4. Access to McDowell Road shall be reviewed by ADOT, Maricopa County,
city of Tolleson, and the city of Phoenix. Notification of such review shall
be submitted to the Street Transportation Department and the Planning
and Development Department prior to preliminary site plan approval.

5. The developer shall construct all streets within and adjacent to the
development with paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights,
median islands, landscape and other incidentals as per plans approved by
the Planning and Development Department. All improvements shall
comply with all ADA accessibility standards.

6. PRIOR TO FINAL SITE PLAN APPROVAL, THE LANDOWNER SHALL
EXECUTE A PROPOSITION 207 WAIVER OF CLAIMS FORM. THE
WAIVER SHALL BE RECORDED WITH THE MARICOPA COUNTY
RECORDER'S OFFICE AND DELIVERED TO THE CITY TO BE
INCLUDED IN THE REZONING APPLICATION FILE FOR RECORD.

SECTION 2. Due to the site’s specific physical conditions and the use

district granted pursuant to Ordinance G-5779, this portion of the rezoning is now

subject to the stipulations approved pursuant to Ordinance G-5779 and as modified in

Section 1 of this Ordinance. Any violation of the stipulation is a violation of the City of

Phoenix Zoning Ordinance. Building permits shall not be issued for the subject site

until all the stipulations have been met.

SECTION 3. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or

portion of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the

decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the

validity of the remaining portions hereof.

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 19th day of November

2025.




________________________________
MAYOR
________________________________
Date

ATTEST:


_________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


By: _________________________
_________________________


REVIEWED BY:


_________________________
Jeffrey Barton, City Manager


Exhibits:
A - Legal Description (4 Pages)
B - Ordinance Location Map (1 Page)




EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION FOR PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5)


The Land referred to herein below is situated in the County of Maricopa, State of
Arizona, and is described as follows:

LEGAL DESCRIPTION FOR Z-29-
12-7(5)

THAT PART OF PARCELS 1, 2 AND 3 LYING WEST OF THE WESTERLY
LINE OF THAT PROPERTY CONVEYED TO THE STATE OF ARIZONA BY
DEED RECORDED JULY 31, 1998 IN 98-663064 AND NORTH OF THE
NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF THE ROOSEVELT IRRIGATION DISTRICT
MAIN CANAL.

PARCEL NO. 1:

THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 33, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH,
RANGE 1 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN,
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA:

EXCEPT THE NORTH 33 FEET AND THE WEST 70 FEET; AND

EXCEPT A TRIANGULAR SHAPED PARCEL OF LAND DESCRIBED AS
BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF
THE NORTH 200.00 FEET AND THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 70 FEET OF
SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33;

THENCE EASTERLY 5 FEET ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE OF THE
NORTH 200.00 FEET TO A POINT;

THENCE IN A SOUTH-SOUTHWESTERLY DIRECTION TO A POINT ON THE
EAST LINE OF THE WEST 70 FEET THAT IS 600 00 FEET SOUTHERLY
FROM SAID POINT OF INTERSECTION;

THENCE NORTHERLY TO SAID POINT OF INTERSECTION; AND EXCEPT A
PARCEL DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF
THE NORTH 33 FEET AND THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 75 FEET OF SAID
NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33;

THENCE EASTERLY 35 FEET ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTH 33
FEET TOA POINT;




THENCE IN A SOUTHWESTERLY DIRECTION TO A POINT ON SAID EAST
LINE OF THE WEST 75 FEET THAT IS 35 FEET SOUTHERLY FROM SAID
POINT OF INTERSECTION;

THENCE NORTHERLY TO SAID POINT OF INTERSECTION, AND EXCEPT
THE EAST 5 FEET OF THE WEST 75 FEET OF THE SOUTH 167.00 FEET OF
THE NORTH 200.00 FEET OF SAID SECTION 33.

PARCEL NO 2:

THE NORTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 33,
TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE 1 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE
AND MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA;

EXCEPT THE SOUTH 100 FEET OF THE WEST 298.72 FEET OF THE
SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF THE
SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33, AS CONVEYED TO THE
ROOSEVELT IRRIGATION DISTRICT, BY THAT CERTAIN DEED RECORDED
IN BOOK 218 OF DEEDS, PAGE 366, RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY,
ARIZONA; AND INSTRUMENT 84-3648, AND

EXCEPT RIGHT OF WAY FOR DITCH EXTENDING FROM NORTH TO
SOUTH BOUNDARIES OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION
33; ALONG AND IMMEDIATELY WEST OF THE EAST LINE THEREOF AS
CONVEYED TO UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BY THAT CERTAIN DEED
RECORDED IN BOOK 175 OF DEEDS, PAGE 429, RECORDS OF
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, AND

EXCEPT THE WEST 65 FEET.

PARCEL NO 3:

PART OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION
33, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE 1 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER
BASE AND MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, MORE
PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT A POINT FROM WHICH THE NORTHWEST CORNER
OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID
SECTION 33 BEARS SOUTH 88 DEGREES 48 MINUTES 30 SECONDS
WEST 120 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH O DEGREES 11 MINUTES WEST 367 70 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 44 DEGREEES 36 MINUTES EAST 189.60 FEET;




THENCE SOUTH 27 DEGREES 23 MINUTES EAST 88 90 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH O DEGREES 01 MINUTES EAST 416.71 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 44 DEGREES 18 MINUTES EAST 246.60 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 56 DEGREES 58 MINUTES EAST 54.85 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 00 MINUTES EAST 2070.23 FEET,
THENCE NORTH O DEGREES 12 MINUTES EAST 50 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 00 MINUTES EAST 60 FEET (FROM WHICH
POINT THE SOUTH QUARTER CORNER OF SAID SECTION 33 BEARS
SOUTH 0 DEGREES 12 MINUTES WEST 160 FEET);

THENCE NORTH O DEGREES 12 MINUTES EAST ALONG THE MIDSECTION
LINE OF SAID SECTION 33, A DISTANCE OF 1170 FEET TO NORTHEAST
CORNER OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID
SECTION 33;

THENCE SOUTH 88 DEGREES 48 MINUTES 30 SECONDS WEST
ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST
QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33 A DISTANCE OF 2525.89 FEET TO THE
PLACE OF BEGINNING,

EXCEPT RIGHT OF WAY FOR DITCH LYING IMMEDIATELY WEST OF THE
EAST LINE CONVEYED TO UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BY DEED
RECORDED IN BOOK 175 OF DEEDS, PAGE 429, RECORDS OF
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA; AND

EXCEPT THE EAST 90 FEET OF THE WEST 298.72 FEET OF THE SOUTH
HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33, LYING
NORTH OF THE NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF THE
ROOSEVELT IRRIGATION DISTRICT MAIN CANAL;

ALSO BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE EAST LINE
OF THE WEST 208.72 FEET AND THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SOUTH HALF
OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 33;

THENCE WEST 75 FEET ALONG SAID NORTH LINE OF SAID SOUTH
HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER; 75 FEET TO A POINT;

THENCE WEST 75 FEET ALONG SAID NORTH LINE OF SAID SOUTH
HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER, 75 FEET TO A POINT;

THENCE IN A SOUTHEASTERLY DIRECTION TO A POINT ON SAID EAST
LINE OF THE WEST 208.72 FEET THAT IS 75 FEET SOUTHERLY FROM
SAID POINT OF INTERSECTION;




THENCE NORTHERLY TO THE POINT OF INTERSECTION.

PARCEL NO. 4:

THOSE PORTIONS OF THE SOUTH ONE-HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST ONE­
QUARTER (S½ OF SW¼) OF SECTION THIRTY-THREE (33), TOWNSHIP
TWO (2) NORTH, RANGE ONE (1) EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER
BASE AND MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, DESCRIBED AS
FOLLOWS:

PARCEL A

THAT PART OF THE WEST 208 72 FEET OF THE SOUTH ONE-HALF OF
THE SOUTHWEST ONE QUARTER (S½ OF SW¼) OF SAID SECTION 33,
LYING WITHIN A STRIP OF LAND NINETY (90) FEET WIDE ON A CENTER
LINE DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

USING AS A BASE THE SOUTH ONE-HALF (S½) OF THE WEST LINE OF
SECTION THIRTY-THREE (33), TOWNSHIP TWO (2) NORTH, RANGE ONE
(1) EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN, WITH AN
ASSUMED BEARING OF NORTH 0'04' EAST;

BEGINNING AT A POINT 256.9 FEET EAST OF AND 308.7 FEET NORTH OF
THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 33, AND RUNNING
THENCE NORTH 0'06' WEST 453 7 FEET TO A POINT;

THENCE NORTH 45'06' WEST 247.6 FEET TO A POINT;

THENCE PARALLEL TO AND 78.0 FEET EAST OF THE WEST LINE OF SAID
SECTION 33, NORTH 0'04 EAST 476.0 FEET;

EXCEPT THE WEST SIXTY-FIVE (65) FEET OF SAID SECTION 33.

PARCEL B·

THAT PART OF THE WEST 208.72 FEET OF THE SOUTH ONE-HALF OF THE
SOUTHWEST ONE-QUARTER (S½ OF SW¼) OF SAID SECTION 33, LYING
NORTH OF THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 717.44 FEET OF SAID
SECTION 33 AND WEST OF PARCEL A AS DESCRIBED ABOVE:

EXCEPT THE WEST SIXTY-FIVE (65) FEET OF SAID SECTION 33




ATTACHMENT B




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
PHO-1-25—Z-29-12-7(5)

Date of VPC Meeting June 12, 2025
Date of Planning June 18, 2025
Hearing Officer Hearing
Request Modification of Stipulation 1 regarding modifications to
the conceptual site plan and updated imagery within
the development narrative.
Location Southeast corner of 99th Avenue and Thomas Road
VPC Recommendation Approval
VPC Vote 12-1


VPC DISCUSSION:

One member of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Background Presentation

Matteo Moric, staff, identified the location of the Sheely Center Planned Unit
Development (PUD) and shared a slide showing images from the PUD narrative
including the Conceptual Site Plan, Building Height Zones and Birdseye Perspective.
Mr. Moric stated the intent of the PUD is to have a mixed-use project with housing,
retail, entertainment, hotels, employment centers which include many specialized jobs.

Applicant Presentation

Jason Morris with Withey Morris Baugh, PLC, said the project was a culmination of
over 25 years and indicated what was being presented was largely built. Mr. Morris said
the Sheely Farms project originally came to the City in the early 2000’s. Mr. Morris
noted the site plan and PUD matched what was going on in the early 2000’s. Mr. Morris
said it was designed for all mixed-use developments but there were major amendments
which had changed the plans over time. Mr. Morris noted today’s portion of the project
was the last part and it included the commerce park, manufacturing, commercial, and
business park area. Mr. Morris added staff had told him over the previous six months
that if the PUD would be amended it would make sense to bring the entire Sheely
Center PUD up to date, so it would reflect what was already built. Mr. Morris said the
project includes the residential component, Sprouts anchored shopping center, and the
area immediately south of Thomas Road which was being constructed as commercial.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 253
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
PHO-1-25—Z-29-12-7(5)


Mr. Morris provided background on the developer, IDM Companies, and described a
main technology center they constructed out-of-state and felt they wanted to replicate it
in a smaller version at this site. Mr. Morris hoped this was the last amendment to the
Sheely Center PUD. Mr. Morris said that none of the underlying zoning and all the uses
as part of the original PUD are still in place. Mr. Morris said the proposal includes data
planning and tech, light manufacturing, business park and some of them could be office
showrooms and Mr. Morris equated it with a project at the Airpark area in Scottsdale.

Mr. Morris stated no changes are proposed to the narrative text, permitted uses or
development standards. Mr. Morris stated one of the buildings proposed has a
governmental service aspect with data planning analysis and a data center component.
Mr. Morris said he went to the City Council Office and stated with this type of project
there is lots of open space because of the nature of this type of development and the
required separation of other uses so they thought of creating a park.

Mr. Morris showed the weekday total trip comparison data as 93,333 in the current plan
versus the proposal of 20,087. Mr. Morris said the summary of benefits changes from a
vertical mixed-use to horizontal mixed-use project; maintaining employment and
commercial objectives of the PUD in a campus-like setting; providing public amenities,
meaningful enhancements to the social fabric through new connections; generating new
jobs; and activating an underutilized site.

Mr. Morris said there were soccer fields, and a park proposed per a request by the City
Council, and it was suggested to be closer to the retail by Thomas Road. Mr. Morris
added they would create walking paths to take people to the retail component and the
idea is to build and maintain fields which will be controlled.

Questions from the Committee/Applicant Response

Committee Member Jimenez asked if there was a fee for the league. Mr. Morris
responded no fee as it was through the charity itself.

Committee Member Ramirez asked if there was enough parking and said she did not
think it was enough parking for two fields as she had noticed parking was the biggest
issue for these types of fields. Mr. Morris said they created a little more room adjacent
to the fields for overflow parking but there would be a cross-access agreement with all
the retail uses for this reason.

Committee Member Ewing asked what makes the traffic less. Mr. Morris said the
traffic is less because the building itself changed and the original plan asked for very
traditional office square footage and the original offices were 3.8 million square feet and
it would be reduced down to about one half a million square feet which was the biggest
change. Mr. Ewing asked if the soccer fields were turf or grass. Mr. Morris said it was
more likely that they would be doing turf, but this decision had not been finalized.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 254
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
PHO-1-25—Z-29-12-7(5)


Committee Member DuBose said turf is really hot and people could not stand on it
during the summer. Mr. DuBose asked about the current soccer fields that were on the
site. Vice Chair Derie said the original soccer fields moved up north near the Cardinals
Stadium. Vice Chair Derie reminded the group of the concert venue at the property. Mr.
Morris said the Sheely family ran those venues and said the biggest change was when
they built the 101 Freeway in the City they did not sleeve water across to the west side.
Mr. Morris explained how water was needed to develop on the west side of the freeway

Committee Member Acevedo asked if the soccer fields would have public restrooms.
Mr. Morris said the restroom facilities could not be open all the time as they would be
opened and closed with the soccer fields and would be fenced off and controlled by the
soccer club. Vice Chair Derie said this would be like the same situation with the City
park where the restrooms would be locked. Committee Member Galaviz expressed
concerns for the homeless.

Committee Member Norgaard questioned what the change in the number of buildings
and employment would be from the current PUD to now. Mr. Morris said somewhere in
the magnitude of 60 buildings less. Mr. Morris said compared to the conceptual site plan
there would be less employment but felt the conceptual site plan would probably not be
applicable to today’s market.

Mr. Morris said that this proposal was not a pure data center as these were also training
centers. Mr. Morris indicated that there would be over 200 personnel per building as
they would be used for manufacturing, light assembly, and some showrooms and office.

Committee Member DuBose asked about the Sprouts. Mr. Morris said the Sheely’s
owned the farm and were not developers. Vice Chair Derie said Sheely Farms
originally included the eastern side of the 101 Freeway, which developed more quickly
because there was water.

Mr. Morris said the Council District was trying to push ownership versus rental.

Public Comments

Saul Perea, resident, asked how many of the jobs were for the local community and if it
would benefit everyone in the community. Mr. Perea said many of the community
colleges provide standardized job training. Mr. Perea felt there was nothing
guaranteeing jobs benefiting the local community in the long term. Mr. Perea added that
he wanted to know if the jobs would be for U.S. military veterans. Mr. Perea also added
about incorporating solar panels and shade for the parking.

Chair Barba said he wished there were pathways to jobs and as far as green space felt
the project was pretty green.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 255
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
PHO-1-25—Z-29-12-7(5)


Mr. Morris said in terms of employees they were moving a large number of them from
Glendale to Phoenix so it would be net new employees. Mr. Morris said they would
follow the employment practices of the U.S. Government.

Mr. Morris added there would be shaded pathways from the retail to the soccer fields
and noted the open space would be unpaved and walkable and parts of it would be lit
with small ankle lighting.

Chair Barba said he hopes there would be pathways for people in Maryvale to get high
school students into these high paying jobs now that it would be in their backyard.

Committee Member Acevedo asked if they do anything about getting Maryvale
residents training and jobs to support the community.

Mr. Morris said IDM Cares, the charitable organization associated with the developer
does not do job training.

Floor/Public Comment Closed: Motion, Discussion, and Vote

Motion
Committee Member Jimenez motioned to approve PHO-1-25—Z-29-12-7(5).
Committee Member Ewing seconded the motion.

Vote
12-1, Motion to recommend approval of PHO-1-25—Z-29-12-7(5) passes, with
Committee Members Acevedo, Alonzo, Demarest, DePascal, DuBose, Ewing, Galaviz,
Jimenez, Ramirez, Weber, Derie and Barba in favor; and Norgaard in opposition.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 256
ATTACHMENT C
REPORT OF PLANNING HEARING OFFICER ACTION
Byron Easton, Planner III, Hearing Officer
Teresa Garcia, Planner I, Assisting

June 18, 2025

ITEM NO: 1
DISTRICT NO. 5
SUBJECT:

Application #: PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5)
Location: Southeast corner of 99th Avenue and Thomas Road
Zoning: PUD
Acreage: 197.0
Request: 1) Request to modify Stipulation 1 regarding the updated
imagery within the development narrative.
Applicant: Jason Morris, Withey Morris Baugh, PLC
Owner: Sheely Ted D / ET AL C/O William Sheely / ET AL
Representative: Jason Morris, Withey Morris Baugh, PLC

ACTIONS:

Planning Hearing Officer Recommendation: The Planning Hearing Officer
recommended approval with a modification and an additional stipulation.

Village Planning Committee (VPC) Recommendation: The Maryvale Village
Planning Committee heard this request on June 12, 2025 and recommended
approval with a vote of 12-1.

DISCUSSION:

Jason Morris, representative with Withey Morris Baugh PLC, introduced the
subject site and explained that zoning history. He stated that the North Gateway
Village Planning Committee (VPC) recommended approval by a vote of 12-1 and
this PHO Hearing is the result of a great deal of planning between the applicant
and City Council District office to update the PUD to conform with present market
conditions and the shared vision between the developer and the City. He stated
that the PUD has changed significantly since being approved in the 90’s and
early 2000’s and all stakeholders have agreed that the renderings must be
updated to support and reflect the new proposed development plan. There would
be no change to the underlying uses that are contained in the PUD.

Mr. Morris went on to explain the history of the Sheely Center PUD, including
some of the difficulties that were present that prevented development of the site.
IBM developed some of the infrastructure, including bringing water to the site.
He continued to explain the updates to the site, including replacing much of the



Planning Hearing Officer Summary of June 18, 2025
Application PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5)
Page 2

office uses with more mixed-use, including retail/commercial, multi-family, an as-
built, garden-style multi-family development, commerce park uses, and a 58,256
square foot Sprouts grocery shopping center. In addition, new public amenities
are included in the exhibits, featuring two standard soccer fields, a park and
trails.

Byron Easton, Planning Hearing Officer, asked if Mr. Morris could speak about
the large buildings located at the north of the site. Mr. Morris explained that the
large buildings will be aligned with employment uses and will include a
government building. Mr. Morris followed up with an explanation of the proposed
vs. existing exhibits in the PUD including renderings and elevations

Mr. Easton asked if the applicant would have to go through PUD Amendment
process in addition to the PHO. Mr. Morris stated that they will not be required to
go through a PUD Amendment. Mr. Easton asked if in addition to the renderings,
the site plan is being replaced in the PUD Narrative. Mr. Morris stated that yes,
replacing the existing site plan with a revised conceptual site plan is part of the
request.

Mr. Easton, Planning Hearing Officer, explained that the request was approved
by the Village Planning Committee with a vote of 12-1 and he voiced his support
for the request and the various mix of uses that are being proposed. He
recommended approval.

FINDINGS:

1) The request to modify Stipulation 1 regarding updating the imagery,
including renderings and the site plan contained in the PUD Narrative, is
recommended to be approved. The modification will include an updated
stamp date to be consistent with the latest version of these exhibits.

The Sheely Center PUD, originally approved in 2013, was approved as
mixed-use in nature and this proposal still reflects that intent. Although
the site has been partially developed it has been re-designed as a
horizontal mixed-use development in replacement of the originally
planned, vertical mixed-use development. The original conceptual site
plan for the Sheely Center PUD feature a more intense, urban, office
centric design that has not come to fruition and is inconsistent with market
demands. The applicant’s request is limited to updating the exhibits within
the PUD and will not change the uses allowed within the original PUD
Narrative.

2) Stipulation 3 is recommended to be modified by replacing the existing
language with updated language consistent with recommendation from the
Streets Transportation Department. The stipulation now references a
Master Street Plan that has been completed and approved by STD. The



Planning Hearing Officer Summary of June 18, 2025
Application PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5)
Page 3

updated stipulation acknowledges the Master Street Plan and requires
compliance with the Plan.

3) The applicant did not submit a Proposition 207 waiver of claims prior to
the Planning Hearing Officer hearing. Submittal of this form is an
application requirement. An additional stipulation is recommended to
require the applicant to record this form and deliver it to the City to be
included in the rezoning application file for record.

STIPULATIONS:

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Sheely Center PUD reflecting
the changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the
Planning and Development Department within 30 days of City Council
approval of this request. The updated Development Narrative shall be
consistent with THE Development Narrative date stamped JUNE 6, 2025
September 27, 2012, as modified by the following stipulations.

2. The applicant shall submit a revised Traffic Impact Study to the Street
Transportation Department and Planning and Development Department
prior to preliminary site plan approval. The applicant shall be responsible
for any dedications and required improvements adjacent to the boundaries
of the subject property as recommended by the traffic study, as approved
by the Street Transportation Department and Planning and Development
Department.

3. ALL STREETS, WITHIN AND ADJACENT TO THE DEVELOPMENT,
SHALL BE DEDICATED AND CONSTRUCTED PER THE APPROVED
SHEELY FARMS MASTER STREET PLAN. The applicant shall submit a
street alignment plan for public streets (design and alignment for all
arterial and collector streets), prior to preliminary site plan approval, for
review and approval by the Street Transportation Department and
Planning and Development Department.

4. Access to McDowell Road shall be reviewed by ADOT, Maricopa County,
city of Tolleson, and the city of Phoenix. Notification of such review shall
be submitted to the Street Transportation Department and the Planning
and Development Department prior to preliminary site plan approval.

5. The developer shall construct all streets within and adjacent to the
development with paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights,
median islands, landscape and other incidentals as per plans approved by
the Planning and Development Department. All improvements shall
comply with all ADA accessibility standards.




Planning Hearing Officer Summary of June 18, 2025
Application PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-7(5)
Page 4

6. PRIOR TO FINAL SITE PLAN APPROVAL, THE LANDOWNER SHALL
EXECUTE A PROPOSITION 207 WAIVER OF CLAIMS FORM. THE
WAIVER SHALL BE RECORDED WITH THE MARICOPA COUNTY
RECORDER'S OFFICE AND DELIVERED TO THE CITY TO BE
INCLUDED IN THE REZONING APPLICATION FILE FOR RECORD.


Upon request, this publication will be made available within a reasonable length
of time through appropriate auxiliary aids or services to accommodate an
individual with a disability. This publication may be made available through the
following auxiliary aids or services: large print, Braille, audiotape or computer
diskette. To request a reasonable accommodation, please contact Saneeya Mir
at saneeya.mir@phoenix.gov or (602) 686-6461 or TTY: 7-1-1.







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Grant Sheely Ted D / ET AL c/o William Sheely / ET AL (Sheely
Center) a Binding Waiver of Enforcement (Waiver) of the Special Permit
Provisions for Data Centers (Ordinance S-52435) - District 5

Request authority to grant Sheely Ted D / ET AL c/o William Sheely / ET AL (Sheely
Center) a Binding Waiver of Enforcement (Waiver) of the Special Permit Provisions for
Data Centers under Ordinance G-7396. The Council is considering the Planning
Hearing Officer's recommendation regarding rezoning application PHO-1-25--Z-29-12-
7(5) for this development by a public hearing held on the same council agenda as this
item. This item must be heard following that hearing.

Summary
Following the City of Phoenix’s adoption of Ordinance G-7396 on July 2, 2025, which
established a regulatory framework for data centers, Sheely Center submitted a
demand to the City under A.R.S. § 12-1134, asserting that the ordinance diminished
the fair market value of its property located at Parcel No. 102-34-002E.

Parcel Address: 2209 N. 99th Ave.
Owner: Sheely Ted D / ET AL c/o William Sheely / ET AL (Sheely Center)
Representative: Jason Morris, Withey Morris Baugh, P.L.C. and Andrew Gould,
Holtzman Vogel Baran Torchinsky & Josefiak PLLC

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 12-1134(E), Ordinance G-7396 authorizes the City Council, in its
sole discretion, to grant binding waivers of the special permit requirements for data
centers. In accordance with this provision, Sheely Center has formally requested such
a waiver. The special permit requirements set forth in Ordinance G-7396 were enacted
by the City Council to address public health and safety concerns and to mitigate
adverse secondary impacts on surrounding neighborhoods, businesses, and residents.

The purpose of the City's requirements are to protect public health and safety.
Therefore, the waiver requires the proposed data center to address and mitigate
potential health and safety impacts on neighboring properties, including, among other
things, fire and public safety threats, hazardous materials, energy use, water use, and
noise pollution. The waiver describes requirements for each category to comply with
Ordinance G-7396. At the City’s request, Sheely Center has submitted detailed



information and committed to measures designed to mitigate the potential impacts of
its proposed data center. Specific requirements will be outlined in the Waiver which will
be available to the public 24 hours prior to the meeting. The requirements may be
modified after the waiver is published.

The Planning and Development Department reviewed these submissions and
determined that the waiver request meets all the submittal requirements. They found
that Sheely Center’s mitigation commitments appear to adequately address the
ordinance’s public health and safety objectives. The City Manager reviewed and
makes a recommendation to approve the attached Waiver request.

Location
Southeast corner of 99th Avenue and Thomas Road
Council District: 5
Parcel Address: 2209 N. 99th Ave.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Law
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
***REQUEST TO CONTINUE (SEE ATTACHED MEMO)*** Public Hearing and
Ordinance Adoption - Rezoning Application Z-29-A-14-1 (Metro North Corporate
Park PUD) - Approximately 550 Feet South of the Southwest Corner of
Thunderbird Road and Black Canyon Highway (Ordinance G-7450) - District 1

Request to hold a public hearing and consider amending the Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance, Section 601, the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix, by adopting Rezoning
Application Z-29-A-14-1 and rezone the site from PUD (Planned Unit Development) to
PUD (Planned Unit Development) for a Major Amendment to the Metro North
Corporate Park PUD regarding data centers, landscape setbacks, and design
standards.

Summary
Current Zoning: PUD
Proposed Zoning: PUD
Acreage: 42.61 acres
Proposal: Major Amendment to the Metro North Corporate Park PUD regarding data
centers, setbacks, and design standards

Owner: CMB III, LLC, et. al.
Applicant: Ric Toris, Earl & Curley, P.C.
Representative: Taylor Earl, Earl & Curley, P.C.

Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations.
PC Action: The Planning Commission is scheduled to hear this item on November 6,
2025.

Location
Approximately 550 feet south of the southwest corner of Thunderbird Road and Black
Canyon Highway.
Council District: 1
Parcel Addresses: 13375, 13515, 13535, and 15355 N. 30th Avenue; and 13440 and
13610 N. Black Canyon Highway

Responsible Department



This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.





ATTACHMENT A
THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE




ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE ZONING DISTRICT MAP
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 601 OF THE CITY OF
PHOENIX ZONING ORDINANCE BY CHANGING THE ZONING
DISTRICT CLASSIFICATION FOR THE SITE DESCRIBED
HEREIN (CASE Z-29-A-14-1) FROM PUD (PLANNED UNIT
DEVELOPMENT) TO PUD (PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT).

____________



BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1. The zoning of a 42.61-acre site located approximately 550

feet south of the southwest corner of Thunderbird Road and Black Canyon Highway in a

portion of Section 14, Township 3 North, Range 2 East, as described more specifically

in Exhibit “A,” is hereby changed from PUD (Planned Unit Development) to “PUD”

(Planning Unit Development) to allow for a Major Amendment regarding data centers,

setbacks, and design standards.

SECTION 2. The Planning and Development Director is instructed to

modify the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix to reflect this use district classification

change as shown in Exhibit “B.”




SECTION 3. Due to the site’s specific physical conditions and the use

district applied for by the applicant, this rezoning is subject to the following stipulations,

violation of which shall be treated in the same manner as a violation of the City of

Phoenix Zoning Ordinance:

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Metro North Corporate PUD reflecting
the changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the Planning
Department within 30 days of City Council approval of this request. The updated
Development Narrative shall be consistent with Development Narrative date
stamped October 28, 2025, as modified by the following stipulations.

a. Front Cover:
Revise Hearing Draft date to reflect October 28, 2025.
Add “City Council adopted: [Insert Adoption date]”.

b. Page 17: Section H, Data Center Use Criteria, Second Bullet. Revise as
follows:

• “A contractual agreement from a local utility company that affirms its
capacity and commitment to serve the energy demand for the proposed
data center shall be submitted to PDD prior to preliminary site plan
approval.”

c. Page 18: Section H, Data Center Use Criteria, Noise Generation. Revise
as follows:

• “Noise Generation:
o Noise generated by the data center, including but not limited to
noise generated by mechanical equipment, cooling systems, and
on-site power generators shall not exceed 55 dBA during daytime
hours (7:00 a.m. – 10:00 p.m.) or 45 dBA during nighttime hours
(10:00 p.m. – 7:00 a.m. as measured at the nearest residentially
zoned property.”
o Noise levels shall be measured using an ANSI-certified sound level
meter on an A-weighted scale at ground level.
o Compliance shall be demonstrated through submission of a sound
study prepared by a qualified acoustical engineer or other
equivalent measurement documentation.”

d. Page 19: Section H, Data Center Use Criteria, Law Enforcement and
Emergency Management Coordination. Please delete last sentence.




2. All improvements to the I-17 frontage road shall be reviewed and approved by
the Arizona Department of Transportation. Documentation of ADOT review and
approval shall be provided prior to Preliminary Site Plan approval.

3. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the
developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33-
foot radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the
Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

4. Prior to final site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition
207 waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa
County Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be included in the
rezoning application file for record. This stipulation shall not be applicable if
the property is owned by the City of Phoenix.

SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or

portion of this ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the

decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity

of the remaining portions hereof.

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 19th day of November,

2025.



________________________________
MAYOR


ATTEST:


_________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


By:
_________________________




_________________________


REVIEWED BY:


_________________________
Ed Zuercher, City Manager


Exhibits:
A – Legal Description (1 Page)
B – Ordinance Location Map (1 Page)




EXHIBIT A

Lot 7, of Metro North Corporate Park, per Book 445 of Maps, Page 3, at Recording No.
97-0460983 dated July 8, 1997 in the Records of Maricopa County, Arizona, being
located in a part of the Northeast Quarter of Section 14, Township 3 North, Range2
East of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian, Maricopa County, Arizona.
Containing 42.11 Acres+-.




EXHIBIT B




Staff Report Z-29-A-14-1
(Metro North Corporate Park PUD)
October 31, 2025

Planning Commission November 6, 2025
Hearing Date:
Request From: PUD (Planned Unit Development)
(42.61 acres)
Request To: PUD (Planned Unit Development)
(42.61 acres)
Proposal: Major Amendment to the Metro North Corporate Park
PUD regarding data centers, landscape setbacks, and
design standards
Location: Approximately 550 feet south of the southwest corner of
Thunderbird Road and Black Canyon Highway
Owner: CMB III, LLC, et. al.
Applicant: Ric Torris, Earl & Curley, P.C.
Representative: Taylor Earl, Earl & Curley, P.C.
Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations

General Plan Conformity

General Plan Land Use Map Designation Industrial

Street Map Approximately 135 to
Black Canyon Highway Freeway
Classification 210-foot west half
STRENGTHEN OUR LOCAL ECONOMY CORE VALUE; JOB CREATION
(EMPLOYERS); LAND USE PRINCIPLE: Support General Plan Land Use Map and
zoning changes that will facilitate the location of employment generating uses in
each of the designated employment centers.

The subject site lies within the I-17 North Employment Corridor and is currently
developed with employment uses. The proposed PUD Major Amendment allows for
continuation and expansion of data center uses that address health and safety.




Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025


STRENGTHEN OUR LOCAL ECONOMY CORE VALUE; ENTREPRENEURS
EMERGING ENTERPRISES; LAND USE PRINCIPLE: Encourage land uses that
promote the growth of entrepreneurs or new businesses in Phoenix in
appropriate locations.

The proposal only allows for commercial uses which will facilitate new businesses on
the site.

CELEBRATE OUR DIVERSE COMMUNITIES AND NEIGHBORHOODS CORE
VALUE; CERTAINTY & CHARACTER; DESIGN PRINCIPLE: Create new
development or redevelopment that is sensitive to the scale and character of the
surrounding neighborhoods and incorporates adequate development standards
to prevent negative impact(s) on the residential properties.

As stipulated, the PUD Major Amendment incorporates development standards that
are sensitive and mitigate negative impacts to the surrounding residential area.

Resolution 22316; Data Centers; Location Criteria Policy: Locate away from
identified cores, centers and corridors where higher-intensity development is
encouraged for mixed-use, walkable communities.

The subject site is not in a core, center or corridor and is appropriately located
adjacent to a freeway.


Surrounding Land Uses/Zoning
Land Use Zoning
Office, data center,
On Site PUD
electrical substation
Commercial and related
North C-2, IND. PK.
parking
Townhomes, single-
East (across freeway) PAD-10, R1-8
family residential
South Office IND.PK.
West Multifamily residential R-4




Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025

Background/Issues/Analysis

SUBJECT SITE
1. This request is to rezone a 42.61-acre site located approximately 550 feet south
of the southwest corner of Thunderbird Road and Black Canyon Highway from
PUD (Planned Unit Development) to PUD (Planned Unit Development). This
request is a Major Amendment to the Metro North Corporate Park PUD regarding
data centers, landscape setbacks, and design standards. The proposed PUD
Major Amendment seeks to:

1) Clarify that data centers are a principally permitted use;
2) Establish use criteria for data centers that include health and safety measures
such as data center size, noise mitigation, water and power consumption, fire
prevention, and hazardous materials;
3) Revise the north boundary landscape setback; and,
4) Eliminate the color palette requirements contained in the Design Guidelines
section of the PUD.

SURROUNDING LAND USES AND ZONING
2. The area to the north consists of retail establishments, in-line shops, and
associated parking, zoned C-2 (Intermediate Commercial) and IND. PK.
(Industrial Park). To the east of the site is Interstate 17, while beyond the freeway
are townhomes zoned PAD-10 (Planned Area Development) and single-family
homes zoned R1-8 (Single-Family Residence District). South of the site is an
office building, also zoned IND. PK. West of the site are multifamily residences
zoned R-4 (Multifamily Residence District).




Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025




Existing Zoning Aerial Map
Source: Planning and Development Department

GENERAL PLAN LAND USE MAP DESIGNATION
3. The General Plan Land Use Map designates the subject site as Industrial. The
area to the north of the site is also designated as Industrial, while the area to the
east of the freeway is designated as Residential 3.5 to 5 dwelling units per acre
and Residential 10 to 15 dwelling units per acre. The area to the south is
designated as Industrial, while the area to the west is designated as Residential
15+ dwelling units per acre. The proposal is consistent with the General Plan
Land Use Map designation.




Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025



Thunderbird Road




31st Avenue



Residential 3.5 to 5 du/acre
Residential 10 to 15
Residential 15+
I-17 Commercial
Industrial
Transportation

Sweetwater Avenue

General Plan Land Use Map
Source: Planning and Development Department

PROPOSAL
4. The proposal was developed utilizing the Planned Unit Development (PUD)
zoning district. The PUD is intended to create a built environment that is superior
to that produced by conventional zoning districts and design guidelines. Using a
collaborative and comprehensive approach, an applicant authors and proposes
standards and guidelines that are tailored to the context of a site on a case-by-
case basis. Where the PUD Development Narrative is silent on a requirement, the
applicable Zoning Ordinance provisions will be applied.

5. The original PUD was designed to allow for employment uses with development
standards that are specific to this site. The proposed PUD Major Amendment
seeks to amend these criteria. Below is a summary of the proposed development
plan and permitted uses for the subject site as described in the attached PUD
Major Amendment Narrative date stamped October 28, 2025.

Conceptual Development Plan and Permitted Uses
The original PUD proposed a regulatory framework structured around
employment uses. The primary uses allowed under the proposed PUD Major
Amendment are consistent with those currently approved under the original PUD,
which include those allowed under C-O (Commercial Office), C-1 (Neighborhood
Retail), C-2 (Intermediate Commercial), CP (Commerce Park), and A-1 (Light
Industrial), with certain prohibitions. Since data centers were not specifically listed
as a permitted use in the original PUD Narrative, or any of the zoning districts
referenced within the PUD, the applicant has included data centers in the list of
allowed uses under Section G.1 of the PUD Major Amendment Narrative. The
Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025

PUD Major Amendment Narrative also includes a robust list of prohibited uses as
outlined in Section G.4 of the PUD Narrative, which includes but is not limited to
adult businesses, rabbit slaughtering, and residential uses.

The applicant is also proposing certain use criteria specific to data centers to
address health and safety concerns, which are discussed in Section H of the PUD
Major Amendment Narrative and summarized below.

• Maximum cumulative building area of 100,000 square feet.
• Prohibition of nuclear generators
• Sound study and noise mitigation
• Limiting generator testing between the hours of 8:00 AM and 6:00 PM,
Monday through Friday, excluding holidays
• Fuel storage tank secondary containment per the Phoenix Fire Code
• Fire suppression and early detection systems
• Battery Energy Storage associated with data centers per applicable code
to include:
o Ventilation and suppression systems
o Battery inventory
o Facility Map
o Thermal runaway prevention
o Off-gas monitoring systems
• Emergency access per the Phoenix Fire Code to include:
o Emergency shutoffs
o Digital site plan
• Wastewater discharge pretreatment
• Bacteria control for water-based cooling towers
• Access controls and surveillance
• Emergency Response Plan
• Large Water User Ordinance (Ordinance G-7237): If applicable, the facility
will comply with Ordinance G-7237, which provides that developments that
use an average of 250,000-gallons of water or more per day are required
to provide a Water Conservation Plan. In addition, developments that use
an average of 500,000-gallons of water or more per day are required to
demonstrate a minimum of 30% water reuse in the Water Conservation
Plan. The Water Conservation Plan must be reviewed and approved by the
Water Services Department (WSD) prior to preliminary site plan approval.
• Disclosure of Hazardous Materials, which includes the submission of a
hazardous materials management plan that clearly identifies all hazardous
materials stored on site, including their quantities and reporting thresholds
to be updated annually and made available to local fire and emergency
management agencies




Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025

Utility Agreement for Power Consumption
As identified in the Health and Safety Impacts Report 2025 prepared by the
Planning and Development Department, it is important to understand where a
data center will receive its power. A data center that produces its own power –
either permanently or while a local utility is ramping up its generating capacity –
presents different health and safety considerations than a data center that gets all
its power from a public utility, and large-scale on-site power production may not
be compatible with existing residential or other uses. Even when a data center
can be fully powered by the local utility, it may need a new substation or the
installation of new high-capacity transmission lines, and the impact of such
infrastructure on existing nearby uses should be understood. This is addressed in
Stipulation No. 1.b.

Noise Generation
The applicant proposes a sound level of 70 dB(A) for all times of the day and
exemptions for backup and emergency generators. This is inconsistent with the
sound levels outlined in Section 647.A.2.kk(3)(a) of the Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance, which limits the sound levels to no more than 55 dB(A) when
measured at the property line of the nearest residentially zoned property to the
proposed data center property between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.
and 45 dB(A) between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.

Given the health concerns linked to noise pollution, staff recommends the sound
levels be consistent with the 55dB(A) daytime sound level and 45 dB(A) nighttime
sound level when located near residentially zoned properties. Staff recognize the
proximity to the Interstate 17 freeway to the east, the size limitations of the
potential data center(s) and existing industrial users in the surrounding area that
currently generate noise in the area and therefore further refinement of the sound
levels can be considered through a study of noise. This is addressed in
Stipulation No. 1.c.

Law Enforcement and Emergency Management Coordination
Includes a site tour and training for Phoenix Fire Department on suppression
systems, hazardous materials, and emergency shutdown procedures prior to the
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. Staff recommends removing the last
sentence. According to the International Association of Fire Fighters the growing
presence of data centers requires specialized training, lots of planning and close
cooperation with on-site security and engineering teams at these new sites; the
site tour and training of Phoenix Fire Department are essential to address health
and safety concerns with data centers. This is addressed in Stipulation No. 1.d.

Development Standards
Section I of the PUD Major Amendment Narrative proposes development
standards intended to respond to the unique conditions associated with the site.
Table 1 of Section I includes the proposed development standards. A summary of
the proposed development standards as compared to those currently approved is
provided below. The applicant proposes a change to one development standard,

Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025

that being the landscape setback associated with the northern property line from
20 feet to zero feet.

COMPARATIVE ZONING STANDARDS
Standard Original PUD Amended PUD
Minimum Lot Width / Depth None None
Minimum Building Setbacks
North Property Line Minimum 20 feet Minimum 20 feet
East Property Line Minimum 30 feet Minimum 30 feet
West Property Line Minimum 20 feet Minimum 20 feet
South Property Line Minimum 20 feet Minimum 20 feet
Landscape Setbacks
North Property Line Minimum 20 feet Minimum 0 feet
East Property Line Minimum 30 feet Minimum 30 feet
West Property Line Minimum 20 feet Minimum 20 feet
South Property Line Minimum 20 feet Minimum 20 feet
Building Height Maximum 60 feet Maximum 60 feet and
and 5 stories 5 stories
Building Separation Per City of Phoenix Per City of Phoenix
Building Code Building Code
Lot Coverage Maximum 60% Maximum 60%
Floor Area Ratio None None

The applicant is seeking the reduction of the landscape setback associated with
the north property of the site from 20 feet to zero feet. Staff is comfortable with
this provision due to the northern perimeter’s proximity to non-residential uses.

Landscape Standards
Section I.2 pertains to the landscape standards. The currently approved PUD
Narrative references “Commerce Park Zoning District Standards”; however, that
language is omitted from the proposed PUD Major Amendment Narrative, in
deference to Table 1, which establishes certain landscape setbacks. While not
specifically noted in either PUD Narrative, landscaping of the site must comply
with Section 507 Tab A of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance.

Walls and Screening
Section I.3 of the PUD Major Amendment Narrative refers to Section 702.B.7.b of
the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance and notes that an eight-foot-high solid masonry
wall will be provided along any property line that abuts residential zoning, except
if that line is adjacent to a street. The PUD also requires that any open use or
storage area will be screened by an eight-foot-high solid fence or continuous
plantings. These criteria remain unchanged with the proposed PUD Major
Amendment.

Parking Standards
Section I of the PUD Major Amendment Narrative also refers to Section 702 of
the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance and includes provisions that require a solid, eight-

Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025

foot-high screen wall for loading spaces or loading docks located adjacent to a
public street or within 100 feet of a residential use or zoning district. These criteria
remain unchanged with the proposed Major Amendment.

Design Guidelines
Section J establishes design guidelines, which remain intact with the proposed
PUD Major Amendment; however, the applicant is proposing that the currently
approved Color Palette be omitted. The proposed omissions include:

“Color Palette
Colors and light materials for redevelopment or new development should be used
to create visual harmony within Metro North Corporate Park PUD. The
approved colors are as follows:
• Desert hues and other “earth tones”.
• Muted shades of blues, greens and reds found in the natural desert color
vocabulary.
• Colors appearing in natural stone utilized in buildings.”

Other provisions relating to building materials and configurations, such as the use
of common clay brick, ceramic tile, and internalized roof drains remain intact.

Special Consideration for Data Centers
Section J.1 includes design criteria specific to data centers, which include
architectural embellishments for building facades that exceed 100 feet in length.

Signage
Section K of the PUD Major Amendment Narrative states that all signage will
comply with Section 705 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance including a provision
for off-premise signs and a reference to an approved Comprehensive Sign Plan.

6. COMMUNITY INPUT SUMMARY
As of the writing of this report, staff has received two letters of support.

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMMENTS
7. The Street Transportation Department provided standard stipulations as follows:

• All improvements to the I-17 frontage road shall be reviewed and approved by
the Arizona Department of Transportation. Documentation of ADOT review and
approval shall be provided prior to Preliminary Site Plan approval.

This is addressed in Stipulation No. 2.

8. The site has not been identified as being archaeologically sensitive. However, in
the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, all
ground disturbing activities must cease within 33-feet of the discovery, and the
to properly assess the materials. This is addressed in Stipulation No. 3.

Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025


9. Staff has not received a completed form for the Waiver of Claims for Diminution
in Value of Property under Proposition 207 (A.R.S. 12-1131 et seq.), as required
by the rezoning application process. Therefore, a stipulation has been added to
require the form be completed and submitted prior to final site plan approval. This
is addressed in Stipulation No. 4.

10. Development and use of the site is subject to all applicable codes and
ordinances. Zoning approval does not negate other ordinance requirements such
as obtaining a use permit if applicable. Other formal actions such as, but not
limited to, zoning adjustments and abandonments, may be required.

Findings

1. The proposal is consistent with the General Plan Land Use Map designation and
as stipulated, several General Plan policies related to data centers.

2. The proposal clarifies that data centers are an allowed use within the PUD and
establishes criteria for such use.

3. The proposal will allow for continued use as an employment center.

Stipulations

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Metro North Corporate PUD reflecting
the changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the Planning
Department within 30 days of City Council approval of this request. The updated
Development Narrative shall be consistent with Development Narrative date
stamped October 28, 2025, as modified by the following stipulations.

a. Front Cover:
Revise Hearing Draft date to reflect October 28, 2025.
Add “City Council adopted: [Insert Adoption date]”.

b. Page 17: Section H, Data Center Use Criteria, Second Bullet. Revise as
follows:

• “A contractual agreement from a local utility company that affirms its
capacity and commitment to serve the energy demand for the proposed
data center shall be submitted to PDD prior to preliminary site plan
approval.”

c. Page 18: Section H, Data Center Use Criteria, Noise Generation. Revise
as follows:

• “Noise Generation:
o Noise generated by the data center, including but not limited to
noise generated by mechanical equipment, cooling systems, and
Staff Report: Z-29-A-14-1
October 31, 2025

on-site power generators shall not exceed 55 dBA during daytime
hours (7:00 a.m. – 10:00 p.m.) or 45 dBA during nighttime hours
(10:00 p.m. – 7:00 a.m. as measured at the nearest residentially
zoned property.”
o Noise levels shall be measured using an ANSI-certified sound level
meter on an A-weighted scale at ground level.
o Compliance shall be demonstrated through submission of a sound
study prepared by a qualified acoustical engineer or other
equivalent measurement documentation.”

d. Page 19: Section H, Data Center Use Criteria, Law Enforcement and
Emergency Management Coordination. Please delete last sentence.

2. All improvements to the I-17 frontage road shall be reviewed and approved by
the Arizona Department of Transportation. Documentation of ADOT review and
approval shall be provided prior to Preliminary Site Plan approval.

3. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the
developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33-
foot radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the
Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

4. Prior to final site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition
207 waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa
County Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be included in the
rezoning application file for record. This stipulation shall not be applicable if
the property is owned by the City of Phoenix.

Writer
Robert Kuhfuss
October 31, 2025

Team Leader
Racelle Escolar

Exhibits
Sketch Map
Aerial Map
Correspondence (3 pages)
Metro North Commerce Park – PUD Amendment No.1 date stamped October 28, 2025




VAR RD C-2 SP*
CALA

31ST AVE
Z-83-93
PAD-10* R-5* C-2 C-2 SP* Z-SP-20-97
30TH AVE
Z-43-72 Z-34-97 Z-83-93 C-2*
Z-83-93
SP-1-13
R1-8 THUNDERBIRD RD
C-2*
C-2* SH
C-2* Z-64-04
Z-83-93 AR
ON
C-2* C-2* Z-97-01 AV
E
Z-50-90
Z-22-98
IND.PK.
PAD-10*
Z-143-72 HA
VE
VOLTAIRE AVE 25T

AVE IND.PK. H LN
EUGIE
2 6 TH DR
R-4*
Z-65-06 I 17 R 26T H AVE
MP 2 6T
25 T H LN
IND.PK. 25T HD R
OW AVE
WILL


ROVEEN AVE




BLACK CANYON HWY
AVE
REY PUD*
SUR R1-8
R-4* Z-29-14 C-2 HGT/WVR SP*
Z-129-00 S-1
Z-130-97 Z-SP-12-00

WOO

31ST DR
D DR
IND.PK.
R-5 *
Z-66-06 SWEETWATER AVE
A-1*
C-1
29TH AVE 28TH DR
Z-35-12

R1-6 DAHLIA DR C-2 C-2* R1-6
Z-147-87



¯ Miles
GREENWAY RD
ACOMA DR
THUNDERBIRD RD
SWEETWATER AVE
CACTUS RD
0 0.05 0.1 0.2 CHOLLA ST
PEORIA AVE
NORTH MOUNTAIN VILLAGE DUNLAP AVE
BUTLER DR
COUNCIL DISTRICT: 1 NORTHERN AVE
39TH AVE I-17
19TH AVE
35TH AVE 15H AVE
Z-29-A-14-1 31ST AVE
7TH AVE
CENTRAL AVE
7TH ST
12TH ST

REQUESTED CHANGE:
APPLICANT'S NAME: Earl & Curley, P.C.
FROM: PUD ( 42.61 ac.)
DATE:
9/23/2025
APPLICATION NO: Z-29-A-14-1 REVISION DATES:

GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.
AERIAL PHOTO &
QUARTER SEC. NO.
ZONING MAP TO:
PUD ( 42.61 ac.)
42.61 Acres QS 32-22 L-7
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D OPTION
PUD N/A N/A
PUD N/A N/A
* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus 284
Path: S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2014\Z-29-A-14-1.aprx
VAR RD C-2 SP*
CALA

31ST AVE
Z-83-93
PAD-10* R-5* C-2 C-2 SP* Z-SP-20-97
30TH AVE
Z-43-72 Z-34-97 Z-83-93 C-2*
Z-83-93
SP-1-13
R1-8 THUNDERBIRD RD
C-2*
C-2* SH
C-2* Z-64-04
Z-83-93 AR
ON
C-2* C-2* Z-97-01 AV
E
Z-50-90
Z-22-98
IND.PK.
PAD-10*
Z-143-72 HA
VE
VOLTAIRE AVE 25T

AVE IND.PK. H LN
EUGIE
2 6 TH DR
R-4*
Z-65-06 I 17 R 26T H AVE
MP 2 6T
25 T H LN
IND.PK. 25T HD R
OW AVE
WILL


ROVEEN AVE




BLACK CANYON HWY
AVE
REY PUD*
SUR R1-8
R-4* Z-29-14 C-2 HGT/WVR SP*
Z-129-00 S-1
Z-130-97 Z-SP-12-00

WOO

31ST DR
D DR
IND.PK.
R-5 *
Z-66-06 SWEETWATER AVE
A-1*
C-1
29TH AVE 28TH DR
Z-35-12

R1-6 DAHLIA DR C-2 C-2* R1-6
Z-147-87



¯ Miles
GREENWAY RD
ACOMA DR
THUNDERBIRD RD
SWEETWATER AVE
CACTUS RD
0 0.05 0.1 0.2 CHOLLA ST
PEORIA AVE
NORTH MOUNTAIN VILLAGE DUNLAP AVE
BUTLER DR
COUNCIL DISTRICT: 1 NORTHERN AVE
39TH AVE I-17
19TH AVE
35TH AVE 15H AVE
Z-29-A-14-1 31ST AVE
7TH AVE
CENTRAL AVE
7TH ST
12TH ST

REQUESTED CHANGE:
APPLICANT'S NAME: Earl & Curley, P.C.
FROM: PUD ( 42.61 ac.)
DATE:
9/23/2025
APPLICATION NO: Z-29-A-14-1 REVISION DATES:

GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.
AERIAL PHOTO &
QUARTER SEC. NO.
ZONING MAP TO:
PUD ( 42.61 ac.)
42.61 Acres QS 32-22 L-7
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D OPTION
PUD N/A N/A
PUD N/A N/A
* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus 285
Path: S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2014\Z-29-A-14-1.aprx
Ricardo Toris

Subject: Non-opposition - Best Buy




From: Green, Ryan
Sent: Wednesday, October 1, 2025 11:06 AM
To: Taylor Earl
Subject: RE: Aerial

Thanks Taylor,
I don’t have any concern about the color pallet or the proposed [data center] use. If the landscape
setback request is simply intended to permit building owners to maintain the existing landscape setback
in it’s as-is form, I don’t have any issue with that component of the request either.
Regards,

Ryan Green
Sr. Director, Real Estate
Best Buy Co., Inc.
612-214-1655 m


From: Taylor Earl
Sent: Monday, September 29, 2025 3:29 PM
To: Green, Ryan
Subject: Aerial
Ryan, Here is the zoom in I was l ooking at. As part of our outreach process, we'd like to keep a record of neig hbor feedback. Accurate to say Best Buy is not opposed to our PUD amendme nt request? Taylor C. Earl Managing Partner Earl & Curley




Ryan,

Here is the zoom in I was looking at.

As part of our outreach process, we'd like to keep a record of neighbor feedback. Accurate to say Best Buy is not
opposed to our PUD amendment request?




Taylor C. Earl
Managing Partner
Earl & Curley

(602) 265-0094
3101 N. Central Avenue
Suite 1000
Phoenix, Arizona 85012
www.earlcurley.com




This message and any and all attachments may be confidential and/or privileged. If you are not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any
dissemination, duplication, retention, or unauthorized use of this information is strictly prohibited and no privilege has been waived by your inadvertent receipt.
Please notify the sender immediately and then completely delete this message and any and all attachments. Thank you.







Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Grant LKY Real Estate Fund IV Limited Partnership L.L.L.P
(LKY) a Binding Waiver of Enforcement (Waiver) of the Special Permit Provisions
for Data Centers (Ordinance S-52436) - District 8

Request authority to grant LKY Real Estate Fund IV Limited Partnership L.L.L.P (LKY)
a Binding Waiver of Enforcement (Waiver) of the Special Permit Provisions for Data
Centers under Ordinance G-7396.

Summary

Following the City of Phoenix’s adoption of Ordinance G-7396 on July 2, 2025, which
established a regulatory framework for data centers, LKY submitted a demand to the
City under A.R.S. § 12-1134, asserting that the ordinance diminished the fair market
value of its property located at 617 S. 5th Avenue (Parcel No. 112-19-129B).

Parcel Address: 617 S. 5th Avenue
Owner: LKY Real Estate Fund IV Limited Partnership L.L.L.P (LKY)
Representative: Cameron C. Artigue and Lindsay Shube, Gammage and
Burnham,PLC

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 12-1134(E), Ordinance G-7396 authorizes the City Council, in its
sole discretion, to grant binding waivers of the special permit requirements for data
centers. In accordance with this provision, LKY has formally requested such a waiver.
The special permit requirements set forth in Ordinance G-7396 were enacted by the
secondary impacts on surrounding neighborhoods, businesses, and residents.

The purpose of the City's requirements are to protect public health and safety.
Therefore, the waiver requires the proposed data center to address and mitigate
potential health and safety impacts on neighboring properties, including, among other
things, fire and public safety threats, hazardous materials, energy use, water use, and
noise pollution. The waiver describes requirements for each category to comply with
Ordinance G-7396. At the City’s request, LKY has submitted detailed information and
committed to measures designed to mitigate the potential impacts of its proposed data
center. Specific requirements will be outlined in the Waiver which will be available to



the public 24 hours prior to the meeting. However, some requirements may be
modified after publishing the waiver.

The Planning and Development Department reviewed these submissions and
determined that the waiver request meets all the submittal requirements. They found
that LKY’s submittals appear to adequately address the ordinance’s public health and
safety objectives. The City Manager reviewed and makes a recommendation to
approve the attached Waiver.

Location
Council District: 8
Parcel Address: 617 S. 5th Avenue

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Law
Department.








Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
(CONTINUED FROM NOVEMBER 5, 2025) - Public Hearing - Amend City Code
- Ordinance Adoption - Middle Housing - Z-TA-1-25-Y (Ordinance G-7446) -
Citywide

Request to hold a public hearing on a proposed text amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y and
to request City Council approval, per the Planning Commission recommendation
which amends the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to address Middle Housing as
required by Arizona Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a Middle
Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amending various other sections of the Zoning
Ordinance to clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related state
requirements related to Middle Housing. This is a companion case to Z-3-25-4-7-8.

Summary
The intent of the proposed text amendment is to establish the Middle Housing (MH)
Overlay District, Section 632, which will allow the development of middle housing
on lots zoned for single-family use, and apply it to the area located within one mile
of Downtown by January 1, 2026, as required by state law. The secondary purpose
is to make other revisions to multiple sections of the Zoning Ordinance necessary to
ensure proper compliance with the new state requirements.

Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development Department

Staff Recommendation: Approval, as shown in the recommended text in Exhibit A of
the Staff Report (Attachment B).
VPC Information Only: This item was heard for information only by 14 of the 15
Village Planning Committees throughout September 2025. One of the 15 Village
Planning Committees did not have a quorum. The summaries for these meetings
are available in Attachment C.
PC Action: The Planning Commission heard this item on October 6, 2025 and
recommended approval, as shown in the recommended text in Exhibit A of the Staff
Report, by a vote of 6-2 (Attachment D).





Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning
and Development Department.





ATTACHMENT A

THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE


ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING PORTIONS OF THE CODE OF THE
CITY OF PHOENIX, ARIZONA, PART II, CHAPTER 41, THE
ZONING ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX BY AMENDING



T
SECTION 202 (DEFINITIONS), SECTION 507 TAB A (GUIDELINES
FOR DESIGN REVIEW), SECTION 608 (RESIDENCE DISTRICTS),
SECTION 609 (RE-35 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 610 (R1-18 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 611 (R1-10 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 612 (R1-8 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),




AF SECTION 613 (R1-6 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 614 (R-2 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 615 (R-3 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 616 (R-3A MULTIFAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 617 (R-4 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 618 (R-5 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT),
SECTION 619 (RESIDENTIAL R-4A DISTRICT—MULTIFAMILY
RESIDENCE—GENERAL), SECTION 622 (COMMERCIAL C-1
DISTRICT—NEIGHBORHOOD RETAIL), SECTION
(COMMERCIAL C-2 DISTRICT—INTERMEDIATE COMMERCIAL),
SECTION 624 (COMMERCIAL C-3 DISTRICT—GENERAL
COMMERCIAL), SECTION 632 (HIGH-RISE H-R1 DISTRICT—



HIGH-RISE AND HIGH DENSITY DISTRICT), SECTION 701 (BULK




R REGULATIONS), SECTION 702 (OFF-STREET PARKING AND
LOADING), SECTION 703 (LANDSCAPING, FENCES, AND
WALLS), SECTION 710 (HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT), SECTION
1203 (LAND USE MATRIX, DOWNTOWN CODE), SECTION 1205
(FRONTAGE ELEMENTS, DOWNTOWN CODE), SECTION 1303
(TRANSECT LOT STANDARDS, WU CODE), SECTION 1306
(LAND USE MATRIX, WU CODE), AND SECTION 1307 (PARKING




D AND LOADING STANDARDS, WU CODE).

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1: That Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions), is amended to add new

definitions and revise existing as follows:




Section 202. Definitions.
***
Building Envelope: The area defined on a lot in which all improvements must be made,
including grading and alterations to existing landscaping. These include, but are not
limited to house, accessory buildings, pool, patios, driveways, visitor parking, fencing, or
walls. The building envelope defines the maximum allowable construction/improvement
area on the lot. The building envelope must be identified on all design review submittals.
THE AREA OF A LOT EXCLUSIVE OF ALL REQUIRED YARDS.




T ***
Building, Main: A building, or buildings, in which is conducted the principal use of the lot
on which it is situated. On lots with only single-family residential uses, the primary
dwelling unit shall be considered the main building. WHEN ONLY ONE PRIMARY
DWELLING UNIT IS PROVIDED ON A LOT, THAT PDU SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE
MAIN BUILDING. WHEN MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT IS




AF
PROVIDED ON A LOT, EACH BUILDING WHICH CONTAINS A PDU SHALL BE
CONSIDERED A MAIN BUILDING.

***
Building, Open, Porch: An open building used solely for ingress and egress and not for
occupancy, at least two sides of which shall be at least 50% open.

***
Dwelling Unit: One or more rooms within a building arranged, designed, or used for
residential purposes for one family and containing independent living and sleeping areas,
together with independent sanitary (toilet, sink, and bath/shower) and cooking facilities.




R
The presence of cooking facilities conclusively establishes the intent to use for residential
purposes.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY (ADU): A dwelling unit, as defined in this section,
subordinate to the primary dwelling unit and situated on the same SINGLE-FAMILY lot.
ADUs, where permitted, do not count towards calculations of gross density.




D
Adaptable Dwelling Units, ADAPTABLE: A dwelling unit designed to be capable of simple
conversion into an accessible dwelling unit.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, Attached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed having a
shared wall and attached foundations with the primary dwelling unit. An ADU connected
to the primary dwelling unit in any other manner shall not be considered an attached
ADU.




Accessory Dwelling Unit, Detached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed with no
connection to the primary dwelling unit, except as may be explicitly permitted within the
zoning ordinance. A detached ADU may include an integrated garage, carport, or porch.
Two ADUs attached to each other, but not to the primary dwelling unit, shall each be
considered a detached ADU.

Dwelling Unit, Primary (PDU): FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY LOT, a dwelling unit that is either
(1) the only dwelling unit provided on a single-family lot, or (2) the largest dwelling unit




T
provided on a single-family lot when the applicable zoning regulations otherwise allow an
accessory dwelling unit or other types of dwelling units. FOR A MULTI-FAMILY LOT OR
DEVELOPMENT, ALL DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSIDERED PRIMARY DWELLING
UNITS.

***




AF
Entry, Front: An arcade, gated arch, covered porch, or COVERED patio, pergola,
COURTYARD, or similar architectural enhancement which clearly delineates the location
of, or AND path to, the front door A PRIMARY ENTRANCE, AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE
FRONT OF THE LOT.

***
Gross Area: The area of a lot or parcel including all dedicated streets, alleys, private
accessways roadway and/or alley easements, and canal rights-of-way. Such boundaries
shall extended to the center of existing abutting street or alley right-of-way. In the case of
an existing partial dedication or easement, the gross area shall not extend beyond what
would be the centerline of the full dedication. Further, parcels abutting: 1) a freeway; or 2)




R
a canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with the Canal Bank
Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping of canal bank
right-of-way, shall include NO MORE THAN twenty-five feet of such right-of-way within
THE gross area.

***




D
Guesthouse: See "Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY."


Landscape Setback, Average: Repealed.
***


***
Multi-Family/Multiple-Family: A lot or parcel where two or more PRIMARY dwelling units
are provided., not including permitted accessory dwelling units.




***
Net Area: The area of a lot or parcel excluding all dedicated streets or alleys ROAD AND
CANAL RIGHTS-OF-WAY and roadway or alley easements. but including twenty-five
(25) feet of abutting canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with
the Canal Bank Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping
of canal bank right-of-way.

***




T
PARKING, COVERED: ONE OR MORE PARKING SPACES PROTECTED FROM THE
SUN AND WEATHER BY A CARPORT, GARAGE, ROOF OVERHANG, OR OTHER
TYPE OF ROOFED STRUCTURE.

***
Perimeter: The boundaries or boundary of a lot, tract, or parcel of land, PLATTED




AF
SUBDIVISION, OR DEVELOPMENT.

***
Planned Residential Development: A DEVELOPMENT OPTION CONSISTING OF a
group of dwelling units with common OPEN SPACE areas which are designed as an
integrated functional unit A UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT and with the permissibility of
potential bonus density and considerable flexibility in the selection of building setbacks,
lot areas, DWELLING UNIT TYPES, and street configurationS as long as the public
health, safety and welfare are maintained.

***




R
PORCH: A STRUCTURE, WITH OR WITHOUT A ROOF, THAT IS ATTACHED TO A
BUILDING AND IS AT LEAST 50 PERCENT OPEN ON THE UNATTACHED SIDE(S).

Porch, Open: See "Building, Open Porch".

***




D
Primary Entrance: A ground floor entrance to a commercial lobby or suite that is open to
the public during business hours, or an THE MAIN/VISITOR entrance to a SHARED
residential courtyard, unit, or lobby OR A PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT. Emergency,
service and storage room entrances are not a primary entranceS.

***




Projection: Any element or embellishment attached to a structure for environmental
protection or architectural enhancement which does not support any portion of
the structure. ANY PORTION OF A PERMITTED BUILDING OR STRUCTURE THAT IS
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BUILDING AND EXTENDS FROM THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE INTO A REQUIRED YARD OR SETBACK. A PROJECTION IS
CONSIDERED “OPEN” WHEN ALSO MEETING THE DEFINITION OF “OPEN
BUILDING”.

***




T
Residential Density: The number of dwelling units divided by the gross acres of the
legally described development area.

***
Setback, Landscaped, Average: The averaging of a required setback to encourage
variation along a single continuous plane of a building, perimeter wall or street frontage.




AF ***
SETBACK, GARAGE DOOR / CARPORT ENTRY: THE REQUIRED MINIMUM
DISTANCE BETWEEN THE STREET AND COVERED PARKING. THIS DISTANCE
SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PROPERTY LINE TO THE FACE OF THE
GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT, UNLESS THE PROPERTY HAS AN EASEMENT
DEDICATED ON THE FRONT OF THE PROPERTY FOR A SIDEWALK OR TRAIL, IN
WHICH CASE THE DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE LOT SIDE OF THE
EASEMENT TO THE FACE OF THE GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT.

SETBACK, LANDSCAPE: A SETBACK WHICH IS RESTRICTED TO THE FOLLOWING




R
IMPROVEMENTS: LIVE PLANT MATERIALS SUCH AS TREES, SHRUBS, AND
GROUNDCOVERS WITH AN AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM; SIDEWALKS;
REQUIRED DRAINAGE FACILITIES; ENTRY MONUMENTS; SIGNS; PUBLIC ART
INSTALLATIONS, AND WALLS AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THIS ORDINANCE.
PARKING AND MANEUVERING IS NOT PERMITTED WITHIN A LANDSCAPE
SETBACK EXCEPT FOR APPROVED STREET AND DRIVEWAY CROSSINGS.




D ***
Shade Structure: A structure, such as a pergola, arbor, or open COVERED porch, which
is designed and used for protection OF OUTDOOR LIVING AREAS from the sun and
which contains at least HAS A MINIMUM OF one (1) side which is at least fifty 50 percent
(50%) open.

***




STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENT: THE TYPE OR CLASS OF STREET ON
WHICH THE FRONT PROPERTY LINE OF A LOT MUST ABUT.

***
STREET, PERIMETER: ANY PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE ACCESSWAY WHICH
FORMS THE EXTERIOR BOUNDARY OF A SUBDIVISION OR DEVELOPMENT. THIS
DEFINITION DOES NOT INCLUDE PUBLIC ALLEY RIGHT-OF-WAY OR CANAL
RIGHT-OF-WAY, UNLESS THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IS ALSO A NAMED STREET USED
FOR THE LEGAL ADDRESSES OF ABUTTING PROPERTIES.




T ***
Subdivision: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into three or more lots, tracts or
parcels PARCELS of which the original land area is greater than two and one half acres,
Land for which a subdivision plat has been APPROVED AND recorded IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CITY CODE SECTION 32-32, OR




AF
BY MARICOPA COUNTY IF RECORDED PRIOR TO ANNEXATION., and for any
condominium, community apartment, townhouse or similar project.

Subdivision, Average Lot: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the
number of dwelling units LOTS in a development rather than by minimum lot size. SEE
“PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT”.

Subdivision, Conventional: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the
density provisions within each zoning district, and by development standards related to
lot width, the management of stormwater, the provision of infrastructure requirements
and constraints related to the property topography or configuration. SEE “SUBDIVISION,




R
STANDARD”.

Subdivision, Planned Residential Development: See "Planned Residential Development".

SUBDIVISION, Single-Family Infill (SFI) Development: A type of single-family
development consisting of townhouses and a limited number of detached dwelling units.




D
Perimeter standards are defined and potential bonus density and design flexibility allow
for quality individual property ownership within a larger development. A SUBDIVISION
APPROVED AND DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.




SUBDIVISION, STANDARD: A SUBDIVISION DEVELOPED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE STANDARD OPTION OF A
RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT. A SUBDIVISION PLAT SUBTITLED “A
CONVENTIONAL SUBDIVISION”, “SUBDIVISION OPTION”, OR HAVING NO
SUBTITLE SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED A STANDARD SUBDIVISION.

Subdivision, Zero Lot Line: A subdivision in which the main building may be constructed
without a side yard.

***



T
TRACT: A PARCEL OF LAND DESIGNATED WITHIN A SUBDIVISION WHICH IS NOT
CONSIDERED A LOT AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO MEET MINIMUM LOT
DIMENSIONS. A TRACT MAY BE DEVELOPED ONLY WITH SUBDIVISION
AMENITIES, DRAINAGE FACILITIES, UTILITIES, LANDSCAPE, OR OTHER
IMPROVEMENTS AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED FOR THE TRACT IN THE




AF
DEDICATION STATEMENT FOR THE SUBDIVISION PLAT.

***
Yard: A space on any lot, unoccupied by a structure and unobstructed from the ground
upward except as otherwise provided herein, and measured as the minimum horizontal
distance from a building or structure, excluding carports, porches and other permitted
projects PROJECTIONS, to the property line opposite such building line in the side or
rear yards, or to the street right-of-way or easement in the front yard; provided, however,
that where a future width line is established by the provisions of this ordinance for any
street bounding the lot, then such measurement shall be taken from the line of the
building to such future width line.




R ***

SECTION 2: That Chapter 5, Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for Design Review)

is amended to read as follows:




D
Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review
Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review

***




II. CITY-WIDE DESIGN REVIEW GUIDELINES. The design review guidelines
indicated with the markers (R), (R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be applied and enforced
in the same manner as indicated in Section 507. Items not indicated with an (R),
(R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be treated as (R).

***

C. Subdivision and Single-Family Detached RESIDENTIAL LOT Design
Review.




8. T ***

Single-Family Detached SUBDIVISION DIVERSITY Design
Review. New single-family detached dwelling units, lots having a
single duplex or triplex, manufactured homes, and modular homes




AF shall be subject to design review SUBDIVISIONS HAVING AT
LEAST TEN PERCENT OF LOTS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 65
FEET IN WIDTH, AND HAVING DETACHED SINGLE-FAMILY
DWELLING UNITS; AND MANUFACTURED AND/OR MODULAR
HOME SUBDIVISIONS REGARDLESS OF LOT WIDTH, ARE
SUBJECT TO DESIGN REVIEW DIVERSITY GUIDELINES 8.1
THROUGH 8.4, as follows (R):

(a) Single-family detached developments where ten percent or
more of the lots are equal to or less than 65 feet in width shall
incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1 through 8.4.




R (b) Individual single-family detached dwelling units, not subject to
Subdivision Design Guidelines 8.1 through 8.4, on a lot or
parcel of 65 feet in width or less, shall incorporate Design
Guidelines Section 8.5. This requirement includes lots with a
single duplex or triplex when not located in a subdivision




D subject to Section 507 Tab A.II.C.8(a).

(c) Dwelling units on lots zoned or designated HP are exempt
from the provisions of Design Guidelines Section 8.5, so long
as the plans are reviewed and approved through historic
preservation prior to issuance of any building permits.




(d) Individual manufactured and modular homes, regardless of lot
width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Section 8.5.

(e) Manufactured and modular home subdivisions, regardless of
lot width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1
through 8.4.

The design guidelines in each of the following sections (subdivision design,
housing design, garage treatment, and community safety) must be satisfied




T
in one of two ways. The first method, called the standard approach, is to
meet each of the design guidelines as written in the following tables. The
second method, called the alternative approach, allows consideration of
creative design solutions on a section by section basis, as long as the intent
of that section has been met. Either method may be used for all or some of
the following sections. For example, an applicant may choose the standard




AF
approach for the subdivision design and garage treatment sections and the
alternative approach for the housing design and community safety sections
or the standard approach may be used for all four sections. Whether the
alternative approach is acceptable will be determined by the design advisor
of the Planning and Development Department.

Diversity: The goal of diversity is to provide a variety of subdivision and
housing designs which lend visual interest and distinctive character and
identity to the community. This goal is addressed in two subsections,
subdivision design and housing design.




R 8.1. Subdivision Design. Provide subdivision designs which
address the goal of diversity by incorporating these or
substantially equivalent design characteristics: 1) Vary the
building’s relationship to the street, 2) Vary the driveway
orientation or location, 3) Vary the relationship between
buildings, and 4) Vary street orientation.




D Design Guidelines: All are required (R*), unless otherwise
noted.

***




8.5. Individual Unit Design Standards. The goal of these
individual unit design standards is to ensure a minimum level
of design quality for detached single-family dwelling units,
duplexes, manufactured homes, and modular homes. For
information on relief from requirements (R) and (R*), and
presumptions (P), refer to Section 507.C of the Zoning
Ordinance.

(a) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one covered




(b) T
parking space located in a garage or under a carport.
(R)

The front yard, excluding areas approved for vehicle
access, should be landscaped with the following
elements: (P)




AF (1)


(2)


(3)
A minimum of one, two inch caliper or greater,
drought resistant, accent tree.

A minimum of five, five gallon or greater, drought
resistant shrubs.

Dustproofed with ground cover, turf, rock,
decomposed granite, or equivalent material as
approved by the Planning and Development
Department.




R (4) An irrigation system.

Rationale: Landscaping contributes to an attractive
environment, provides shade, and contributes to
neighborhood identity.




D (c) Required covered parking shall not be located more
than ten feet closer to the front property line than the
front entry. (R*)




Rationale: When parking structures are concentrated in
front of a dwelling unit, the building loses its residential
character and compatibility with surrounding residences
is negatively impacted.

(d) Walls, fences, and enclosure materials shall not include
chain link fencing with, or without, plastic or metal slats,
sheeting, nondecorative corrugated metal and fencing
made or topped with razor, concertina, or barbed wire.


(e)
(R*)



T
Development of lots with more than one dwelling unit
should provide a single, common access drive to
parking areas. (P)




AF (f)
Rationale: Shared access and common parking
minimize unnecessary curb cuts and breaks in the
streetscape. Common parking areas also reduce the
paved area of a site.

All dwelling units should provide the following
architectural design elements: (P)

(1) Consistent detailing and design for each side of
the building.




R (2)




(3)
Window and door trim as well as accent detailing
should be incorporated and vary from the primary
color and materials of the building.

Garage doors should be provided with windows,
raised or recessed panels, architectural trim, or




D (4)
single doors.

Materials such as untextured concrete,
unfinished block, steel panels, and shiny or
highly reflective detailing should not be used as a
predominant exterior material.




Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood
pride and visual interest in residential architecture.

(g) Garage doors facing the public street and attached to
the primary dwelling unit should not exceed 50 percent
of the building width. (P)

Rationale: Garage doors should not be the aesthetic
focus of a house; they should complement and appear




(h) T
subordinate to the main structure. This is particularly
important if a duplex or triplex is constructed.

A front entry shall be provided that faces and is visible
from the street, and includes an architectural feature to
call attention to it (such as a porch, entry patio, stoop,




AF (i)
awning/canopy, courtyard, or archway). For lots having
more than one dwelling unit, a minimum of one unit
shall comply with this requirement. (R*)

Rationale: Emphasizing the entrance and front facade
adds to the residential character of new dwelling units
and provides eyes on the street.

Manufactured homes shall provide the following
additional architectural design elements:




R (1)




(2)
Materials such as wood, hardboard, brick veneer,
hardiplank, stucco, or horizontal vinyl siding shall
be used as a predominant exterior material. (P)

The exposed roof pitch shall be at a minimum of
3/12 for units 28 feet or less in width and be




D (3)
covered with shingles, tile or metal, excluding
aluminum. (R*)

A minimum 50-square-foot recessed entry or
covered porch shall be provided along the front
entry of the building. (R*)




(4) Permanent access to the porch or recessed entry
should be constructed with materials and colors
that are compatible with the dwelling unit. (P)

(5) A masonry stem wall shall be provided under the
dwelling unit with no more than seven inches of
exposed foundation measured from highest
finished grade. (R*)

(6)



T
The exposed masonry stem wall color should be
compatible to the dwelling unit. (P)

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood
pride and visual interest in residential architecture for
manufactured homes.




AF
Section 507 Tab A, II.C.9 Residential Lot Design Review
9.




a.
RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN
REVIEW REGULATIONS APPLY TO ALL RESIDENTIAL LOTS
THAT ARE 65 FEET OR LESS IN WIDTH AND HAVE FOUR OR
FEWER PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT, AND ANY LOT
HAVING A MANUFACTURED OR MODULAR HOME, WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

THE LOT IS WITHIN AN APPROVED SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION;




R b.


c.
THE LOT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION II.C.8 (SUBDIVISION
DIVERSITY DESIGN REVIEW); OR

THE LOT IS ZONED OR DESIGNATED HP, AND THE
CONSTRUCTION PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND APPROVED




D 9.1
IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 8, HISTORIC
PRESERVATION, PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING
PERMITS.

ALL DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT SHALL EXHIBIT A
DESIGN SCALE, FORM, AND CHARACTER OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY HOME. (P)




RATIONALE: NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOULD RESPECT
THE DESIGN AND CHARACTER OF EXISTING
ESTABLISHED NEIGHBORHOODS, REGARDLESS OF THE
NUMBER OF UNITS PROVIDED ON A LOT. BUILDING
MATERIALS SHOULD MATCH OR COMPLEMENT THE
MATERIALS USED ON EXISTING HOMES IN THE VICINITY.

9.2 THE FRONT YARD, EXCLUDING AREAS APPROVED FOR
VEHICLE ACCESS, SHOULD BE LANDSCAPED WITH THE




T
FOLLOWING ELEMENTS: (P)

(a)


(b)
A MINIMUM OF ONE, TWO INCH CALIPER OR
GREATER, DROUGHT RESISTANT, ACCENT TREE.

A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE GALLON OR GREATER,




AF (c)




(d)
DROUGHT RESISTANT SHRUBS.

DUSTPROOFED WITH GROUND COVER, TURF,
ROCK, DECOMPOSED GRANITE, OR EQUIVALENT
MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE PLANNING AND
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

AN IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

RATIONALE: LANDSCAPING CONTRIBUTES TO AN
ATTRACTIVE ENVIRONMENT, PROVIDES SHADE, AND




R
9.3
CONTRIBUTES TO NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTITY.

A MINIMUM OF ONE PRIMARY ENTRANCE SHALL BE
PROVIDED WHICH FACES AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE
STREET. (R*)




D
9.4




9.5
FOR TWO-STORY BUILDINGS, WINDOWS, BALCONIES
(WITH DOORS FOR ACCESS), OR DECKS SHALL BE
PROVIDED ON THE FRONT FAÇADE FOR A MINIMUM OF
ONE-QUARTER OF THE BUILDING WIDTH. (R*)

EACH DWELLING UNIT SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE
COVERED PARKING SPACE. (R*)




9.6 FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL
BE NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE
BUILDING ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM
REQUIRED FRONT SETBACK. (R*)

9.7 GARAGES AND CARPORTS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED
MORE THAN TEN FEET CLOSER TO THE FRONT
PROPERTY LINE THAN THE CLOSEST PRIMARY
ENTRANCE. (R*)

9.8

T
WALLS, FENCES, AND ENCLOSURE MATERIALS SHALL
NOT INCLUDE CHAIN LINK FENCING WITH, OR WITHOUT,
PLASTIC OR METAL SLATS, SHEETING,
NONDECORATIVE CORRUGATED METAL AND FENCING
MADE OR TOPPED WITH RAZOR, CONCERTINA, OR




AF
9.9
BARBED WIRE. (R*)

MANUFACTURED HOMES SHALL PROVIDE THE
FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
ELEMENTS:

(a) MATERIALS SUCH AS WOOD, HARDBOARD, BRICK
VENEER, HARDIPLANK, STUCCO, OR HORIZONTAL
VINYL SIDING SHALL BE USED AS A
PREDOMINANT EXTERIOR MATERIAL. (P)




R (b)




(c)
THE EXPOSED ROOF PITCH SHALL BE AT A
MINIMUM OF 3/12 FOR UNITS 28 FEET OR LESS IN
WIDTH AND BE COVERED WITH SHINGLES, TILE
OR METAL, EXCLUDING ALUMINUM. (R*)

A MINIMUM 50 SQUARE FOOT FRONT ENTRY




D (d)
SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG THE STREET SIDE OF
THE BUILDING. (R*)

PERMANENT ACCESS TO THE FRONT ENTRY
SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH MATERIALS AND
COLORS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE
DWELLING UNIT. (P)




(e) A MASONRY STEM WALL SHALL BE PROVIDED
UNDER THE DWELLING UNIT WITH NO MORE THAN
SEVEN INCHES OF EXPOSED FOUNDATION
MEASURED FROM HIGHEST FINISHED GRADE. (R*)

(f) THE EXPOSED MASONRY STEM WALL COLOR
SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE TO THE DWELLING UNIT.
(P)




T***

SECTION 3: That Chapter 6, Section 608 (Residential Districts), is amended to

read as follows:ction 608. Residential Districts




AF
Section 608. Residential Districts.

A. Purpose. Residential districts are established in recognition of a need to provide
areas of the City devoted primarily to living functions. In order to preserve these
areas from the distractions and adverse impacts which can result from immediate
association with nonresidential uses, these districts are restricted to residential,
limited nonresidential uses, and appropriate accessory uses. These regulations are
designed to promote the creation and maintenance of areas in which individuals or
families may pursue residential activities with reasonable access to open space,
and streets or roads, in a setting which is not negatively impacted by adjacent




R uses. Limited nonresidential uses may have conditions placed upon them to limit
impact to adjacent residential uses and in some cases require a public hearing
through a use permit or special permit process to mitigate any negative impacts to
surrounding residential uses.

The standards contained in this section and Sections 609 through 619 and 635 are




D designed to establish the character of new residential development and also to
preserve the quality of residential uses during their lifetime. When applied to new
development, these standards are designed to be used in conjunction with the
development and improvement standards as contained in the Phoenix Subdivision
Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the City Code.

This section applies to the residential districts in Sections 609 through 619, in
addition to Section 635 (Planned Area Development) when specified.




***
B. Applicability. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS RE-35, R1-
18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A (SECTIONS 609
THROUGH 619), AND WHERE SPECIFIED IN THE REGULATIONS FOR OTHER
ZONING DISTRICTS.
of Development Options. The development of any parcel of land shall be in
accordance with the standards contained in any one development option as
contained in Sections 609 through 619. Development of a single lot or a parcel not




T
being further subdivided and located in the RE-35 and R1-18 zoning districts
(Sections 609 and 610) shall be in accordance with the requirements for the
standard subdivision development option (a), as contained in Sections 609 and
610. For a single lot or parcel not part of a subdivision platted prior to May 1, 1998,
not being further subdivided, and located in the R1-10 through R-4A zoning
districts (Sections 611 through 619), development shall be in accordance with the




AF
requirements of the conventional subdivision option as contained in Sections 611
through 619.

All subsequent development shall be in accordance with the initially selected
development option unless a use permit is obtained. Building on any lot which was
subdivided or developed prior to the adoption of this chapter shall be done in
accordance with the standards under which the initial subdivision or development
occurred.

For purposes of conversion to this ordinance, property subdivided prior to May 1,
1998, shall be considered as follows:




R 1.




2.
Residential development with a site plan approved in accordance with
Section 507 shall be considered under the planned residential development
option.

Residential development with an approved subdivision setback exhibit shall




D 3.
be considered under the average lot development option if located in the
RE-35 through R-5 zoning districts (Sections 609 through 618).

Any other prior residential development shall be considered under the
development option selected when the property was subdivided.




A use permit shall not be required for new development on previously subdivided
property or property on which there is an approved site plan if the new
development is in conformance with the provisions of this ordinance.

***




T
AF
R
D
Section 608.D Residential Districts Land Use Matrix
D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

Table 608.D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

SECTION AND ZONING DISTRICT
LAND USE CATEGORIES 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 635
RE-35 R1-18 R1-10 R1-8 R1-6 R-2 R-3 R-3A R-4 R-5 R-4A PAD
Single-Family Detached pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1
Accessory Dwelling Unit
(ac) pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2
(ADU)
(ac)
Duplex
Triplex
D
Guestroom(s) pc3
np
np
pc3
np
np
pc3
pc4
np
pc3
pc4
np
pc3
pc4
np
pc3
pc4
pc5
pc3
pc4
pc5
pc3
pc4
pc5
pc3
pc4
pc5
pc3
pc4
pc5
pc3
pc4
pc5
pc3
pc4
pc5
Single-Family Attached pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc6 np
SUBDIVISION up5 up5 up5 up5 up5 up6
Multi-Family np np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7
Residential Convenience
(ac)
Market
Off-Site Manufactured Home
Developments
R
np

np
np

np
np

np
np

np
np

np
np

up35
np

up35
pc8

up35
pc8

up35
pc8

up35
pc8

up35
pc8

np
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

*(ac) = accessory use permitted only with primary use listed immediately prior in the table.
AF
T
Section 608.E Land Use Conditions

E. Land Use Conditions.

1. Single-Family Detached Dwelling Unit. Each single-family lot is permitted
one single-family detached primary dwelling unit and no additional dwelling
units, unless otherwise permitted elsewhere in this section.

2. Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU).

a.



T
When a lot has no more than one single-family detached primary
dwelling, two ADUs are permitted in addition to the primary dwelling
unit. A third ADU may be permitted when at least one of the ADUs
qualifies as affordable housing and the net lot size is a minimum
43,560 square feet. However, lots having a duplex or triplex, single-
family attached units or any multi-family dwelling units are not




3.


4.
AF
b.
permitted any ADUs.

An ADU is subject to the development regulations of Section 706.A.

Guestrooms. Each single-family dwelling unit may contain no more than two
guestrooms.

Duplex.

a. Single-Family Lots. One duplex is permitted per lot when allowed by
the underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must




R b.
be of the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit
two dwelling units.

Multi-Family Lots. Duplexes are permitted when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of
the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit the




D 4.




5.
number of dwelling units proposed.

SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT. ONE SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT IS PERMITTED PER SINGLE-FAMILY LOT
WHEN THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NO
REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR SIDE YARD SETBACKS.

Triplex.




a. Single-Family Lots. One triplex is permitted per lot when allowed by
the underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must
be of the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit
three dwelling units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Triplexes are permitted when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of
the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit the
number of dwelling units proposed.

5.

T
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION. SFI SUBDIVISIONS PER
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I ARE PERMITTED
WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, AND
BY USE PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE AREAS
DEPICTED IN FIGURE 608.I.1.

6.



AF
Single-Family Attached Dwelling Unit. One single-family attached dwelling
unit is permitted per single-family lot when allowed by the underlying zoning
district and development option.
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION—R-4A ONLY. SFI
SUBDIVISIONS PER THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I
ARE PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT
DISTRICT, AND BY USE PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE
AREAS DEPICTED IN FIGURE 608.I.1. EXCEPT FOR THE PERMITTED
DENSITY, THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE THE SAME AS
FOR THE R-4 PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, AS




R
7.
MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

Multi-Family Dwelling Units. Multi-family dwelling units are permitted when
allowed by the underlying zoning district and development option EXCEPT
WHEN THE DEVELOPMENT HAS BEEN PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY
SUBDIVISION.




D
35.
***

Off-site manufactured home developments are permitted with use permit
approval per Section 307, and subject to the development regulations
provided in Section 608.F.7 608.J.




Section 608.F (General Development Regulations)
F. Special GENERAL DEVELOPMENT Regulations.

1. No structure may be built on a lot which does not front on a street which is in
accordance with the adopted street classification map AND THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 714, FUTURE WIDTH LINES, unless
exempted by this section.

2. In any district where a half street not less than one-half of that width
prescribed for that street by the street classification map, and amendments




3.
T
thereto, has been dedicated, any lots facing or siding on such half street
from which side the required width of dedication has been made shall be
deemed to have frontage on a street.

No permit shall be issued for buildings on a lot fronting on a half street of
less than that prescribed by the street classification map for an arterial or




AF
collector street or 25 feet for all other streets except for single-family
attached development individual dwelling units UNLESS THE LOT IS PART
OF A PLATTED SUBDIVISION WHICH WAS APPROVED WITH MODIFIED
STREET STANDARDS.

a. For development utilizing an average lot or PRD development option
or for development built under a planned area development district, a
minimum of 16.58-foot half-street right-of-way may be provided when
all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The street is not designated as a collector or arterial street.




R (2)

(3)
There are no restrictions to public access to the street.

Pavement width shall be 33.16 feet from back of curb to back
of curb.




D (4)


(5)

(6)
Pavement thickness and design shall be in accordance with
Maricopa Association of Governments’ standards.

All terminations shall contain a 40-foot-radius right-of-way.

The street has been constructed prior to March 19, 1986.




4. There shall be no outdoor storage of personal property visible beyond the
boundaries of the property within any front or side yard.

5. No accessory use shall include outdoor display or storage of any of the
following listed items when such items are visible or emit odor, dust, gas,
noise, vibration, smoke, heat or glare beyond any boundary of the lot on
which such items are displayed or stored:

a. Any building or landscaping materials.

b.

c.
T
Any machinery, parts, scrap, or appliances.

Vehicles which are unlicensed, inoperable, or registered to or owned
by persons not residing on or the guest of persons residing on the
premises.




6.

AF
d. Any other chattel used for or intended for a commercial purpose or
ultimate use on other than the subject premises.

Single-Family Infill (SFI). Single-family infill development regulations may be
applied in zoning districts where the SFI development option is offered, but
only when the development falls within the infill development district
identified in the general plan, or with use permit approval within the following
areas located outside of the infill development district:

Figure 608.F.6. Single-Family Infill Development Areas




R
D
D
R
AF
T
a. The SFI development option does not eliminate any redevelopment
area, special planning district or overlays. Where conflicts occur
between the requirements of the SFI development option and
redevelopment areas, overlay zoning districts, special planning
districts, and specific plans, the requirements of the overlay zoning
districts, special planning districts, redevelopment areas or specific
plans shall apply.

b. Historic preservation designated properties or properties in historic
preservation districts cannot use the SFI development option.

c.

T
Dwelling Units. The SFI development option is intended primarily for
single-family attached dwelling units; however, up to 20 percent of the
units in a development may be single-family detached dwelling units
to allow for variety and efficiency of design.




AF
d.
(1) Any provided detached dwelling units shall comply with the
same development regulations applicable to that SFI
development.

Design Requirements.

(1)




(2)
Individual units fronting on street rights-of-way shall provide an
entryway that is either elevated, depressed or includes a
feature such as a low wall to accentuate the primary entrance.

Required covered parking spaces shall not front on perimeter




R (3)



(4)
street rights-of-way.

Individual unit rear yards shall not abut perimeter street ROW
or an adjacent perimeter street landscape area.

Attached dwelling units constructed in a row shall not exceed a




D
e.
total length of 200 feet without having a minimum 20-foot-wide
open area.

Perimeter Landscape Setbacks and Requirements.




(1) Residences that front on arterial, collector, or local street
rights-of-way shall provide a minimum ten-foot-wide landscape
tract or community-maintained landscaping abutting the street,
except when within 2,000 feet of a light rail station.

(2) Residences that side on arterial, collector, or local street
rights-of-way shall provide a minimum 15-foot-wide landscape
tract or community-maintained landscaping abutting the street.

(3) Perimeter of the development not abutting rights-of-way and




T
adjacent to a single-family residential district or historic
preservation designated property must provide a minimum ten-
foot landscape setback. Walls/fences up to six feet high within
private rear yards may be provided within the perimeter
setback so long as the required landscape is still provided.




AF (4) Trees shall be provided in required landscape setbacks at a
minimum rate of 20 feet on center or equivalent groupings, as
approved by the PDD landscape architect, subject to the
following:

(a)


(b)
Fifty percent of the required trees shall be minimum
one-and-one-half-inch caliper at the time of installation.

Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be
minimum two-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the
time of installation.




R (5)
(c) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be
minimum three-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the
time of installation.

A minimum of five five-gallon shrubs per tree shall be




D
f.




g.
provided.

Open Space Regulations. The only walls/fences allowed within
required common area open space are required pool security fences
and other necessary security fences, as approved by PDD.

Parking Requirements. Section 702 applies to SFI development,
except where specifically modified by this section.




(1) Within the Infill Development District: one parking space per
dwelling unit must be provided that is covered or located within
a garage.

(2) Within the applicable SFI area that is not located within the
infill development district: two parking spaces per dwelling unit
must be provided that are covered or located within a garage.

(3) The required spaces for each dwelling unit must be located on


(4)
T
the same lot as the unit for which they are provided.

A minimum 0.25 additional unreserved guest parking space
per dwelling unit must be provided within
any SFI development.




AF
h. Alley Access and Maneuvering.

(1)


(2)


(3)
All maneuvering for on-site parking must be located on private
property and not in public ROW.

Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is
permitted within the infill development district.

Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is
permitted applicable area outside of the infill development
district if all three conditions are met, as follows:




R (a)


(b)
The site is not across the alley from either a single-
family or historic preservation zoning district;

Alley access is specifically approved as part of the use
permit hearing; and




D
i.


j.
(c) All necessary technical appeals have been approved.

Maximum 40-inch fence height allowed in the required setbacks
along perimeter street rights-of-way.

Signage is subject to the regulations of Section 705, Table D-1,
Single-Family Residential.




7. Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments. Off-site manufactured home
development is subject to use permit approval in the C-1, C-2, and C-3
districts, in addition to zoning districts indicated in Section 608.D; and
subject to the following additional development regulations:

a. The provisions of Section 703.B do not apply to off-site manufactured
home developments.

b. These regulations apply to development of a single lot or parcel, not


c.
T
to be further subdivided.

Placement for each off-site manufactured home shall be provided as
follows:




AF (1)




(2)


(3)
There shall be a minimum of 20 feet between off-site
manufactured homes and ten feet between awnings and
canopies. All annexes or structural additions shall be
considered part of the off-site manufactured home.

There shall be at least 40 feet between off-site manufactured
homes on opposite sides of a private accessway.

No off-site manufactured home, annex or structural addition
shall be closer than eight feet to any private accessway or
private drive.




R d.




e.
Each off-site manufactured home space shall have private outdoor
living space of at least 150 square feet. The dimension of this space
shall be at least 15 feet in width.

At each occupied off-site manufactured home space, there shall be




D f.
an enclosed storage locker for yard tools and other bulky items
convenient to the space with a storage capacity of at least 150 cubic
feet.

All areas not covered by structures or paved surfaces shall be
landscaped and maintained in accordance with the approved
development review documents required under Section 507.




g. Screening the perimeter of an off-site manufactured home
development by a wall or other approved material may be required as
a condition of use permit approval.

h. There shall be a network of pedestrian walkways connecting off-site
manufactured home spaces with each other and with development
facilities and amenities.

i. If storage yards are provided, there shall be a screened storage yard
or yards for boats, recreational vehicles, etc. Such storage yards shall




j.
T
have a minimum of 60 square feet of storage space for each off-site
manufactured home space in the development and shall be located
so as to not detract from surrounding properties. All boats and
recreational vehicles shall be parked in the storage yard.

Each off-site manufactured home shall (1) be affixed permanently to




AF
k.


l.




m.
the ground or (2) have skirting around its perimeter to screen its
wheels and undercarriage.

All utilities and the wires of any central television or radio antenna
system shall be underground.

Not more than 15 percent of the spaces in any one off-site
manufactured home development shall be developed or used for
recreational vehicles.

Development of off-site manufactured home communities shall be




R
n.
under the planned residential development option applicable in the
underlying zoning district.

Private drives may be used for access to each off-site manufactured
home.




D
o. There shall be a minimum of five percent of the total area of the off-
site manufactured home development dedicated or reserved as
usable common open space land. Common open space lands shall
be clearly designated on the plan as to the character of use and
development but shall not include:

(1) Areas reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an individual
tenant or owner; nor




(2) Dedicated streets, alleys, and other public rights-of-way; nor

(3) Vehicular drives, parking, loading, and storage areas; nor

(4) Required setback areas at exterior boundaries of the site; nor

(5) Golf courses.

Adequate guarantees must be provided to ensure permanent




T
retention of open space land area resulting from the application of
these regulations, either by private reservation for the use of the
residents within the development or by dedication to the public, or a
combination thereof.

Section 608.G (Development Options)
G.




AF
Reserved.
DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS. EACH RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT (RE-35,
R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A) PROVIDES
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SPECIFIC TO THAT ZONING DISTRICT.
ADDITIONALLY, DIFFERENT SETS OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
(“DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS”) ARE PROVIDED WITHIN CERTAIN ZONING
DISTRICTS.

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

a. DEVELOPMENT OF ANY PARCEL OR LAND SHALL BE IN




R b.
ACCORDANCE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SET
FORTH FOR A SINGLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION.

A DEVELOPMENT OPTION FOR A PROPERTY IS CONSIDERED
ESTABLISHED IF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE:




D (1)




(2)
A PRELIMINARY OR FINAL SITE PLAN HAS BEEN
APPROVED FOR A PROPERTY AND IS STILL
CONSIDERED VALID PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
507.K.6.

THE PROPERTY HAS STRUCTURES FOR WHICH
BUILDING PERMITS WERE ISSUED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
STANDARDS FOR A DEVELOPMENT OPTION WHICH WAS
VALID AT THE TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE.



(3) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A PLATTED AND RECORDED
SUBDIVISION (ALSO SEE SUBSECTION G.2 BELOW).

c. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS ALREADY BEEN
ESTABLISHED FOR A PROPERTY, SUBSEQUENT
DEVELOPMENT OR REDEVELOPMENT OF THE PROPERTY
MUST COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE
ESTABLISHED DEVELOPMENT OPTION UNLESS USE PERMIT
APPROVAL PER SECTION 307 IS OBTAINED, WITH THE




T
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

(1) THE PROPERTY HAS BEEN REZONED PER SECTION 506
(BASE ZONING ONLY; DOES NOT INCLUDE HEIGHT OR
DENSITY WAIVERS, SPECIAL PERMITS, OR ADDITION OF
OVERLAY DISTRICTS); OR




AF (2)




(3)




(4)
THE PROPERTY IS A PREVIOUSLY PLATTED
SUBDIVISION AND THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION IS TO BE
REPLATTED; OR

THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND IS BEING PLATTED AS A
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION; OR

THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A MASTER PLAT SUCH AS:
STATE PLATS; AGRICULTURAL/RANCHING




R SUBDIVISIONS; PLATS USED TO MAKE DEDICATIONS
AND CREATE DEVELOPMENT BLOCKS WITHIN MASTER-
PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS; OR OTHER ATYPICAL
SUBDIVISION PLATS AS APPROVED BY THE ZONING
ADMINISTRATOR.




D
2.
d. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NEVER BEEN ESTABLISHED
FOR A PROPERTY, ANY APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION
MAY BE CHOSEN.

PLATTED SUBDIVISION LOTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS
APPLICABLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OPTION STATED IN THE TITLE
OF THE PLAT, AS FOLLOWS:




a. DEVELOPMENTS HAVING AN APPROVED FINAL SITE PLAN OR
APPROVED SETBACK EXHIBIT ON FILE WITH THE PLANNING
AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT MAY INSTEAD CHOOSE TO
APPLY THE STANDARDS APPROVED PER THE PLAN/EXHIBIT, IF
DIFFERENT FROM CURRENT STANDARDS. HOWEVER, ANY
AMENDMENT TO A FINAL SITE PLAN OR SETBACK EXHIBIT
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT DEVELOPMENT
OPTIONS AND STANDARDS.

b. PLATS TITLED “STANDARD”, “SUBDIVISION”, “CONVENTIONAL”,




c.
T
OR HAVING NO REFERENCE TO A DEVELOPMENT OPTION
SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF
THE STANDARD OPTION.

PLATS TITLED “AVERAGE LOT” OR “PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT




AF
d.




e.
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION.

PLATS TITLED “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED” OR “SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION, IN ADDITION TO THE STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

PLATS TITLED “PLANNED AREA DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 635 WHEN ZONED
PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15. OTHER PLATS WITH THE SAME




R TITLE BUT NOT ZONED PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15 SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, OR THE BASE
REGULATIONS OF THE DISTRICT IF THE PRD OPTION IS NOT
OFFERED.




D
f. FOR OTHER PLAT TITLES NOT IDENTIFIED WITHIN THIS
SECTION, THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR SHALL DETERMINE
THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION AND REGULATIONS.




3. STANDARD OPTION. WHEN A ZONING DISTRICT PROVIDES
MULTIPLE DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS, THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS FOR THE STANDARD OPTION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THE
ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TABLE FOR THAT
DISTRICT. IF ONLY ONE SET OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS IS
PROVIDED FOR A ZONING DISTRICT, THOSE STANDARDS SHALL BE
CONSIDERED THE STANDARD OPTION.

4. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION. WHEN THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION IS UTILIZED FOR A




T
SUBDIVISION AND/OR DEVELOPMENT, A SITE PLAN MUST BE
SUBMITTED, REVIEWED, AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 507. THE SITE PLAN SHALL ILLUSTRATE COMPLIANCE
WITH ALL OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR THE PRD
OPTION.




AF
Section 608.H (Bonus Provisions)




R
H. Reserved. BONUS PROVISIONS.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION DENSITY BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING
THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, SINGLE-
FAMILY SUBDIVISIONS IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN INCREASED DENSITY AS




D SHOWN IN TABLE 608.H.1 BY PROVIDING SITE AMENITIES AND
ENHANCEMENTS FROM TABLE 608.H.2, UP TO THE MAXIMUM
DENSITY PERMITTED BY THE DISTRICT:




TABLE 608.H.1
PERMISSIBLE DENSITY BONUS BY DISTRICT

0.05 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
RE-35 AND R1-18
EARNED

0.10 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R1-10, R1-8, AND R1-6
EARNED

0.25 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-2, R-3, AND R-3A
EARNED


R-4 AND R-5

T
0.50 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
EARNED




AF
R
D
TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT

INCREASE COMMON LANDSCAPED SETBACK
10 PTS. 1. ADJACENT TO PERIMETER STREET TO A MINIMUM 20
FEET.



10 PTS./FEATURE 2.
T
PROVIDE A MAJOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,500 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

PROVIDE A MINOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A




AF
5 PTS./FEATURE




20 PTS.
3.




4.
MINIMUM 1,000 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

STREETSCAPE

PROVIDE DETACHED SIDEWALKS SEPARATED FROM
THE CURB BY A MINIMUM 5-FOOT WIDE PLANTING
AREA. PLANTING AREA SHALL BE PLANTED WITH
MINIMUM 24-INCH BOX SIZE TREES PLANTED AT A
RATE OF 1 PER LOT, TURF OR 5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS
FOR EVERY TREE AND GROUND COVER; AND




R
10 PTS. 5.
SUPPLIED WITH AN ADEQUATE IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

PROVIDE LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION FOR ALL
FRONT YARDS WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT WHICH
SHALL INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 24-INCH BOX TREE,
5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS, AND GROUND COVER.




D
5 PTS.




10 PTS.
5A.




6.
RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL 5 BONUS POINTS FOR
EACH ADDITIONAL TREE (MINIMUM 15-GALLON).

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR DRIVEWAYS AND ON-LOT
SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST
OF CONSISTENT ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE
FEATURES, E.G. INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS,
BORDERS.




TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE STREETS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 7. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.




10 PTS. 8.
T
PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL
TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.,
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.




AF
2 PTS./FEATURE


5 PTS.



5 PTS.
9.


10.



11.
PROVIDE LANDSCAPED MEDIAN ISLANDS.

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREET FURNITURE
PACKAGE CONSISTING OF CUSTOM STREET SIGNS,
BUS SHELTERS AND BENCHES.

PROVIDE CUSTOM STREETLIGHT STANDARDS
AND/OR FIXTURES.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREETSCAPE PLAN,




R
25 PTS. 12.
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT OR OTHER MEANS
WHICH SHALL ADDRESS VISUAL INTEREST AT A
PEDESTRIAN SCALE; RHYTHM, FORM AND MASSING;
AND RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS TO EACH OTHER FOR
THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION. SUCH PLAN SHALL
PROVIDE ELEVATIONS, COLOR OPTIONS, AND LIMIT
WHICH MODEL(S)/ELEVATION(S) MAY OR MAY NOT




D
25 PTS.




10 PTS.
13.




14.
BE SITED ON INDIVIDUAL LOTS.

PROVIDE HOUSE PLANS WHICH DEMONSTRATE AN
ENHANCED LEVEL OF ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AS
APPROVED BY THE DESIGN ADVISOR.

PROVIDE PREMIUM GRADE EXTERIOR MATERIALS
AND FINISHES AS APPROVED BY THE DESIGN
ADVISOR.




TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMON OPEN SPACE, SUCH
2 PTS. 15. THAT EACH ADDITIONAL 1% OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE EARNS 2 BONUS POINTS.


10 PTS./FEATURE 16.

T
PROVIDE MAJOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
AMENITIES (E.G., TENNIS COURTS, POOL,
COMMUNITY MEETING ROOM).

PROVIDE MINOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
AMENITIES (E.G., BIKEPATH OR MULTI-USE TRAIL




AF
5 PTS./FEATURE




2.
17.
WHICH PROVIDE AN INTERNAL LINKAGE WITHIN THE
DEVELOPMENT AS WELL AS A CONNECTION TO
SIMILAR FACILITIES LOCATED AT THE PERIMETER
OF THE SITE).


MULTI-FAMILY OPEN SPACE BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL OPTION, MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENTS IN THE R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN A ONE PERCENT
DENSITY BONUS FOR EACH TWO PERCENT OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OPEN SPACE
REQUIRED FOR THE DEVELOPMENT.




R a. THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT SHALL
DETERMINE THE ADEQUACY OF COMMON OPEN SPACE AS
PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS. OPEN SPACE
SHALL NOT INCLUDE:




D 1.

2.

3.
PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.

VEHICULAR DRIVES OR PARKING AREAS.

PRIVATE PATIO AREAS, NARROW STRIPS BETWEEN OR
IN FRONT OF UNITS; OR, IN GENERAL, AREAS
RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF INDIVIDUAL
TENANTS.




4. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT THE EXTERIOR
BOUNDARIES OF THE SITE.

5. GOLF COURSES.

b. IN NO CASE SHALL THE DENSITY OF THE DEVELOPMENT
EXCEED THE MAXIMUM DENSITY ALLOWED BY THE DISTRICT.

3. AFFORDABLE HOUSING INCENTIVES. IN ORDER TO OVERCOME A




T
DEMONSTRATED DEFICIENCY IN THE SUPPLY OF HOUSING FOR
PERSONS OF LOW INCOME, INCENTIVES ARE ESTABLISHED TO
FOSTER THE PROVISION OF SUCH HOUSING.

a. APPLICABILITY. ALL DEVELOPMENT LOCATED WITHIN A
ZONING DISTRICT SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION




AFb.
608 PROVIDING AFFORDABLE HOUSING AS DEFINED IN
SECTION 202.

DENSITY BONUS.

(1) ONE ADDITIONAL UNIT SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR EVERY
TWO AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS, PROVIDED THAT
THE OVERALL PROJECT DENSITY DOES NOT EXCEED 10
PERCENT BEYOND THAT WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE BE
ALLOWED.




R (2) A DENSITY BONUS AWARDED PER THIS SECTION SHALL
APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM DENSITY FOR ANY DISTRICT
AND MAY BE IN ADDITION TO A DENSITY BONUS
EARNED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 608.H.1 or
608.H.2.




D c. OTHER REQUIREMENTS. THE TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS
WITHIN A PROJECT SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE HOUSING
DEPARTMENT.

Section 608.I (Single-Family Infill Subdivisions)
I. Development Regulations. Following are definitions of terms used in the
development standards tables for each district:




1. Minimum lot dimension: The minimum width and depth of lot lines and
where specified, the minimum area of each lot.

2. Dwelling unit density: The total number of dwelling units on a site divided
by the gross area of the site.

a. Density Bonus Points. Additional density may be granted by earning
density bonus points by providing site enhancements from the table
below, as follows:

(1)



T
Single-family detached development in the R1-10 through R1-
6 districts (Sections 611 through 613) may earn increased
density of 0.1 du/ac for each ten density bonus points earned
when also using the planned residential development option,
up to the maximum density allowed by the district.




AF
Bonus Points
(2) Single-family detached development in the R-2 through R-4A
districts (Sections 614 through 619) may earn increased
density of 0.275 du/ac for each five density bonus points
earned when also using the planned residential development
option, up to the maximum density allowed by the district.
However, at least half of the bonus points used to achieve
densities in excess of 7.5 du/ac must be from the architectural
design bonus point category.


Enhancement Category




R
10 pts.


10 pts./feature
PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT
1.


2.
Increase common landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter street to 20' avg./15' minimum.

Provide a major entry feature with a minimum 1,500
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter




D
5 pts./feature




20 pts.
3.



STREETSCAPE

1.
landscaping and right-of-way).

Provide a minor entry feature with a minimum 1,000
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).



Provide detached sidewalks separated from the curb
by a minimum 5'-wide planting area. Planting area




shall be planted with minimum 24"-box size trees
planted at a rate of 1 per lot, turf or 5 5-gallon shrubs
for every tree and ground cover; and supplied with
an adequate irrigation system.

10 pts. 2. Provide landscaping and irrigation for all front yards
within the development which shall include a
minimum of 1 24"-box tree, 5 5-gallon shrubs, and
ground cover.

5 pts. 2a. Receive an additional 5 bonus points for each
additional tree (minimum 15-gallon).

10 pts. 3.

T
Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for
driveways and on-lot sidewalks. Partial treatment
shall consist of consistent accent treatment for all
like features, e.g. intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts.




10 pts.
AF
2 pts./feature

5 pts.
4.




5.




6.

7.
Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private streets. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private sidewalks. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.,
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

Provide landscaped median islands.

Provide a comprehensive street furniture package




R
5 pts.



25 pts.
consisting of custom street signs, bus shelters and
benches.

Provide custom streetlight standards and/or fixtures.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN

1. Provide a comprehensive streetscape plan,




D development agreement or other means which shall
address visual interest at a pedestrian scale; rhythm,
form and massing; and relationship of units to each
other for the entire subdivision. Such plan shall
provide elevations, color options, and limit which
model(s)/elevation(s) may or may not be sited on
individual lots.




25 pts. 2. Provide house plans which demonstrate an
enhanced level of architectural design as approved
by the design advisor.

10 pts. 3. Provide premium grade exterior materials and
finishes as approved by the design advisor.

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

2 pts. 1. Provide additional common area, such that each
additional 1% of common area earns 2 bonus points.

10 pts./feature


5 pts./feature
2.


3.
T
Provide major private recreational amenities (e.g.,
tennis courts, pool, community meeting room).

Provide minor private recreational amenities (e.g.,
bikepath or multi-use trail which provide an internal
linkage within the development as well as a
connection to similar facilities located at the




AF b.
perimeter of the site).


Additional Common Area/Open Space. Additional density may be
granted by providing additional common area above any minimum
requirements as follows:

(1) Qualifying developments (listed below) may earn:

(a) A one percent density bonus for each four percent of
basic common area; or




R (b)


(c)
A one percent density bonus for each two percent of
improved common area.

The Planning and Development Department shall
determine the adequacy of both basic and improved
common areas as part of the development review




D process. Open space shall not include:

(i)

(ii)
Public right-of-way.

Vehicular drives or parking areas.




(iii) Private patio areas, narrow strips between or in
front of units; or, in general, areas reserved for
the exclusive use of individual tenants.

(iv) Required setback areas at the exterior
boundaries of the site.

(v) Golf courses.

(d) In no case shall the density of the development exceed


(2)
T
the maximum density allowed by the district.

Developments qualifying for the additional common area/open
space density bonus are as follows:

(a) Single-family development in the RE-35 and R1-18




AF (b)




(c)
zoning districts (Sections 609 and 610), when also
using the planned residential development option.

Single-family attached development in the R1-10
through R-4A zoning districts (Sections 611 through
619), when using the planned residential development
option.

Single-family development in the R-2 through R-4A
zoning districts (Sections 614 through 619), when using
the single-family infill development option.




R (d) Multi-family development in the R1-10 through R-4A
zoning districts (Sections 611 through 619), when using
the planned residential development option.




D
3. Perimeter standards: Setbacks for structures which are required at the
perimeter of a development. These standards shall apply only to lots which
are created by a subdivision or a project approved under the provisions of
Section 507. These standards shall not apply in the following circumstances:
when contiguous developments are to be developed using the same
development option with the same perimeter standards and are on the same
preliminary plat or are platted concurrently; when the perimeter of a
development is contiguous to a permanent open space, such as a natural
wash, hillside preserve, or existing golf course, the depth of which is at least
forty feet; or when the development was properly platted prior to September


4.

5.
13, 1981.



T
Building setback: The required separation of buildings from lot lines.

Maximum height: The maximum allowed height as measured from natural
grade which measurement shall be as in chapter 2.

6.


7.




8.
AF
Lot coverage: The maximum area of a lot occupied by structures and open
projections as defined in chapter 2.

Common areas: Required areas in a planned residential development to be
used and enjoyed by residents of a development and either improved in
accordance with the standards in chapter 2 or maintained in a natural state
as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

Allowed Development: The development options tables provided in
Sections 609 through 619 indicate the only types of residential development




R
9.
permitted under each development option and associated development
regulations. The complete list of all permitted uses, including accessory and
temporary uses, is provided in Section 608.C.

Required review: Development review in accordance with Section 507 of
this ordinance, and subdivision review in accordance with chapter 32 of the




D
10.


11.
Phoenix City Code when new lots are created.

Required parking: The minimum number of off-street parking spaces to be
provided and which shall be according to Section 702.A.

Street standards: The class of street required to provide access to any
parcel or subdivided lot within a development.




***


I.
T
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS.

1. APPLICABILITY. THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL REGULATIONS OF THIS
SECTION SHALL APPLY TO SUBDIVISIONS MEETING ALL OF THE




AF
FOLLOWING CRITERIA:

a.




b.


c.
THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT ZONED HP OR HP-L, NOR
DESIGNATED AS HISTORIC ON THE NATIONAL REGISTER OF
HISTORICAL PLACES.

THE SUBDIVISION IS ZONED R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1,
C-2, C-3, DTC, OR WU CODE;

THE SUBDIVISION EITHER UTILIZES THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION, OR THE DISTRICT




R d.
SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT AN SFI SUBDIVISION MAY BE
DEVELOPED PER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION;

THE SUBDIVISION IS EITHER LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL PLAN,
OR THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA




D IDENTIFIED AS “APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS OBTAINED
USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND




e. FOR EXISTING SUBDIVISIONS RECORDED PRIOR TO 2024
ONLY: THE PLAT HAS THE SUBTITLE “A SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED SUBDIVISION”; “A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISION”; “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DEVELOPMENT
OPTION”; OR ANOTHER ANALOGOUS SUBTITLE AS
DETERMINED BY THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR.




T
AF
R
D
FIGURE 608.I.1
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT AREAS




T
AF
R
D
2. SPECIAL PLANNING AREAS. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN
THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND REDEVELOPMENT
AREAS, OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING
DISTRICTS, AND SPECIFIC PLANS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING DISTRICTS,
REDEVELOPMENT AREAS OR SPECIFIC PLANS SHALL APPLY.

3. SFI DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

a.



T
THE FOLLOWING TABLE PROVIDES MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS TO BE APPLIED TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION
DEVELOPED UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION:




AF TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISIONS


(1)


(2)


(3)


(4)
LOT WIDTH
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)
20 FEET


NONE


SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT


SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT




R
(5)



(6)


(7)
INDIVIDUAL LOT SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

GARAGE DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS
NONE



THREE FEET


PER SECTION 701.A.3.c




D
(8)




(9)
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER
BUILDING SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)


PERIMETER STREET
LANDSCAPE SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)
PERIMETER STREET, FRONT: 10 FEET
PERIMETER STREET, SIDE: 15 FEET
PERIMETER STREET, REAR: PER SECTION 608.I.4.d
OTHER PERIMETER: 10 FEET


10 FEET, REQUIRED TO BE
COMMUNITY/ASSOCIATION MAINTAINED. MAY BE




TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISIONS
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE REQUIRED BUILDING
SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) PER SECTION 608.I.3.b
(MAXIMUM)

LOT COVERAGE INDIVIDUAL LOTS: NO MAXIMUM
(11)
(MAXIMUM) OTHER PARCELS/TRACTS: 50%

COMMON OPEN SPACE
(12)


(13)



(14)
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENTS


OTHER APPLICABLE
T
SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT


PER SECTION 608.I.7


SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB A




AF
REGULATIONS:



b.
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT.

(1) IN ALL DISTRICTS, THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT
MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE
INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM
PERMITTED HEIGHT.




R (2)



(3)
FOR PROPERTIES ZONED R-5, THE MAXIMUM
PERMITTED HEIGHT IS 48 FEET.

FOR PROPERTIES ZONED DTC, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT
SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE
CHARACTER AREA.




D (4) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED WU CODE, THE MAXIMUM
HEIGHT SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE
TRANSECT.




(5) IN ALL OTHER DISTRICTS, THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT IS 40 FEET WITHIN 150 FEET OF THE
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER, WITH A ONE-FOOT HEIGHT
INCREASE PERMITTED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE-
FOOT SETBACK TO A MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF
48 FEET.

c. ALL OTHER DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE
UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT ARE APPLICABLE UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THIS


4.
SECTION.


T
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL DESIGN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS.

a. INDIVIDUAL UNITS FRONTING ON STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY
SHALL PROVIDE A FRONT ENTRY THAT IS EITHER ELEVATED,




AF
b.


c.
DEPRESSED OR INCLUDES A FEATURE SUCH AS A LOW WALL
TO ACCENTUATE THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE. (R*)

REQUIRED PARKING SPACES SHALL NOT FRONT ON OR BE
ACCESSED FROM A PERIMETER STREET. (R*)

FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL BE
NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FRONT
SETBACK. (R*)




R d.




e.
NO REAR PROPERTY LINE OF ANY LOT IN AN SFI SUBDIVISION
SHALL ABUT EITHER A PERIMETER STREET OR AN
ASSOCIATED PERIMETER STREET LANDSCAPE SETBACK
AREA. (R*)

ATTACHED DWELLING UNITS CONSTRUCTED IN A ROW SHALL




D
5.
NOT EXCEED A TOTAL LENGTH OF 200 FEET WITHOUT HAVING
A MINIMUM 20-FOOT-WIDE OPEN AREA. (R*)

LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS.




a. TREES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN REQUIRED LANDSCAPE
SETBACKS AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 20 FEET ON CENTER OR
EQUIVALENT GROUPINGS, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) FIFTY PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES SHALL BE
MINIMUM ONE-AND-ONE-HALF-INCH CALIPER AT THE
TIME OF INSTALLATION.

(2) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES




(3) T
SHALL BE MINIMUM TWO-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-
TRUNKED TREES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES
SHALL BE MINIMUM THREE-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-
TRUNKED TREES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.




6.
AF
b. A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE-GALLON SHRUBS PER TREE SHALL
BE PROVIDED. (T)

PARKING REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 702 APPLIES TO SFI
DEVELOPMENT, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THIS
SECTION.

a. A MINIMUM OF ONE COVERED PARKING SPACE PER
DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED ON THE SAME LOT AS
THE UNIT FOR WHICH IT IS PROVIDED.




R b.




c.
COVERED PARKING SETBACKS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE
LARGER THAN THE BUILDING SETBACKS REQUIRED FOR THE
DWELLING UNIT.

A MINIMUM 0.25 ADDITIONAL UNRESERVED GUEST PARKING




D
7.
SPACE PER DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED WITHIN
ANY SFI DEVELOPMENT.

VEHICULAR ACCESS AND MANEUVERING.

a. ALL MANEUVERING FOR ON-SITE PARKING MUST BE LOCATED
ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND NOT WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-
WAY. (T)




b. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM A PUBLIC STREET OR
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY IS PERMITTED. (T)

c. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS
PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND THE STREET TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT HAS APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM
PAVING STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

d.



T
ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS
PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1, WITH THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:




AF
e.
(1)




(2)
THE SFI SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ACROSS THE
ALLEY FROM EITHER A SINGLE-FAMILY OR HP ZONING
DISTRICT. (R)

THE STREET TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT HAS
APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM PAVING
STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

INDIVIDUAL LOTS MAY FRONT ON A PUBLIC STREET, PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY, OR PRIVATE DRIVE, AS APPROVED BY THE CITY
TO ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT MANEUVERING AND PUBLIC




R
8.
UTILITY ACCESS. (T)

WALLS/FENCES.

a. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN
REQUIRED PERIMETER LANDSCAPE SETBACKS IS 40 INCHES.




D b.
(R*)

THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN
REQUIRED OPEN SPACE AREAS IS 40 INCHES, WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF REQUIRED POOL FENCES AND OTHER
NECESSARY VIEW FENCES, AS APPROVED BY PDD. (R*)




9. SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE IS SUBJECT TO THE REGULATIONS OF SECTION
705, TABLE D-1, SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL.

Section 608.J (Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments)

J. Incentives for Affordable Housing. In order to overcome a demonstrated deficiency
in the supply of housing for persons of low and moderate income, incentives are
established to foster the provision of such housing.

1. Applicability. All development located within a zoning district subject to the
provisions of Section 608 providing affordable housing as defined in Section
202.

2. Density Bonus.

a. T
One additional unit shall be allowed for every two affordable housing
units; provided, that the overall project density does not exceed ten
percent beyond that which would otherwise be allowed.




J.
3.
AF
b. A density bonus awarded per this section shall apply to the maximum
density for any district and may be in addition to a density bonus
earned per the provisions of Section 608.I.2.

Other Requirements. The total number of units within a project shall be as
approved by the Department of Housing.

OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS. OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT IS SUBJECT TO USE PERMIT
APPROVAL IN THE C-1, C-2, AND C-3 DISTRICTS, IN ADDITION TO ZONING
DISTRICTS INDICATED IN SECTION 608.D; AND SUBJECT TO THE




R FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS:

1.


2.
THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 703.B DO NOT APPLY TO OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS.

THESE REGULATIONS APPLY TO DEVELOPMENT OF A SINGLE LOT




D 3.
OR PARCEL, NOT TO BE FURTHER SUBDIVIDED.

PLACEMENT FOR EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL BE
PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:




a. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES AND TEN FEET BETWEEN AWNINGS
AND CANOPIES. ALL ANNEXES OR STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS
SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.

b. THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST 40 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY.




4.
c.



T
NO OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME, ANNEX OR
STRUCTURAL ADDITION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN EIGHT FEET
TO ANY PRIVATE ACCESSWAY OR PRIVATE DRIVE.

EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE SHALL HAVE
PRIVATE OUTDOOR LIVING SPACE OF AT LEAST 150 SQUARE FEET.




5.




6.
AF
THE DIMENSION OF THIS SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 FEET IN
WIDTH.

AT EACH OCCUPIED OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE,
THERE SHALL BE AN ENCLOSED STORAGE LOCKER FOR YARD
TOOLS AND OTHER BULKY ITEMS CONVENIENT TO THE SPACE WITH
A STORAGE CAPACITY OF AT LEAST 150 CUBIC FEET.

ALL AREAS NOT COVERED BY STRUCTURES OR PAVED SURFACES
SHALL BE LANDSCAPED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE APPROVED DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DOCUMENTS REQUIRED




R
7.
UNDER SECTION 507.

SCREENING THE PERIMETER OF AN OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED
HOME DEVELOPMENT BY A WALL OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL
MAY BE REQUIRED AS A CONDITION OF USE PERMIT APPROVAL.




D
8. THERE SHALL BE A NETWORK OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS
CONNECTING OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACES WITH EACH
OTHER AND WITH DEVELOPMENT FACILITIES AND AMENITIES.




9. IF STORAGE YARDS ARE PROVIDED, THERE SHALL BE A SCREENED
STORAGE YARD OR YARDS FOR BOATS, RECREATIONAL VEHICLES,
ETC. SUCH STORAGE YARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 60
SQUARE FEET OF STORAGE SPACE FOR EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL
BE LOCATED SO AS TO NOT DETRACT FROM SURROUNDING
PROPERTIES. ALL BOATS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLES SHALL BE
PARKED IN THE STORAGE YARD.

10. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL (1) BE AFFIXED




11. T
PERMANENTLY TO THE GROUND OR (2) HAVE SKIRTING AROUND
ITS PERIMETER TO SCREEN ITS WHEELS AND UNDERCARRIAGE.

ALL UTILITIES AND THE WIRES OF ANY CENTRAL TELEVISION OR
RADIO ANTENNA SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.

12.




13.




14.
AF
NOT MORE THAN 15 PERCENT OF THE SPACES IN ANY ONE OFF-
SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE DEVELOPED
OR USED FOR RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

DEVELOPMENT OF OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME COMMUNITIES
SHALL BE UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION APPLICABLE IN THE UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT.

PRIVATE DRIVES MAY BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.




R
15. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE TOTAL
AREA OF THE OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT
DEDICATED OR RESERVED AS USABLE COMMON OPEN SPACE
LAND. COMMON OPEN SPACE LANDS SHALL BE CLEARLY
DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN AS TO THE CHARACTER OF USE AND
DEVELOPMENT BUT SHALL NOT INCLUDE:




D a.


b.
AREAS RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR BENEFIT OF
AN INDIVIDUAL TENANT OR OWNER; NOR

DEDICATED STREETS, ALLEYS, AND OTHER PUBLIC RIGHTS-
OF-WAY; NOR




c. VEHICULAR DRIVES, PARKING, LOADING, AND STORAGE
AREAS; NOR

d. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT EXTERIOR BOUNDARIES OF
THE SITE; NOR

e. GOLF COURSES.

ADEQUATE GUARANTEES MUST BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE
PERMANENT RETENTION OF OPEN SPACE LAND AREA RESULTING




T
FROM THE APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS, EITHER BY
PRIVATE RESERVATION FOR THE USE OF THE RESIDENTS WITHIN
THE DEVELOPMENT OR BY DEDICATION TO THE PUBLIC, OR A
COMBINATION THEREOF.

***




AF
SECTION 4: That Chapter 6, Section 609 (RE-35 Single-Family Residence

District) is amended to read as follows:

Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District
Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District




B.
***

District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the
RE-35 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in




R Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




D
T
Standards
AF
Minimum lot
(a)
Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options



Subdivision

150' width, 175' depth
(b)
Average Lot

100' width, 125' depth
(c)
Planned Residential


None
Development




R
dimensions (width
and depth)


Dwelling unit density
(units/gross acre)

Perimeter standards
(Minimum area 35,000
sq. ft.)


1.10


None
1.10


40' front or rear, 20'
1.15; 1.32 with bonus


40' adjacent to a public




D
Building setbacks


Maximum height
40' front, 40' rear, 20'
side

2 stories and 30'
side




25' front, 50' total front
and rear

2 stories and 30'
street(2); this area is to be in
common ownership unless
lots front on the perimeter
public street; 20' adjacent to
property line

25' front


2 stories and 30'




Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Lot coverage 25%, except if all 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional
structures are less than 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
20' and 1 story in height attached shade attached shade structures.
then a maximum of structures. Total: 40%. Total: 40%.
40% lot coverage is
allowed.

Common areas

Allowed development


Required review
None

Single-family detached


Subdivision to create 4
or more lots
T
None

Single-family attached;
plus (a)

Subdivision with
building setbacks
Minimum 5% of gross area

Single-family attached; plus
(a)

Site plan per Section 507




AF
Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.


TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS


(A)
(B)




RCATEGORY



(1)


(2)
LOT WIDTH
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)
STANDARD OPTION


150 FEET


175 FEET
NONE.


NONE.
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)




D(3)



(4)
DEVELOPMENT
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)
1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS)



1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS);
1.5 WITH BONUS

1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
1.5 WITH BONUS




TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 40 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 40 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 20 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE

GARAGE
(6)



(7)
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
T
SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A
SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS


PER SECTION 701.A.3.B



(8)




(9)




(10)
AF
PERIMETER
BUILDING
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER
STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)
NONE




NONE




2 STORIES AND 30 FEET

25%, EXCEPT IF ALL
PERIMETER STREET: 40 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 20 FEET



20 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
PART OF THE REQUIRED BUILDING
SETBACK.

2 STORIES AND 30 FEET




R
(11)




(12)
LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)




COMMON OPEN
SPACE
STRUCTURES ARE LESS
THAN 20 FEET AND 1
STORY IN HEIGHT THEN A
MAXIMUM OF 40% LOT
COVERAGE IS ALLOWED.



NONE
40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT




5% OF GROSS AREA




D
(13)




(14)
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT


OTHER
APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
PUBLIC STREET



SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
32, CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB
A;
BONUS: SECTION 608.H




SECTION 5: That Chapter 6, Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family Residence

District), is amended to read as follows:

Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District.
Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District

***

B.


T
District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used IN
THE R1-18 DISTRICT for each district. The definitions of terms used in these
standards are found in Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL
DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS.




AF ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




R
D Illustrations of Development Options




Table 610.A
R1-18 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 130' width, 120' depth 90' width, 80' depth None
dimensions (width (Minimum area 18,000
and depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 1.95 1.95 2.05; 2.34 with bonus
(units/gross acre)

Perimeter standards None

T
30' front or rear, 10'
side
20' adjacent to a public
street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street; 15'
adjacent to property line




AF
Building setbacks


Maximum height

Lot coverage




Common areas
25' front, 30' rear, 10'
side

2 stories and 30'

30%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures

Total: 40%

None
25' front, 50' total front
plus rear

2 stories and 30'

30%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures

Total: 40%

None
25' front


2 stories and 30'

30%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade structures

Total: 40%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review


Street standards
Single-family detached


Subdivision to create 4
or more lots

Public street required
Single-family attached;
plus (a)

Subdivision with
building setbacks

Public street
Single-family attached; plus
(a)

Site plan per Section 507


Public street or private
accessway (1)




D (1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.




TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 130 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 120 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)


(3)



(4)
DEVELOPMENT
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)
T
2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)



2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
2.5 WITH BONUS

2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
2.5 WITH BONUS



(5)




(6)



(7)




(8)
AF
INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING
FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: 30 FEET
SIDES: 10 FEET



SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A




NONE.
FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE


SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS


PER SECTION 701.A.3.B



PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.




R
(9)
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER
STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET



15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE WHERE
LOTS FRONT ON PERIMETER
STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
PART OF THE REQUIRED
BUILDING SETBACK.




D
(10)




(11)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)



LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET

30%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
ATTACHED SHADE
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 40%
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET




40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT




TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY




(14)
REQUIREMENT


OTHER
APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
T
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
BONUS: SECTION 608.H




AF
SECTION 6: That Chapter 6, Section 611 (R1-10 Single-Family Residence

District), is amended to read as follows:

Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District.
Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District




B.
***


District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in




R the R1-10 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




D
Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 75' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except

T
110' adjacent to freeway or
arterial
None, except
110' adjacent to freeway or
arterial


Dwelling




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
3.0



Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
3.5; 4.5 with bonus



Street(2)(front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to
landscape setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)



Minimum interior
building setbacks
None




Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
15' average, 10' minimum

(Does not apply to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);




D
Minimum building separation
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
unless 0')


10'
street side: 10'; sides: none
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths,
for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths,
for lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths,
for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths,
for lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50% plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50% plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision to
create 4 or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision to
create 4 or more lots




D
Street standards Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)




Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20 to 30
feet on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.




T
(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-




AF
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to the
development standards of Table 611.B.




R
D
Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards
Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot dimensions
(width and depth)
80' width, 94' depth

(Minimum area
10,000 sq. ft.) T
60' width, 65' depth None




AF
Dwelling unit density
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards




Building setbacks
3.50




None




25' front, 25' rear, 10'
3.50




30' front, 25' rear,
10' side




10' front, 35' front
3.68; 4.20 with bonus




20' adjacent to a public
street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street; 15'
adjacent to property line


10' front




R
Maximum height
and 3' side


2 stories and 30'
plus rear


2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories




D
Lot coverage 50%, plus an
additional 10% for an
ADU and/or attached
shade structures.

Total: 60%
50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures.

Total: 60%
50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade structures.

Total: 60%




Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards
Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Common areas


Allowed development
None


Single-family
detached(3) and
duplex
TNone


Single-family
attached; plus (a)
Minimum 5% of gross area


Multi-family plus (b)




AF
Required review




Street standards
Subdivision to create
4 or more lots


Public street required
Subdivision with
building setbacks


Public street
Site plan per Section 507




Public street or private
accessway(1)



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-




R of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




D
TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 80 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)


(3)



(4)
DEVELOPMENT
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)
T
3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)



3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)

FRONT: 25 FEET
3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
4.5 WITH BONUS

3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
4.5 WITH BONUS



(5)




(6)



(7)



(8)
AF
INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)


GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING
REAR: 25 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET


SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS.


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE.
FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE



FRONT: 18 FEET



PER SECTION 701.A.3.B



PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.




R
(9)
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER
STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET



15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
PART OF THE REQUIRED
BUILDING SETBACK.




D
(10)




(11)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)



LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
ATTACHED SHADE
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%
3 STORIES AND 30 FEET




60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT




TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY




(14)
REQUIREMENT


OTHER
APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS: T
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
BONUS: SECTION 608.H




AF
SECTION 7: That Chapter 6, Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence

District), is amended to read as follows:

Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District.
Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District




B.
***


District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in




R the R1-8 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




D
Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 65' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth



Dwelling
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


4.0
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


4.5; 5.5 with bonus




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks




Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)




None
Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story); Property line
(side): 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)


15' average, 10' minimum




R
perimeter streets(2)



Minimum interior
building setbacks
Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
unless 0')
(Does not apply to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none
(established by Building Code)




D
Minimum building separation


Minimum garage setback
10'


18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded
garages
None


18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded
garages




Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3




Lot coverage
T
50%, plus additional 10% for an
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus additional 10% for an




AF
Common areas


Allowed development


Required review
ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None


Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area


Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4




R
Street standards



Landscape standards
or more lots


Public street or private
accessway(1)
or more lots


Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'




D on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.




(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to the
development standards of Table 612.B.




T
AF Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)




Standards



Minimum lot dimensions
(width and depth)
(a)
Subdivision


70' width, 94' depth
(Minimum area 8,000
(b)
Average Lot


50' width, 65' depth
(c)
Planned Residential



None
Development




R
Dwelling
unit density (units/gross
acre)


Perimeter standards
sq. ft.)


4.30




None
4.30




25' front or rear 10' side
4.52; 5.16 with bonus




20' adjacent to a public




D
Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10'
and 3' side
10' front, 35' front plus
rear
street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on
the perimeter public
street; 15' adjacent to
property line


10' front




Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)



(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first




Lot coverage
50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
T
50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade
150'; 1' in 5' increase to
48' high and 4 stories

50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade structures




AF
Common areas



Allowed development




Required review
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None



Single-
family detached(3) an
d duplex


Subdivision to create
structures
Total: 60%



None



Single-family attached;
plus (a)



Subdivision with
Total: 60%




Minimum 5% of gross
area


Multi-family plus (b)




Site plan per Section 507




R
Street standards
4 or more lots


Public street required
building setbacks


Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.




D (2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




CATEGORY


LOT WIDTH
T
TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A)
STANDARD OPTION
(B)
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

(1)


(2)



(3)



(4)




(5)
AF
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)


INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
70 FEET


94 FEET



4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)



4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)

FRONT: 20 FEET
REAR: 25 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
NONE.


NONE.


4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
5.5 WITH BONUS

4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
5.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE




R
(6)
(MINIMUM)


GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET


SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS.
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE



FRONT: 18 FEET




D
(7)



(8)
PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE.
PER SECTION 701.A.3.B



PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET




TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE WHERE
STREET LOTS FRONT ON PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

(10)




(11)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)



LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)
T
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
ATTACHED SHADE
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%
3 STORIES AND 30 FEET




60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT




(12)



(13)




(14)
AF
COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT


OTHER
APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
NONE.



PUBLIC STREET



SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A
5% OF GROSS AREA



PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
BONUS: SECTION 608.H




R SECTION 8: That Chapter 6, Section 613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence

District)), is amended to read as follows:

Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District.
Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District




D
B.
***


District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-6 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced




Minimum lot depth
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


Dwelling




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
5.0



Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
5.5; 6.5 with bonus



Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)
None
story), 15' (2-story)


15' average, 10' minimum(Does
not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets)




D
Minimum interior
building setbacks




Minimum building separation
Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
unless 0')


10'
Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots




D
Street standards



Landscape standards
Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.




(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 613.B.




T
AF Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)



Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Planned Residential
Development




R
Minimum lot
dimensions (width and
depth)


Dwelling unit density
60' width, 94' depth
(Minimum area 6,000
sq. ft.)


5.30
40' width, 60' depth




5.30
None




5.54; 6.34 with bonus




D
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10'
side
20' adjacent to a public
street(2); this area is to be in
common ownership unless
lots front on the perimeter
public street; 15' adjacent
to property line




Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front 10' front
and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30'

T
2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas


Allowed development
50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None


Single-family
detached(3) and duplex
50%, plus an
additional 10% for an
ADU and/or attached
shade structures
Total: 60%


None


Single-family
attached plus (a)
50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade structures
Total: 60%



Minimum 5% of gross area


Multi-family plus (b)




R
Required review



Street standards
Subdivision to create 4
or more lots


Public street required
Subdivision with
building setbacks


Public street
Development review per
Section 507


Public street or private
accessway(1)




D (1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




CATEGORY


LOT WIDTH
T
TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A)
STANDARD OPTION
(B)
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

(1)


(2)



(3)



(4)




(5)
AF
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)


INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
60 FEET


94 FEET



5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)



5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)

FRONT: 20 FEET
REAR: 25 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
NONE.


NONE.


5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
6.5 WITH BONUS

5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
6.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE




R
(6)
(MINIMUM)


GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET


SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE



FRONT: 18 FEET




D
(7)



(8)
PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE.
PER SECTION 701.A.3.B



PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET




TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

(10)




(11)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)



LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)
T
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
ATTACHED SHADE
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%
3 STORIES AND 30 FEET




60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT




(12)



(13)




(14)
AF
COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT


OTHER
APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
NONE.



PUBLIC STREET



SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A
5% OF GROSS AREA



PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
BONUS: SECTION 608.H




R SECTION 9: That Chapter 6, Section 614 (R-2 Multifamily Residence District), is

amended to read as follows:

Section 614. R-2 Multi-Family Residence District.
Section 614. R-2 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District




D
A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family




T
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.




AF
Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.




R
B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-2 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




D
Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth



Dwelling
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


5.0
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


6.5; 12 with bonus




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)


Minimum interior
building setbacks
None




Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
15' average, 10' minimum (Does
not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none




D
Minimum building separation
unless 0')


10'
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots




D
Street standards



Landscape standards
Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.




(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 614.B.




T
AF Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)



(a) (b)
(c)
(d)




R Standards




Minimum lot
dimensions (width
and depth)
Subdivision



60' width, 94'
depth (Minimum
area 6,000 sq. ft.)
Average Lot




40' width, 60'
depth
Planned
Residential
Development



None
Single-Family
Infill(4)



Development site:
none. Individual
dwelling lot: 20'.




D
Dwelling unit
density
(units/gross acre)
10.0 10.0
10.50; 12.00 with
bonus
10.50; 12.00 with
bonus




Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development




Perimeter
None
T
25' front or rear
20' adjacent to a
public street(2);
this area is to be
in common
ownership unless
10' for units
fronting street
rights-of-way; 15'
for units siding
street rights-of-
way. This area is




AF
standards




Building setbacks




Maximum height
20' front, 25' rear,
10' and 3' side




2 stories and 30'
10' side




10' front, 35' front
plus rear




2 stories and 30'
lots front on the
perimeter public
street; 15'
adjacent to
property line



10' front



2 stories and 30'
for first 150'; 1' in
to be in common
ownership or
management. 10'
adjacent to
property line


Individual unit lot:
none


3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 1'
increase to 48'




R
Lot coverage
50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories



50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
height, 4-story
maximum(5)


100% for each
individual lot. 50%
for other parcels
or tracts with




D
Common areas
structures
Total: 60%



None
structures
Total: 60%



None
structures
Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of
gross area
accessory
structures



Minimum 5% of
gross area




Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development




Allowed
development
Single-family
detached(3) and
duplex
T
Single-family
attached plus (a)
Multi-family plus
(b)
Single-family
attached and
single-family
detached (per the
provisions of
Section 608.F.6




AF
Required review




Street standards
Subdivision to
create 4 or more
lots




Public street
required
Subdivision with
building setbacks




Public street
Development
review per
Section 507




Public street or
private
accessway(1)
only)


Development
review per
Section 507


Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
private
accessway.
Individual unit lot:




R private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.




D(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.




(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




T
AF ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




R
D
TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)


(3)



(4)
DEVELOPMENT
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(MAXIMUM)
T
10.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)



10.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
10.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
12.0 WITH BONUS


10.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
12.0 WITH BONUS




(5)




(6)



(7)
AF
INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)


GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS
FRONT: 20 FEET
REAR: 25 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET


SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS.


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A
FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE



18 FEET FRONT OR STREET
SIDE


PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




R
(8)
DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING SETBACK
(MINIMUM)


PERIMETER STREET
LANDSCAPE
NONE
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
FEET


15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A




D
(9)
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN




(11)
LOT COVERAGE
T
50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
ATTACHED SHADE
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**



60% TOTAL FOR




(12)



(13)
AF
(MAXIMUM)



COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%


NONE



PUBLIC STREET



SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DEVELOPMENT




5% OF GROSS AREA


PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507




R(14)
OTHER APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
703.B
TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY




D
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



SECTION 10: That Chapter 6, Section 615 (R-3 Multifamily Residence District),

is amended to read as follows:

Section 615. R-3 Multi-Family Residence District.
Section 615. R-3 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District



A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,




T
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual




AF
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid




R
B.
any adverse effect on property values.


District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-3 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,




D FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth



Dwelling
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


5.0
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


6.5; 12 with bonus




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)


Minimum interior
building setbacks
None




Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
15' average, 10' minimum (Does
not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none




D
Minimum building separation
unless 0')


10'
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots




D
Street standards



Landscape standards
Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.




(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 615.B.




T
AF
Standards
Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(a)
Subdivision
(b)
Average Lot
(c)
Planned
Residential
(d)
Single-Family
Infill(4)




R
Minimum lot
dimensions (width
and depth)

Dwelling unit
density
60' width, 94'
depth (Minimum
area 6,000 sq. ft.)


14.5
40' width, 60'
depth



14.5
Development


None



15.23; 17.40 with
bonus
Development site:
none. Individual
dwelling lot: 20'.


15.23; 17.40 with
bonus




D
(units/gross acre)




Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this


Perimeter
standards
None
T
20' front, 15' rear,
10' side
area is to be in
common
ownership unless
lots front on the
perimeter public
street(2); 15'
rights-of-way; 15'
for units siding
street rights-of-
way. This area is
to be in common
ownership or
management. 10'




AF
Building setbacks




Maximum height
25' front, 15' rear,
10' and 3' side




2 stories and 30'(5)




50%, plus an
10' front, 30' front
plus rear




2 stories and 30'(5)




50%, plus an
adjacent to
property line


10' front


2 stories and 30'
for first 150'; 1' in
5' increase to 48'
height, 4-story
maximum(5)

50%, plus an
adjacent to
property line

Individual unit lot:
none

3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 1'
increase to 48'
height, 4-story
maximum(5)

100% for each




R
Lot coverage




Common areas
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%

Minimum 5% of
gross area
individual lot. 50%
for other parcels
or tracts with
accessory
structures

Minimum 5% of
gross area




D
Allowed
development
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
attached and
single-family
detached (per the
provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)




Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks




Street standards
lots




Public street
T
Public street
Section 507




Public street or
private
Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
private
accessway.




AF required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.




R(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




D
T
AF ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




R TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS




D
CATEGORY



(1)


(2)
LOT WIDTH
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)
(A)
STANDARD OPTION


60 FEET


94 FEET
(B)
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL



NONE


NONE
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
15.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 14.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
17.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 15.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 14.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)




(5)
(MAXIMUM)


INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)
T
FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: 15 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET
17.5 WITH BONUS


FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE




(6)



(7)



(8)
AF
GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS.


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE
FRONT: 18 FEET



PER SECTION 701.A.3.B


PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
FEET




R
(9)
PERIMETER STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
NONE
15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM




D
(10)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%


(12)



(13)
COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT
NONE



PUBLIC STREET
T 5% OF GROSS AREA


PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY




(14)

AF
OTHER APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
703.B
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.




R SECTION 11: That Chapter 6, Section 616 (R-3A Multifamily Residence District),

is amended to read as follows:

Section 616. R-3A Multi-Family Residence District.




D
Section 616. R-3A Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family




T
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.




AF
Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.




R
B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-3A district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




D
Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth



Dwelling
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


5.0
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


6.5; 12 with bonus




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)


Minimum interior
building setbacks
None




Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
15' average, 10' minimum (Does
not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none




D
Minimum building separation
unless 0')


10'
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots




D
Street standards



Landscape standards
Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.




(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 616.B.




T
AF
Standards
Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(a)
Subdivision
(b)
Average Lot
(c)
Planned
Residential
(d)
Single-Family
Infill(4)




R
Minimum lot
dimensions (width
and depth)

Dwelling unit
density
60' width, 94'
depth (Minimum
area 6,000 sq. ft.)


40' width, 60'
depth



Development


None



23.1; 26.4 with
bonus
Development site:
none. Individual
dwelling lot: 20'.


23.1; 26.4 with
bonus




D
(units/gross acre)




Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this


Perimeter
standards
None
T
20' front, 15' rear,
10' side
area is to be in
common
ownership unless
lots front on the
perimeter public
street(2); 15'
rights-of-way; 15'
for units siding
street rights-of-
way. This area is
to be in common
ownership or
management. 10'




AF
Building setbacks




Maximum height
25' front, 15' rear,
10' and 3' side




3 stories or 40'(5)




50%, plus an
10' front, 30' front
plus rear




3 stories or 40'(5)




50%, plus an
adjacent to
property line


10' front


3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 5'
increase to 48'
height, 4-story
maximum(5)

50%, plus an
adjacent to
property line

Individual unit lot:
none

3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 1'
increase to 48'
height, 4-story
maximum(5)

100% for each




R
Lot coverage




Common areas
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%

Minimum 5% of
gross area
individual lot. 50%
for other parcels
or tracts with
accessory
structures

Minimum 5% of
gross area




D
Allowed
development
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
attached and
single-family
detached (per the
provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)




Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks




Street standards
lots




Public street
T
Public street
Section 507




Public street or
private
Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
private
accessway.




AF required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.




R(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




D
T
AF ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




R TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS




D
CATEGORY



(1)


(2)
LOT WIDTH
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)
(A)
STANDARD OPTION


60 FEET


94 FEET
(B)
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL



NONE


NONE
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
23.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 22.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
26.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 23.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 22.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)




(5)
(MAXIMUM)


INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)
T
FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: 15 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET
26.5 WITH BONUS


FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE




(6)



(7)



(8)
AF
GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE
FRONT: 18 FEET



PER SECTION 701.A.3.B


PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
FEET




R
(9)
PERIMETER STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
NONE
15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM




D
(10)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)
2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%


(12)



(13)
COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT
NONE



PUBLIC STREET
T 5% OF GROSS AREA


PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY




(14)

AF
OTHER APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
703.B
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.




R SECTION 12: That Chapter 6, Section 617 (R-4 Multifamily Residence District),

is amended to read as follows:

Section 617. R-4 Multi-Family Residence District.




D
Section 617. R-4 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family




T
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.




AF
Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.




R
B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-4 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




D
Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth



Dwelling
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


5.0
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


6.5; 12 with bonus




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)


Minimum interior
building setbacks
None




Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
15' average, 10' minimum (Does
not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none




D
Minimum building separation
unless 0')


10'
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots




D
Street standards



Landscape standards
Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.




(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 617.B.




T
AF
Standards
Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(a)
Subdivision
(b)
Average Lot
(c)
Planned
Residential
(d)
Single-Family
Infill(4)




R
Minimum lot
dimensions (width
and depth)

Dwelling unit
density
60' width, 94'
depth (Minimum
area 6,000 sq. ft.)


29.0
40' width, 60'
depth



29.0
Development


None



30.45; 34.80 with
bonus
Development site:
none. Individual
dwelling lot: 20'.


30.45; 34.80 with
bonus




D
(units/gross acre)




Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this


Perimeter
standards
None
T
20' front, 15' rear,
10' side
area is to be in
common
ownership unless
lots front on the
perimeter public
street(2); 15'
rights-of-way; 15'
for units siding
street rights-of-
way. This area is
to be in common
ownership or
management. 10'




AF
Building setbacks




Maximum height
20' front, 15' rear,
10' and 3' side




3 stories or 40'(5)




50%, plus an
10' front, 30' front
plus rear




3 stories or 40'(5)




50%, plus an
adjacent to
property line


10' front


3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 5'
increase to 48'
height, 4-story
maximum(5)

50%, plus an
adjacent to
property line

Individual unit lot:
none

3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 1'
increase to 48'
height, 4-story
maximum(5)

100% for each




R
Lot coverage




Common areas
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%


None
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
Total: 60%

Minimum 5% of
gross area
individual lot. 50%
for other parcels
or tracts with
accessory
structures

Minimum 5% of
gross area




D
Allowed
development
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
detached(3),
single-family
attached and
multi-family
Single-family
attached and
single-family
detached (per the
provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)




Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks




Street standards
lots




Public street
T
Public street
Section 507




Public street or
private
Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
private
accessway.




AF required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.




R(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




D
T
AF ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




R TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS




D
CATEGORY



(1)


(2)
LOT WIDTH
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)
(A)
STANDARD OPTION


60 FEET


94 FEET
(B)
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL



NONE


NONE
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
30.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 29.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
35.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 30.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 29.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)




(5)
(MAXIMUM)


INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)
T
FRONT: 20 FEET
REAR: 15 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET
35.0 WITH BONUS


FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE




(6)



(7)



(8)
AF
GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS.


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE
FRONT: 18 FEET



PER SECTION 701.A.3.B


PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
FEET




R
(9)
PERIMETER STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
NONE
15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM




D
(10)
BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)
3 STORIES AND 40 FEET**
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%


(12)



(13)
COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT
NONE



PUBLIC STREET
T 5% OF GROSS AREA


PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY




(14)

AF
OTHER APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
703.B
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.




R SECTION 13: That Chapter 6, Section 618 (R-5 Multifamily Residence District),

is amended to read as follows:

Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District.




D
Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District—Restricted Commercial




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family




T
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.




AF
Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.




R
B. District Regulations—Residential Uses. The following tables establishES
standards to be used in the R-5 district. The definitions of terms used in these
standards are found in Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option
must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608,
RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL




D DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth



Dwelling
T
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


5.0
None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial


6.5; 12 with bonus




AF
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb
acks
Front: 15';

Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)
Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
(in addition to landscape
setback);

Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




R
Common
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2)


Minimum interior
building setbacks
None




Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined
front and rear: 35', street side:
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum,
15' average, 10' minimum (Does
not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets)


Front: 10'; rear: none
(established by Building Code);
street side: 10'; sides: none




D
Minimum building separation
unless 0')


10'
(established by Building Code)


None




Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width




Maximum height
T
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30'
For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum


2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are




AF
Lot coverage




Common areas
50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


None
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade
structures

Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of gross area




R
Allowed development


Required review
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots
Single-family detached(3)


Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots




D
Street standards



Landscape standards
Public street or private
accessway(1)
Public street or private
accessway(1)


Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.




(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 618.B.




T
AF
Standards
Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(a)
Subdivision
(b)
Average Lot
(c)
Planned
Residential
(d)
Single-Family
Infill(4)




R
Minimum lot
dimensions (width
and depth)

Dwelling unit
density
60' width, 94'
depth (Minimum
area 6,000 sq. ft.)


43.5
40' width, 60'
depth



43.5
Development


None



45.68;52.20 with
bonus
Development site:
none. Individual
dwelling lot: 20'.


45.68;52.20 with
bonus




D
(units/gross acre)




Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this


Perimeter
standards
None
T
20' front, 15' rear,
10' side
area is to be in
common
ownership unless
lots front on the
perimeter public
street(2); 15'
rights-of-way; 15'
for units siding
street rights-of-
way. This area is
to be in common
ownership or
management. 10'




AF
Building setbacks


Maximum height




Lot coverage
20' front, 15' rear,
10' and 3' side

4 stories or 48'(5)

50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
10' front, 30' front
plus rear

4 stories or 48'(5)

50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
adjacent to
property line


10' front


4 stories or 48'(5)

50%, plus an
additional 10% for
an ADU and/or
attached shade
structures
adjacent to
property line

Individual unit lot:
none

4 stories or 48'(5)

100% for each
individual lot. 50%
for other parcels
or tracts with
accessory




R
Common areas




Allowed
Total: 60%


None




Single-family
detached, single-
Total: 60%


None




Single-family
detached, single-
Total: 60%

Minimum 5% of
gross area



Single-family
detached, single-
structures

Minimum 5% of
gross area

Single-family
attached and
single-family




D
development




Required review
family attached
and multi-family



Subdivision to
create 4 or more
lots
family attached
and multi-family




Subdivision with
building setbacks
family attached
and multi-family



Development
review per
Section 507
detached (per the
provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)

Development
review per
Section 507




Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Development site:
public street,


Street standards
Public street
required
T
Public street
Public street or
private
accessway(1)
public alley, or
private
accessway.
Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)




AF
(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which




R height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




D
T
AF ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




R TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS




D
CATEGORY



(1)


(2)
LOT WIDTH
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(MINIMUM)
(A)
STANDARD OPTION


60 FEET


94 FEET
(B)
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL



NONE


NONE
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)




TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
45.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 43.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
52.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 45.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 43.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)




(5)
(MAXIMUM)


INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)
T
FRONT: 20 FEET
REAR: 15 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
AND 3 FEET
52.5 WITH BONUS


FRONT: 10 FEET
REAR: NONE
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE




(6)



(7)



(8)
AF
GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT
ENTRY SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PROJECTIONS

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
BUILDING SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
SETBACKS


PER SECTION 701.A.3.A



NONE
FRONT: 18 FEET



PER SECTION 701.A.3.B


PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
FEET




R
(9)




(10)
PERIMETER STREET
LANDSCAPE
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)


BUILDING HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)
NONE




4 STORIES AND 48 FEET**
15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.


4 STORIES AND 48 FEET**




D
(11)




(12)
LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)



COMMON OPEN
SPACE
(MINIMUM)
50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
ATTACHED SHADE
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%


NONE
60% TOTAL FOR
DEVELOPMENT




5% OF GROSS AREA




TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;


(14)
OTHER APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
CITY CODE;




T
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
507 TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
703.B
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
TAB A;
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I




AF
** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.


***



SECTION 14: That Chapter 6, Section 619 (Residential R-4A District—

Multifamily Residence—General), is amended to read as follows:




R
Section 619. R-4A Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—General.
Section 619. Residential R-4A District—Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence—
General

***




D
A. Permitted Uses. Primary uses and accessory uses are permitted as indicated in
the Residential Districts Land Use Matrix, Section 608.D, plus the following:

1.

2.
Hospice, subject to a use permit.

Nursing home, subject to a use permit and the following conditions:

a. A maximum lot coverage of 25 percent.




b. A minimum of 50 square feet of usable outdoor open space per bed
shall be provided.

3. Single-family infill developments, per the provisions of Section 608.F.6 and
Table 617.B, R-4 Development Options, column D.

B. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. Except as required by Section 701, the
following yard, height and area provisions shall be required for this district:

***

8.




9.
T
Single-family infill development must comply with all regulations applicable to
SFI development in the R-4 district except for density, which shall be
permitted per Section 619.B.1.

Off-site manufactured home developments, upon obtaining use permit




AFapproval, shall comply with the R-4 standards for planned residential
developments (Table 617.B, column C) except for density, which shall be
permitted per Section 619.B.1.

***


SECTION 15: That Chapter 6, Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—

Neighborhood Retail) is amended to read as follows:

Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail




R
Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail.

A. Purpose. The C-1, Commercial Neighborhood Retail District, is a district of light
neighborhood type retail and customer service uses designed to be compatible
with each other and nearby residential districts.




D
B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Section, the
following restrictions shall apply to this district:

1. All commercial uses are restricted to closed buildingS except parking lots
and liquid fuel pump services.




***

10. The sale of used merchandise in connection with the following permitted
uses when such used merchandise uses a floorspace having a total area of
no more than five (5) percent of the gross floor area of the establishment:

***

g. Audio and video rentals and retail sales.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1.
T
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2.


3.

4.

5.

6.
AF
ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE R-5 DISTRICT.

ADULT DAY CARE HOME AND CENTER

BOARDING HOUSE, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

GROUP HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT




R
D.
7. NURSING HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5 DISTRICT and R-




D 4A; and in addition the following:




2. RESERVED. Adult Day Care Home and Center
***




***




19. RESERVED. Boarding House, subject to a use permit

***

38. RESERVED. Community Residence Center, subject to a use permit

***

76. RESERVED. Group Home, subject to a use permit




120.
T ***

RESERVED. Nursing Home, subject to a use permit

***

E.




AF
Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:




R d.
***

Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL




D 2.
COMPLY WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION
608.J, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.




b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density


d.
T
of the equivalent zoning district.

Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2.



AFSINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

***


SECTION 16: That Chapter 6, Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District —




R
Intermediate Commercial), is amended to read as follows:

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial
Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-2, Commercial Intermediate District, is a district of commercial
uses of medium intensity designed to be compatible with each other and to provide




D
B.
for a wide range of types of commercial activity within the district.

Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Except as otherwise provided, all permitted uses and storaging of materials
or supplies shall be conducted entirely within a closed building.




2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted
uses set forth in Section 623.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained
and subject to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere
along the building except as noted in Section 623.CB.2.b;

***




C.
9.



T
With the exception of those instances listed above in 623.CB.7. and CB.8.,
no other types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or
displayed for sale on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales
dealership and upon obtaining a special permit pursuant to Section 647.

PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1.




2.


3.
AF
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-1 DISTRICT.

BOARDING HOUSE




R 4.

5.

6.
COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER

GROUP HOME

NURSING HOME




D
D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5, R-4A, and C-1
districts; and in addition the following:




50.
***

RESERVED. Community Residence Center.




***

126. RESERVED. Nursing Home.

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses




T
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3




AFDISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:




d.
***

Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL
COMPLY WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION
608.J, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.




R 2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.




D b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.




c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2.

T
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.




AF ***


SECTION 17: That Chapter 6, Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District —General

Commercial), is amended to read as follows:

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial
Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-3 Commercial General District, is a district designed to provide for
the intensive commercial uses necessary to the proper development of the




R
B.
community.

Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.




D 1.




2.
Any lighting shall be placed so as to reflect the light away from adjacent
residential districts. No noise, odor or vibration shall be emitted so that it
exceeds the general level of noise, odor or vibration emitted by uses outside
the site. Such comparison shall be made at the boundary of the site.

The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted
uses set forth in Section 624.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained
and subject to the following standards for the outdoor display area:




a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere
along the building except as noted in Section 624.CB.2.b;

***

4. With the exception of those instances listed above in 624.CB.3., no other
types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or displayed
for sale on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales dealership.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1.
T
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.




D.
2.



AFALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-2 DISTRICT.

Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1 and THE C-2
districts; and in addition the following, including the storage of all raw materials and
finished products in connection herewith:

***




R
E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are




D herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***




d. Neither the Zoning Administrator nor the Board of Adjustment shall
have jurisdiction to vary the provisions of Section 624.E.1.OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY
WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION 608.J,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

e. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.

2.



T
Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.




AF
b.




c.
The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.




R
2.
d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED




D ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

***




SECTION 18: That Chapter 6, Section 632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise

and High Density District)), is amended to strike everything, and replace with the

following text:

Section 632. Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District.
SECTION 632. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) OVERLAY DISTRICT

A. PURPOSE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT IS TO ESTABLISH
ZONING REGULATIONS WHICH ACHIEVE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 9-




T
462.13, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES, AS FOLLOWS:

1. ENTITLE PROPERTIES WITHIN THE MIDDLE HOUSING OVERLAY
DISTRICT TO HAVE UP TO FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS PER
LOT.




B.
2.




AFPROVIDE MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR MIDDLE
HOUSING.

APPLICABILITY.

1.




2.
THE MH OVERLAY MAY BE COMBINED WITH ANY ZONING DISTRICT
WHEN ALSO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 632.C.

IF THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH OVERLAY CONFLICT WITH OTHER
ZONING REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROPERTY, THE MH




R
C.
OVERLAY PROVISIONS SHALL PREVAIL, UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED IN THIS SECTION.

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE
APPLIED TO THE FOLLOWING:




D 1.


2.
A PROPERTY WHICH HAS BEEN REZONED WITH THE MH OVERLAY
DISTRICT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 506; OR

LOTS IN A SUBDIVISION HAVING A PLAT RECORDED ON OR AFTER
JANUARY 1, 2026, WHICH MEET ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
CRITERIA:




a. THE SUBDIVISION IS CONTIGUOUS AND A MINIMUM 10 GROSS
ACRES IN SIZE.

b. THE SUBDIVISION HAS NEVER BEEN PART OF A PRIOR
SUBDIVISION WHICH HAS APPLIED THE MIDDLE HOUSING
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9-462.13, ARIZONA REVISED
STATUTES.

c. THE SUBDIVISION HAS BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-24, R1-14,
RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-


d.
1, C-2, OR C-3.



T
FOR C-1, C-2, AND C-3 PROPERTIES ONLY: THE SUBDIVISION
IS PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION AS
SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I.




AF
e.




f.
THE NUMBER OF LOTS PROPOSED FOR APPLICATION OF THE
MH OVERLAY DISTRICT DOES NOT EXCEED 20% OF THE
TOTAL NUMBER OF LOTS IN THE SUBDIVISION. FOR
SUBDIVISIONS OF FEWER THAN FIVE LOTS, ONE LOT SHALL
BE PERMITTED TO HAVE THE MH OVERLAY.

THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF: PHOENIX SKY HARBOR INTERNATIONAL
AIRPORT; PHOENIX DEER VALLEY AIRPORT; AND
SCOTTSDALE AIRPORT; EACH OF WHICH IS A FEDERAL
AVIATION ADMINISTRATION COMMERCIALLY LICENSED




R
g.
AIRPORT OR A GENERAL AVIATION OR PUBLIC AIRPORT AS
DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8486, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES.

THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF A MILITARY AIRPORT OR ANCILLARY MILITARY
FACILITY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8461, ARIZONA REVISED




D
h.

I.
STATUTES.

THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ON TRIBAL LAND.

THE SUBDIVISION OWNER HAS REQUESTED THE CITY TO
ASSIGN THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT WITHIN THE SUBDIVISION
THROUGH THE OPT-IN PROCEDURES PROVIDED IN THIS
SECTION.




D. OPT-IN PROCEDURE. PRIOR TO UTILIZING THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT, SUBDIVISIONS ELIGIBLE PER SECTION 632.C.2 MUST
REQUEST THAT THE CITY APPLY THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE LOTS
ON WHICH MIDDLE HOUSING SHALL BE PERMITTED, AS FOLLOWS:

1. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER SHALL SIGN BEFORE A NOTARY PUBLIC
AN OPT-IN FORM PROVIDED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT.

2.




3.
T
CONCURRENT WITH THE OPT-IN FORM, THE SUBDIVISION OWNER
SHALL SUBMIT A LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LOTS ON WHICH THE
MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE APPLIED.

CITY STAFF SHALL REVIEW THE OPT-IN FORM AND LEGAL
DESCRIPTION. WHEN THE REQUEST IS CONFIRMED TO BE




E.
4.
AF
ELIGIBLE, STAFF SHALL PROCESS A REQUEST TO CHANGE THE
OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX TO APPLY THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE ELIGIBLE SUBDIVISION LOTS.

ONCE THE ZONING MAP CHANGE IS COMPLETED, THE LOTS SHALL
BE OFFICIALLY ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT UNTIL SUCH
TIME THAT THEY MAY BE REZONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
506.

MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS. THE FOLLOWING
MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS APPLY ONLY WHEN THE MH




R DISTRICT IS COMBINED WITH THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14, RE-35, R1-18, R1-10,
R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, OR C-3 ZONING
DISTRICTS. FOR ALL OTHER PROPERTIES, THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE BASE DISTRICT APPLY.

1. PERMITTED USES.




D a.


b.
ALL USES PERMITTED WITHIN THE UNDERLYING BASE ZONING
DISTRICTS, PLUS

MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING UNITS.




2. DENSITY. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS
(PDU) PROVIDED ON A LOT ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT
SHALL NOT EXCEED THE NUMBER ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING,
OR FOUR PDUS, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

a. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SUBDIVIDED LOTS PER ACRE IS
THE SAME AS ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING AND IS NOT
MODIFIED BY THIS SECTION.

b. FOR THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION,




3. T
DENSITY BONUS PROVISIONS ARE APPLICABLE FOR SINGLE-
FAMILY DEVELOPMENT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.H.1.

SETBACKS AND HEIGHT. THE REQUIRED SETBACKS AND MAXIMUM
HEIGHT(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
UNIT ON THE SAME PROPERTY, INCLUDING THOSE FOR PERMITTED


4.




5.
AF
PROJECTIONS.

LOT COVERAGE. LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR THE
BASE DISTRICT, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTION:

a. LOTS WITH BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, OR R1-14.
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE
INCREASED TO 50% WHEN ALL STRUCTURES ON THE LOT ARE
ONE-STORY AND A MAXIMUM 20 FEET IN HEIGHT.

PARKING AND MANEUVERING.




R a.




b.
ON LOTS HAVING NO MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING
UNIT, A MINIMUM OF TWO PARKING SPACES SHALL BE
PROVIDED ONSITE.

ON LOTS HAVING TWO OR MORE PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS,




D c.
A MINIMUM OF ONE PARKING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED
ONSITE PER PDU.

MANEUVERING WITHIN A PUBLIC ALLEY SHALL BE ALLOWED
WHEN IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) THE ALLEY IS A MINIMUM 16 FEET WIDE FOR THE
LENGTH OF THE BLOCK;




(2) THE ALLEY IS PAVED TO THE TWO NEAREST EXISTING
CROSS STREETS, TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED BY
THE CITY FOR A LOCAL STREET; AND

(3) A MINIMUM OF 24 FEET MANEUVERING AREA IS
PROVIDED THAT IS A COMBINATION OF THE ALLEY
PAVING AND ONSITE PAVING, OR AS OTHERWISE
APPROVED THROUGH A TECHNICAL APPEAL.

6. DESIGN REVIEW.

a.
T
HISTORIC PRESERVATION (HP). DESIGN REVIEW FOR HP-
ZONED OR HP-DESIGNATED PROPERTIES SHALL BE AS
REQUIRED PER THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 8, WITH NO
MODIFICATIONS BY THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT.




AF b. ALL LOTS NOT ZONED HP OR DESIGNATED HP, REGARDLESS
OF LOT WIDTH, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW.

***


SECTION 19: That Chapter 7, Section 701.A.3 (Projections), is amended to read

as follows:




R
Section 701. Bulk Regulations

A. Lots.
***


***




D 3. Projections.




a. STANDARD OPTION. The following provisions apply to development
in Sections 604 through 607 and Section 619 and in the subdivision
option of Sections 609 through 618 IN THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14,
AND R-4A DISTRICTS, AND IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8,
R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN
DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD
DEVELOPMENT OPTION:

(1) Open projections.

(a)



T
In any district, an awning, open porch, open carport, or
open balcony may project into any required front yard
not more than five feet.
FRONT YARD. AN ATTACHED CARPORT, AWNING,
PORCH/FRONT ENTRY, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP




AF (b)
TO FIVE FEET INTO THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD.

An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony
may project into any side yard other than the side yard
on the street side of a corner lot, if it does not come
nearest to the side lot line than three feet.
SIDE YARDS. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO ANY INTERIOR (NOT STREET) SIDE
YARD, PROVIDED THAT IT IS NO CLOSER THAN
THREE FEET FROM THE SIDE PROPERTY LINE.




R (i) For any lot wherein a ten-foot or greater side
yard is required, no such projection shall be
within an area ten feet wide and ten feet high,
measured from finished grade, lying within that
side yard.




D (ii) No more than one such clear area, as stipulated
in i. above, need be maintained on a lot.




(c) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony
may project into a rear yard, provided it does not come
nearer to a common rear lot line than three feet. Where
a rear alley exists this projection may extend to the rear
lot line or to within eight or ten feet of what would be the
centerline of a full sixteen- or twenty-foot-wide alley
where only a one-half or partial alley exists.
REAR YARD. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO THE REAR YARD, PROVIDED THAT




T
IT IS NO CLOSER THAN THREE FEET FROM THE
REAR PROPERTY LINE.

(i) WHERE A FULLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS,
THIS PROJECTION MAY EXTEND TO THE
PROPERTY LINE; OR WHERE ONLY A




AF (d)
PARTIALLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS, TO
WITHIN EIGHT OR TEN FEET OF WHAT
WOULD BE THE CENTERLINE OF A FULL 16-
OR 20-FOOT-WIDE ALLEY.

Open fire balconies, and OPEN fire escape stairs
PROVIDED FOR EMERGENCY USE ONLY may
project not more than five feet over INTO any required
yard provided they come no closer than two feet from a
property line.




R (e)




(f)
Awnings, cornices, CANTILEVERED roof overhangs,
and eaves may project more than three feet over INTO
any required yard providing they come no closer than
two feet from a property line.

Sills, leaders, belt courses, and similar ornamental




D
(2)
(g)
features may project not more than six inches over
INTO any required yard.

An entrance awning may project into any required yard
in an R-5 or less restricted district.

Closed Projections.




(a) A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule, ten feet or
less in width, may project not more than three feet into
any REQUIRED front or rear yard.

(b) A chimney may project not more than three feet into any
required yard, if it THE CHIMNEY is not more than six
feet long measured in a direction parallel to the nearest
property line AND so long as it is not closer than two
feet from a property line.

(c)




(d)
T
The main building in a residence district may project five
feet into the required front yard for no more than one-
half of the maximum width of the structure.

The main building (which may include an attached ADU)
may project into the required rear or side yard, subject




AF to the following:

(i)


(ii)


(iii)
The projection is no closer to a side property line
than five feet;

The projection is no closer to a rear property line
than three feet; and

The projection does not exceed 15 feet in height,
unless greater height is permitted by obtaining a
use permit per Section 307.




R
b. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND PLANNED
AREA DEVELOPMENTS. The following provisionS applies APPLY
to development in the average lot and RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8,
R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN
DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE Planned Residential




D Development options of Sections 609 through 618, AND
SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED AS PLANNED AREA
DEVELOPMENTS PER SECTION 635:

(1) There shall be no projections into the required front or rear
yard or required perimeter setbacks except:




(a) A roof overhang may project not more than three feet
into either of these yard AREAS; and

(b) An attached awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY or other similar shade
structure may project not more than ten feet into the
required rear yard PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACK
provided that the structure shall neither cover more than
two hundred 200 square feet nor come closer than three
feet to a side or rear property line.

(c)

T
A CLOSED PROJECTION (WHICH MAY INCLUDE AN
ATTACHED ADU) MAY PROJECT INTO THE
REQUIRED PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACKS,
SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING:




AF (I)


(II)


(III)
THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A SIDE
PROPERTY LINE THAN FIVE FEET;

THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A REAR
PROPERTY LINE THAN THREE FEET; AND

THE PROJECTION DOES NOT EXCEED 15
FEET IN HEIGHT, UNLESS GREATER HEIGHT
IS PERMITTED BY OBTAINING A USE PERMIT
PER SECTION 307.




R
c.
(2) A roof overhang may project no more than three feet into a
required street side yard setback.

SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS. The following
provisions apply to single-family attached residential development:
SFI SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH




D SECTION 608.I:

(1) Open Projections.




(a) An awning, open porch, or open balcony may project
into any required setback not more than five feet.
AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP
TO FIVE FEET INTO ANY REQUIRED YARD THAT IS
NOT A REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

(b) Where an FULLY-DEDICATED alley exists, an
ATTACHED awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, or open balcony may extend to the


(2)
T
property line.

Closed Projections. A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule,
ten feet in width or less, may project not more than three feet
into any required building setback YARD THAT IS NOT A
REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.




AF ***


SECTION 20: That Chapter 7, Section 702 (Off-Street Parking and Loading), is

amended to read as follows:

Section 702. Off-Street Parking and Loading.


B.
***

Site and Parking Space Design Standards.




R 2.
***

Space and aisle dimensions. Dimensions for maneuvering aisles and for
different types of parking spaces shall be as follows:




D b. Surface parking:
***




***




(5) The combined depth of the parking space and the aisle width
shall equal sixty-two (62) feet for a double loaded aisle and
forty-three (43) feet for a single loaded aisle.
FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES HAVING NO MORE THAN
FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS, THE MINIMUM DRIVE
AISLE WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 10 FEET FOR TWO-
WAY TRAFFIC WHERE IT DOES NOT ALSO FUNCTION AS
REQUIRED MANEUVERING FOR AN ADJACENT PARKING
SPACE, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD TRAFFIC ENGINEER.




C.
T ***

Parking Requirements. Off-street automobile parking space or area shall be
provided according to the following table, except for large scale retail commercial
uses (see Section 702.D). The parking ratios in the table identify the minimum level
of parking required to serve that use and receive site plan approval.




AF Type of Land Use

***




Dwelling Unit, Multi-family
Parking Requirements

***

1.5 spaces per dwelling unit
A minimum of 50% Of the required parking
spaces, A MINIMUM OF 0.25 SPACES PER
DWELLING UNIT must be provided as
unreserved spaces WHEN THE LOT HAS FIVE
OR MORE DWELLING UNITS.




R
Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached
Per Section 608.F.6, if developing under the
single-family infill development option per
Sections 614 through 618.
2 spaces per PRIMARY DWELLING unit if not
developing under the SFI option. The required
spaces for each dwelling unit must be provided on




D
Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached

***
the same lot. An additional 0.25 unreserved
spaceS per dwelling unit must be provided
elsewhere within the development for visitor
parking.

2 spaces per 1 PRIMARY dwelling unit

***




***

F. Special Parking Standards.

1. Residential DISTRICTS lots.

a. Required parking spaces for single-family residential uses may
SHALL not be located in the required front yard.

b. Spaces in excess of those required for single-family residential uses




T
may be located in the required front yard. However, all parking and
maneuvering areas within the required front yard shall not exceed 50
percent of the area of the required front yard, except that a driveway
shall not be required to be less than 18 feet in width unless otherwise
stipulated by Historic Preservation.
NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD




AFc.
SHALL BE USED FOR DRIVEWAYS, MANEUVERING AREAS, AND
NON-REQUIRED PARKING SPACES. HP-ZONED LOTS MAY BE
STIPULATED TO MAXIMUM PAVING THAT IS LESS THAN 50
PERCENT AS A PART OF THE HP APPROVAL PROCESS SET
FORTH IN CHAPTER 8.

Buses shall not be parked in the front yard of any residential district.
A bus is any commercially licensed motor vehicle designed for
carrying more than fifteen (15) 15 passengers and used for the
transportation of persons as well as any motor vehicle, other than a
taxicab, designed for the transportation of persons for compensation.




R d. Mobile homes shall not be parked in any residential district except as
provided in Section 647.A.2.1 608.J.

***




D SECTION 21: That Chapter 7, Section 703.B (Landscaping and Open Areas In

Multiple-Family Development), is amended to read as follows:

Section 703. Landscaping, Fences, and Walls
B. Landscaping and Open Areas SPACE in Multiple-Family Development.




1. Purpose. Multiple-family dwellings UNITS can play a desired role by
providing desired forms of housing in appropriately zoned locations.
However, because the density of dwellings is greater than alternate forms of
housing, there is a relatively greater need to ensure an appropriate
residential setting, including both landscape amenities and adequate
outdoor open areas. Although it is recognized that many multiple-family
projects will wish to provide these in greater amounts, this section
establishes minimum standards for these features. These standards also
recognize both limitations in water availability as well as legitimate needs to
use landscaping for shade, cooling, and visual relief. To these purposes,




T
these standards distinguish between landscaped areas oriented to public
street and the exterior of projects from that more internally oriented and for
the use of residents. They provide for landscaping at the perimeter and in
front yards to include waterless features and drought resistant plant
materials. Higher water use landscaping is to be restricted to interior areas
devoted to resident use.

2.



AFLandscaping and open space areas shall be provided as follows at the time
of initial development and shall be maintained in a living condition on any lot
subject to residential district standards with five or more dwelling units.
PROPERTIES WITH FOUR OR FEWER DWELLING UNITS SHOULD
REFER TO SECTION 507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN
REVIEW.

***




R SECTION 22: That Chapter 7, Section 710 (Hillside Development), is amended

to read as follows:

Section 710. Hillside Development
***




D
B. Applicability.




2.
***

Development of land in any zoning district within a hillside development area
shall also be regulated by the provisions of THIS section, 32-32 of the
Phoenix City Code, whether subdivided or not, and shall be subject to the
following special conditions:




a. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE APPLIED IN
PLACE OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF THE BASE
ZONING DISTRICT OF A PROPERTY AS SET FORTH IN THIS
SECTION, AND SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED BY A ZONING
OVERLAY.

b. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT IS ALSO REGULATED BY THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 32-32 OF THE PHOENIX CITY CODE,
WHETHER SUBDIVIDED OR NOT.




C. Standards. T ***




***

2.



AF
Hillside development area standards. Special yard, height, area, and
coverage requirements for developments in the hillside areas in any zoning
district shall be as follows:

Table 1

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family




RDEVELOPMENT
OPTION
a. Single-family
Residential
(Conventional,
Standard and
Average Lot
Options)
Residential
(Planned
Residential
Development
Option, and
Planned Area
Development)
c. Multi-Family
Residential
d. Any Non-
Residential
Zoning District




D
MINIMUM LOT
AREA
18,000 square
feet*

*Lot areas of
more than
eighteen
As required by
zoning district
as required by
zoning district
As required by
zoning district




HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


thousand
(18,000) square
feet may be
required in order
T
AF to provide a
suitable building
site meeting the
grading
standards of
Section 32-32 of
the Phoenix City
Code.

In no case shall
residential lots




R contain an area
less than the
minimum area
required by the
zoning district in
which such lots




D are located.


MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS


• WIDTH

• DEPTH
120*

120'*
As required by
zoning district
As required by
zoning district
As required by
zoning district




HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


*Unless in
conformance with
Section 32-32(M)
of the City Code
T
AF
REQUIRED SETBACKS




• FRONT YARD




• REAR YARD
As required by
zoning district




As required by
zoning district
As required by
zoning district




As required by
zoning district
Minimum 30'*




Minimum 30'*
As required by
zoning district or
minimum 30'*


Minimum 30'*




R As required by
zoning district or
ten (10) feet,
whichever is
greater
As required by
zoning district or
ten (10) feet,
whichever is
greater
Minimum
15'**Building
heights greater
than fifteen (15)
feet: required
yard plus one (1)
Minimum 15'*,
whichever is
greater*Building
heights greater
than fifteen (15)
feet: required




D
• SIDE YARDS additional foot for
each foot of
building height
exceeding 15'
measured from
exterior
boundaries
yard plus one (1)
additional foot for
each foot of
building height
exceeding 15'
measured from




HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)




T exterior
boundaries




AF
MAXIMUM
COVERAGE
UNDER ROOF
The main building
and all accessory
buildings shall
not occupy more
than twenty-five
percent (25%) of
the hillside
portion of the lot
or parcel
The main
building and all
accessory
buildings shall
not occupy more
than twenty-five
percent (25%) of
the hillside
portion of the lot
or parcel
The main
building and all
accessory
buildings shall
not occupy more
than twenty-five
percent (25%) of
the hillside
portion of the lot
or parcel
The main building
and all accessory
buildings shall not
occupy more than
twenty-five
percent (25%) of
the hillside
portion of the lot
or parcel or as
required by
zoning district,




R
MAXIMUM
No building shall
exceed a height
of two (2) stories,
not to exceed
No building shall
exceed a height
of two (2) stories,
not to exceed
No building shall
exceed a height
of two (2) stories,
not to exceed
whichever is less


No building shall
exceed a height
of two (2) stories,
not to exceed




D
BUILDING
HEIGHT
thirty (30) feet
above the natural
grade of the lot or
parcel at any
section through
the structure
thirty (30) feet
above the natural
grade of the lot or
parcel at any
section through
the structure
thirty (30) feet
above the natural
grade of the lot
or parcel at any
section through
the structure
thirty (30) feet
above the natural
grade of the lot or
parcel at any
section through
the structure




TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

STANDARD: 18,000
SQUARE FEET, OR
AS REQUIRED BY

(1)
NET LOT AREA
(MINIMUM)
THE ZONING
DISTRICT,
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
TSAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT




(2)




(3)
AF
LOT WIDTH (1)
(MINIMUM)




LOT DEPTH (1)
(MINIMUM)



DEVELOPMENT
STANDARD: 120
FEET
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
FEET
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT




SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT




SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT




R
(4)




(5)
DENSITY
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
LOTS
(MAXIMUM)
AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1




AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1


30 FEET, OR AS




D
(6)




(7)
FRONT YARD
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)




REAR YARD
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT




SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT




SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
REQUIRED BY BASE
ZONING DISTRICT,
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.

30 FEET, OR AS
REQUIRED BY BASE
ZONING DISTRICT,
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.




TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

STANDARD: 10 FEET STANDARD: 10 FEET
OR AS REQUIRED BY OR AS REQUIRED BY
BASE ZONING BASE ZONING 15 FEET, OR AS

(8)
SIDE YARD
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)
DISTRICT,
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
T DISTRICT,
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT
REQUIRED BY BASE
ZONING DISTRICT,
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.




(9)



(10)




(11)
AF
PROJECTIONS


PERIMETER
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)



BUILDING
HEIGHT
(MAXIMUM)
PER SECTION
701.A.3
PER SECTION
701.A.3


SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
NOT PERMITTED




15 FEET WHEN WITHIN 10 FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONED
DISTRICT BOUNDARY, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE
FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET, AS
MEASURED FROM THE NATURAL GRADE OF THE PROPERTY AT ANY
SECTION THROUGH THE STRUCTURE.




R
(12)
LOT COVERAGE
(MAXIMUM)



COMMON OPEN
FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS EQUAL
TO OR GREATER THAN 10 PERCENT: 25 PERCENT, OR AS
REQUIRED BY THE BASE ZONING DISTRICT, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS LESS
THAN 10 PERCENT: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT.




D
(13)




(14)
SPACE
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
REQUIREMENT
(2)
SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT




SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT




TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

HILLSIDE: SECTION
32-32, CITY CODE.
HILLSIDE: SECTION HILLSIDE: SECTION
DESIGN REVIEW:
(15)
OTHER
APPLICABLE
REGULATIONS:
32-32, CITY CODE.
DESIGN REVIEW:
SECTION 507 TAB A.
T SECTION 507 TAB A.
MULTI-FAMILY:
SECTION 703.B
32-32, CITY CODE.
DESIGN REVIEW:
SECTION 507 TAB A.




AF
(1) MINIMUM DIMENSIONS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN APPROVED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION 32-32.C.3.M,
REGARDING PANHANDLE, DOUBLE FRONTAGE, AND OTHER UNORTHODOX LOTS.

(2) STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN
APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION 32-
32.C.3.N, REGARDING HILLSIDE STREET AND PAVING STANDARDS.

***

SECTION 23: That Chapter 12, Sections 1203.C and D (Land Use Matrix), is

amended to read as follows:




R
Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code)


Section 1203. Land Use Matrix
***




***




D
C. Land Use Matrix.




LAND USE CATEGORIES CHARACTER AREAS




BioMed Van Buren Warehouse
ACTIVE USE Central Park




RESIDENTIAL USES
D Business Core
Commercial Corridors Downtown Gateway
East Evergreen
Evans Churchill East Evans Churchill West McDowell Corridor Roosevelt East Roosevelt North Roosevelt South Townsend Park




*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
Dwelling Unit, Single- np np p p np p p p p p p p p p np
Family, Detached
(Including Duplex and
Triplex Uses)
*** *** ***
R *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
AF ***




T
***

D. Land Use Conditions. The following shall apply to uses that are permitted with
conditions (pc) OR USE PERMIT (up) as indicated with a number that corresponds
with the Land Use Matrix in Section 1203.C:

***
27. Single-Family Infill (SFI) subdivision, per Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table
614.B SECTION 608.I, except as modified below:




e. T ***

Frontage requirements: as per the applicable character area; or if lots
front on a something other than a frontage zone, per the regulations




AF g.
of Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table B, Column D SECTION 608.I.

***

Allowed uses: single-family attached dwelling units and home
occupations per Section 608, except that units fronting a perimeter
street (not an alley) may have additional uses as permitted per the
applicable character area. Single-family detached units are permitted
for no more than 20 percent of the units in an SFI development to
allow for variety and efficiency of design.

***




R SECTION 24: That Chapter 12, Section 1205 (Frontage Elements), is amended

to read as follows:

Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code)




D
A.
***

Active Front Yard (AFY). An active front yard is a frontage element intended for use
on blocks with a high percentage of existing and/or historic single-family or duplex
style residential structures. AFY is not permitted for use on sites with primary uses
which are nonresidential, or on residential lots with more than two FOUR
PRIMARY dwelling units (not including ADUs). (R*)




1. For sites with HP zoning or designation, both the building elevations and
improvements in the frontage zone shall be constructed as approved by
Historic Preservation.

2. For sites not zoned or designated HP, buildings and improvements shall be
installed in conformance with Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 (Individual Unit
Design Standards) II.C.9 (RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW). If any of
the requirements of Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 conflict with provisions
of the Downtown Code, Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 requirements shall
prevail.




T ***


SECTION 25: That Chapter 13, Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards) is




AF
amended to read as follows:

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards (WU Code)
Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards

A. General Lot Standards.

1. Subdivisions shall comply with development standards per this chapter,
including frontage standards, for all existing and newly created lots abutting
public streets, private accessways, and private driveways, with the following
caveats:




R a. A development may instead utilize the Single-Family Infill
development option SUBDIVISION standards per Section 608.F.6
and Table 614.B, column D (except for the density, which is not
restricted) 608.I if it meets all three of the following conditions:

(1) The development SUBDIVISION consists solely of single-




D family dwelling units and allowable accessory uses;




(2) The development is located within the applicable area for the
single-family infill development option or the infill development
district as depicted on the map provided in Section 608.F.6;
and
THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL
PLAN OR IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS
OBTAINED USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND




b.
(3)

T
The development SUBDIVISION is located in any transect
other than T3.

All subdivisions must comply with the requirements of the Subdivision




2.
AF Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the City Code), as may be modified by the
Subdivision Committee to further the goals of the Walkable Urban
Code.

All developments adjacent to single-family zoning districts shall follow the
same setback and stepback standards as the single-family infill
development option (Table 614.B, column D); with additional requirements
as follows: BE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING STEPBACK AND
SETBACK REQUIREMENTS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN
FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT




R MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT. THIS stepback provision shall not exceedREQUIRE
GREATER THAN A maximum 75-foot setback from rear and side
property lines for building height before THE maximum height IS
allowed.




D ***


SECTION 26: That Chapter 13, Section 1306 (Land Use Matrix) is amended to

read as follows:




Section 1306. Land Use Matrix
Section 1306. Land Use Matrix

***

B. Use Regulations.

***




CATEGORY:
RESIDENTIAL USES
T
Table 1306.1 Land Use Matrix


T3 T4 T5:2 T5:3 T5:5 T5:6 T5:7 T6:7
T6:15
T6:22
T6:
HWR

***


(Including Duplex and Triplex Uses)



SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION

***
AF
Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached


Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached
***

P


P

NP

***
***

P


P

PC

***


***
***

NP


P

PC

***
***

NP


P

PC

***
***

NP


P

PC

***
***

NP


P

PC

***
***

NP


P

PC

***
***

NP


P

PC

***
***

NP


P

PC

***




R
C. Residential Uses, Land Use Conditions.




4.
***

SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION, AS SET FORTH IN SECTION
1303.A.1.a.




D ***

SECTION 27: That Chapter 13, Section 1307 (Parking and Loading Standards) is

amended to read as follows:




Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.
Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.

***

B. Required Vehicular Parking.

***

Table 1307.1 Minimum Required Vehicular Parking




USE MEASURE T3 T T4
T5

1—5
Stories
T5

6—10
Stories
T6 MEASURE



***

Residential, Single-Family
Attached


*** AF ***


Per unit



***
*** *** *** *** *** ***

Per Section 608.F.6 608.I, if developing under the
provisions of Section 1303.A.1.a; otherwise per Section
702.

***


***
*** *** *** *** ***




R
D
PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 5th day of November, 2025.



________________________________
MAYOR




ATTEST:


____________________________City Clerk T
AF
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________City Attorney


REVIEWED BY:

____________________________City Manager




R
D
ATTACHMENT B




Staff Report
Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y
and Rezoning Case No. Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025

Application No. Z-TA-1-25-Y: Amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to address
Middle Housing as required by Arizona Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating
a Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend various other sections of the Zoning
Ordinance to clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related state
requirements related to Middle Housing, as follows:

Section 202 (Definitions), Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for Design Review), Section
608 (Residence Districts), Section 609 (RE-35 Single-Family Residence District),
Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family Residence District), Section 611 (R1-10 Single-
Family Residence District), Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence District),
Section 613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence District), Section 614 (R-2 Multifamily
Residence District), Section 615 (R-3 Multifamily Residence District), Section 616 (R-3A
Multifamily Residence District), Section 617 (R-4 Multifamily Residence District),
Section 618 (R-5 Multifamily Residence District), Section 619 (Residential R-4A
District—Multifamily Residence—General), Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—
Neighborhood Commercial), Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District—Intermediate
Commercial), Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District—General Commercial), Section
632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise and High Density District), Section 701 (Bulk
Regulations), Section 702 (Off-Street Parking and Loading), Section 703 (Landscaping,
Fences, and Walls), Section 710 (Hillside Development), Section 708 (Temporary
uses), Section 1203 (Land Use Matrix, Downtown Code), Section 1205 (Frontage
Elements, Downtown Code), Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards, WU Code), Section
1306 (Land Use Matrix, WU Code), and Section 1307 (Parking and Loading Standards,
WU Code).

Application No. Z-3-25-4-7-8: Map the boundaries for the Middle Housing Overlay
District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within one mile of the Downtown Code
boundary.

Staff recommendation: Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-1-25-Y as shown in the
recommended text in Exhibit A; and Z-3-25-4-7-8 be approved as shown in Exhibit B.



Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


BACKGROUND
This text amendment is a response to House Bill 2721, approved by the Fifty-Sixth
Legislature, Second Session and signed into law by the Governor (2024) which created
Section 9-462.13, Arizona Revised Statutes to require municipalities to allow Middle
Housing in an area within one mile of Downtown, in addition to 20% of any new
subdivision citywide. “Middle Housing” is defined by the state statute as “buildings that
are compatible in scale, form and character with single-family houses and that contain
two or more attached, detached, stacked or clustered homes [and] includes duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes and townhouses.”

PURPOSE
The primary intent of the proposed text amendment is to establish the Middle Housing
(MH) Overlay District, Section 632, which will allow the development of middle housing
on lots zoned for single-family use, and apply it to the area located within one mile of
Downtown by January 1, 2026, as required by state law. The secondary purpose is to
make other revisions to multiple sections of the Zoning Ordinance necessary to ensure
proper compliance with the new state requirements.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED TEXT
The proposed text amendment includes three main components: 1) creation of the
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District, Section 632; 2) revisions to various sections of
the Zoning Ordinance to ensure compliance with the requirements of Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 9-462.13; and 3) revisions to various sections of the Zoning Ordinance
to correctly clarify and cross-reference the zoning ordinance terms and provisions which
were updated for compliance with the requirements of the new state law.

1. Creation of the Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District
The Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District is created as Section 632, replacing the
obsolete High-Rise H-R1 District which has since been supplanted by the Downtown
Code (Chapter 12). The MH Overlay district has two main purposes: to allow up to
four primary dwelling units (PDU) on lots which are otherwise permitted a single-
family home, and to ensure that the applicable development standards are both
consistent with those used for single-family homes in the same district, as well as
compliant with the requirements and restrictions of A.R.S. Section 9-462.13.

Opt-In Provision
The MH Overlay District also includes the qualification requirements and procedure
for up to 20% of the lots in new residential subdivisions that are at least 10
contiguous acres in size. The Opt-In Provision does not apply to existing residential
subdivisions.

Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


2. Revisions needed for compliance with A.R.S. 9-462.13.
Revisions to the development standards/development options tables are required to
lawfully administer the provisions and prohibitions of A.R.S. 9-462.13. It is the
following prohibitions which primarily caused the need for the changes:

B. “The municipality may not do any of the following:

1. Discourage the development of middle housing through requirements or
actions that individually or cumulatively make impracticable the permitting,
siting, or construction of middle housing.
2. Restrict middle housing types to less than two floors.
3. Restrict middle housing types to a floor area ratio of less than fifty percent.
4. Set restrictions, permitting or review processes for middle housing that are
more restrictive than those for single-family dwellings within the same
zone.
5. Require owner occupancy of any structures on the lot.
6. Require any structures to comply with a commercial building code or to
contain a fire sprinkler.
7. Require more than one off-street parking space per unit.

Text Revisions
The following summarizes the text revisions necessary to comply with these
prohibitions:

• The “Conventional” development option has been removed, because the
development standards are not consistent with development in historic
districts, and current ordinance permissions would allow development of
middle housing to different and incompatible standards within older/historic
subdivisions.
• The “Average Lot” development option, which has been prohibited in most
districts since 1998 for single-family development, has been removed
because it could be used as a way to develop middle housing in areas not
required by the state law, or be viewed as not applying consistent
development standards to both single-family and middle housing, which is
required by the new state law.
• The “Single-Family Infill (SFI)” development option has been removed from
each section, and all development standards (and use permit requirements)
relocated to Section 608.I.
• The separate, but same-named “Planned Residential Development” options
having different standards for single-family and multi-family development

Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


have been combined into one development option, with consistent
development standards for both multi-family (including middle housing) and
single-family development.
• The “Standard” development option has been created, which is essentially a
renaming of the existing “Subdivision” development option. The development
standards of the Standard option are the same as the Subdivision option, with
minor clarifications to allow for consistent application of development
standards for both multi-family (including middle housing) and single-family
development in the same zone. Most homes in historic districts were
constructed using the Subdivision option standards, and the new Standard
option ensures that new development, including middle housing, will develop
with the same historic zoning regulations.
• Lot coverage has been revised by the MH Overlay to apply the same
standard to both single-family and multi-family development when located
within an MH district. When combined with the RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, and
R1-14 districts, the MH district allows an increase to 50% coverage when all
structures on the site are one-story, maximum 20 feet in height.
• Required on-site parking has been reduced to one space per primary dwelling
unit, as required by the new state law.
• Individual lot design review for single-family lots (Section 507 Tab A, II.C.8)
has been revised to be applicable to both single-family homes and middle
housing (up to four units on a lot) and moved to its own section, Section 507
Tab A, II.C.9.
• The residential land use matrix (Section 608.D) has been revised to move the
permissions for Single-Family Infill subdivisions to the table, and to remove
“duplex” and “triplex” as separate uses (they are both forms of multi-family
dwelling units).
• Section 1203, Downtown Code land use matrix, has also been updated to
remove “duplex” and “triplex” as separate uses (they are both forms of multi-
family dwelling units).
• Section 608.G has been revised to clearly explain how developments which
were approved using development options no longer permitted convert to the
current ordinance standards. Any existing approved documents using a
now-archaic development option are still valid.
• Section 702, Off-Street Parking and Loading, has been revised to clarify front
yard paving restrictions and apply consistently to both single-family and multi-
family development.




Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


Definitions
Definitions have been revised for several reasons: to provide clarity in application of
the new requirements; to be consistent with definitions used in the state law; and to
properly cross-reference other terms which have been revised.

Of special note, “Primary Dwelling Unit (PDU)” was added to clearly differentiate
from “Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)”. This is the manner in which the MH overlay
district allows additional PDUs per lot (up to 4), while not increasing the number of
permitted subdivided lots.

3. Revisions for clarification and cross-references.
Other revisions were made to correctly reference new and revised terms, as well as
relocated/renumbered sections of the Zoning Ordinance, with no substantive
revisions:

• Section 608.H, Density Bonus, has been updated to reference the revised
development options in each district.
• All Single-Family Infill (SFI) subdivision regulations have been consolidated in
Section 608.I.
• Off-Site Manufactured Home Development regulations have been moved to
Section 608.J.
• The C-1, C-2, and C-3 districts have been updated to correctly reference
standards for Single-Family Infill subdivisions and Off-Site Manufactured
Home Developments, in addition to clarifying language regarding existing
residential use permissions.
• Section 701.A.3, regarding yard projections, has been updated to reference
revised residential development options.
• Section 703, Landscaping, Fences, and Walls, has been updated to apply to
lots having up to four dwelling units, rather than just single-family and duplex.
• Section 710, Hillside Development, has been updated to cross-reference
revised residential development options.
• Section 1205, Frontage Elements (Downtown Code), has been updated to
cross-reference the revised Residential Lot Design Review standards
provided in Section 507 Tab A, II.C.9.
• Section 1303, Transect Lot standards (WU Code) has been updated to cross-
reference the relocated Single-Family Infill regulations moved to Section
608.I.
• Section 1306, Land Use Matrix (WU Code), has been updated to remove the
terms “duplex” and “triplex” as well as add the Single-Family Infill (SFI)
subdivision option as a permitted use.

Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


• Section 1307, Parking and Loading Standards (WU Code), has been updated
to correctly cross-reference the relocated Single-Family Infill regulations
moved to Section 608.I.

REZONING CASE NO. Z-3-25-4-7-8
A.R.S Section 9-462.13 requires that the area located within one mile of Downtown be
provided the entitlement for middle housing no later than January 1, 2026. Rezoning Case
No. Z-3-25-4-7-8 has been created to map the boundaries of the MH Overlay district, as
described above, to this area with the exceptions as required by the new state law. The
applicable exception is for the territory in the vicinity of Phoenix Sky Harbor airport (south
of Downtown). The map of the proposed boundary is attached as Exhibit B.

CONCLUSION
This text amendment is quite extensive due to the need to apply development
regulations consistently for both single-family housing and middle housing, in addition to
making sure that middle housing is permitted where required. All of the revisions
proposed are directly related to changes needed to allow middle housing as required by
A.R.S. Section 9-462.13.

The proposed text amendment will create a Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District;
revise various sections of the Zoning Ordinance to ensure compliance with the
requirements of Section 9-462.13, Arizona Revised Statutes; and revise various
sections of the Zoning Ordinance to correctly clarify and cross-reference the zoning
ordinance terms and provisions which were updated for compliance with the
requirements of the new state law.

Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-1-25-Y per the language in Exhibit A, and Z-3-
25-4-7-8 be approved as shown in Exhibit B.

Writer
C. DePerro
August 29, 2025

Team Leader
Tricia Gomes

Exhibits
A. Proposed Language—Z-TA-1-25-Y
B. Proposed Boundary Sketch Map—Z-3-25-4-7-8



Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

EXHIBIT A
Text Amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y


Proposed Language:


Staff proposed language that may be modified during the public hearing process is as
follows:

Section 202. Definitions.
Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add and/or modify definitions as
follows:

***
Building Envelope: The area defined on a lot in which all improvements must be made,
including grading and alterations to existing landscaping. These include, but are not
limited to house, accessory buildings, pool, patios, driveways, visitor parking, fencing, or
walls. The building envelope defines the maximum allowable construction/improvement
area on the lot. The building envelope must be identified on all design review submittals.
THE AREA OF A LOT EXCLUSIVE OF ALL REQUIRED YARDS.

***
Building, Main: A building, or buildings, in which is conducted the principal use of the lot
on which it is situated. On lots with only single-family residential uses, the primary
dwelling unit shall be considered the main building. WHEN ONLY ONE PRIMARY
DWELLING UNIT IS PROVIDED ON A LOT, THAT PDU SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE
MAIN BUILDING. WHEN MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT IS
PROVIDED ON A LOT, EACH BUILDING WHICH CONTAINS A PDU SHALL BE
CONSIDERED A MAIN BUILDING.

***
Building, Open, Porch: An open building used solely for ingress and egress and not for
occupancy, at least two sides of which shall be at least 50% open.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Dwelling Unit: One or more rooms within a building arranged, designed, or used for
residential purposes for one family and containing independent living and sleeping areas,
together with independent sanitary (toilet, sink, and bath/shower) and cooking facilities.
The presence of cooking facilities conclusively establishes the intent to use for residential
purposes.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY (ADU): A dwelling unit, as defined in this section,
subordinate to the primary dwelling unit and situated on the same SINGLE-FAMILY lot.
ADUs, where permitted, do not count towards calculations of gross density.

Adaptable Dwelling Units, ADAPTABLE: A dwelling unit designed to be capable of simple
conversion into an accessible dwelling unit.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, Attached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed having a
shared wall and attached foundations with the primary dwelling unit. An ADU connected
to the primary dwelling unit in any other manner shall not be considered an attached
ADU.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, Detached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed with no
connection to the primary dwelling unit, except as may be explicitly permitted within the
zoning ordinance. A detached ADU may include an integrated garage, carport, or porch.
Two ADUs attached to each other, but not to the primary dwelling unit, shall each be
considered a detached ADU.

Dwelling Unit, Primary (PDU): FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY LOT, a dwelling unit that is either
(1) the only dwelling unit provided on a single-family lot, or (2) the largest dwelling unit
provided on a single-family lot when the applicable zoning regulations otherwise allow an
accessory dwelling unit or other types of dwelling units. FOR A MULTI-FAMILY LOT OR
DEVELOPMENT, ALL DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSIDERED PRIMARY DWELLING
UNITS.

***
Entry, Front: An arcade, gated arch, covered porch, or COVERED patio, pergola,
COURTYARD, or similar architectural enhancement which clearly delineates the location
of, or AND path to, the front door A PRIMARY ENTRANCE, AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE
FRONT OF THE LOT.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Gross Area: The area of a lot or parcel including all dedicated streets, alleys, private
accessways roadway and/or alley easements, and canal rights-of-way. Such boundaries
shall extended to the center of existing abutting street or alley right-of-way. In the case of
an existing partial dedication or easement, the gross area shall not extend beyond what
would be the centerline of the full dedication. Further, parcels abutting: 1) a freeway; or 2)
a canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with the Canal Bank
Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping of canal bank
right-of-way, shall include NO MORE THAN twenty-five feet of such right-of-way within
THE gross area.

***
Guesthouse: See "Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY."

***
Landscape Setback, Average: Repealed.

***
Multi-Family/Multiple-Family: A lot or parcel where two or more PRIMARY dwelling units
are provided., not including permitted accessory dwelling units.

***
Net Area: The area of a lot or parcel excluding all dedicated streets or alleys ROAD AND
CANAL RIGHTS-OF-WAY and roadway or alley easements. but including twenty-five
(25) feet of abutting canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with
the Canal Bank Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping
of canal bank right-of-way.

***
PARKING, COVERED: ONE OR MORE PARKING SPACES PROTECTED FROM THE
SUN AND WEATHER BY A CARPORT, GARAGE, ROOF OVERHANG, OR OTHER
TYPE OF ROOFED STRUCTURE.

***
Perimeter: The boundaries or boundary of a lot, tract, or parcel of land, PLATTED
SUBDIVISION, OR DEVELOPMENT.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Planned Residential Development: A DEVELOPMENT OPTION CONSISTING OF a
group of dwelling units with common OPEN SPACE areas which are designed as an
integrated functional unit A UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT and with the permissibility of
potential bonus density and considerable flexibility in the selection of building setbacks,
lot areas, DWELLING UNIT TYPES, and street configurationS as long as the public
health, safety and welfare are maintained.

***
PORCH: A STRUCTURE, WITH OR WITHOUT A ROOF, THAT IS ATTACHED TO A
BUILDING AND IS AT LEAST 50 PERCENT OPEN ON THE UNATTACHED SIDE(S).

Porch, Open: See "Building, Open Porch".

***
Primary Entrance: A ground floor entrance to a commercial lobby or suite that is open to
the public during business hours, or an THE MAIN/VISITOR entrance to a SHARED
residential courtyard, unit, or lobby OR A PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT. Emergency,
service and storage room entrances are not a primary entranceS.

***
Projection: Any element or embellishment attached to a structure for environmental
protection or architectural enhancement which does not support any portion of
the structure. ANY PORTION OF A PERMITTED BUILDING OR STRUCTURE THAT IS
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BUILDING AND EXTENDS FROM THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE INTO A REQUIRED YARD OR SETBACK. A PROJECTION IS
CONSIDERED “OPEN” WHEN ALSO MEETING THE DEFINITION OF “OPEN
BUILDING”.

***
Residential Density: The number of dwelling units divided by the gross acres of the
legally described development area.

***
Setback, Landscaped, Average: The averaging of a required setback to encourage
variation along a single continuous plane of a building, perimeter wall or street frontage.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

SETBACK, GARAGE DOOR / CARPORT ENTRY: THE REQUIRED MINIMUM
DISTANCE BETWEEN THE STREET AND COVERED PARKING. THIS DISTANCE
SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PROPERTY LINE TO THE FACE OF THE
GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT, UNLESS THE PROPERTY HAS AN EASEMENT
DEDICATED ON THE FRONT OF THE PROPERTY FOR A SIDEWALK OR TRAIL, IN
WHICH CASE THE DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE LOT SIDE OF THE
EASEMENT TO THE FACE OF THE GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT.

SETBACK, LANDSCAPE: A SETBACK WHICH IS RESTRICTED TO THE FOLLOWING
IMPROVEMENTS: LIVE PLANT MATERIALS SUCH AS TREES, SHRUBS, AND
GROUNDCOVERS WITH AN AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM; SIDEWALKS;
REQUIRED DRAINAGE FACILITIES; ENTRY MONUMENTS; SIGNS; PUBLIC ART
INSTALLATIONS, AND WALLS AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THIS ORDINANCE.
PARKING AND MANEUVERING IS NOT PERMITTED WITHIN A LANDSCAPE
SETBACK EXCEPT FOR APPROVED STREET AND DRIVEWAY CROSSINGS.

***
Shade Structure: A structure, such as a pergola, arbor, or open COVERED porch, which
is designed and used for protection OF OUTDOOR LIVING AREAS from the sun and
which contains at least HAS A MINIMUM OF one (1) side which is at least fifty 50 percent
(50%) open.

***
STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENT: THE TYPE OR CLASS OF STREET ON
WHICH THE FRONT PROPERTY LINE OF A LOT MUST ABUT.

***
STREET, PERIMETER: ANY PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE ACCESSWAY WHICH
FORMS THE EXTERIOR BOUNDARY OF A SUBDIVISION OR DEVELOPMENT. THIS
DEFINITION DOES NOT INCLUDE PUBLIC ALLEY RIGHT-OF-WAY OR CANAL
RIGHT-OF-WAY, UNLESS THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IS ALSO A NAMED STREET USED
FOR THE LEGAL ADDRESSES OF ABUTTING PROPERTIES.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Subdivision: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into three or more lots, tracts or
parcels PARCELS of which the original land area is greater than two and one half acres,
Land for which a subdivision plat has been APPROVED AND recorded IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CITY CODE SECTION 32-32, OR
BY MARICOPA COUNTY IF RECORDED PRIOR TO ANNEXATION., and for any
condominium, community apartment, townhouse or similar project.

Subdivision, Average Lot: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the
number of dwelling units LOTS in a development rather than by minimum lot size. SEE
“PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT”.

Subdivision, Conventional: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the
density provisions within each zoning district, and by development standards related to
lot width, the management of stormwater, the provision of infrastructure requirements
and constraints related to the property topography or configuration. SEE “SUBDIVISION,
STANDARD”.

Subdivision, Planned Residential Development: See "Planned Residential Development".

SUBDIVISION, Single-Family Infill (SFI) Development: A type of single-family
development consisting of townhouses and a limited number of detached dwelling units.
Perimeter standards are defined and potential bonus density and design flexibility allow
for quality individual property ownership within a larger development. A SUBDIVISION
APPROVED AND DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

SUBDIVISION, STANDARD: A SUBDIVISION DEVELOPED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE STANDARD OPTION OF A
RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT. A SUBDIVISION PLAT SUBTITLED “A
CONVENTIONAL SUBDIVISION”, “SUBDIVISION OPTION”, OR HAVING NO
SUBTITLE SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED A STANDARD SUBDIVISION.

Subdivision, Zero Lot Line: A subdivision in which the main building may be constructed
without a side yard.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TRACT: A PARCEL OF LAND DESIGNATED WITHIN A SUBDIVISION WHICH IS NOT
CONSIDERED A LOT AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO MEET MINIMUM LOT
DIMENSIONS. A TRACT MAY BE DEVELOPED ONLY WITH SUBDIVISION
AMENITIES, DRAINAGE FACILITIES, UTILITIES, LANDSCAPE, OR OTHER
IMPROVEMENTS AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED FOR THE TRACT IN THE
DEDICATION STATEMENT FOR THE SUBDIVISION PLAT.

***
Yard: A space on any lot, unoccupied by a structure and unobstructed from the ground
upward except as otherwise provided herein, and measured as the minimum horizontal
distance from a building or structure, excluding carports, porches and other permitted
projects PROJECTIONS, to the property line opposite such building line in the side or
rear yards, or to the street right-of-way or easement in the front yard; provided, however,
that where a future width line is established by the provisions of this ordinance for any
street bounding the lot, then such measurement shall be taken from the line of the
building to such future width line.

***


Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review
Amend Chapter 5, Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for Design Review) to read as
follows:

Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review

***

II. CITY-WIDE DESIGN REVIEW GUIDELINES. The design review guidelines
indicated with the markers (R), (R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be applied and enforced
in the same manner as indicated in Section 507. Items not indicated with an (R),
(R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be treated as (R).

***

C. Subdivision and Single-Family Detached RESIDENTIAL LOT Design
Review.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


8. Single-Family Detached SUBDIVISION DIVERSITY Design
Review. New single-family detached dwelling units, lots having a
single duplex or triplex, manufactured homes, and modular homes
shall be subject to design review SUBDIVISIONS HAVING AT
LEAST TEN PERCENT OF LOTS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 65
FEET IN WIDTH, AND HAVING DETACHED SINGLE-FAMILY
DWELLING UNITS; AND MANUFACTURED AND/OR MODULAR
HOME SUBDIVISIONS REGARDLESS OF LOT WIDTH, ARE
SUBJECT TO DESIGN REVIEW DIVERSITY GUIDELINES 8.1
THROUGH 8.4, as follows (R):

(a) Single-family detached developments where ten percent or
more of the lots are equal to or less than 65 feet in width shall
incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1 through 8.4.

(b) Individual single-family detached dwelling units, not subject to
Subdivision Design Guidelines 8.1 through 8.4, on a lot or
parcel of 65 feet in width or less, shall incorporate Design
Guidelines Section 8.5. This requirement includes lots with a
single duplex or triplex when not located in a subdivision
subject to Section 507 Tab A.II.C.8(a).

(c) Dwelling units on lots zoned or designated HP are exempt
from the provisions of Design Guidelines Section 8.5, so long
as the plans are reviewed and approved through historic
preservation prior to issuance of any building permits.

(d) Individual manufactured and modular homes, regardless of lot
width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Section 8.5.

(e) Manufactured and modular home subdivisions, regardless of
lot width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1
through 8.4.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

The design guidelines in each of the following sections (subdivision design,
housing design, garage treatment, and community safety) must be satisfied
in one of two ways. The first method, called the standard approach, is to
meet each of the design guidelines as written in the following tables. The
second method, called the alternative approach, allows consideration of
creative design solutions on a section by section basis, as long as the intent
of that section has been met. Either method may be used for all or some of
the following sections. For example, an applicant may choose the standard
approach for the subdivision design and garage treatment sections and the
alternative approach for the housing design and community safety sections
or the standard approach may be used for all four sections. Whether the
alternative approach is acceptable will be determined by the design advisor
of the Planning and Development Department.

Diversity: The goal of diversity is to provide a variety of subdivision and
housing designs which lend visual interest and distinctive character and
identity to the community. This goal is addressed in two subsections,
subdivision design and housing design.

8.1. Subdivision Design. Provide subdivision designs which
address the goal of diversity by incorporating these or
substantially equivalent design characteristics: 1) Vary the
building’s relationship to the street, 2) Vary the driveway
orientation or location, 3) Vary the relationship between
buildings, and 4) Vary street orientation.

Design Guidelines: All are required (R*), unless otherwise
noted.

***

8.5. Individual Unit Design Standards. The goal of these
individual unit design standards is to ensure a minimum level
of design quality for detached single-family dwelling units,
duplexes, manufactured homes, and modular homes. For
information on relief from requirements (R) and (R*), and
presumptions (P), refer to Section 507.C of the Zoning
Ordinance.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(a) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one covered
parking space located in a garage or under a carport.
(R)

(b) The front yard, excluding areas approved for vehicle
access, should be landscaped with the following
elements: (P)

(1) A minimum of one, two inch caliper or greater,
drought resistant, accent tree.

(2) A minimum of five, five gallon or greater, drought
resistant shrubs.

(3) Dustproofed with ground cover, turf, rock,
decomposed granite, or equivalent material as
approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

(4) An irrigation system.

Rationale: Landscaping contributes to an attractive
environment, provides shade, and contributes to
neighborhood identity.

(c) Required covered parking shall not be located more
than ten feet closer to the front property line than the
front entry. (R*)

Rationale: When parking structures are concentrated in
front of a dwelling unit, the building loses its residential
character and compatibility with surrounding residences
is negatively impacted.

(d) Walls, fences, and enclosure materials shall not include
chain link fencing with, or without, plastic or metal slats,
sheeting, nondecorative corrugated metal and fencing
made or topped with razor, concertina, or barbed wire.
(R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


(e) Development of lots with more than one dwelling unit
should provide a single, common access drive to
parking areas. (P)

Rationale: Shared access and common parking
minimize unnecessary curb cuts and breaks in the
streetscape. Common parking areas also reduce the
paved area of a site.

(f) All dwelling units should provide the following
architectural design elements: (P)

(1) Consistent detailing and design for each side of
the building.

(2) Window and door trim as well as accent detailing
should be incorporated and vary from the primary
color and materials of the building.

(3) Garage doors should be provided with windows,
raised or recessed panels, architectural trim, or
single doors.

(4) Materials such as untextured concrete,
unfinished block, steel panels, and shiny or
highly reflective detailing should not be used as a
predominant exterior material.

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood
pride and visual interest in residential architecture.

(g) Garage doors facing the public street and attached to
the primary dwelling unit should not exceed 50 percent
of the building width. (P)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Rationale: Garage doors should not be the aesthetic
focus of a house; they should complement and appear
subordinate to the main structure. This is particularly
important if a duplex or triplex is constructed.

(h) A front entry shall be provided that faces and is visible
from the street, and includes an architectural feature to
call attention to it (such as a porch, entry patio, stoop,
awning/canopy, courtyard, or archway). For lots having
more than one dwelling unit, a minimum of one unit
shall comply with this requirement. (R*)

Rationale: Emphasizing the entrance and front facade
adds to the residential character of new dwelling units
and provides eyes on the street.

(i) Manufactured homes shall provide the following
additional architectural design elements:

(1) Materials such as wood, hardboard, brick veneer,
hardiplank, stucco, or horizontal vinyl siding shall
be used as a predominant exterior material. (P)

(2) The exposed roof pitch shall be at a minimum of
3/12 for units 28 feet or less in width and be
covered with shingles, tile or metal, excluding
aluminum. (R*)

(3) A minimum 50-square-foot recessed entry or
covered porch shall be provided along the front
entry of the building. (R*)

(4) Permanent access to the porch or recessed entry
should be constructed with materials and colors
that are compatible with the dwelling unit. (P)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(5) A masonry stem wall shall be provided under the
dwelling unit with no more than seven inches of
exposed foundation measured from highest
finished grade. (R*)

(6) The exposed masonry stem wall color should be
compatible to the dwelling unit. (P)

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood
pride and visual interest in residential architecture for
manufactured homes.

Section 507 Tab A, II.C.9 Residential Lot Design Review
9. RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN
REVIEW REGULATIONS APPLY TO ALL RESIDENTIAL LOTS
THAT ARE 65 FEET OR LESS IN WIDTH AND HAVE FOUR OR
FEWER PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT, AND ANY LOT
HAVING A MANUFACTURED OR MODULAR HOME, WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

a. THE LOT IS WITHIN AN APPROVED SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION;

b. THE LOT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION II.C.8 (SUBDIVISION
DIVERSITY DESIGN REVIEW); OR

c. THE LOT IS ZONED OR DESIGNATED HP, AND THE
CONSTRUCTION PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND APPROVED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 8, HISTORIC
PRESERVATION, PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING
PERMITS.

9.1 ALL DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT SHALL EXHIBIT A
DESIGN SCALE, FORM, AND CHARACTER OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY HOME. (P)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

RATIONALE: NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOULD RESPECT
THE DESIGN AND CHARACTER OF EXISTING
ESTABLISHED NEIGHBORHOODS, REGARDLESS OF THE
NUMBER OF UNITS PROVIDED ON A LOT. BUILDING
MATERIALS SHOULD MATCH OR COMPLEMENT THE
MATERIALS USED ON EXISTING HOMES IN THE VICINITY.

9.2 THE FRONT YARD, EXCLUDING AREAS APPROVED FOR
VEHICLE ACCESS, SHOULD BE LANDSCAPED WITH THE
FOLLOWING ELEMENTS: (P)

(a) A MINIMUM OF ONE, TWO INCH CALIPER OR
GREATER, DROUGHT RESISTANT, ACCENT TREE.

(b) A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE GALLON OR GREATER,
DROUGHT RESISTANT SHRUBS.

(c) DUSTPROOFED WITH GROUND COVER, TURF,
ROCK, DECOMPOSED GRANITE, OR EQUIVALENT
MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE PLANNING AND
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

(d) AN IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

RATIONALE: LANDSCAPING CONTRIBUTES TO AN
ATTRACTIVE ENVIRONMENT, PROVIDES SHADE, AND
CONTRIBUTES TO NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTITY.

9.3 A MINIMUM OF ONE PRIMARY ENTRANCE SHALL BE
PROVIDED WHICH FACES AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE
STREET. (R*)

9.4 FOR TWO-STORY BUILDINGS, WINDOWS, BALCONIES
(WITH DOORS FOR ACCESS), OR DECKS SHALL BE
PROVIDED ON THE FRONT FAÇADE FOR A MINIMUM OF
ONE-QUARTER OF THE BUILDING WIDTH. (R*)

9.5 EACH DWELLING UNIT SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE
COVERED PARKING SPACE. (R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


9.6 FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL
BE NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE
BUILDING ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM
REQUIRED FRONT SETBACK. (R*)

9.7 GARAGES AND CARPORTS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED
MORE THAN TEN FEET CLOSER TO THE FRONT
PROPERTY LINE THAN THE CLOSEST PRIMARY
ENTRANCE. (R*)

9.8 WALLS, FENCES, AND ENCLOSURE MATERIALS SHALL
NOT INCLUDE CHAIN LINK FENCING WITH, OR WITHOUT,
PLASTIC OR METAL SLATS, SHEETING,
NONDECORATIVE CORRUGATED METAL AND FENCING
MADE OR TOPPED WITH RAZOR, CONCERTINA, OR
BARBED WIRE. (R*)

9.9 MANUFACTURED HOMES SHALL PROVIDE THE
FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
ELEMENTS:

(a) MATERIALS SUCH AS WOOD, HARDBOARD, BRICK
VENEER, HARDIPLANK, STUCCO, OR HORIZONTAL
VINYL SIDING SHALL BE USED AS A
PREDOMINANT EXTERIOR MATERIAL. (P)

(b) THE EXPOSED ROOF PITCH SHALL BE AT A
MINIMUM OF 3/12 FOR UNITS 28 FEET OR LESS IN
WIDTH AND BE COVERED WITH SHINGLES, TILE
OR METAL, EXCLUDING ALUMINUM. (R*)

(c) A MINIMUM 50 SQUARE FOOT FRONT ENTRY
SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG THE STREET SIDE OF
THE BUILDING. (R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(d) PERMANENT ACCESS TO THE FRONT ENTRY
SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH MATERIALS AND
COLORS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE
DWELLING UNIT. (P)

(e) A MASONRY STEM WALL SHALL BE PROVIDED
UNDER THE DWELLING UNIT WITH NO MORE THAN
SEVEN INCHES OF EXPOSED FOUNDATION
MEASURED FROM HIGHEST FINISHED GRADE. (R*)

(f) THE EXPOSED MASONRY STEM WALL COLOR
SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE TO THE DWELLING UNIT.
(P)

***


Section 608. Residential Districts
Amend Chapter 6, Section 608 (Residential Districts) to read as follows:

Section 608. Residential Districts.

A. Purpose. Residential districts are established in recognition of a need to provide
areas of the City devoted primarily to living functions. In order to preserve these
areas from the distractions and adverse impacts which can result from immediate
association with nonresidential uses, these districts are restricted to residential,
limited nonresidential uses, and appropriate accessory uses. These regulations are
designed to promote the creation and maintenance of areas in which individuals or
families may pursue residential activities with reasonable access to open space,
and streets or roads, in a setting which is not negatively impacted by adjacent
uses. Limited nonresidential uses may have conditions placed upon them to limit
impact to adjacent residential uses and in some cases require a public hearing
through a use permit or special permit process to mitigate any negative impacts to
surrounding residential uses.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

The standards contained in this section and Sections 609 through 619 and 635 are
designed to establish the character of new residential development and also to
preserve the quality of residential uses during their lifetime. When applied to new
development, these standards are designed to be used in conjunction with the
development and improvement standards as contained in the Phoenix Subdivision
Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the City Code.

This section applies to the residential districts in Sections 609 through 619, in
addition to Section 635 (Planned Area Development) when specified.

***
B. Applicability. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS RE-35, R1-
18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A (SECTIONS 609
THROUGH 619), AND WHERE SPECIFIED IN THE REGULATIONS FOR OTHER
ZONING DISTRICTS.
of Development Options. The development of any parcel of land shall be in
accordance with the standards contained in any one development option as
contained in Sections 609 through 619. Development of a single lot or a parcel not
being further subdivided and located in the RE-35 and R1-18 zoning districts
(Sections 609 and 610) shall be in accordance with the requirements for the
standard subdivision development option (a), as contained in Sections 609 and
610. For a single lot or parcel not part of a subdivision platted prior to May 1, 1998,
not being further subdivided, and located in the R1-10 through R-4A zoning
districts (Sections 611 through 619), development shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the conventional subdivision option as contained in Sections 611
through 619.

All subsequent development shall be in accordance with the initially selected
development option unless a use permit is obtained. Building on any lot which was
subdivided or developed prior to the adoption of this chapter shall be done in
accordance with the standards under which the initial subdivision or development
occurred.

For purposes of conversion to this ordinance, property subdivided prior to May 1,
1998, shall be considered as follows:

1. Residential development with a site plan approved in accordance with
Section 507 shall be considered under the planned residential development
option.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


2. Residential development with an approved subdivision setback exhibit shall
be considered under the average lot development option if located in the
RE-35 through R-5 zoning districts (Sections 609 through 618).

3. Any other prior residential development shall be considered under the
development option selected when the property was subdivided.

A use permit shall not be required for new development on previously subdivided
property or property on which there is an approved site plan if the new
development is in conformance with the provisions of this ordinance.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 608.D Residential Districts Land Use Matrix
D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

Table 608.D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

SECTION AND ZONING DISTRICT
LAND USE CATEGORIES 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 635
RE-35 R1-18 R1-10 R1-8 R1-6 R-2 R-3 R-3A R-4 R-5 R-4A PAD
Single-Family Detached pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1
Accessory Dwelling Unit
(ac) pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2
(ADU)
(ac) Guestroom(s) pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3
Duplex np np pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4
Triplex np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5
Single-Family Attached pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc6 np
SUBDIVISION up5 up5 up5 up5 up5 up6
Multi-Family np np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7
Residential Convenience
(ac) np np np np np np np pc8 pc8 pc8 pc8 pc8
Market
Off-Site Manufactured Home
np np np np np up35 up35 up35 up35 up35 up35 np
Developments
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

*(ac) = accessory use permitted only with primary use listed immediately prior in the table.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 608.E Land Use Conditions

E. Land Use Conditions.

1. Single-Family Detached Dwelling Unit. Each single-family lot is permitted
one single-family detached primary dwelling unit and no additional dwelling
units, unless otherwise permitted elsewhere in this section.

2. Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU).

a. When a lot has no more than one single-family detached primary
dwelling, two ADUs are permitted in addition to the primary dwelling
unit. A third ADU may be permitted when at least one of the ADUs
qualifies as affordable housing and the net lot size is a minimum
43,560 square feet. However, lots having a duplex or triplex, single-
family attached units or any multi-family dwelling units are not
permitted any ADUs.

b. An ADU is subject to the development regulations of Section 706.A.

3. Guestrooms. Each single-family dwelling unit may contain no more than two
guestrooms.

4. Duplex.

a. Single-Family Lots. One duplex is permitted per lot when allowed by
the underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must
be of the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit
two dwelling units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Duplexes are permitted when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of
the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit the
number of dwelling units proposed.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

4. SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT. ONE SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT IS PERMITTED PER SINGLE-FAMILY LOT
WHEN THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NO
REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR SIDE YARD SETBACKS.

5. Triplex.

a. Single-Family Lots. One triplex is permitted per lot when allowed by
the underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must
be of the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit
three dwelling units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Triplexes are permitted when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of
the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit the
number of dwelling units proposed.

5. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION. SFI SUBDIVISIONS PER
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I ARE PERMITTED
WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, AND
BY USE PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE AREAS
DEPICTED IN FIGURE 608.I.1.

6. Single-Family Attached Dwelling Unit. One single-family attached dwelling
unit is permitted per single-family lot when allowed by the underlying zoning
district and development option.
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION—R-4A ONLY. SFI
SUBDIVISIONS PER THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I
ARE PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT
DISTRICT, AND BY USE PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE
AREAS DEPICTED IN FIGURE 608.I.1. EXCEPT FOR THE PERMITTED
DENSITY, THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE THE SAME AS
FOR THE R-4 PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, AS
MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units. Multi-family dwelling units are permitted when
allowed by the underlying zoning district and development option EXCEPT
WHEN THE DEVELOPMENT HAS BEEN PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY
SUBDIVISION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

35. Off-site manufactured home developments are permitted with use permit
approval per Section 307, and subject to the development regulations
provided in Section 608.F.7 608.J.



Section 608.F (General Development Regulations)
F. Special GENERAL DEVELOPMENT Regulations.

1. No structure may be built on a lot which does not front on a street which is in
accordance with the adopted street classification map AND THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 714, FUTURE WIDTH LINES, unless
exempted by this section.

2. In any district where a half street not less than one-half of that width
prescribed for that street by the street classification map, and amendments
thereto, has been dedicated, any lots facing or siding on such half street
from which side the required width of dedication has been made shall be
deemed to have frontage on a street.

3. No permit shall be issued for buildings on a lot fronting on a half street of
less than that prescribed by the street classification map for an arterial or
collector street or 25 feet for all other streets except for single-family
attached development individual dwelling units UNLESS THE LOT IS PART
OF A PLATTED SUBDIVISION WHICH WAS APPROVED WITH MODIFIED
STREET STANDARDS.

a. For development utilizing an average lot or PRD development option
or for development built under a planned area development district, a
minimum of 16.58-foot half-street right-of-way may be provided when
all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The street is not designated as a collector or arterial street.

(2) There are no restrictions to public access to the street.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(3) Pavement width shall be 33.16 feet from back of curb to back
of curb.

(4) Pavement thickness and design shall be in accordance with
Maricopa Association of Governments’ standards.

(5) All terminations shall contain a 40-foot-radius right-of-way.

(6) The street has been constructed prior to March 19, 1986.

4. There shall be no outdoor storage of personal property visible beyond the
boundaries of the property within any front or side yard.

5. No accessory use shall include outdoor display or storage of any of the
following listed items when such items are visible or emit odor, dust, gas,
noise, vibration, smoke, heat or glare beyond any boundary of the lot on
which such items are displayed or stored:

a. Any building or landscaping materials.

b. Any machinery, parts, scrap, or appliances.

c. Vehicles which are unlicensed, inoperable, or registered to or owned
by persons not residing on or the guest of persons residing on the
premises.

d. Any other chattel used for or intended for a commercial purpose or
ultimate use on other than the subject premises.

6. Single-Family Infill (SFI). Single-family infill development regulations may be
applied in zoning districts where the SFI development option is offered, but
only when the development falls within the infill development district
identified in the general plan, or with use permit approval within the following
areas located outside of the infill development district:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Figure 608.F.6. Single-Family Infill Development Areas




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. The SFI development option does not eliminate any redevelopment
area, special planning district or overlays. Where conflicts occur
between the requirements of the SFI development option and
redevelopment areas, overlay zoning districts, special planning
districts, and specific plans, the requirements of the overlay zoning
districts, special planning districts, redevelopment areas or specific
plans shall apply.

b. Historic preservation designated properties or properties in historic
preservation districts cannot use the SFI development option.

c. Dwelling Units. The SFI development option is intended primarily for
single-family attached dwelling units; however, up to 20 percent of the
units in a development may be single-family detached dwelling units
to allow for variety and efficiency of design.

(1) Any provided detached dwelling units shall comply with the
same development regulations applicable to that SFI
development.

d. Design Requirements.

(1) Individual units fronting on street rights-of-way shall provide an
entryway that is either elevated, depressed or includes a
feature such as a low wall to accentuate the primary entrance.

(2) Required covered parking spaces shall not front on perimeter
street rights-of-way.

(3) Individual unit rear yards shall not abut perimeter street ROW
or an adjacent perimeter street landscape area.

(4) Attached dwelling units constructed in a row shall not exceed a
total length of 200 feet without having a minimum 20-foot-wide
open area.

e. Perimeter Landscape Setbacks and Requirements.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(1) Residences that front on arterial, collector, or local street
rights-of-way shall provide a minimum ten-foot-wide landscape
tract or community-maintained landscaping abutting the street,
except when within 2,000 feet of a light rail station.

(2) Residences that side on arterial, collector, or local street
rights-of-way shall provide a minimum 15-foot-wide landscape
tract or community-maintained landscaping abutting the street.

(3) Perimeter of the development not abutting rights-of-way and
adjacent to a single-family residential district or historic
preservation designated property must provide a minimum ten-
foot landscape setback. Walls/fences up to six feet high within
private rear yards may be provided within the perimeter
setback so long as the required landscape is still provided.

(4) Trees shall be provided in required landscape setbacks at a
minimum rate of 20 feet on center or equivalent groupings, as
approved by the PDD landscape architect, subject to the
following:

(a) Fifty percent of the required trees shall be minimum
one-and-one-half-inch caliper at the time of installation.

(b) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be
minimum two-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the
time of installation.

(c) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be
minimum three-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the
time of installation.

(5) A minimum of five five-gallon shrubs per tree shall be
provided.

f. Open Space Regulations. The only walls/fences allowed within
required common area open space are required pool security fences
and other necessary security fences, as approved by PDD.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

g. Parking Requirements. Section 702 applies to SFI development,
except where specifically modified by this section.

(1) Within the Infill Development District: one parking space per
dwelling unit must be provided that is covered or located within
a garage.

(2) Within the applicable SFI area that is not located within the
infill development district: two parking spaces per dwelling unit
must be provided that are covered or located within a garage.

(3) The required spaces for each dwelling unit must be located on
the same lot as the unit for which they are provided.

(4) A minimum 0.25 additional unreserved guest parking space
per dwelling unit must be provided within
any SFI development.

h. Alley Access and Maneuvering.

(1) All maneuvering for on-site parking must be located on private
property and not in public ROW.

(2) Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is
permitted within the infill development district.

(3) Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is
permitted applicable area outside of the infill development
district if all three conditions are met, as follows:

(a) The site is not across the alley from either a single-
family or historic preservation zoning district;

(b) Alley access is specifically approved as part of the use
permit hearing; and

(c) All necessary technical appeals have been approved.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

i. Maximum 40-inch fence height allowed in the required setbacks
along perimeter street rights-of-way.

j. Signage is subject to the regulations of Section 705, Table D-1,
Single-Family Residential.


7. Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments. Off-site manufactured home
development is subject to use permit approval in the C-1, C-2, and C-3
districts, in addition to zoning districts indicated in Section 608.D; and
subject to the following additional development regulations:

a. The provisions of Section 703.B do not apply to off-site manufactured
home developments.

b. These regulations apply to development of a single lot or parcel, not
to be further subdivided.

c. Placement for each off-site manufactured home shall be provided as
follows:

(1) There shall be a minimum of 20 feet between off-site
manufactured homes and ten feet between awnings and
canopies. All annexes or structural additions shall be
considered part of the off-site manufactured home.

(2) There shall be at least 40 feet between off-site manufactured
homes on opposite sides of a private accessway.

(3) No off-site manufactured home, annex or structural addition
shall be closer than eight feet to any private accessway or
private drive.

d. Each off-site manufactured home space shall have private outdoor
living space of at least 150 square feet. The dimension of this space
shall be at least 15 feet in width.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

e. At each occupied off-site manufactured home space, there shall be
an enclosed storage locker for yard tools and other bulky items
convenient to the space with a storage capacity of at least 150 cubic
feet.

f. All areas not covered by structures or paved surfaces shall be
landscaped and maintained in accordance with the approved
development review documents required under Section 507.

g. Screening the perimeter of an off-site manufactured home
development by a wall or other approved material may be required as
a condition of use permit approval.

h. There shall be a network of pedestrian walkways connecting off-site
manufactured home spaces with each other and with development
facilities and amenities.

i. If storage yards are provided, there shall be a screened storage yard
or yards for boats, recreational vehicles, etc. Such storage yards shall
have a minimum of 60 square feet of storage space for each off-site
manufactured home space in the development and shall be located
so as to not detract from surrounding properties. All boats and
recreational vehicles shall be parked in the storage yard.

j. Each off-site manufactured home shall (1) be affixed permanently to
the ground or (2) have skirting around its perimeter to screen its
wheels and undercarriage.

k. All utilities and the wires of any central television or radio antenna
system shall be underground.

l. Not more than 15 percent of the spaces in any one off-site
manufactured home development shall be developed or used for
recreational vehicles.

m. Development of off-site manufactured home communities shall be
under the planned residential development option applicable in the
underlying zoning district.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

n. Private drives may be used for access to each off-site manufactured
home.

o. There shall be a minimum of five percent of the total area of the off-
site manufactured home development dedicated or reserved as
usable common open space land. Common open space lands shall
be clearly designated on the plan as to the character of use and
development but shall not include:

(1) Areas reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an individual
tenant or owner; nor

(2) Dedicated streets, alleys, and other public rights-of-way; nor

(3) Vehicular drives, parking, loading, and storage areas; nor

(4) Required setback areas at exterior boundaries of the site; nor

(5) Golf courses.

Adequate guarantees must be provided to ensure permanent
retention of open space land area resulting from the application of
these regulations, either by private reservation for the use of the
residents within the development or by dedication to the public, or a
combination thereof.

Section 608.G (Development Options)
G. Reserved.
DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS. EACH RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT (RE-35,
R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A) PROVIDES
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SPECIFIC TO THAT ZONING DISTRICT.
ADDITIONALLY, DIFFERENT SETS OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
(“DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS”) ARE PROVIDED WITHIN CERTAIN ZONING
DISTRICTS.

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. DEVELOPMENT OF ANY PARCEL OR LAND SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SET
FORTH FOR A SINGLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION.

b. A DEVELOPMENT OPTION FOR A PROPERTY IS CONSIDERED
ESTABLISHED IF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE:

(1) A PRELIMINARY OR FINAL SITE PLAN HAS BEEN
APPROVED FOR A PROPERTY AND IS STILL
CONSIDERED VALID PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
507.K.6.

(2) THE PROPERTY HAS STRUCTURES FOR WHICH
BUILDING PERMITS WERE ISSUED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
STANDARDS FOR A DEVELOPMENT OPTION WHICH WAS
VALID AT THE TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE.

(3) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A PLATTED AND RECORDED
SUBDIVISION (ALSO SEE SUBSECTION G.2 BELOW).

c. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS ALREADY BEEN
ESTABLISHED FOR A PROPERTY, SUBSEQUENT
DEVELOPMENT OR REDEVELOPMENT OF THE PROPERTY
MUST COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE
ESTABLISHED DEVELOPMENT OPTION UNLESS USE PERMIT
APPROVAL PER SECTION 307 IS OBTAINED, WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

(1) THE PROPERTY HAS BEEN REZONED PER SECTION 506
(BASE ZONING ONLY; DOES NOT INCLUDE HEIGHT OR
DENSITY WAIVERS, SPECIAL PERMITS, OR ADDITION OF
OVERLAY DISTRICTS); OR

(2) THE PROPERTY IS A PREVIOUSLY PLATTED
SUBDIVISION AND THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION IS TO BE
REPLATTED; OR




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(3) THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND IS BEING PLATTED AS A
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION; OR

(4) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A MASTER PLAT SUCH AS:
STATE PLATS; AGRICULTURAL/RANCHING
SUBDIVISIONS; PLATS USED TO MAKE DEDICATIONS
AND CREATE DEVELOPMENT BLOCKS WITHIN MASTER-
PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS; OR OTHER ATYPICAL
SUBDIVISION PLATS AS APPROVED BY THE ZONING
ADMINISTRATOR.

d. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NEVER BEEN ESTABLISHED
FOR A PROPERTY, ANY APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION
MAY BE CHOSEN.

2. PLATTED SUBDIVISION LOTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS
APPLICABLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OPTION STATED IN THE TITLE
OF THE PLAT, AS FOLLOWS:

a. DEVELOPMENTS HAVING AN APPROVED FINAL SITE PLAN OR
APPROVED SETBACK EXHIBIT ON FILE WITH THE PLANNING
AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT MAY INSTEAD CHOOSE TO
APPLY THE STANDARDS APPROVED PER THE PLAN/EXHIBIT, IF
DIFFERENT FROM CURRENT STANDARDS. HOWEVER, ANY
AMENDMENT TO A FINAL SITE PLAN OR SETBACK EXHIBIT
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT DEVELOPMENT
OPTIONS AND STANDARDS.

b. PLATS TITLED “STANDARD”, “SUBDIVISION”, “CONVENTIONAL”,
OR HAVING NO REFERENCE TO A DEVELOPMENT OPTION
SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF
THE STANDARD OPTION.

c. PLATS TITLED “AVERAGE LOT” OR “PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

d. PLATS TITLED “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED” OR “SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION, IN ADDITION TO THE STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

e. PLATS TITLED “PLANNED AREA DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 635 WHEN ZONED
PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15. OTHER PLATS WITH THE SAME
TITLE BUT NOT ZONED PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15 SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, OR THE BASE
REGULATIONS OF THE DISTRICT IF THE PRD OPTION IS NOT
OFFERED.

f. FOR OTHER PLAT TITLES NOT IDENTIFIED WITHIN THIS
SECTION, THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR SHALL DETERMINE
THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION AND REGULATIONS.

3. STANDARD OPTION. WHEN A ZONING DISTRICT PROVIDES
MULTIPLE DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS, THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS FOR THE STANDARD OPTION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THE
ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TABLE FOR THAT
DISTRICT. IF ONLY ONE SET OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS IS
PROVIDED FOR A ZONING DISTRICT, THOSE STANDARDS SHALL BE
CONSIDERED THE STANDARD OPTION.

4. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION. WHEN THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION IS UTILIZED FOR A
SUBDIVISION AND/OR DEVELOPMENT, A SITE PLAN MUST BE
SUBMITTED, REVIEWED, AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 507. THE SITE PLAN SHALL ILLUSTRATE COMPLIANCE
WITH ALL OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR THE PRD
OPTION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Section 608.H (Bonus Provisions)
H. Reserved. BONUS PROVISIONS.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION DENSITY BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING
THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, SINGLE-
FAMILY SUBDIVISIONS IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN INCREASED DENSITY AS
SHOWN IN TABLE 608.H.1 BY PROVIDING SITE AMENITIES AND
ENHANCEMENTS FROM TABLE 608.H.2, UP TO THE MAXIMUM
DENSITY PERMITTED BY THE DISTRICT:



TABLE 608.H.1
PERMISSIBLE DENSITY BONUS BY DISTRICT

0.05 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
RE-35 AND R1-18
EARNED

0.10 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R1-10, R1-8, AND R1-6
EARNED

0.25 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-2, R-3, AND R-3A
EARNED

0.50 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-4 AND R-5
EARNED




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT

INCREASE COMMON LANDSCAPED SETBACK
10 PTS. 1. ADJACENT TO PERIMETER STREET TO A MINIMUM 20
FEET.

PROVIDE A MAJOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,500 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
10 PTS./FEATURE 2.
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

PROVIDE A MINOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,000 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
5 PTS./FEATURE 3.
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

STREETSCAPE

PROVIDE DETACHED SIDEWALKS SEPARATED FROM
THE CURB BY A MINIMUM 5-FOOT WIDE PLANTING
AREA. PLANTING AREA SHALL BE PLANTED WITH
20 PTS. 4. MINIMUM 24-INCH BOX SIZE TREES PLANTED AT A
RATE OF 1 PER LOT, TURF OR 5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS
FOR EVERY TREE AND GROUND COVER; AND
SUPPLIED WITH AN ADEQUATE IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

PROVIDE LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION FOR ALL
FRONT YARDS WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT WHICH
10 PTS. 5.
SHALL INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 24-INCH BOX TREE,
5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS, AND GROUND COVER.

RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL 5 BONUS POINTS FOR
5 PTS. 5A.
EACH ADDITIONAL TREE (MINIMUM 15-GALLON).




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR DRIVEWAYS AND ON-LOT
SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST
10 PTS. 6.
OF CONSISTENT ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE
FEATURES, E.G. INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS,
BORDERS.

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE STREETS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 7. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 8. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.,
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.

2 PTS./FEATURE 9. PROVIDE LANDSCAPED MEDIAN ISLANDS.

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREET FURNITURE
5 PTS. 10. PACKAGE CONSISTING OF CUSTOM STREET SIGNS,
BUS SHELTERS AND BENCHES.

PROVIDE CUSTOM STREETLIGHT STANDARDS
5 PTS. 11.
AND/OR FIXTURES.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREETSCAPE PLAN,
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT OR OTHER MEANS
WHICH SHALL ADDRESS VISUAL INTEREST AT A
PEDESTRIAN SCALE; RHYTHM, FORM AND MASSING;
25 PTS. 12. AND RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS TO EACH OTHER FOR
THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION. SUCH PLAN SHALL
PROVIDE ELEVATIONS, COLOR OPTIONS, AND LIMIT
WHICH MODEL(S)/ELEVATION(S) MAY OR MAY NOT
BE SITED ON INDIVIDUAL LOTS.

PROVIDE HOUSE PLANS WHICH DEMONSTRATE AN
25 PTS. 13. ENHANCED LEVEL OF ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AS
APPROVED BY THE DESIGN ADVISOR.

PROVIDE PREMIUM GRADE EXTERIOR MATERIALS
10 PTS. 14. AND FINISHES AS APPROVED BY THE DESIGN
ADVISOR.

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMON OPEN SPACE, SUCH
2 PTS. 15. THAT EACH ADDITIONAL 1% OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE EARNS 2 BONUS POINTS.

PROVIDE MAJOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
10 PTS./FEATURE 16. AMENITIES (E.G., TENNIS COURTS, POOL,
COMMUNITY MEETING ROOM).

PROVIDE MINOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
AMENITIES (E.G., BIKEPATH OR MULTI-USE TRAIL
WHICH PROVIDE AN INTERNAL LINKAGE WITHIN THE
5 PTS./FEATURE 17.
DEVELOPMENT AS WELL AS A CONNECTION TO
SIMILAR FACILITIES LOCATED AT THE PERIMETER
OF THE SITE).




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

2. MULTI-FAMILY OPEN SPACE BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL OPTION, MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENTS IN THE R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN A ONE PERCENT
DENSITY BONUS FOR EACH TWO PERCENT OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OPEN SPACE
REQUIRED FOR THE DEVELOPMENT.

a. THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT SHALL
DETERMINE THE ADEQUACY OF COMMON OPEN SPACE AS
PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS. OPEN SPACE
SHALL NOT INCLUDE:

1. PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.

2. VEHICULAR DRIVES OR PARKING AREAS.

3. PRIVATE PATIO AREAS, NARROW STRIPS BETWEEN OR
IN FRONT OF UNITS; OR, IN GENERAL, AREAS
RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF INDIVIDUAL
TENANTS.

4. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT THE EXTERIOR
BOUNDARIES OF THE SITE.

5. GOLF COURSES.

b. IN NO CASE SHALL THE DENSITY OF THE DEVELOPMENT
EXCEED THE MAXIMUM DENSITY ALLOWED BY THE DISTRICT.

3. AFFORDABLE HOUSING INCENTIVES. IN ORDER TO OVERCOME A
DEMONSTRATED DEFICIENCY IN THE SUPPLY OF HOUSING FOR
PERSONS OF LOW INCOME, INCENTIVES ARE ESTABLISHED TO
FOSTER THE PROVISION OF SUCH HOUSING.

a. APPLICABILITY. ALL DEVELOPMENT LOCATED WITHIN A
ZONING DISTRICT SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
608 PROVIDING AFFORDABLE HOUSING AS DEFINED IN
SECTION 202.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

b. DENSITY BONUS.

(1) ONE ADDITIONAL UNIT SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR EVERY
TWO AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS, PROVIDED THAT
THE OVERALL PROJECT DENSITY DOES NOT EXCEED 10
PERCENT BEYOND THAT WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE BE
ALLOWED.

(2) A DENSITY BONUS AWARDED PER THIS SECTION SHALL
APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM DENSITY FOR ANY DISTRICT
AND MAY BE IN ADDITION TO A DENSITY BONUS
EARNED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 608.H.1 or
608.H.2.

c. OTHER REQUIREMENTS. THE TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS
WITHIN A PROJECT SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE HOUSING
DEPARTMENT.

Section 608.I (Single-Family Infill Subdivisions)
I. Development Regulations. Following are definitions of terms used in the
development standards tables for each district:

1. Minimum lot dimension: The minimum width and depth of lot lines and
where specified, the minimum area of each lot.

2. Dwelling unit density: The total number of dwelling units on a site divided
by the gross area of the site.

a. Density Bonus Points. Additional density may be granted by earning
density bonus points by providing site enhancements from the table
below, as follows:

(1) Single-family detached development in the R1-10 through R1-
6 districts (Sections 611 through 613) may earn increased
density of 0.1 du/ac for each ten density bonus points earned
when also using the planned residential development option,
up to the maximum density allowed by the district.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(2) Single-family detached development in the R-2 through R-4A
districts (Sections 614 through 619) may earn increased
density of 0.275 du/ac for each five density bonus points
earned when also using the planned residential development
option, up to the maximum density allowed by the district.
However, at least half of the bonus points used to achieve
densities in excess of 7.5 du/ac must be from the architectural
design bonus point category.


Bonus Points Enhancement Category
PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT
10 pts. 1. Increase common landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter street to 20' avg./15' minimum.

10 pts./feature 2. Provide a major entry feature with a minimum 1,500
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).

5 pts./feature 3. Provide a minor entry feature with a minimum 1,000
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).

STREETSCAPE

20 pts. 1. Provide detached sidewalks separated from the curb
by a minimum 5'-wide planting area. Planting area
shall be planted with minimum 24"-box size trees
planted at a rate of 1 per lot, turf or 5 5-gallon shrubs
for every tree and ground cover; and supplied with
an adequate irrigation system.

10 pts. 2. Provide landscaping and irrigation for all front yards
within the development which shall include a
minimum of 1 24"-box tree, 5 5-gallon shrubs, and
ground cover.

5 pts. 2a. Receive an additional 5 bonus points for each
additional tree (minimum 15-gallon).

10 pts. 3. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for
driveways and on-lot sidewalks. Partial treatment




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

shall consist of consistent accent treatment for all
like features, e.g. intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts. 4. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private streets. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts. 5. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private sidewalks. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.,
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

2 pts./feature 6. Provide landscaped median islands.

5 pts. 7. Provide a comprehensive street furniture package
consisting of custom street signs, bus shelters and
benches.

5 pts. 8 Provide custom streetlight standards and/or fixtures.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN

25 pts. 1. Provide a comprehensive streetscape plan,
development agreement or other means which shall
address visual interest at a pedestrian scale; rhythm,
form and massing; and relationship of units to each
other for the entire subdivision. Such plan shall
provide elevations, color options, and limit which
model(s)/elevation(s) may or may not be sited on
individual lots.

25 pts. 2. Provide house plans which demonstrate an
enhanced level of architectural design as approved
by the design advisor.

10 pts. 3. Provide premium grade exterior materials and
finishes as approved by the design advisor.

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

2 pts. 1. Provide additional common area, such that each
additional 1% of common area earns 2 bonus points.

10 pts./feature 2. Provide major private recreational amenities (e.g.,
tennis courts, pool, community meeting room).




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

5 pts./feature 3. Provide minor private recreational amenities (e.g.,
bikepath or multi-use trail which provide an internal
linkage within the development as well as a
connection to similar facilities located at the
perimeter of the site).


b. Additional Common Area/Open Space. Additional density may be
granted by providing additional common area above any minimum
requirements as follows:

(1) Qualifying developments (listed below) may earn:

(a) A one percent density bonus for each four percent of
basic common area; or

(b) A one percent density bonus for each two percent of
improved common area.

(c) The Planning and Development Department shall
determine the adequacy of both basic and improved
common areas as part of the development review
process. Open space shall not include:

(i) Public right-of-way.

(ii) Vehicular drives or parking areas.

(iii) Private patio areas, narrow strips between or in
front of units; or, in general, areas reserved for
the exclusive use of individual tenants.

(iv) Required setback areas at the exterior
boundaries of the site.

(v) Golf courses.

(d) In no case shall the density of the development exceed
the maximum density allowed by the district.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(2) Developments qualifying for the additional common area/open
space density bonus are as follows:

(a) Single-family development in the RE-35 and R1-18
zoning districts (Sections 609 and 610), when also
using the planned residential development option.

(b) Single-family attached development in the R1-10
through R-4A zoning districts (Sections 611 through
619), when using the planned residential development
option.

(c) Single-family development in the R-2 through R-4A
zoning districts (Sections 614 through 619), when using
the single-family infill development option.

(d) Multi-family development in the R1-10 through R-4A
zoning districts (Sections 611 through 619), when using
the planned residential development option.

3. Perimeter standards: Setbacks for structures which are required at the
perimeter of a development. These standards shall apply only to lots which
are created by a subdivision or a project approved under the provisions of
Section 507. These standards shall not apply in the following circumstances:
when contiguous developments are to be developed using the same
development option with the same perimeter standards and are on the same
preliminary plat or are platted concurrently; when the perimeter of a
development is contiguous to a permanent open space, such as a natural
wash, hillside preserve, or existing golf course, the depth of which is at least
forty feet; or when the development was properly platted prior to September
13, 1981.

4. Building setback: The required separation of buildings from lot lines.

5. Maximum height: The maximum allowed height as measured from natural
grade which measurement shall be as in chapter 2.

6. Lot coverage: The maximum area of a lot occupied by structures and open
projections as defined in chapter 2.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


7. Common areas: Required areas in a planned residential development to be
used and enjoyed by residents of a development and either improved in
accordance with the standards in chapter 2 or maintained in a natural state
as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

8. Allowed Development: The development options tables provided in
Sections 609 through 619 indicate the only types of residential development
permitted under each development option and associated development
regulations. The complete list of all permitted uses, including accessory and
temporary uses, is provided in Section 608.C.

9. Required review: Development review in accordance with Section 507 of
this ordinance, and subdivision review in accordance with chapter 32 of the
Phoenix City Code when new lots are created.

10. Required parking: The minimum number of off-street parking spaces to be
provided and which shall be according to Section 702.A.

11. Street standards: The class of street required to provide access to any
parcel or subdivided lot within a development.




***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

I. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS.

1. APPLICABILITY. THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL REGULATIONS OF THIS
SECTION SHALL APPLY TO SUBDIVISIONS MEETING ALL OF THE
FOLLOWING CRITERIA:

a. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT ZONED HP OR HP-L, NOR
DESIGNATED AS HISTORIC ON THE NATIONAL REGISTER OF
HISTORICAL PLACES.

b. THE SUBDIVISION IS ZONED R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1,
C-2, C-3, DTC, OR WU CODE;

c. THE SUBDIVISION EITHER UTILIZES THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION, OR THE DISTRICT
SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT AN SFI SUBDIVISION MAY BE
DEVELOPED PER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION;

d. THE SUBDIVISION IS EITHER LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL PLAN,
OR THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA
IDENTIFIED AS “APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS OBTAINED
USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND

e. FOR EXISTING SUBDIVISIONS RECORDED PRIOR TO 2024
ONLY: THE PLAT HAS THE SUBTITLE “A SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED SUBDIVISION”; “A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISION”; “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DEVELOPMENT
OPTION”; OR ANOTHER ANALOGOUS SUBTITLE AS
DETERMINED BY THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

FIGURE 608.I.1
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT AREAS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

2. SPECIAL PLANNING AREAS. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN
THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND REDEVELOPMENT
AREAS, OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING
DISTRICTS, AND SPECIFIC PLANS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING DISTRICTS,
REDEVELOPMENT AREAS OR SPECIFIC PLANS SHALL APPLY.

3. SFI DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

a. THE FOLLOWING TABLE PROVIDES MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS TO BE APPLIED TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION
DEVELOPED UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION:

TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISIONS

LOT WIDTH
(1) 20 FEET
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT DENSITY
(3) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(4) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MAXIMUM)

INDIVIDUAL LOT SETBACKS
(5) NONE
(MINIMUM)

GARAGE DOOR/CARPORT
(6) ENTRY SETBACK THREE FEET
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.c

PERIMETER STREET, FRONT: 10 FEET
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET, SIDE: 15 FEET
(8) BUILDING SETBACKS
(MINIMUM) PERIMETER STREET, REAR: PER SECTION 608.I.4.d
OTHER PERIMETER: 10 FEET




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISIONS

10 FEET, REQUIRED TO BE
PERIMETER STREET
COMMUNITY/ASSOCIATION MAINTAINED. MAY BE
(9) LANDSCAPE SETBACKS
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) PER SECTION 608.I.3.b
(MAXIMUM)

LOT COVERAGE INDIVIDUAL LOTS: NO MAXIMUM
(11)
(MAXIMUM) OTHER PARCELS/TRACTS: 50%

COMMON OPEN SPACE
(12) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
(13) PER SECTION 608.I.7
REQUIREMENTS

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE
OTHER APPLICABLE
(14) DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB A
REGULATIONS:
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


b. MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT.

(1) IN ALL DISTRICTS, THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT
MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE
INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM
PERMITTED HEIGHT.

(2) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED R-5, THE MAXIMUM
PERMITTED HEIGHT IS 48 FEET.

(3) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED DTC, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT
SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE
CHARACTER AREA.

(4) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED WU CODE, THE MAXIMUM
HEIGHT SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE
TRANSECT.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(5) IN ALL OTHER DISTRICTS, THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT IS 40 FEET WITHIN 150 FEET OF THE
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER, WITH A ONE-FOOT HEIGHT
INCREASE PERMITTED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE-
FOOT SETBACK TO A MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF
48 FEET.

c. ALL OTHER DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE
UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT ARE APPLICABLE UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
SECTION.

4. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL DESIGN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS.

a. INDIVIDUAL UNITS FRONTING ON STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY
SHALL PROVIDE A FRONT ENTRY THAT IS EITHER ELEVATED,
DEPRESSED OR INCLUDES A FEATURE SUCH AS A LOW WALL
TO ACCENTUATE THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE. (R*)

b. REQUIRED PARKING SPACES SHALL NOT FRONT ON OR BE
ACCESSED FROM A PERIMETER STREET. (R*)

c. FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL BE
NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FRONT
SETBACK. (R*)

d. NO REAR PROPERTY LINE OF ANY LOT IN AN SFI SUBDIVISION
SHALL ABUT EITHER A PERIMETER STREET OR AN
ASSOCIATED PERIMETER STREET LANDSCAPE SETBACK
AREA. (R*)

e. ATTACHED DWELLING UNITS CONSTRUCTED IN A ROW SHALL
NOT EXCEED A TOTAL LENGTH OF 200 FEET WITHOUT HAVING
A MINIMUM 20-FOOT-WIDE OPEN AREA. (R*)

5. LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. TREES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN REQUIRED LANDSCAPE
SETBACKS AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 20 FEET ON CENTER OR
EQUIVALENT GROUPINGS, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) FIFTY PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES SHALL BE
MINIMUM ONE-AND-ONE-HALF-INCH CALIPER AT THE
TIME OF INSTALLATION.

(2) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES
SHALL BE MINIMUM TWO-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-
TRUNKED TREES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

(3) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES
SHALL BE MINIMUM THREE-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-
TRUNKED TREES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

b. A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE-GALLON SHRUBS PER TREE SHALL
BE PROVIDED. (T)

6. PARKING REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 702 APPLIES TO SFI
DEVELOPMENT, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THIS
SECTION.

a. A MINIMUM OF ONE COVERED PARKING SPACE PER
DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED ON THE SAME LOT AS
THE UNIT FOR WHICH IT IS PROVIDED.

b. COVERED PARKING SETBACKS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE
LARGER THAN THE BUILDING SETBACKS REQUIRED FOR THE
DWELLING UNIT.

c. A MINIMUM 0.25 ADDITIONAL UNRESERVED GUEST PARKING
SPACE PER DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED WITHIN
ANY SFI DEVELOPMENT.

7. VEHICULAR ACCESS AND MANEUVERING.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. ALL MANEUVERING FOR ON-SITE PARKING MUST BE LOCATED
ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND NOT WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-
WAY. (T)

b. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM A PUBLIC STREET OR
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY IS PERMITTED. (T)

c. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS
PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND THE STREET TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT HAS APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM
PAVING STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

d. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS
PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1, WITH THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:

(1) THE SFI SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ACROSS THE
ALLEY FROM EITHER A SINGLE-FAMILY OR HP ZONING
DISTRICT. (R)

(2) THE STREET TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT HAS
APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM PAVING
STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

e. INDIVIDUAL LOTS MAY FRONT ON A PUBLIC STREET, PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY, OR PRIVATE DRIVE, AS APPROVED BY THE CITY
TO ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT MANEUVERING AND PUBLIC
UTILITY ACCESS. (T)

8. WALLS/FENCES.

a. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN
REQUIRED PERIMETER LANDSCAPE SETBACKS IS 40 INCHES.
(R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

b. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN
REQUIRED OPEN SPACE AREAS IS 40 INCHES, WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF REQUIRED POOL FENCES AND OTHER
NECESSARY VIEW FENCES, AS APPROVED BY PDD. (R*)

9. SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE IS SUBJECT TO THE REGULATIONS OF SECTION
705, TABLE D-1, SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL.

Section 608.J (Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments)

J. Incentives for Affordable Housing. In order to overcome a demonstrated deficiency
in the supply of housing for persons of low and moderate income, incentives are
established to foster the provision of such housing.

1. Applicability. All development located within a zoning district subject to the
provisions of Section 608 providing affordable housing as defined in Section
202.

2. Density Bonus.

a. One additional unit shall be allowed for every two affordable housing
units; provided, that the overall project density does not exceed ten
percent beyond that which would otherwise be allowed.

b. A density bonus awarded per this section shall apply to the maximum
density for any district and may be in addition to a density bonus
earned per the provisions of Section 608.I.2.

3. Other Requirements. The total number of units within a project shall be as
approved by the Department of Housing.

J. OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS. OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT IS SUBJECT TO USE PERMIT
APPROVAL IN THE C-1, C-2, AND C-3 DISTRICTS, IN ADDITION TO ZONING
DISTRICTS INDICATED IN SECTION 608.D; AND SUBJECT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS:

1. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 703.B DO NOT APPLY TO OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS.

2. THESE REGULATIONS APPLY TO DEVELOPMENT OF A SINGLE LOT
OR PARCEL, NOT TO BE FURTHER SUBDIVIDED.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


3. PLACEMENT FOR EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL BE
PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES AND TEN FEET BETWEEN AWNINGS
AND CANOPIES. ALL ANNEXES OR STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS
SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.

b. THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST 40 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY.

c. NO OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME, ANNEX OR
STRUCTURAL ADDITION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN EIGHT FEET
TO ANY PRIVATE ACCESSWAY OR PRIVATE DRIVE.

4. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE SHALL HAVE
PRIVATE OUTDOOR LIVING SPACE OF AT LEAST 150 SQUARE FEET.
THE DIMENSION OF THIS SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 FEET IN
WIDTH.

5. AT EACH OCCUPIED OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE,
THERE SHALL BE AN ENCLOSED STORAGE LOCKER FOR YARD
TOOLS AND OTHER BULKY ITEMS CONVENIENT TO THE SPACE WITH
A STORAGE CAPACITY OF AT LEAST 150 CUBIC FEET.

6. ALL AREAS NOT COVERED BY STRUCTURES OR PAVED SURFACES
SHALL BE LANDSCAPED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE APPROVED DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DOCUMENTS REQUIRED
UNDER SECTION 507.

7. SCREENING THE PERIMETER OF AN OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED
HOME DEVELOPMENT BY A WALL OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL
MAY BE REQUIRED AS A CONDITION OF USE PERMIT APPROVAL.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

8. THERE SHALL BE A NETWORK OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS
CONNECTING OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACES WITH EACH
OTHER AND WITH DEVELOPMENT FACILITIES AND AMENITIES.

9. IF STORAGE YARDS ARE PROVIDED, THERE SHALL BE A SCREENED
STORAGE YARD OR YARDS FOR BOATS, RECREATIONAL VEHICLES,
ETC. SUCH STORAGE YARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 60
SQUARE FEET OF STORAGE SPACE FOR EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL
BE LOCATED SO AS TO NOT DETRACT FROM SURROUNDING
PROPERTIES. ALL BOATS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLES SHALL BE
PARKED IN THE STORAGE YARD.

10. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL (1) BE AFFIXED
PERMANENTLY TO THE GROUND OR (2) HAVE SKIRTING AROUND
ITS PERIMETER TO SCREEN ITS WHEELS AND UNDERCARRIAGE.

11. ALL UTILITIES AND THE WIRES OF ANY CENTRAL TELEVISION OR
RADIO ANTENNA SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.

12. NOT MORE THAN 15 PERCENT OF THE SPACES IN ANY ONE OFF-
SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE DEVELOPED
OR USED FOR RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

13. DEVELOPMENT OF OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME COMMUNITIES
SHALL BE UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION APPLICABLE IN THE UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT.

14. PRIVATE DRIVES MAY BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.

15. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE TOTAL
AREA OF THE OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT
DEDICATED OR RESERVED AS USABLE COMMON OPEN SPACE
LAND. COMMON OPEN SPACE LANDS SHALL BE CLEARLY
DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN AS TO THE CHARACTER OF USE AND
DEVELOPMENT BUT SHALL NOT INCLUDE:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. AREAS RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR BENEFIT OF
AN INDIVIDUAL TENANT OR OWNER; NOR

b. DEDICATED STREETS, ALLEYS, AND OTHER PUBLIC RIGHTS-
OF-WAY; NOR

c. VEHICULAR DRIVES, PARKING, LOADING, AND STORAGE
AREAS; NOR

d. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT EXTERIOR BOUNDARIES OF
THE SITE; NOR

e. GOLF COURSES.

ADEQUATE GUARANTEES MUST BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE
PERMANENT RETENTION OF OPEN SPACE LAND AREA RESULTING
FROM THE APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS, EITHER BY
PRIVATE RESERVATION FOR THE USE OF THE RESIDENTS WITHIN
THE DEVELOPMENT OR BY DEDICATION TO THE PUBLIC, OR A
COMBINATION THEREOF.

***
Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 609 (RE-35 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District

***

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the
RE-35 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 150' width, 175' depth 100' width, 125' depth None
dimensions (width (Minimum area 35,000
and depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 1.10 1.10 1.15; 1.32 with bonus
(units/gross acre)

Perimeter standards None 40' front or rear, 20' 40' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be in
common ownership unless
lots front on the perimeter
public street; 20' adjacent to
property line

Building setbacks 40' front, 40' rear, 20' 25' front, 50' total front 25' front
side and rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30'




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Lot coverage 25%, except if all 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional
structures are less than 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
20' and 1 story in height attached shade attached shade structures.
then a maximum of structures. Total: 40%. Total: 40%.
40% lot coverage is
allowed.

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area

Allowed development Single-family detached Single-family attached; Single-family attached; plus
plus (a) (a)

Required review Subdivision to create 4 Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
or more lots building setbacks

Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.


TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 150 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 175 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS)
1.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 1.5 WITH BONUS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 40 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 40 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 20 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 40 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 20 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 20 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM) SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

25%, EXCEPT IF ALL
STRUCTURES ARE LESS
THAN 20' AND 1 STORY IN
LOT COVERAGE
(11) HEIGHT THEN A MAXIMUM 40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
OF 40% LOT COVERAGE IS
ALLOWED.


COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District

***

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used IN
THE R1-18 DISTRICT for each district. The definitions of terms used in these
standards are found in Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL
DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Illustrations of Development Options


Table 610.A
R1-18 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 130' width, 120' depth 90' width, 80' depth None
dimensions (width (Minimum area 18,000
and depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 1.95 1.95 2.05; 2.34 with bonus
(units/gross acre)

Perimeter standards None 30' front or rear, 10' 20' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street; 15'
adjacent to property line

Building setbacks 25' front, 30' rear, 10' 25' front, 50' total front 25' front
side plus rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30'

Lot coverage 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade attached shade attached shade structures
structures structures
Total: 40%
Total: 40% Total: 40%

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 610.A
R1-18 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Allowed development Single-family detached Single-family attached; Single-family attached; plus
plus (a) (a)

Required review Subdivision to create 4 Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
or more lots building setbacks

Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.


TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 130 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 120 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
2.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 2.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 30 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE WHERE
STREET LOTS FRONT ON PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

30%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 40%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 611 (R1-10 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-10 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.



Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 75' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except None, except
110' adjacent to freeway or 110' adjacent to freeway or
arterial arterial


Dwelling 3.0 3.5; 4.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2)(front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); landscape setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2) (Does not apply to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, For lots <60': 2 car widths,
for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths,
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50% plus an additional 10% for 50% plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision to Section 507, and subdivision to
create 4 or more lots create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)


Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20 to 30
feet on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to the
development standards of Table 611.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards
Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot dimensions 80' width, 94' depth 60' width, 65' depth None
(width and depth)
(Minimum area
10,000 sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 3.50 3.50 3.68; 4.20 with bonus
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 30' front, 25' rear, 20' adjacent to a public
10' side street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street; 15'
adjacent to property line


Building setbacks 25' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front 10' front
and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories


Lot coverage 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
additional 10% for an additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or
ADU and/or attached an ADU and/or attached shade structures.
shade structures. attached shade
structures. Total: 60%
Total: 60%




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards
Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family Single-family Multi-family plus (b)
detached(3) and attached; plus (a)
duplex


Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
4 or more lots building setbacks


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 80 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
4.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 4.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District

***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-8 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.



Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 65' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 4.0 4.5; 5.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story); Property line
(side): 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2) (Does not apply to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus additional 10% for an 50%, plus additional 10% for an
ADU and/or attached shade ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to the
development standards of Table 612.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)



(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot dimensions 70' width, 94' depth 50' width, 65' depth None
(width and depth)
(Minimum area 8,000
sq. ft.)


Dwelling 4.30 4.30 4.52; 5.16 with bonus
unit density (units/gross
acre)


Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10' side 20' adjacent to a public
street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on
the perimeter public
street; 15' adjacent to
property line


Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front plus 10' front
and 3' side rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to
48' high and 4 stories

50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional 50%, plus an additional
Lot coverage
additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
an ADU and/or attached shade attached shade structures
attached shade structures
Total: 60%
structures
Total: 60%
Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)



(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Allowed development Single- Single-family attached; Multi-family plus (b)
family detached(3) an plus (a)
d duplex


Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
4 or more lots building setbacks


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 70 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
5.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 5.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE WHERE
STREET LOTS FRONT ON PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District

***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-6 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 5.5; 6.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum(Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 613.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot 60' width, 94' depth 40' width, 60' depth None
dimensions (width and (Minimum area 6,000
depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 5.30 5.30 5.54; 6.34 with bonus
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10' 20' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be in
common ownership unless
lots front on the perimeter
public street; 15' adjacent
to property line


Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front 10' front
and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or additional 10% for an 10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade ADU and/or attached attached shade structures
structures shade structures
Total: 60%
Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Allowed development Single-family Single-family Multi-family plus (b)
detached(3) and duplex attached plus (a)


Required review Subdivision to create 4 Subdivision with Development review per
or more lots building setbacks Section 507


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
6.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 6.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 614. R-2 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 614 (R-2 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 614. R-2 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-2 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 614.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.


Dwelling unit 10.50; 12.00 with 10.50; 12.00 with
density 10.0 10.0 bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)


10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street(2);
rights-of-way; 15'
this area is to be
for units siding
in common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 25' front or rear ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street; 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line


20' front, 25' rear, 10' front, 35' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none


3 stories or 40' for
2 stories and 30'
first 150'; 1' in 1'
for first 150'; 1' in
Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' increase to 48'
5' increase to 48'
height, 4-story
high and 4 stories
maximum(5)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
structures
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area


Single-family
attached and
Single-family single-family
Allowed Single-family Multi-family plus
detached(3) and detached (per the
development attached plus (a) (b)
duplex provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)


Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
10.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 10.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
12.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 10.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 10.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 12.0 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT 18 FEET FRONT OR STREET
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS. SIDE
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



Section 615. R-3 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 615 (R-3 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 615. R-3 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

***
A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-3 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 615.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
15.23; 17.40 with 15.23; 17.40 with
density 14.5 14.5
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

25' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

2 stories and 30' 3 stories or 40' for
for first 150'; 1' in first 150'; 1' in 1'
Maximum height 2 stories and 30'(5) 2 stories and 30'(5) 5' increase to 48' increase to 48'
height, 4-story height, 4-story
maximum(5) maximum(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per the
development
attached and attached and attached and provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
15.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 14.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
17.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 15.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 14.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 17.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.

Section 616. R-3A Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 616 (R-3A Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Section 616. R-3A Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-3A district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 616.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
23.1; 26.4 with 23.1; 26.4 with
density 22 22
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

25' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

3 stories or 40' for 3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 5' first 150'; 1' in 1'
Maximum height 3 stories or 40'(5) 3 stories or 40'(5) increase to 48' increase to 48'
height, 4-story height, 4-story
maximum(5) maximum(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per the
development
attached and attached and attached and provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
23.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 22.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
26.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 23.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 22.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 26.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



Section 617. R-4 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 617 (R-4 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 617. R-4 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-4 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 617.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
30.45; 34.80 with 30.45; 34.80 with
density 29.0 29.0
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

20' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

3 stories or 40' for 3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 5' first 150'; 1' in 1'
Maximum height 3 stories or 40'(5) 3 stories or 40'(5) increase to 48' increase to 48'
height, 4-story height, 4-story
maximum(5) maximum(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per the
development
attached and attached and attached and provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
30.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 29.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
35.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 30.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 29.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 35.0 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 3 STORIES AND 40 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 618 (R-5 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District—Restricted Commercial

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations—Residential Uses. The following tables establishES
standards to be used in the R-5 district. The definitions of terms used in these
standards are found in Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option
must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608,
RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL
DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 618.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
45.68;52.20 with 45.68;52.20 with
density 43.5 43.5
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

20' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

Maximum height 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
attached and
Single-family Single-family Single-family
single-family
Allowed detached, single- detached, single- detached, single-
detached (per the
development family attached family attached family attached
provisions of
and multi-family and multi-family and multi-family
Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
45.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 43.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
52.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 45.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 43.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 52.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 4 STORIES AND 48 FEET** 4 STORIES AND 48 FEET**
(MAXIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.


***


Section 619. R-4A Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—General.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 619 (Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—
General) to read as follows:

Section 619. Residential R-4A District—Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence—
General

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

A. Permitted Uses. Primary uses and accessory uses are permitted as indicated in
the Residential Districts Land Use Matrix, Section 608.D, plus the following:

1. Hospice, subject to a use permit.

2. Nursing home, subject to a use permit and the following conditions:

a. A maximum lot coverage of 25 percent.

b. A minimum of 50 square feet of usable outdoor open space per bed
shall be provided.

3. Single-family infill developments, per the provisions of Section 608.F.6 and
Table 617.B, R-4 Development Options, column D.

B. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. Except as required by Section 701, the
following yard, height and area provisions shall be required for this district:

***

8. Single-family infill development must comply with all regulations applicable to
SFI development in the R-4 district except for density, which shall be
permitted per Section 619.B.1.

9. Off-site manufactured home developments, upon obtaining use permit
approval, shall comply with the R-4 standards for planned residential
developments (Table 617.B, column C) except for density, which shall be
permitted per Section 619.B.1.

***


Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail
Amend Chapter 6, Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail) to
read as follows:

Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

A. Purpose. The C-1, Commercial Neighborhood Retail District, is a district of light
neighborhood type retail and customer service uses designed to be compatible
with each other and nearby residential districts.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Section, the
following restrictions shall apply to this district:

1. All commercial uses are restricted to closed buildingS except parking lots
and liquid fuel pump services.

***

10. The sale of used merchandise in connection with the following permitted
uses when such used merchandise uses a floorspace having a total area of
no more than five (5) percent of the gross floor area of the establishment:

***

g. Audio and video rentals and retail sales.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE R-5 DISTRICT.

3. ADULT DAY CARE HOME AND CENTER

4. BOARDING HOUSE, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

5. COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

6. GROUP HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


7. NURSING HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5 DISTRICT and R-
4A; and in addition the following:

***

2. RESERVED. Adult Day Care Home and Center

***

19. RESERVED. Boarding House, subject to a use permit

***

38. RESERVED. Community Residence Center, subject to a use permit

***

76. RESERVED. Group Home, subject to a use permit

***

120. RESERVED. Nursing Home, subject to a use permit

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL
COMPLY WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION
608.J, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial
Amend Chapter 6, Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial)
to read as follows:

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-2, Commercial Intermediate District, is a district of commercial
uses of medium intensity designed to be compatible with each other and to provide
for a wide range of types of commercial activity within the district.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Except as otherwise provided, all permitted uses and storaging of materials
or supplies shall be conducted entirely within a closed building.

2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted
uses set forth in Section 623.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained
and subject to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere
along the building except as noted in Section 623.CB.2.b;

***

9. With the exception of those instances listed above in 623.CB.7. and CB.8.,
no other types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or
displayed for sale on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales
dealership and upon obtaining a special permit pursuant to Section 647.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-1 DISTRICT.

3. BOARDING HOUSE

4. COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER

5. GROUP HOME

6. NURSING HOME

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5, R-4A, and C-1
districts; and in addition the following:

***

50. RESERVED. Community Residence Center.

***

126. RESERVED. Nursing Home.

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL
COMPLY WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION
608.J, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial
Amend Chapter 6, Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial) to
read as follows:

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-3 Commercial General District, is a district designed to provide for
the intensive commercial uses necessary to the proper development of the
community.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Any lighting shall be placed so as to reflect the light away from adjacent
residential districts. No noise, odor or vibration shall be emitted so that it
exceeds the general level of noise, odor or vibration emitted by uses outside
the site. Such comparison shall be made at the boundary of the site.

2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted
uses set forth in Section 624.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained
and subject to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere
along the building except as noted in Section 624.CB.2.b;

***

4. With the exception of those instances listed above in 624.CB.3., no other
types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or displayed
for sale on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales dealership.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-2 DISTRICT.

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1 and THE C-2
districts; and in addition the following, including the storage of all raw materials and
finished products in connection herewith:

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Neither the Zoning Administrator nor the Board of Adjustment shall
have jurisdiction to vary the provisions of Section 624.E.1.OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY
WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION 608.J,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

e. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

***

Section 632. Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise and High
Density District) to strike everything, and replace with the following text:

SECTION 632. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) OVERLAY DISTRICT

A. PURPOSE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT IS TO ESTABLISH
ZONING REGULATIONS WHICH ACHIEVE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 9-
462.13, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES, AS FOLLOWS:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. ENTITLE PROPERTIES WITHIN THE MIDDLE HOUSING OVERLAY
DISTRICT TO HAVE UP TO FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS PER
LOT.

2. PROVIDE MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR MIDDLE
HOUSING.

B. APPLICABILITY.

1. THE MH OVERLAY MAY BE COMBINED WITH ANY ZONING DISTRICT
WHEN ALSO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 632.C.

2. IF THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH OVERLAY CONFLICT WITH OTHER
ZONING REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROPERTY, THE MH
OVERLAY PROVISIONS SHALL PREVAIL, UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED IN THIS SECTION.

C. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE
APPLIED TO THE FOLLOWING:

1. A PROPERTY WHICH HAS BEEN REZONED WITH THE MH OVERLAY
DISTRICT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 506; OR

2. LOTS IN A SUBDIVISION HAVING A PLAT RECORDED ON OR AFTER
JANUARY 1, 2026, WHICH MEET ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
CRITERIA:

a. THE SUBDIVISION IS CONTIGUOUS AND A MINIMUM 10 GROSS
ACRES IN SIZE.

b. THE SUBDIVISION HAS NEVER BEEN PART OF A PRIOR
SUBDIVISION WHICH HAS APPLIED THE MIDDLE HOUSING
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9-462.13, ARIZONA REVISED
STATUTES.

c. THE SUBDIVISION HAS BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-24, R1-14,
RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-
1, C-2, OR C-3.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


d. FOR C-1, C-2, AND C-3 PROPERTIES ONLY: THE SUBDIVISION
IS PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION AS
SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I.

e. THE NUMBER OF LOTS PROPOSED FOR APPLICATION OF THE
MH OVERLAY DISTRICT DOES NOT EXCEED 20% OF THE
TOTAL NUMBER OF LOTS IN THE SUBDIVISION. FOR
SUBDIVISIONS OF FEWER THAN FIVE LOTS, ONE LOT SHALL
BE PERMITTED TO HAVE THE MH OVERLAY.

f. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF: PHOENIX SKY HARBOR INTERNATIONAL
AIRPORT; PHOENIX DEER VALLEY AIRPORT; AND
SCOTTSDALE AIRPORT; EACH OF WHICH IS A FEDERAL
AVIATION ADMINISTRATION COMMERCIALLY LICENSED
AIRPORT OR A GENERAL AVIATION OR PUBLIC AIRPORT AS
DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8486, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES.

g. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF A MILITARY AIRPORT OR ANCILLARY MILITARY
FACILITY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8461, ARIZONA REVISED
STATUTES.

h. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ON TRIBAL LAND.

I. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER HAS REQUESTED THE CITY TO
ASSIGN THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT WITHIN THE SUBDIVISION
THROUGH THE OPT-IN PROCEDURES PROVIDED IN THIS
SECTION.

D. OPT-IN PROCEDURE. PRIOR TO UTILIZING THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT, SUBDIVISIONS ELIGIBLE PER SECTION 632.C.2 MUST
REQUEST THAT THE CITY APPLY THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE LOTS
ON WHICH MIDDLE HOUSING SHALL BE PERMITTED, AS FOLLOWS:

1. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER SHALL SIGN BEFORE A NOTARY PUBLIC
AN OPT-IN FORM PROVIDED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


2. CONCURRENT WITH THE OPT-IN FORM, THE SUBDIVISION OWNER
SHALL SUBMIT A LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LOTS ON WHICH THE
MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE APPLIED.

3. CITY STAFF SHALL REVIEW THE OPT-IN FORM AND LEGAL
DESCRIPTION. WHEN THE REQUEST IS CONFIRMED TO BE
ELIGIBLE, STAFF SHALL PROCESS A REQUEST TO CHANGE THE
OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX TO APPLY THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE ELIGIBLE SUBDIVISION LOTS.

4. ONCE THE ZONING MAP CHANGE IS COMPLETED, THE LOTS SHALL
BE OFFICIALLY ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT UNTIL SUCH
TIME THAT THEY MAY BE REZONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
506.

E. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS. THE FOLLOWING
MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS APPLY ONLY WHEN THE MH
DISTRICT IS COMBINED WITH THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14, RE-35, R1-18, R1-10,
R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, OR C-3 ZONING
DISTRICTS. FOR ALL OTHER PROPERTIES, THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE BASE DISTRICT APPLY.

1. PERMITTED USES.

a. ALL USES PERMITTED WITHIN THE UNDERLYING BASE ZONING
DISTRICTS, PLUS

b. MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING UNITS.

2. DENSITY. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS
(PDU) PROVIDED ON A LOT ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT
SHALL NOT EXCEED THE NUMBER ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING,
OR FOUR PDUS, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

a. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SUBDIVIDED LOTS PER ACRE IS
THE SAME AS ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING AND IS NOT
MODIFIED BY THIS SECTION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

b. FOR THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION,
DENSITY BONUS PROVISIONS ARE APPLICABLE FOR SINGLE-
FAMILY DEVELOPMENT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.H.1.

3. SETBACKS AND HEIGHT. THE REQUIRED SETBACKS AND MAXIMUM
HEIGHT(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
UNIT ON THE SAME PROPERTY, INCLUDING THOSE FOR PERMITTED
PROJECTIONS.

4. LOT COVERAGE. LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR THE
BASE DISTRICT, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTION:

a. LOTS WITH BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, OR R1-14.
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE
INCREASED TO 50% WHEN ALL STRUCTURES ON THE LOT ARE
ONE-STORY AND A MAXIMUM 20 FEET IN HEIGHT.

5. PARKING AND MANEUVERING.

a. ON LOTS HAVING NO MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING
UNIT, A MINIMUM OF TWO PARKING SPACES SHALL BE
PROVIDED ONSITE.

b. ON LOTS HAVING TWO OR MORE PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS,
A MINIMUM OF ONE PARKING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED
ONSITE PER PDU.

c. MANEUVERING WITHIN A PUBLIC ALLEY SHALL BE ALLOWED
WHEN IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) THE ALLEY IS A MINIMUM 16 FEET WIDE FOR THE
LENGTH OF THE BLOCK;

(2) THE ALLEY IS PAVED TO THE TWO NEAREST EXISTING
CROSS STREETS, TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED BY
THE CITY FOR A LOCAL STREET; AND




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(3) A MINIMUM OF 24 FEET MANEUVERING AREA IS
PROVIDED THAT IS A COMBINATION OF THE ALLEY
PAVING AND ONSITE PAVING, OR AS OTHERWISE
APPROVED THROUGH A TECHNICAL APPEAL.

6. DESIGN REVIEW.

a. HISTORIC PRESERVATION (HP). DESIGN REVIEW FOR HP-
ZONED OR HP-DESIGNATED PROPERTIES SHALL BE AS
REQUIRED PER THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 8, WITH NO
MODIFICATIONS BY THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT.

b. ALL LOTS NOT ZONED HP OR DESIGNATED HP, REGARDLESS
OF LOT WIDTH, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW.

***

Section 701. Bulk Regulations
Amend Chapter 7, Section 701.A.3 (Projections) to read as follows:

***
A. Lots.

***

3. Projections.

a. STANDARD OPTION. The following provisions apply to development
in Sections 604 through 607 and Section 619 and in the subdivision
option of Sections 609 through 618 IN THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14,
AND R-4A DISTRICTS, AND IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8,
R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN
DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD
DEVELOPMENT OPTION:

(1) Open projections.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(a) In any district, an awning, open porch, open carport, or
open balcony may project into any required front yard
not more than five feet.
FRONT YARD. AN ATTACHED CARPORT, AWNING,
PORCH/FRONT ENTRY, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP
TO FIVE FEET INTO THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD.

(b) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony
may project into any side yard other than the side yard
on the street side of a corner lot, if it does not come
nearest to the side lot line than three feet.
SIDE YARDS. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO ANY INTERIOR (NOT STREET) SIDE
YARD, PROVIDED THAT IT IS NO CLOSER THAN
THREE FEET FROM THE SIDE PROPERTY LINE.

(i) For any lot wherein a ten-foot or greater side
yard is required, no such projection shall be
within an area ten feet wide and ten feet high,
measured from finished grade, lying within that
side yard.

(ii) No more than one such clear area, as stipulated
in i. above, need be maintained on a lot.

(c) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony
may project into a rear yard, provided it does not come
nearer to a common rear lot line than three feet. Where
a rear alley exists this projection may extend to the rear
lot line or to within eight or ten feet of what would be the
centerline of a full sixteen- or twenty-foot-wide alley
where only a one-half or partial alley exists.
REAR YARD. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO THE REAR YARD, PROVIDED THAT
IT IS NO CLOSER THAN THREE FEET FROM THE
REAR PROPERTY LINE.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


(i) WHERE A FULLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS,
THIS PROJECTION MAY EXTEND TO THE
PROPERTY LINE; OR WHERE ONLY A
PARTIALLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS, TO
WITHIN EIGHT OR TEN FEET OF WHAT
WOULD BE THE CENTERLINE OF A FULL 16-
OR 20-FOOT-WIDE ALLEY.

(d) Open fire balconies, and OPEN fire escape stairs
PROVIDED FOR EMERGENCY USE ONLY may
project not more than five feet over INTO any required
yard provided they come no closer than two feet from a
property line.

(e) Awnings, cornices, CANTILEVERED roof overhangs,
and eaves may project more than three feet over INTO
any required yard providing they come no closer than
two feet from a property line.

(f) Sills, leaders, belt courses, and similar ornamental
features may project not more than six inches over
INTO any required yard.

(g) An entrance awning may project into any required yard
in an R-5 or less restricted district.

(2) Closed Projections.

(a) A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule, ten feet or
less in width, may project not more than three feet into
any REQUIRED front or rear yard.

(b) A chimney may project not more than three feet into any
required yard, if it THE CHIMNEY is not more than six
feet long measured in a direction parallel to the nearest
property line AND so long as it is not closer than two
feet from a property line.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(c) The main building in a residence district may project five
feet into the required front yard for no more than one-
half of the maximum width of the structure.

(d) The main building (which may include an attached ADU)
may project into the required rear or side yard, subject
to the following:

(i) The projection is no closer to a side property line
than five feet;

(ii) The projection is no closer to a rear property line
than three feet; and

(iii) The projection does not exceed 15 feet in height,
unless greater height is permitted by obtaining a
use permit per Section 307.

b. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND PLANNED
AREA DEVELOPMENTS. The following provisionS applies APPLY
to development in the average lot and RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8,
R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN
DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE Planned Residential
Development options of Sections 609 through 618, AND
SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED AS PLANNED AREA
DEVELOPMENTS PER SECTION 635:

(1) There shall be no projections into the required front or rear
yard or required perimeter setbacks except:

(a) A roof overhang may project not more than three feet
into either of these yard AREAS; and




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(b) An attached awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY or other similar shade
structure may project not more than ten feet into the
required rear yard PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACK
provided that the structure shall neither cover more than
two hundred 200 square feet nor come closer than three
feet to a side or rear property line.

(c) A CLOSED PROJECTION (WHICH MAY INCLUDE AN
ATTACHED ADU) MAY PROJECT INTO THE
REQUIRED PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACKS,
SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING:

(I) THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A SIDE
PROPERTY LINE THAN FIVE FEET;

(II) THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A REAR
PROPERTY LINE THAN THREE FEET; AND

(III) THE PROJECTION DOES NOT EXCEED 15
FEET IN HEIGHT, UNLESS GREATER HEIGHT
IS PERMITTED BY OBTAINING A USE PERMIT
PER SECTION 307.

(2) A roof overhang may project no more than three feet into a
required street side yard setback.

c. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS. The following
provisions apply to single-family attached residential development:
SFI SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 608.I:

(1) Open Projections.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(a) An awning, open porch, or open balcony may project
into any required setback not more than five feet.
AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP
TO FIVE FEET INTO ANY REQUIRED YARD THAT IS
NOT A REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

(b) Where an FULLY-DEDICATED alley exists, an
ATTACHED awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, or open balcony may extend to the
property line.

(2) Closed Projections. A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule,
ten feet in width or less, may project not more than three feet
into any required building setback YARD THAT IS NOT A
REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

***

Section 702. Off-Street Parking and Loading.
Amend Chapter 7, Section 702 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) to read as follows:

***

B. Site and Parking Space Design Standards.

***

2. Space and aisle dimensions. Dimensions for maneuvering aisles and for
different types of parking spaces shall be as follows:

***

b. Surface parking:

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(5) The combined depth of the parking space and the aisle width
shall equal sixty-two (62) feet for a double loaded aisle and
forty-three (43) feet for a single loaded aisle.
FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES HAVING NO MORE THAN
FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS, THE MINIMUM DRIVE
AISLE WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 10 FEET FOR TWO-
WAY TRAFFIC WHERE IT DOES NOT ALSO FUNCTION AS
REQUIRED MANEUVERING FOR AN ADJACENT PARKING
SPACE, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD TRAFFIC ENGINEER.

***

C. Parking Requirements. Off-street automobile parking space or area shall be
provided according to the following table, except for large scale retail commercial
uses (see Section 702.D). The parking ratios in the table identify the minimum level
of parking required to serve that use and receive site plan approval.


Type of Land Use Parking Requirements

*** ***

1.5 spaces per dwelling unit
A minimum of 50% Of the required parking
Dwelling Unit, Multi-family spaces, A MINIMUM OF 0.25 SPACES PER
DWELLING UNIT must be provided as
unreserved spaces WHEN THE LOT HAS FIVE
OR MORE DWELLING UNITS.

Per Section 608.F.6, if developing under the
single-family infill development option per
Sections 614 through 618.
2 spaces per PRIMARY DWELLING unit if not
Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached developing under the SFI option. The required
spaces for each dwelling unit must be provided on
the same lot. An additional 0.25 unreserved
spaceS per dwelling unit must be provided
elsewhere within the development for visitor
parking.

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached 2 spaces per 1 PRIMARY dwelling unit




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Type of Land Use Parking Requirements

*** ***



***

F. Special Parking Standards.

1. Residential DISTRICTS lots.

a. Required parking spaces for single-family residential uses may
SHALL not be located in the required front yard.

b. Spaces in excess of those required for single-family residential uses
may be located in the required front yard. However, all parking and
maneuvering areas within the required front yard shall not exceed 50
percent of the area of the required front yard, except that a driveway
shall not be required to be less than 18 feet in width unless otherwise
stipulated by Historic Preservation.
NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD
SHALL BE USED FOR DRIVEWAYS, MANEUVERING AREAS, AND
NON-REQUIRED PARKING SPACES. HP-ZONED LOTS MAY BE
STIPULATED TO MAXIMUM PAVING THAT IS LESS THAN 50
PERCENT AS A PART OF THE HP APPROVAL PROCESS SET
FORTH IN CHAPTER 8.

c. Buses shall not be parked in the front yard of any residential district.
A bus is any commercially licensed motor vehicle designed for
carrying more than fifteen (15) 15 passengers and used for the
transportation of persons as well as any motor vehicle, other than a
taxicab, designed for the transportation of persons for compensation.

d. Mobile homes shall not be parked in any residential district except as
provided in Section 647.A.2.1 608.J.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Section 703. Landscaping, Fences, and Walls
Amend Chapter 7, Section 703 (Landscaping, Fences, and Walls) to read as follows:

***

B. Landscaping and Open Areas SPACE in Multiple-Family Development.

1. Purpose. Multiple-family dwellings UNITS can play a desired role by
providing desired forms of housing in appropriately zoned locations.
However, because the density of dwellings is greater than alternate forms of
housing, there is a relatively greater need to ensure an appropriate
residential setting, including both landscape amenities and adequate
outdoor open areas. Although it is recognized that many multiple-family
projects will wish to provide these in greater amounts, this section
establishes minimum standards for these features. These standards also
recognize both limitations in water availability as well as legitimate needs to
use landscaping for shade, cooling, and visual relief. To these purposes,
these standards distinguish between landscaped areas oriented to public
street and the exterior of projects from that more internally oriented and for
the use of residents. They provide for landscaping at the perimeter and in
front yards to include waterless features and drought resistant plant
materials. Higher water use landscaping is to be restricted to interior areas
devoted to resident use.

2. Landscaping and open space areas shall be provided as follows at the time
of initial development and shall be maintained in a living condition on any lot
subject to residential district standards with five or more dwelling units.
PROPERTIES WITH FOUR OR FEWER DWELLING UNITS SHOULD
REFER TO SECTION 507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN
REVIEW.

***

Section 710. Hillside Development
Amend Chapter 7, Section 710 (Hillside Development) to read as follows:

***

B. Applicability.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

2. Development of land in any zoning district within a hillside development area
shall also be regulated by the provisions of THIS section, 32-32 of the
Phoenix City Code, whether subdivided or not, and shall be subject to the
following special conditions:

a. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE APPLIED IN
PLACE OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF THE BASE
ZONING DISTRICT OF A PROPERTY AS SET FORTH IN THIS
SECTION, AND SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED BY A ZONING
OVERLAY.

b. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT IS ALSO REGULATED BY THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 32-32 OF THE PHOENIX CITY CODE,
WHETHER SUBDIVIDED OR NOT.

***

C. Standards.

***

2. Hillside development area standards. Special yard, height, area, and
coverage requirements for developments in the hillside areas in any zoning
district shall be as follows:

Table 1




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


18,000 square As required by as required by As required by
feet* zoning district zoning district zoning district

*Lot areas of
more than
eighteen
thousand
(18,000) square
feet may be
required in order
to provide a
suitable building
MINIMUM LOT
site meeting the
AREA grading
standards of
Section 32-32 of
the Phoenix City
Code.

In no case shall
residential lots
contain an area
less than the
minimum area
required by the
zoning district in




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


which such lots
are located.


MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS


120* As required by As required by As required by
zoning district zoning district zoning district
120'*
• WIDTH
*Unless in
• DEPTH conformance with
Section 32-32(M)
of the City Code


REQUIRED SETBACKS


As required by As required by Minimum 30'* As required by
• FRONT YARD zoning district zoning district zoning district or
minimum 30'*


As required by As required by Minimum 30'* Minimum 30'*
• REAR YARD
zoning district zoning district


• SIDE YARDS As required by As required by Minimum Minimum 15'*,
zoning district or zoning district or 15'**Building whichever is




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


ten (10) feet, ten (10) feet, heights greater greater*Building
whichever is whichever is than fifteen (15) heights greater
greater greater feet: required than fifteen (15)
yard plus one (1) feet: required
additional foot for yard plus one (1)
each foot of additional foot for
building height each foot of
exceeding 15' building height
measured from exceeding 15'
exterior measured from
boundaries exterior
boundaries


The main building The main The main The main building
and all accessory building and all building and all and all accessory
buildings shall accessory accessory buildings shall not
not occupy more buildings shall buildings shall occupy more than
than twenty-five not occupy more not occupy more twenty-five
MAXIMUM
percent (25%) of than twenty-five than twenty-five percent (25%) of
COVERAGE
the hillside percent (25%) of percent (25%) of the hillside
UNDER ROOF
portion of the lot the hillside the hillside portion of the lot
or parcel portion of the lot portion of the lot or parcel or as
or parcel or parcel required by
zoning district,
whichever is less




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


No building shall No building shall No building shall No building shall
exceed a height exceed a height exceed a height exceed a height
of two (2) stories, of two (2) stories, of two (2) stories, of two (2) stories,
not to exceed not to exceed not to exceed not to exceed
MAXIMUM
thirty (30) feet thirty (30) feet thirty (30) feet thirty (30) feet
BUILDING
above the natural above the natural above the natural above the natural
HEIGHT
grade of the lot or grade of the lot or grade of the lot grade of the lot or
parcel at any parcel at any or parcel at any parcel at any
section through section through section through section through
the structure the structure the structure the structure




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

STANDARD: 18,000
SQUARE FEET, OR
AS REQUIRED BY
THE ZONING
NET LOT AREA DISTRICT, SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(1)
(MINIMUM) WHICHEVER IS ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
GREATER
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
LOT WIDTH (1) FEET SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(2)
(MINIMUM) PRD: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
ZONING DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
LOT DEPTH (1) FEET SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(3)
(MINIMUM) PRD: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
ZONING DISTRICT

DEVELOPMENT
(4) DENSITY AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
(5) LOTS AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1
(MAXIMUM)

30 FEET, OR AS
FRONT YARD REQUIRED BY BASE
SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(6) SETBACK ZONING DISTRICT,
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM) WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

30 FEET, OR AS
REAR YARD REQUIRED BY BASE
SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(7) SETBACK ZONING DISTRICT,
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM) WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.

STANDARD: 10 FEET STANDARD: 10 FEET
OR AS REQUIRED BY OR AS REQUIRED BY
BASE ZONING BASE ZONING 15 FEET, OR AS
SIDE YARD DISTRICT, DISTRICT, REQUIRED BY BASE
(8) SETBACK WHICHEVER IS WHICHEVER IS ZONING DISTRICT,
(MINIMUM) GREATER. GREATER. WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.
PRD: SAME AS BASE PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT

PER SECTION PER SECTION
(9) PROJECTIONS NOT PERMITTED
701.A.3 701.A.3

PERIMETER
(10) SETBACKS SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET WHEN WITHIN 10 FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONED
DISTRICT BOUNDARY, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE
BUILDING
FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO
(11) HEIGHT
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET, AS
(MAXIMUM)
MEASURED FROM THE NATURAL GRADE OF THE PROPERTY AT ANY
SECTION THROUGH THE STRUCTURE.

FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS EQUAL
TO OR GREATER THAN 10 PERCENT: 25 PERCENT, OR AS
LOT COVERAGE REQUIRED BY THE BASE ZONING DISTRICT, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
(12)
(MAXIMUM)
FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS LESS
THAN 10 PERCENT: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

COMMON OPEN
(13) SPACE SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
(14) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
REQUIREMENT
(2)



HILLSIDE: SECTION
32-32, CITY CODE.
HILLSIDE: SECTION HILLSIDE: SECTION
OTHER 32-32, CITY CODE. DESIGN REVIEW: 32-32, CITY CODE.
(15) APPLICABLE SECTION 507 TAB A.
REGULATIONS: DESIGN REVIEW: DESIGN REVIEW:
SECTION 507 TAB A. MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 507 TAB A.
SECTION 703.B



(1) MINIMUM DIMENSIONS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN APPROVED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION 32-32.C.3.M,
REGARDING PANHANDLE, DOUBLE FRONTAGE, AND OTHER UNORTHODOX LOTS.

(2) STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN
APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION 32-
32.C.3.N, REGARDING HILLSIDE STREET AND PAVING STANDARDS.

***

Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code)
Amend Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code) to read as follows:

***

Section 1203. Land Use Matrix

***



Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


C. Land Use Matrix.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

LAND USE CATEGORIES CHARACTER AREAS




BioMed Van Buren Warehouse
ACTIVE USE Business Core Central Park East Evergreen Roosevelt East Roosevelt North Roosevelt South Townsend Park
Commercial Corridors Downtown Gateway Evans Churchill East Evans Churchill West McDowell Corridor



RESIDENTIAL USES
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
Dwelling Unit, Single- np np p p np p p p p p p p p p np
Family, Detached
(Including Duplex and
Triplex Uses)
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




***

D. Land Use Conditions. The following shall apply to uses that are permitted with
conditions (pc) OR USE PERMIT (up) as indicated with a number that corresponds
with the Land Use Matrix in Section 1203.C:

***
27. Single-Family Infill (SFI) subdivision, per Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table
614.B SECTION 608.I, except as modified below:

***

e. Frontage requirements: as per the applicable character area; or if lots
front on a something other than a frontage zone, per the regulations
of Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table B, Column D SECTION 608.I.

***

g. Allowed uses: single-family attached dwelling units and home
occupations per Section 608, except that units fronting a perimeter
street (not an alley) may have additional uses as permitted per the
applicable character area. Single-family detached units are permitted
for no more than 20 percent of the units in an SFI development to
allow for variety and efficiency of design.

***

Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code)
Amend Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code) to read as follows:

***

A. Active Front Yard (AFY). An active front yard is a frontage element intended for use
on blocks with a high percentage of existing and/or historic single-family or duplex
style residential structures. AFY is not permitted for use on sites with primary uses
which are nonresidential, or on residential lots with more than two FOUR
PRIMARY dwelling units (not including ADUs). (R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


1. For sites with HP zoning or designation, both the building elevations and
improvements in the frontage zone shall be constructed as approved by
Historic Preservation.

2. For sites not zoned or designated HP, buildings and improvements shall be
installed in conformance with Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 (Individual Unit
Design Standards) II.C.9 (RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW). If any of
the requirements of Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 conflict with provisions
of the Downtown Code, Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 requirements shall
prevail.

***

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards (WU Code)
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards) to read as follows:

***

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards

A. General Lot Standards.

1. Subdivisions shall comply with development standards per this chapter,
including frontage standards, for all existing and newly created lots abutting
public streets, private accessways, and private driveways, with the following
caveats:

a. A development may instead utilize the Single-Family Infill
development option SUBDIVISION standards per Section 608.F.6
and Table 614.B, column D (except for the density, which is not
restricted) 608.I if it meets all three of the following conditions:

(1) The development SUBDIVISION consists solely of single-
family dwelling units and allowable accessory uses;




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(2) The development is located within the applicable area for the
single-family infill development option or the infill development
district as depicted on the map provided in Section 608.F.6;
and
THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL
PLAN OR IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS
OBTAINED USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND

(3) The development SUBDIVISION is located in any transect
other than T3.

b. All subdivisions must comply with the requirements of the Subdivision
Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the City Code), as may be modified by the
Subdivision Committee to further the goals of the Walkable Urban
Code.

2. All developments adjacent to single-family zoning districts shall follow the
same setback and stepback standards as the single-family infill
development option (Table 614.B, column D); with additional requirements
as follows: BE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING STEPBACK AND
SETBACK REQUIREMENTS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN
FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT
MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT. THIS stepback provision shall not exceedREQUIRE
GREATER THAN A maximum 75-foot setback from rear and side
property lines for building height before THE maximum height IS
allowed.

***


Section 1306. Land Use Matrix
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1306 (Land Use Matrix) to read as follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

***

Section 1306. Land Use Matrix

***

B. Use Regulations.

***

Table 1306.1 Land Use Matrix




CATEGORY: T3 T4 T5:2 T5:3 T5:5 T5:6 T5:7 T6:7 T6:22
RESIDENTIAL USES T6:15 T6:
HWR

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached P P NP NP NP NP NP NP NP
(Including Duplex and Triplex Uses)

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached P P P P P P P P P

SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL NP PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC
SUBDIVISION

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***


***

C. Residential Uses, Land Use Conditions.

***

4. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION, AS SET FORTH IN SECTION
1303.A.1.a.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1307 (Parking and loading standards) to read as
follows:

***

Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.

***

B. Required Vehicular Parking.

***

Table 1307.1 Minimum Required Vehicular Parking


T5 T5

USE MEASURE T3 T4 1—5 6—10 T6 MEASURE
Stories Stories

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

Per Section 608.F.6 608.I, if developing under the
Residential, Single-Family
Per unit provisions of Section 1303.A.1.a; otherwise per Section
Attached
702.

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***


***




Exhibit B: Sketch Map


w
v

Thomas Rd

G
ra
nd Transit Overlay
Av District (TOD-1)
e Coronado
Neighborhood
SPD

Mcdowell Rd
Story Roosevelt
§
¨
¦
10 Neighborhood Neighborhood
SPD SPD
Arts Culture and
Small Business
v
w

Overlay
w
v


Transit Transit Overlay
Van Buren St Overlay
Capitol District
District (TOD-1) (TOD-2)
Mall Overlay
Jefferson St District



§
¨
¦
Central City
South Interim
Overlay District
East Buckeye
Road Overlay
District
Buckeye Rd



27th Ave 23rd Ave 19th Ave 7th Ave Central Ave 16th St 24th St
Airport
7th St Noise Impact
Zone Overlay

Rio Salado
Interim Overlay University Dr
Lower Buckeye Rd
District




¯ Miles
Z-3-25-4-7-8 GRAND CANAL
INDIAN SCHOOL RD

THOMAS RD

0 0.35 0.7 1.4 MC DOWELL RD ENCANTO
I-10 CENTRAL CITY

CENTRAL CITY / ENCANTO VILLAGE VAN BUREN ST
BUCKEYE RD
COUNCIL DISTRICT: 4, 7, 8
I-17
LOWER BUCKEYE RD

40TH ST
7TH AVE
16TH ST 24TH ST
19TH AVE
CENTRAL AVE
7TH ST


REQUESTED CHANGE:
APPLICANT'S NAME: City of Phoenix Planning Commission
FROM: Various (4467.45 ac.)
DATE:
8/13/2025
APPLICATION NO: Z-3-25-4-7-8 REVISION DATES:

GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.

Various with Middle Housing Overlay District
AERIAL PHOTO & TO:
ZONING MAP

4467.45 Acres
QUARTER SEC. NO.
QS 7-26 - QS 7-28 QS 12-24 - QS 12-31 E-7, E-8, F-7, F-8,
QS 8-24 - QS 8-27 QS 13-24 - QS 13-31
( 4467.45 ac.)
QS 9-24 - QS 9-27
QS 10-24 - QS 10-31
QS 11-24 - QS 11-31
QS 14-24 - QS 14-30
QS 15-25 - QS 15-29 F-9, G-7, G-8, G-9
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D OPTION
N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus 628
Path: S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2025\Z-3-25-4-7-8.aprx
ATTACHMENT C




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY


Date of VPC Meeting September 29, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of
related state requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and
were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION
Anthony Grande, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state
legislation, details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the
Middle Housing Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a
summary of the timeline for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE
Committee Member Blackman asked for clarification about the applicability area.
Mr. Grande provided additional information about the mechanism for applying the
overlay to new subdivisions of 10 acres or more.

Committee Member Strem asked about how compatibility of new buildings is
determined. Mr. Grande stated that existing zoning and design review requirements
would still be in place.

Committee Member Fisher noted an issue about taxation and code enforcement for
these lots since the new units will not be subdivided for ownership.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 629
Ahwatukee Foothills Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary – September 29, 2025
Z-TA-1-25-Y


Chair Gasparro stated there are issues with infrastructure and parking. Mr. Grande
noted that the City doesn’t have the ability to require more parking than one parking
space per unit under this code.

Committee Member Broberg asked if the City has an analysis of the potential
universe of homes that could take advantage of this ordinance and if there is an
understanding of the neighborhoods that will be impacted with potential parking
issues. Mr. Grande noted that staff have been discussing with neighborhoods around
downtown that have been concerned about potential impacts.

Committee Member Strem asked if the State provided a rationale for passing this
legislation. Chair Gasparro stated that many cities and states are passing similar
laws to this to help with housing affordability.

Chair Gasparro asked for clarification on the penalty if a city does not comply with
this law. Mr. Grande replied that the penalty could be that the City would lose control
over regulation for middle housing completely.

Committee Member Broberg asked for clarification on the lot coverage requirement.
Mr. Grande replied that the lot coverage requirements for single-family lots would not
be changed by this text.

Committee Member Slobodzian asked about discussions with the Water Services
Department about water supply. Mr. Grande stated that new water connections are
reviewed by the Water Services Department and developments are required to have
a water supply before they can be built, adding that sewer capacity is required in the
same way.

Committee Member Fisher asked if there was any consideration about other issues
such as deeds and taxes that could delay construction. Mr. Grande noted that the
legislation requires the City to allow middle housing through zoning and development
codes, which is what this proposal does.

Chair Gasparro asked about public comments that have been given in the meetings
up to this point. Mr. Grande noted that the largest concern has been the impacts to
historic neighborhoods near downtown.

Committee Member Broberg asked if this legislation was crafted based on a bill in
another state. Mr. Grande stated that he didn’t know. Chair Gasparro speculated
that this legislation was copied and pasted from another state.

Committee Member Fisher discussed the need for a mechanism to enforce changes
to the tax requirements for new middle housing developments. Committee Member
Broberg added that this creates an incentive to not disclose additional units on a lot
to avoid tax issues.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 630
Ahwatukee Foothills Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary – September 29, 2025
Z-TA-1-25-Y


Committee Member Fisher asked if HOAs would have the ability to restrict middle
housing. Mr. Grande stated that the law does not impact HOA requirements.

Chair Gasparro commented about issues with school capacity that haven’t been
considered in creating this legislation.

Committee Member Jain stated that this is not a good response to the legislation
and that the City could have tried to realize the goal of the legislation and revised the
zoning regulations to do more than the minimum to incentivize additional housing. Mr.
Grande reviewed some of the City’s housing-related policies, noting that this
ordinance was focused on responding specifically to the legislation.

Committee Member Strem stated that this will not create affordable housing.

Chair Gasparro suggested that incentivizing housing could be done through
demolition credits and fee waivers in the area where middle housing is desired by
policymakers.

Vice Chair Mager asked if this would likely result in demolition of buildings to
construct middle housing developments. Mr. Grande stated that it is a question of
economic feasibility for each lot, highlighting that the law would allow redevelopment
or conversion of existing homes.

Committee Member Fisher stated that the legislation is not well written.

Committee Member Broberg highlighted that the City could provide a better
response to what they are doing to address the housing shortage in Phoenix.

Committee Member Fisher stated that this overlay should be limited to the one-mile
radius that’s required, and it would be an issue if it were expanded.

Chair Gasparro asked if the Committee’s comments will be conveyed to the Planning
Commission. Mr. Grande stated that the comments drafted as minutes will be
provided to the Planning Commission before the meeting on this item.

Committee Member Jain asked for clarification about how the overlay will apply to
new developments of 10 acres or more. Mr. Grande described the mechanism.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 631
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
Date of VPC Meeting September 30, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION

Committee Member Crews arrived during this item, bringing quorum to 11 members.

Item Nos. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were heard
concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

John Roanhorse, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case and stated the items would be heard concurrently. Mr.
Roanhorse stated that there had been previous public presentations on this text
amendment and information was available online. Mr. Roanhorse discussed the
background regarding House Bill 2721, details of the proposed zoning text to revise
regulations and create the Middle Housing Overlay District. Mr. Roanhorse provided
examples of Middle Housing and the applicability for residential development. Mr.
Roanhorse presented the applicability to new subdivisions, limitations and the
implications for Historic Preservation. Mr. Roanhorse displayed the boundary of the
proposed overlay, and a summary of the timeline for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Committee Member Krietor asked for clarification on the northern boundary of the
Central Business District. Mr. Roanhorse responded that the northern boundary is
McDowell Road. Committee Member Krietor stated that the area shown does not
appear to include the Alhambra Village, but Middle Housing would be important for the



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Alhambra Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 30, 2025


area and the requirement for 20 percent in new subdivisions may not be applicable to
Alhambra, as there are few, if any, sites available for new subdivision development.

Chair Sanchez asked if an ADU (Accessory Dwelling Unit) would allow for two-story
construction on a lot. Mr. Roanhorse responded that Middle Housing allows duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes and townhomes would allow up to two stories. Committee Member
Keyser commented that ADUs have typically been limited to one story, and the text
amendment appears to be a change from past regulations, noting that he had seen two-
story accessory structures previously cited for noncompliance.

Committee Member Ender asked whether the middle housing requirements would
impact existing CC&Rs (Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions). Mr. Roanhorse
responded that the state legislation does not override private CC&Rs, which are
enforced separately from city zoning regulations. Committee Member Ender asked
about the availability of infrastructure and services to support Middle Housing
development. Mr. Roanhorse responded that during the plan review process, City staff
evaluate the availability of infrastructure and identify any necessary adjustments, and
this information is provided to the applicant to ensure that new development can be
supported appropriately.

Committee Member Ender asked how parking would be accommodated for middle
housing, particularly in neighborhoods where street parking is already common. Mr.
Roanhorse responded that parking can be provided on the lot being developed and
noted that under the new text amendment, the city cannot require more than one off-
street parking space per dwelling unit, in alignment with the state’s middle housing
legislation.

Committee Member Harris asked if there will be design criteria in place to ensure that
middle housing developments in existing neighborhoods maintain the appearance of
single-family homes to maintain the architectural character of the area. Mr. Roanhorse
responded that all new developments must comply with the design requirements
outlined in the zoning ordinance.

Committee Member DeGraffenried asked if middle housing could be designed to
resemble single-family homes. Mr. Roanhorse responded that while the developments
must follow established design guidelines, the intent is to ensure compatibility with
surrounding structures.

Committee Member Keyser asked about the applicability of historic preservation which
raised a question on designated historic buildings and if existing parking would remain
in place if the property were redeveloped. Mr. Roanhorse responded that if an
entitlement for parking has already been granted in association with a site, it would
remain valid unless the entitlement is formally changed.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 633
Alhambra Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 30, 2025


Committee Member Shore asked about the potential impact of Middle Housing on
historic properties and if the new regulations could lead to increased demolitions and
asked if there would be changes to front yards and lot configurations. Mr. Roanhorse
responded that historic properties are not exempt from the middle housing requirements
and the existing review procedures and demolition restrictions for historic properties
would remain unchanged.

Committee Member Crews commented that various duplex and triplex properties
blend into existing neighborhoods and noted a specific example near 3rd Avenue and
Thomas Road, where a house with multiple units had parking integrated into the
existing design. Committee Member Crews stated that the legislative intent behind the
Middle Housing requirements was to increase housing options, not to override local
design authority. Mr. Roanhorse noted that the text amendment did not include any
provisions that would preempt the City’s authority over design standards, and this
remains a city responsibility, allowing communities to maintain architectural consistency
and neighborhood character.

Committee Member Velasco asked if the intent of the legislation was to increase
housing supply which does not necessarily guarantee affordability. Mr. Roanhorse
responded that the current housing shortage has driven a surge in residential
development and that Middle Housing is one strategy to diversify the housing stock and
provide a broader range of options to meet varying needs and conditions.

Committee Member Crews stated that affordable housing remains a significant
challenge in the community and there needs to be a broad discussion on the topic to
explore several potential solutions. Committee Member Crews stated no definitive
conclusions were reached during legislative discussions. Committee Member Crews
expressed the importance of collaboration among various levels of government and
community organizations in addressing housing affordability. Committee Member Crews
stated the Village Planning Committee has a role in facilitating these discussions and
contributing to potential solutions. Committee Member Crews expressed optimism that
the introduction of Middle Housing could improve both pricing and availability, potentially
to ease the affordability crisis. Committee Member Crews stated there is concern about
the trend of constructing luxury-style short-term rentals, such as Airbnb properties,
which may undermine affordability goals and stressed the need for closer monitoring of
such developments. Committee Member Crews stated that affordability does not equate
to availability, especially as more people continue to move to Phoenix and while current
pricing may allow some individuals to purchase homes, addressing the broader issue of
affordability will require significant and sustained involvement from multiple
stakeholders.

Committee Member Vallo asked about density bonuses for low-income housing. Mr.
Roanhorse responded that there are incentives in place for development and noted that
there are challenges due to the prevalence of market-rate developments, which often
outpace affordable housing projects. Mr. Roanhorse said there are active projects

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 634
Alhambra Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 30, 2025


currently underway that do include affordable housing components and progress is
being made but will take time before these units become readily available to the
community.

Committee Member Krietor commented that the Alhambra Village has demonstrated
responsiveness in adapting to housing needs, particularly through its integration with
light rail and collaboration with organizations such as UMOM and Catholic Charities and
these efforts have helped provide housing options and opportunities for residents and
stated that the Village Planning Committee has consistently supported initiatives that
promote affordable housing.

Committee Member Shore asked how TOD (Transit-Oriented Development) supports
residential growth. Mr. Roanhorse responded that TOD is designed to facilitate active
transportation by improving accessibility between residential areas and businesses
along the light rail corridor which are specifically planned to maximize access and
ridership while promoting a variety of residential options.

Committee Member Keyser asked if the existing overlay districts would be extended
and commented that potential adverse impacts of urban sprawl may result. Committee
Member Keyser stated that sprawl affects transportation systems, energy consumption,
and design efficiency which are issues that all planning committees should consider as
development continues. Mr. Roanhorse responded that the city has implemented a
shade policy, incorporated water conservation measures, and improved construction
design standards, all of which contribute to more sustainable development practices.
Committee Member Keyser commented that while improved irrigation systems are
beneficial, they have limitations and noted the importance of monitoring and adjusting
policies as new technologies emerge to ensure long-term effectiveness and
sustainability.

PUBLIC COMMENTS

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 635
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 9, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

Vice Chair Paceley left the meeting during this item, bringing quorum to 16 members.

Item Nos. 5 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and 6 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were heard
concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION
Anthony Grande, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state legislation,
details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the Middle Housing
Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a summary of the timeline
for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE
Committee Member Schmieder asked about the scenario of an existing fourplex and if
the owner would be required to keep it. Mr. Grande replied that the zoning would still
allow single-family homes and would not require a fourplex to be constructed or
retained.

Committee Member Beckerleg Thraen asked for clarification regarding this proposal
and the ADU text amendment. Mr. Grande replied that the ADU provision is separate
and would still be allowed on lots with a single-family home.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Camelback East Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary – September 9, 2025
Z-TA-1-25-Y


Committee Member Guevar asked if the City had looked into potential issues with
lenders who could see these properties as multifamily after this overlay is approved. Mr.
Grande replied that he hadn’t heard of that concern, noting that the zoning districts
would retain the label of Single-Family Residence District.

Committee Member Whitesell asked for clarification that this would apply on any
individual lot within 1 mile of downtown. Mr. Grande replied that it would. Mr. Whitesell
stated a desire to communicate to the City that they should advocate to the State
Legislature for creating an exemption for historic properties. Chair Fischbach stated
that since this is information only, the Committee should not take a formal vote on any
motion, encouraging Committee Members to contact their representatives at the City
level to express their concerns.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 637
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

No quorum.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 16, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of
related state requirements related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 4 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 5 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard together.

Committee Member Leon Thomas left during this item bring the quorum to 8 members
present.

One member of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Robert Kuhfuss, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state legislation,
details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the Middle Housing
Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a summary of the timeline
for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Committee Members asked questions regarding various aspects of the Proposed Text
Amendment and Middle Housing Overlay District including clarification regarding the
boundary of the Middle Housing Overlay District, its impact on historic properties, the
ability to demolish existing housing and replace with middle housing, the provision
regarding middle housing in new subdivisions, and the State Legislature’s rationale for
passing the bill. Mr. Kuhfuss provided answers to those questions.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 639
Deer Valley Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

PUBLIC COMMENTS

Beverly Richards asked for clarification as to whether middle housing could be
constructed outside of the Overlay District. Mr. Kuhfuss provided clarification.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 640
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY



Date of VPC Meeting September 2, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of
related state requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Agenda Item 6 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 7 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard together.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:
Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the State
Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not apply
to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not exempt
under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design review
procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing demolition
restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to allow two-
story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical building setback
exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same zoning development
standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage, setbacks, height, projections,

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 641
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of different types of
middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require the City to allow
subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the City is not
proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by existing
property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-in
provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or
more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision
without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano concluded with the
timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional resources, and key
takeaways.

Questions from Committee:
Chair Steven Bowser asked if the provision to apply the MH Overlay District to 20
percent of the lots within a new subdivision of 10 acres or more is citywide. Mr.
Zambrano responded affirmatively. Chair Bowser stated that all Arizona State Land
Department (ASLD) auctioned parcels are over 10 acres, noting that this provision
would impact the Desert View Village, unless developers plat subdivisions less than 10
acres at a time. Chair Bowser asked if middle housing is required to be provided. Mr.
Zambrano responded that middle housing would have to be allowed on at least 20
percent of the lots within the subdivision to comply with the State law. Mr. Zambrano
added that the developer could still choose to not build middle housing on those lots.
Mr. Zambrano stated that the developer will tell the City which lots within their
subdivision they want to apply the MH Overlay District, and then staff would send a
supplementary zoning map to the City Council to adopt. Chair Bowser asked if middle
housing could be clustered together within the subdivision. Mr. Zambrano responded
affirmatively, noting that there are no restrictions on how the MH-zoned lots have to be
dispersed throughout the subdivision. Chair Bowser asked for clarification that the City
cannot require fire sprinklers. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively. Mr. Zambrano
stated that there were recent updates to the Phoenix building code, noting that they
were also following this legislation, and the updates to the building code would address
any safety concerns.

Vice Chair Louis Lagrave asked if the opt-in provision for new subdivisions of 10 acres
or more citywide is optional. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law requires any
new subdivision of 10 acres or more to allow middle housing on 20 percent of the lots
within the subdivision.

Committee Member Joseph Barto stated that “must allow” does not sound like a
mandate. Committee Member Barto stated that it sounds like an allowance. Mr.
Zambrano responded that it is a requirement of the State law.

Vice Chair Lagrave asked if a developer can opt to not build middle housing within a
subdivision. Mr. Zambrano responded that the developer can opt to not build middle
housing, but the zoning must still allow for it on 20 percent of the lots within the
subdivision. Vice Chair Lagrave asked if a new homeowners association (HOA) has to
comply with the State law. Mr. Zambrano responded that HOAs can have stricter


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 642
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

restrictions than the City. Mr. Zambrano added that the City does not enforce HOA
Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs).

Committee Member Richard Carlucci asked why the City did not extend the MH
Overlay District around high-capacity transit stops, noting that the data center text
amendment referenced the need for higher-density housing around these areas. Mr.
Zambrano responded that the MH Overlay District is more specific to single-family
subdivisions. Mr. Zambrano added that there are adopted transit oriented development
(TOD) and transit oriented community (TOC) policy plans that provide guidance for
future rezoning requests to rezone to the Walkable Urban (WU) Code within these
policy plan areas, which does not have any density limitations. Committee Member
Carlucci asked if there was consideration to extend the MH Overlay District to other
areas of the city in order to help increase the supply of housing and bring down housing
costs. Mr. Zambrano responded that he was not sure since he was not involved in the
drafting of this text amendment. Mr. Zambrano stated that the proposed text
amendment is trying to comply with the State law requirements. Mr. Zambrano added
that the MH Overlay District does apply citywide for 20 percent of the lots in any new
subdivision of 10 acres or more. Committee Member Carlucci asked how many single-
family lots are within one mile of Downtown Phoenix. Mr. Zambrano responded that he
was not sure. Mr. Zambrano stated that there are a lot of single-family lots within the
area, including some historic districts. Mr. Zambrano stated that the State law does not
override existing historic design review requirements. Committee Member Carlucci
stated that the same development standards as a single-family home does not do a lot
to provide more housing, noting that much smaller units would have to be squeezed into
the building envelope. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would depend on a case-by-case
basis. Mr. Zambrano displayed and discussed the typical lot setback exhibit. Committee
Member Carlucci stated that the City seems to be doing the bare minimum to comply
with the State law, noting that Phoenix is one of the fastest growing cities that needs
more housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that the City is working on other efforts to
increase housing options, such as the accessory dwelling unit (ADU) text amendment
and expanding the WU Code around transit corridors. Mr. Zambrano added that the
State legislature is passing legislation simultaneously, so the City has to keep up with
the legislation as well.

Vice Chair Lagrave disagreed with Committee Member Carlucci. Vice Chair Lagrave
stated that Phoenix is a wide open, western place. Vice Chair Lagrave stated that
Phoenix is not New York City, nor Baltimore, nor Chicago. Vice Chair Lagrave stated
that Phoenix is a spread-out city with a certain lifestyle. Vice Chair Lagrave stated that
he does not want houses crammed into the city that creates a concrete jungle. Vice
Chair Lagrave stated that he wants the space to have trees and homes where families
can be raised.

Committee Member David Kollar stated that it is a moot point since the State law
already passed. Committee Member Kollar asked for clarification that if the text
amendment does not get passed by the end of the year, then all City restrictions go
away. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that the State law included a
severe penalty clause that stated if the regulations are not adopted by January 1, 2026,

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 643
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

then middle housing will be allowed on all lots zoned for single-family residential use
citywide, without any limitations. Mr. Zambrano added that “without any limitations”
could mean without any zoning controls whatsoever.

Chair Bowser asked for clarification that a subdivision of 10 acres or more that applies
the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots would not be heard by the Committee.
Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that it would be without any public
hearing. Mr. Zambrano stated that staff would send a supplementary zoning map to the
outside of the areas applicable to the State law, could still request to rezone to the MH
Overlay District through the public hearing process.

Committee Member Carlucci asked if the subdivision would have to be of 10 acres or
more. Mr. Zambrano responded that if it is a request to rezone to the MH Overlay
District, it does not have to be of 10 acres or more.

Chair Bowser stated that there are patio homes that were built prior to the 1980s along
Scottsdale Road south of McDonald Drive that seem to be a middle housing option.
Chair Bowser stated that they are still quite nice and are higher-density and affordable
homes. Chair Bowser stated that they could be a great product if done well
architecturally. Mr. Zambrano responded that part of the text amendment is also
amending Section 507 Tab A of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to update the Individual
Unit Design Standards to also apply to middle housing and require design review of
middle housing.

Committee Member Jason Israel asked if ADUs would still be permitted. Mr.
Zambrano responded affirmatively. Mr. Zambrano stated that the text amendment is
also amending sections of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance so ADUs would only be
permitted on a lot with one primary dwelling unit. Committee Member Israel asked
where the City is at within the timeline. Mr. Zambrano responded that the cases would
be voted on by the Planning Commission in October and the City Council in November.

Committee Member Kollar asked if it is common for the State legislature to play a
hand in local zoning regulations. Mr. Zambrano responded that it has been more
common recently.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

Committee Discussion:
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 644
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a Middle
Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend various other
sections of the Zoning Ordinance to clarify terms and to
ensure proper application of related state requirements
related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item Nos. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were heard
concurrently.

Three members of the public registered to speak on the item, with one in opposition.

STAFF PRESENTATION:

Chris DePerro, with the City of Phoenix Planning Department (PDD), provided a
presentation on the City’s Middle Housing Text Amendment and accompanying Overlay
District. Mr. DePerro stated that the text amendment to the Zoning Ordinance would be
reviewed first to provide context which would establish the Middle Housing Overlay
District in areas of central Phoenix. Mr. DePerro explained that this initiative stems from
House Bill 2721, passed during the 2024 legislative session, which requires all Arizona
cities with populations over 75,000 to allow middle housing under certain conditions. Mr.
DePerro stated that the Middle Housing, as defined in the legislation, includes duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes, up to a maximum of four units per lot. Mr.
DePerro emphasized that the legislation was state-mandated, not locally initiated and
outlined several requirements of the bill, including the requirement to allow up to four
dwelling units per single-family lot in certain areas of central Phoenix. Mr. DePerro
explained that at least 20 percent of the lots in any new subdivision of 10 contiguous
acres or more must permit middle housing. Mr. DePerro stated Middle Housing must be
treated no more restrictively than single-family housing in terms of permitting, review,
and development standards. Mr. DePerro further explained restrictions that the City may
not impose, including requirements for fire sprinklers, owner occupancy, or more than
one off-street parking space per unit. Mr. DePerro stated the City also may not
discourage rental housing or impose regulations more restrictive than those applied to
single-family dwellings. Mr. DePerro emphasized that if Phoenix fails to adopt the
required regulations by January 1, 2026, middle housing would automatically be allowed
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 645
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

without limitation on all single-family residential lots in the city. Mr. DePerro then
described Text Amendment Z-TA-12-5-Y, which revises zoning regulations to comply
with state law, and Rezoning Case Z-3-25-4-7-8, which applies the overlay district to the
one-mile area surrounding downtown Phoenix as required. Mr. DePerro explained that
the overlay district would function in addition to the existing underlying zoning, allowing
either the density permitted by zoning or four units, whichever is greater. Mr. DePerro’s
presentation included maps outlining the overlay district boundary, which follows a one-
mile radius around the designated downtown core. Mr. DePerro said the Federal
aviation noise contours exclude certain areas from the overlay due to restrictions on
residential density near the airport. Mr. DePerro clarified that historic preservation
regulations remain unchanged, including demolition restrictions and review procedures
for historic properties. Mr. DePerro also noted that recent code updates extended the
review stay for eligible properties from 30 days to 60 days. Mr. DePerro provided
development examples on typical R1-6 lots, including setbacks, building envelopes, and
limitations on lot coverage. Visual examples of duplex and fourplex designs were shown
to illustrate how middle housing could be integrated within existing neighborhoods. Mr.
DePerro stressed that the proposal does not permit subdivision of lots beyond existing
entitlements, nor does it allow more units than authorized by law. Mr. DePerro provided
an example demonstrating how 20 percent of lots would be designated for middle
housing and mapped with the overlay district. Mr. DePerro emphasized that subdivision
design could accommodate varied lot sizes or locations for middle housing. Mr. DePerro
reviewed the proposed timeline for Planning Commission for information in September
and recommendation was scheduled for October 6. Mr. DePerro stated the City Council
will consider action on November 5, 2025. Mr. DePerro provided a summary and noted
the middle housing requirement is state-mandated, must be applied within one mile of
downtown and to 20 percent of new subdivisions over 10 acres and the City faces the
risk of losing zoning controls entirely if regulations are not adopted by the state
deadline.
Mr. DePerro directed attendees to additional resources at phoenix.gov/middlehousing

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE:

Committee Member Warnicke asked if the driving force behind the legislation was the
historical shift away from middle housing. Mr. DePerro responded that while he did not
want to speak directly to the legislature’s intent, many consultants and proponents
suggest that the law is a way to increase density in areas where it has become difficult.
Mr. DePerro acknowledged that there are broader policy discussions surrounding the
issue, but he could not say with certainty why the legislature chose this approach.

Committee Member Warnicke stated that historically there had been middle housing,
but that it is no longer permitted, and noted that multifamily housing is not currently
allowed in single-family residential zoning. Mr. DePerro responded that multifamily
housing is not permitted in single-family zoning districts. Committee Member Warnicke
asked when multifamily development is allowed. Mr. DePerro responded that multifamily
zoning is typically applied through separate zoning designations and is defined as a lot
that allows more than one primary unit. Committee Member Warnicke stated that this
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 646
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

would include duplexes and apartments. Committee Member Warnicke noted that the
state requires the provisions to apply within one mile of the Central Business District,
but the definition of that area varies. Mr. DePerro responded that neighborhoods such
as Willo, La Hacienda, and Alvarado, while zoned R1-6 or R1-10, technically allow
duplexes under certain lot conditions, which makes them multifamily zones. Mr. DePerro
stated that those districts only allow duplexes on larger lots and that this provision does
not actually increase density. Committee Member Warnicke confirmed that duplexes are
still permitted under those designations and suggested that they could therefore be
considered multifamily zoning. Mr. DePerro responded and noted that point but
explained that the state law requires the city to apply the middle housing provisions to
lots zoned for single-family uses which includes the areas in question. Committee
Member Warnicke expressed frustration, stating that these lots already allow multifamily
development and that applying the law in this manner threatens historic neighborhoods
and noted that historic designation can be lost if more than 50 percent of contributing
homes are removed. Committee Member Warnicke said that the overlay boundary
appeared to cut into La Hacienda while avoiding his own property. Mr. DePerro stated
that the city’s text amendment is intended to comply with state law, regardless of
whether the legislature considered impacts on historic neighborhoods. Committee
Member Warnicke stated that the state law only applies to single-family residential
properties, and reiterated his position that some of these areas should be classified as
multifamily. Mr. DePerro stated that he and Mr. Warnicke appeared to disagree on that
interpretation. Committee Member Warnicke asked about the 20 percent multifamily
requirement for subdivisions. Mr. DePerro responded that the requirement applies only
to new subdivisions of 10 acres or more, typically in areas such as north Phoenix, and
not to existing neighborhoods. Committee Member Warnicke asked if this meant there
was no 20 percent cap on middle housing in neighborhoods like Willo. Mr. DePerro
responded that there is no such cap and that, if the overlay were approved, any eligible
lot within Willo could potentially develop as middle housing, including fourplexes.
Committee Member Warnicke concluded by stating that this would allow widespread
redevelopment in historic areas. Mr. DePerro agreed that this was correct under the
proposed application of the state law.

Committee Member Procaccini asked what would happen if the City chose to reduce
the size of the Central Business District, noting that it might be considered beneficial in
some cases to shrink the designated downtown area. Mr. DePerro responded that there
are two potential issues with that approach first, the state law specifies that the
applicable Central Business District boundaries are those that were designated as of
September 14, 2024 and no changes can be made at this point. Mr. DePerro stated
second, the law also contains a provision prohibiting cumulative or individual actions by
municipalities that interfere with housing development. Mr. DePerro said that if city were
to attempt to shrink the boundaries, it could be considered noncompliant under that
provision and that the September 14, 2024 designation date is the controlling factor.

Committee Member Wagner stated that under normal procedure, text amendments
are presented to Village Planning Committees for information only, followed by at least
a month to review and provide input and in this case, however, the process was not
being followed. Committee Member Wagner said that the proposed text amendment is
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 647
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

178 pages long and was only received by the committee a few days prior to the
meeting, which made it very difficult for members to adequately review the information
and further expressed that the amendment would greatly benefit from committee input
and questioned why the committee was not being given that opportunity.
Joshua Bednarek, PDD Director, responded that it was a valid concern and explained
that the planning staff were attending all Village Planning Committee meetings this
month to provide information and ensure that word about the new law was reaching the
community. Mr. Bednarek stated that the language presented in the amendment reflects
the minimum requirements of state law, leaving little room for adjustment and the City’s
priority is compliance with the law and meeting the statutory deadline requiring City
Council action later this year. Mr. Bednarek expressed that while staff values feedback,
the purpose of these presentations are primarily informational and offered to provide his
contact information to any committee members or members of the public who wished to
ask further questions. Committee Member Wagner stated that while she appreciated the
explanation, she remained concerned. Committee Member Wagner shared the concern
that neighborhoods had been in contact with other cities, which were approaching the
legislation differently and actively working to mitigate its impacts. Committee Member
Wagner emphasized that the City of Phoenix was not necessarily taking the bare
minimum approach, and that this issue warranted more public discussion with Village
Planning Committees. Committee Member Wagner also questioned the stated deadline,
noting that City staff had known about the legislation since February 2024, according to
emails. Committee Member Wagner said this with the accessory dwelling unit
legislation, which passed in May and had to be implemented by January 2025 and in
the case of the middle housing bill, she said, cities were given an additional year to act.
Committee Member Wagner expressed frustration that the committee was being told
there was no more time to review the amendment, despite Phoenix having had
significantly more time to prepare.

Committee Member Kleinman asked for clarification regarding the timeline of the
legislation and stated his understanding that the State of Arizona passed the bill during
the 2024 legislative session, with an effective date of January 1, 2026. Committee
Member Kleinman noted that cities are required to adopt local regulations by that same
date and asked whether the City of Phoenix had the authority to extend or delay the
effective date, or whether it must begin enforcement on January 1, 2026. Committee
Member Kleinman explained that his concern was twofold if the state legislature
amends the law during the upcoming session, it would be problematic for the city to take
action prematurely and then be unable to undo its decisions. Committee Member
Kleinman suggested that, at a minimum, the city should consider delaying
implementation until any potential state-level amendments are resolved. Mr. Bednarek
responded that the idea of delaying the effective date had been suggested and was
referred to the City’s Law Department and the initial response was that the law is clear
in requiring implementation on January 1, 2026. Mr. Bednarek noted that delaying
implementation could put the city at risk of being found noncompliant and added that the
matter could be further discussed with the Law Department and potentially with the City
Council.

Committee Member Rodriguez stated that she supports the house bill overall but
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 648
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

expressed disappointment that it did not extend further and explained that her home,
built in 1932, was located just outside of the overlay area. Committee Member
Rodriguez stated that she would like the opportunity to redevelop her property into
housing that contributes to the city’s future, which she considered part of building a
better history. Committee Member Rodriguez noted that her neighborhood lacks the tax
incentives, gated communities, safe bike lanes, and other infrastructure present in other
areas, while still experiencing challenges such as cut-through traffic from the reverse
lanes, she stated that the bill does not go far enough and encouraged the city to be
bolder in extending its provisions. Committee Member Rodriguez added that other
cities, such as Portland, have implemented similar policies without significant impacts
from demolitions, and she offered to share those examples with the committee.

Committee Member Wagner stated that the city was aware of legislation introduced in
the prior session seeking to exempt historic districts and emphasized that while she
supports rental housing, she also values maintaining historic districts, which have been
carefully preserved for decades. Committee Member Wagner noted that another
attempt to exempt historic districts may be made in the upcoming legislative session
and stated there is concern that the current 178-page text amendment appeared to be a
rewrite of the Zoning Ordinance, rather than a simple overlay as previously described.
Committee Member Wagner questioned why the committee had not been told earlier
that such extensive changes would be included and asked why multifamily provisions
were being revised when the legislation was directed at single-family zoning. Mr.
DePerro responded that he had described the amendment as involving extensive
revisions in several prior presentations and that this approach was taken out of caution
due to the statutory requirement that single-family and middle housing be treated
identically. Mr. DePerro stated in many parts of the Zoning Ordinance, the two are
treated differently, with middle housing subject to more restrictive provisions therefore,
significant revisions were necessary to bring them into alignment. Mr. DePerro clarified
the mechanism for implementation and stated that the text amendment itself does not
grant entitlements but the following agenda item the zoning case would apply the Middle
Housing Overlay (MH) to properties. Mr. DePerro stated the text amendment
establishes the framework and creates the overlay district, but actual entitlement would
only occur through a rezoning action and noted that the opt-in provision for 10-acre
subdivisions functions similarly, requiring a property owner to request the overlay before
it is applied. Committee Member Wagner responded that her neighborhood had held
several meetings with the PDD and had repeatedly asked for a seat at the table during
the drafting of the amendment. Committee Member Wagner expressed frustration that
those requests were not accommodated and that the committee was now being asked
to consider the amendment at the last minute without sufficient time for review.

PUBLIC COMMENTS:

Mr. Will Kerwin introduced himself as a resident on Willetta Street stated that he lives
in a duplex where two different houses are located on the same lot and considered a
plan to rent out the back unit once it became unoccupied, and asked if that would still be
possible under the proposed ordinance. Mr. DePerro responded that, without knowing
the exact circumstances, nothing being proposed should change an existing entitlement
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 649
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

and confirmed that if the second residence is currently legal, then the entitlement
remains. Mr. DePerro invited Mr. Kerwin to send him specific details by email so staff
could research the property’s history and provide a clear response and emphasized that
the ordinance was intended to add entitlement for additional units, not take away
existing rights. Mr. Kerwin shared a neighborhood concern regarding an individual who
built a multi-story structure, which appeared to have been left unfinished and that
residents suspected the intent was to drive up property taxes to force buyouts, though
he acknowledged this may not be true. Mr. DePerro replied that if the structure was built
without permits, that would be a code enforcement issue and asked for clarification
about whether the construction was permitted. Mr. Kerwin clarified that he was raising
the example hypothetically and asked whether, under the ordinance, someone could
legally construct a multi-story building for speculative purposes. Mr. DePerro explained
that the ordinance did not increase allowable building height, setbacks, or envelope
limits and the intention of the changes only addressed the number of units allowed on a
lot. Mr. DePerro stated that the ordinance would not permit a five-story building in a
single-family neighborhood, since the existing height and setback limits would still apply.
Mr. Kerwin acknowledged the clarification but asked whether there was a way to
mitigate the impact of increased property taxes on neighbors. Mr. DePerro responded
that property taxes are difficult to predict and stated that values can both rise and fall,
referencing the Great Recession when values plummeted. Mr. DePerro stated that the
ordinance had been crafted with a focus on zoning and entitlements, and broader
economic impacts such as property taxation had not been a primary consideration.

Mr. Mike Mark introduced himself as a resident on Holly Street and stated that he had
several questions and asked whether the city currently knew how many lots would be
impacted by the ordinance, noting that there are empty lots that could be targeted. Mr.
Mark added that estimating the number of eligible lots would be helpful, since it was
likely that developers would begin to purchase such properties to take advantage of the
new entitlements. Mr. DePerro responded that the estimate was on a graphic he had
previously shared, but he did not have it readily available at the meeting and apologized
and stated that he could provide the figure later. Mr. DePerro confirmed that the
calculation was included in staff’s analysis and agreed that vacant lots zoned
appropriately would be among the first likely to be impacted. Mr. Mark asserted that this
suggested a likely targeting of properties for redevelopment and asked whether the
city’s Middle Housing website included real-life examples of duplexes, triplexes, or
fourplexes on single-family lots. Mr. DePerro responded that the photos shown in the
presentation were real examples from Phoenix and had been used to illustrate what the
ordinance would proceed. Mr. Mark confirmed that the images were taken from within
Phoenix, including areas near a neighborhood dog park in the area of 3rd Avenue and
Culver Street, but emphasized his concern that the ordinance appeared punitive toward
historic properties. Mr. Mark expressed that the proposal seemed almost surgically
targeted to impact historic neighborhoods in particular and added that he wished the
policy could instead be mirrored so that his neighborhood would be affected rather than
historic districts, which he believed should be spared from such negative impacts.

Joan Gresch stated she is a longtime resident of the area since 1977 and had
concerns for the committee regarding historic preservation and the impact of recent
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 650
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

state laws. Ms. Gresch shared her personal experience restoring a historic home from
the 1920s in downtown Phoenix with her husband while earning less than $20,000 per
year at the time. Ms. Gresch stated that the Historic Preservation program provided tax
incentives and guidelines that allowed them and others to rehabilitate historic properties
appropriately, contributing to the revitalization of the neighborhood. Ms. Gresch
expressed concern that recent state interventions have undermined these protections
and threatened the progress made over decades. Ms. Gresch urged the city to support
residents if legal action arises, emphasizing the emotional and financial investment her
family has made in preserving the historic character of their home and neighborhood.
Mr. DePerro responded that the current law, while allowing up to four units on a
property, does not remove existing historic preservation protections and stated that the
design review processes and other safeguards under both state law and city plans
would remain in place. Ms. Gresch acknowledged this clarification but emphasized that
the broader context and discussion about preserving historic districts remain critical.

FLOOR/PUBLIC DISCUSSION CLOSED, COMMITTEE DISCUSSION:

Committee Member Procaccini asked whether the city’s website allowed residents to
type in their address to determine if their property fell within the proposed middle
housing overlay area, noting that he lived near the boundary and was unable to tell. Mr.
DePerro responded that the website did provide that function and that members of the
public could also email him directly with an address and he would confirm the
information, often faster than the online tool.

Committee Member Wagner asked how many square miles were included in the
middle housing overlay area shown on the map. Mr. DePerro responded that he did not
have the exact figure memorized but estimated that the area covered between five and
six square miles in and around downtown. Mr. DePerro noted that this represented a
small portion of Phoenix overall, which spans approximately 520 square miles.
Committee Member Wagner said that, while the overlay represented only five to six
square miles, it was still a significant area when viewed in comparison to the entire city.

Committee Member Kleinman expressed concern about the impact of increasing
housing in historic neighborhoods and asked whether the city could mandate that new
housing developments, specifically those referenced in the middle of the presentation
on page 92, be designated as workforce or affordable housing. Committee Member
Kleinman emphasized the need to prevent historic homes from being replaced by high-
cost fourplexes potentially used for short-term rentals, such as Airbnb. Committee
Member Kleinman asked if there were any mechanisms to limit high-cost townhouses
and short-term rentals in these historic areas. Mr. DePerro responded that both short-
term rentals and affordable housing requirements are largely restricted by state law. Mr.
DePerro explained that the city has minimal control over short-term rentals and cannot
require affordable housing in zoning cases or stipulations and stated that while the city
can incentivize affordable housing, it cannot mandate it and that the city is exploring
other potential approaches to mitigate community concerns while remaining compliant
with state law, although no solutions had been finalized. Mr. DePerro emphasized that
the city is listening to feedback and seeking ways to balance middle housing
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 651
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

requirements with the preservation of historic districts.

Committee Member Wagner stated that, in line with Committee Member Kleinman’s
concerns about workforce housing, a neighboring property near the dog park as
formerly mentioned recently sold for $2.6 million. Committee Member Wagner noted
that this example indicates the development is unlikely to provide affordable housing.

Committee Member Perez asked whether any language incentivizing affordable or
workforce housing had been considered in the text amendment and asked if such
measures could be incorporated as a potential avenue for encouraging these types of
housing. Mr. DePerro responded that while such incentives could potentially be
considered, they had not been included in the current text amendment and stated that
the language as written represents the minimum required to comply with state law. Mr.
DePerro acknowledged the concerns about providing additional incentives or
protections but emphasized that state law does not require these provisions, and their
absence is consistent with legal compliance.

Committee Member Kleinman expressed frustration with the city’s limited flexibility
under state law and recalled past experiences in which the city initially faced restrictions
but eventually implemented changes, noting that simply complying with state law does
not preclude the city from exploring measures that could benefit Phoenix. Committee
Member Kleinman stressed that fear of potential lawsuits should not prevent proactive
efforts to improve outcomes for the city and its residents. Mr. Bednarek responded
noting that any action outside the boundaries of state law could trigger complaints to the
Attorney General under State Statute 1487, potentially putting $850 million in state
funding at risk. Mr. Bednarek clarified that such disputes do not automatically go to
court and follow a 30-day process. Committee Member Kleinman stated that the city
has previously navigated conflicts with state law in other contexts, such as fair wages,
and argued that avoiding any attempt to push the envelope in this case seems overly
cautious. Committee Member Kleinman emphasized that his comments were meant as
an opinion and not a directive, expressing his perspective that the city could explore
creative approaches without undue risk. Mr. Bednarek responded stating that he took
no offense to the comments and appreciated the perspective.

Committee Member Rodriguez shared her perspective on affordable housing and the
overall benefits of increasing housing stock and invited fellow committee members and
staff to collaborate on initiatives aimed at promoting affordable housing. Committee
Member Rodriguez emphasized that increasing housing availability can make housing
more accessible in general and stated differing viewpoints on historic preservation but
expressed the belief that denser, thoughtfully designed housing can contribute positively
to the community’s history. Committee Member Rodriguez also highlighted that parts of
Phoenix, including this area, benefit from some of the city’s most successful public
transportation systems and bike lanes and suggested that adding new housing,
regardless of affordability designation, could help reduce overall housing costs by
increasing supply. Committee Member Rodriguez stated it is important to encourage
broader collaboration and engagement from committee members on housing issues.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 652
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

Committee Member Warnicke commented on the public comments and expressed
appreciation for the eloquence of the previous speaker and said she is absolutely right
in what we are facing is an existential threat to our historic neighborhoods. Committee
Member Warnicke stated the idea of launching 5,000 homes into these areas is
alarming and has asked the city how many historic homes are at risk, and still had not
received an answer. Committee Member Warnicke stated if we estimate 5,000 homes
and allow fourplexes on each, that’s 20,000 residences replacing 5,000 single-family
homes. Committee Member Warnicke stated that in the past year alone, over 20,000
apartments have come online, and there’s another 20,000 expected next year and there
is already a glut. Committee Member Warnicke stated this attack on historic
neighborhoods is not only unnecessary it is absurd and will not achieve its intended
goals. Committee Member Warnicke stated these lots will be subdivided or made
available for affordable purchase and they will be expensive, likely short-term rentals
like Airbnbs and this is very upsetting. Committee Member Warnicke stated there will be
a lawsuit but not against the state and the state can pass these laws, but the city is not
obligated to adopt a text amendment that implements them in this way. Committee
Member Warnicke stated there is a legal argument for exempting R1-6 and R1-10
zones, especially those with homes subdivided before 1998 or 1999 and these areas
are already entitled to duplexes because our historic neighborhoods are already denser
than many of the true single-family neighborhoods in Phoenix that do not allow
duplexes. Committee Warnicke stated his office is in a home that was converted from a
duplex which are scattered throughout the Willo Neighborhood. Committee Member
Warnicke stated the city does not have to do this it is choosing to and that is why there
is going to be a fight with the city. Committee Member Warnicke stated he should not
have to fight both the state and the city, but that’s the position we have been put in
which is ridiculous. Committee Member Warnicke stated we have invested hundreds of
thousands, maybe millions in historic preservation grants and encouraged families, like
the one who restored two old homes, to take advantage of tax benefits and reinvest in
their properties. Committee Member Warnicke stated this was in the 1980s and he
remember walking up 5th Avenue to Kenilworth School. Committee Member Warnicke
stated back then, homes had planks over the stairs and people were rolling motorcycles
into their living rooms and that is what the neighborhood was like before it became the
Willo Neighborhood. Committee Member Warnicke stated we saved that neighborhood
and saved others which helped create the city that people now want to walk through
and now they want to tear it all down and build fourplexes. Committee Member
Warnicke stated he could not be more livid, and he is going to do everything he can to
stop it.

Chair Montaño Searles reminded everyone that the item under discussion is part of
the timeline presented earlier in the meeting and explained that the matter went to the
Planning Commission for information only on September 4 and it is scheduled for the
Planning Commission with a recommendation on October 6, and then it will go before
city’s website and navigate to the public meetings section under the City Clerk’s page
for more information and also welcomed continued public participation, noting that if
individuals want to make their voices heard, that is the place to do so and thanked
everyone for their comments and reiterated that today’s item was for information only.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 653
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 654
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 16, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a Middle Housing
(MH) Overlay District; and amend various other sections
of the Zoning Ordinance to clarify terms and to ensure
proper application of related state requirements related to
Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 5 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 6 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, began the presentation by providing background
information on House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that middle housing
must be compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses. Ms.
Sanchez Luna summarized the middle housing requirements for the City. Ms. Sanchez
Luna noted the severe penalty clause that stated that if a municipality does not adopt
regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be allowed without any
zoning controls or restrictions. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that properties designated
historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example where middle
housing may or may not fit. Ms. Sanchez Luna concluded the presentation by displaying
the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for comments.

Questions from the Committee:

Kristine Morris asked for clarification regarding new subdivisions and homeowner
associations. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that homeowner associations can add restrictions
to prohibit middle housing.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 655
Estrella Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 16, 2025
Page 2

Dustin Thrower stated that the homeowner associations would not exist until the entire
subdivision was established. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if the developer built a single-
family house on an established middle housing lot, then the owner would have to
circumvent the regulations established by the homeowner’s association. Mr. Thrower
voiced his confusion on how homeowner associations can prohibit middle housing. Ms.
Morris added that someone who purchases a home with a homeowner association is
typically buying into more restrictions.

Chair Parris Wallace noted that this type of development will not be required to come to
the committee for recommendation.

Romona Burris asked if this was just another strategy to increase housing within the City
on top of already establish policy like the Housing Phoenix Plan. Chair Wallace
confirmed.

Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if anyone had any additional questions, they could contact
her or send an email to the email address provided.

Ms. Burris voiced concern about how this would affect neighborhoods such as Coronado
and if residents would lose their properties. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if someone
owned their property, it was their decision if they wanted to convert their lot to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that they would still have to meet all the development
standards and if the property is historic, then it would have to go through the Historic
Preservation Office first.

Marcus Ceniceros asked if this would only apply to one mile from downtown. Ms.
Sanchez Luna confirmed. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that the only way this would occur in
Estrella was if there were any new subdivisions of 10 acres or more and if an applicant
rezoned their property to add the overlay district.

Chair Wallace noted that a lot of housing projects have been approved and asked what
would happen to those projects. Mr. Thrower added that it would depend on the acreage.
Chair Wallace noted an approved housing project with a lazy river. Ms. Sanchez Luna
noted that that proposal was for multifamily residential.

Ms. Burris asked if historic neighborhoods are in danger. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that
they had voiced some concerns. Ms. Burris stated that this type of housing was bound to
happen. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that proposed middle housing projects had to be
compatible with the existing single-family neighborhood. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that
middle housing could be one two-story house with one family on the first floor and one
family on the second floor. Chair Wallace voiced her excitement and approval and noted
that Estrella would like to see more housing.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 656
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY


Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a Middle
Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend various other
sections of the Zoning Ordinance to clarify terms and to
ensure proper application of related state requirements
related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 5 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 6 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, began the presentation by providing background
information on House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that middle housing
must be compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses. Ms.
Sanchez Luna summarized the middle housing requirements for the City. Ms. Sanchez
Luna noted the severe penalty clause that stated that if a municipality does not adopt
regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be allowed without any
zoning controls or restrictions. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that properties designated
historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example where middle
housing may or may not fit. Ms. Sanchez Luna concluded the presentation by displaying
the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for comments.

Questions from the Committee:

Carlos Ortega asked if all the other major cities were affected by the bill. Ms. Sanchez
Luna confirmed. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that she was unaware of the exact
regulations that other cities will be implementing.

Vice Chair JoAnne Jensen asked if the text amendment would eventually expand

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 657
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 8, 2025
Page 2

beyond the one-mile radius around downtown. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that if a
proposed development wanted to provide the ability for middle housing, then they would
have to rezone the site to add the overlay.

Linda Abegg asked for more information regarding the boundary and asked if that was
implemented by the House Bill or the city. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that the House Bill
stated that it had to apply within one mile of downtown and that the City determined that
Phoenix’s downtown was the area zoned Downtown Code. Ms. Abegg asked for more
information regarding parking. Ms. Abegg is asked if a fourplex was built, would the
development be required to have eight parking spaces. Ms. Sanchez Luna note that
she would have to confirm. Ms. Abegg stated that her concern was private streets and
subdivisions that prohibit on-street parking. Ms. Abegg asked if HOA’s are exempt. Ms.
Sanchez Luna noted that HOA’s can prohibit middle housing but would confirm.

Co-Vice Chair Jensen stated that this was accessory dwelling units on steroids. Mixen
Rubio-Raffin added that this would mean separate addresses and utilities.

Ms. Rubio Raffin was surprised that this came from the State Legislature but hoped
that this would allow more individuals to buy their own homes.

Ms. Abegg understood the frustration of the residents that this would affect and
wondered how this would relate to Proposition 207.

Chair Stephanie Hurd noted that it would change the neighborhood.

Ms. Abegg asked how staff would track on-street parking. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted
that she would have to follow up regarding the parking inquiry.

Juanita Darby noted that she used to live in a duplex, and she still had her own
driveway and backyard.

Chair Hurd added that some diversity would be good, but that the Laveen character
called for large-lot single-family homes. Ms. Darby noted an existing subdivision with
large lots in Laveen.

Vice Chair JoAnne Jensen stated that the city has been built with primarily single-
family neighborhoods and noted that that this type of development would be more
appropriate in lots built to accommodate middle housing.

Ms. Rubio-Raffin added that businesses in high-density neighborhoods are more
successful than those in rural areas and could create a higher demand for street
enhancements and pedestrian amenities.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 658
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 10, 2025
Proposal Amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to address
Middle Housing as required by Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a Middle
Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend various
other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to clarify terms
and to ensure proper application of related state
requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and
were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Committee Members Melissa Acevedo and Victoria Stahl entered during these items
bringing quorum to 12.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, began the presentation by providing background
information on House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that middle housing
must be compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses. Ms.
Sanchez Luna summarized the middle housing requirements for the City. Ms.
Sanchez Luna noted the severe penalty clause that stated that if a municipality does
not adopt regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be allowed
without any zoning controls or restrictions. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that properties
designated historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example
where middle housing may or may not fit. Ms. Sanchez Luna concluded the
presentation by displaying the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for
comments.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 659
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y


Questions from the Committee:
Warren Norgaard asked if the overlay district would apply to the downtown area. Ms.
Sanchez Luna displayed the map and noted that it would apply to the pink area
around downtown.

Saundra Cole voiced her concern for the historic neighborhoods and added that she
did not want these areas to be negatively affected. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that all
historic neighborhoods would still be subject to review by the Historic Preservation
Office. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if the City did not add any parameters, then
middle housing would be allowed without any limitations or development standards.

Chair Gene Derie stated that if someone requested to demolish a historic house, they
would have to petition the Historic Preservation Office for approval and to remove the
historic structure. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that the Historic Preservation Office does
review any properties that are either designated or eligible for historic designation.

Chair Derie announced that this presentation was for information only and that the
committee would not be voting on either the rezoning case or the text amendment.
Vice Chair Chris Demarest asked if the companion cases would return to the Village
Planning Committee (VPC) for a recommendation in the upcoming months. Ms.
Sanchez Luna clarified that both cases will not return to the VPC and displayed the
proposed timeline noting the dates for the Planning Commission hearing and the City
Council hearing.

Vice Chair Demarest noted that it was odd that the House Bill would require middle
housing one mile from downtown if that is where many of the historic houses are
located. Chair Derie added that all municipalities with a population of 75,000 or
higher would be required to allow middle housing. Chair Derie added that cities such
as Scottsdale, Mesa, Tempe, and Chandler are all required to permit middle housing.
Vice Chair Demarest stated that all those cities had historic houses within one mile
of their designated downtown and that he would have liked to have a vote on the
companion cases.

Andrea Ramirez asked if the Villages that were directly affected would be allowed to
vote on the companion cases. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that they would not be
voting.

Mike Weber asked who established the parameters. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that
the House Bill established the one-mile radius. Mr. Weber clarified that he would like
to know the development standards for middle housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed
the single-family lot example and noted that middle housing would still be required to
meet all required development standards such as lot coverage, building setbacks, and
projections. Mr. Weber asked about height. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that in a
single-family zoned lot, the maximum height is two stories or 30 feet and that any
middle housing development in a single-family lot would be permitted to be as tall as
two stories or 30 feet.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 660
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y


Vice Chair Demarest stated that most neighborhoods within the one-mile buffer did
not have an established homeowner’s association.

Alvin Battle asked what was considered downtown. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed
the map and noted the grey area that was zoned Downtown Code. Chair Derie
provided the street boundaries for downtown and the one-mile buffer.

Ken DuBose asked what each case would accomplish. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated
that the text amendment case Z-TA-1-25-Y would modify the Zoning Ordinance to
allow the development standards for middle housing and the rezoning case Z-3-25-4-
7-8 established the overlay district.

Ms. Ramirez asked if a developer could convert a lot of commercial properties to
middle housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna clarified that the only way it would apply to
Maryvale was if there were any new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or more built
or if a property was rezoned.

Public Comment:

None

Committee Discussion:

Mr. Weber voiced his displeasure for all the palm trees in the pictures. Chair Derie
and Mr. Weber noted that palm trees provide no shade and require a lot of water.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 661
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY



Date of VPC Meeting September 11, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Agenda Item 8 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 9 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:
Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the
State Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not
apply to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not
exempt under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design
review procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing
demolition restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to
allow two-story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical
building setback exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same
zoning development standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage,

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 662
North Gateway Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

setbacks, height, projections, building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano noted that
the text amendment includes revisions so accessory dwelling units (ADUs) are only
permitted on a lot with one primary dwelling unit. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of
different types of middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require
the City to allow subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the
City is not proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by
existing property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-
in provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous
acres or more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the
subdivision without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano
concluded with the timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional
resources, and key takeaways.

Questions from Committee:
Committee Member Kylie Kennelly asked why the State legislature restricted
requiring fire sprinklers. Mr. Zambrano responded that it is probably more of an
expensive requirement that multifamily residential development typically triggers. Mr.
Zambrano added that the Phoenix building code has recently been updated and was
following this legislation. Mr. Zambrano stated that the walls between units would still
be required to be fire-rated.

Committee Member Will Manion asked if the opt-in provision for new subdivisions of
10 acres or more has to be 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision or if it could be
less than 20 percent. Mr. Zambrano responded that it has to be 20 percent.

Chair Julie Read stated that there is a big concern with the historic districts
surrounding Downtown Phoenix and the threat this legislation has to historic homes.
Chair Read stated that there is a historic preservation group that will be trying to get
the State legislature to address this in the next legislative session. Chair Read
suggested that individuals reach out to their respective representative if this topic is
important to them.

Mr. Zambrano added that the State bill does not change existing design review
requirements for historic properties or demolition restrictions for eligible historic
properties.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

Committee Discussion:
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 663
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 17, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 4 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 5 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and
were heard together.

Committee Member Fred Hepperle joined the meeting during this item bringing the
quorum to 9 members present.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Robert Kuhfuss, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state
legislation, details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the
Middle Housing Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a
summary of the timeline for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITEE

Committee Member Bill Adams asked what the Legislature’s rational was for
passing the bill. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that he did not want to speak for the State
Legislature but for the last several years, the Legislature has been trying to address
the housing affordability issue. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that in 2024, the State Legislature
passed another bill which required municipalities to adopt regulations relating to
Accessory Dwelling Units by January of 2025 and that the Middle Housing Bill
required adoption by January of 2026.

Committee Member Jim Larson asked if the law applies to currently vacant lots or
when a property becomes available on the market allowing the owner to then
demolish the property and construct a four-plex on the property. Mr. Kuhfuss asked if

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 664
North Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

the question was directed towards properties located within the pink polygon.
Committee Member Larson confirmed that was the case. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that it
was his understanding that a property owner could demolish the site and construct a
four-plex and that there is no provision that requires it be owner-occupied. Committee
Member Larson stated that it was his understanding that the effect of the bill was to
render Historic Preservation areas null and void to allow a developer to demolish a
house to build a four-plex. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that he was not 100% familiar with the
nuances of Historic Preservation and that it was his understanding that certain
protections remain in place for properties that lie within a historic neighborhood
including a waiting period prior to demolition, and a requirement that the new building
fit the neighborhood.

Committee Member Matthew Knapp asked if on new subdivisions is the developer
required to construct middle housing on the 10% of lots that were earmarked as such.
Mr. Kuhfuss stated that the threshold was 20% not 10% and that the law requires the
lots to be earmarked but there is no requirement for the developer to exercise that
right.

Committee Member Patrick Edwards asked for clarification that if he owned a
house within the pink polygon, his neighbor could demolish the neighboring house
and construct middle housing. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that was the case.

Committee Member Massimo Sommacampagna asked if the property was deed-
restricted, would that still be the case. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that deed restrictions are
private agreements between property owners and that Middle Housing would not
supersede that agreement. Committee Member Sommacampagna asked for clarity on
the Central Business District. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that he was not sure how the statute
defined the Central Business District, but the City of Phoenix has defined the
Downtown Core as the basis for determining the one-mile buffer. Mr. Kuhfuss stated
that there were other municipalities where the Central Business District was not
aligned with their downtown area.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 665
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY


Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Agenda Item 7 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 8 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation
Adrian Zambrano provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the State
Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not apply
to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not exempt
under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design review
procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing demolition
restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to allow two-
story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical building setback
exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same zoning development
standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage, setbacks, height, projections,
building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of different types of

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 666
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require the City to allow
subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the City is not
proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by existing
property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-in
provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or
more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision
without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano concluded with the
timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional resources, and key
takeaways.

Questions from the Committee
Committee Member Anna Sepic asked why the lots with the MH Overlay District in a
new subdivision 10 acres or more would be allowed to be dispersed randomly
throughout the subdivision. Committee Member Sepic stated that the lots that have the
MH Overlay District should be located adjacent to each other. Mr. Zambrano
responded that the State law did not specify how to disperse the MH-zoned lots within a
subdivision. Committee Member Sepic asked if the City is asking for feedback on how it
should be implemented. Mr. Zambrano responded that the City is taking comments and
feedback, but the City must still comply with the State law so there are some limitations
on changes that can be made. Mr. Zambrano stated that staff could take the comment
and look into it.

Committee Member Robert Goodhue stated that there have been certain subdivisions
in the past that restricted lots to one-story along certain exterior boundaries of the
subdivision in order to not affect other adjacent one-story properties. Committee
Member Goodhue asked if the lots zoned for middle housing within a subdivision could
similarly be restricted. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law states that the City
cannot restrict middle housing to less than two stories. Mr. Zambrano added that if the
lots within a subdivision along a certain exterior boundary were restricted to one-story,
then the lots zoned for middle housing would have to be placed elsewhere within the
subdivision. Mr. Zambrano added that certain areas of a lot do not allow two stories,
such as in the rear yard of the lot where projections are allowed.

Committee Member Jennifer Hall asked why the Village Planning Committees are
hearing these items for information only. Mr. Zambrano responded that these cases are
to comply with State law, so the City is only having these cases voted on at the two
required public hearings for Planning Commission and City Council.

Committee Member Toby Gerst stated that this State requirement seems very
onerous.

Committee Member Sepic stated that it looks like it would be at almost 100 percent lot
coverage. Mr. Zambrano responded that the maximum lot coverage allowed for single-
family residence districts is 50 percent, so lots within the MH Overlay District would still
have to comply with the maximum lot coverage allowed. Mr. Zambrano added that an
additional 10 percent lot coverage is allowed for attached shaded structures or
accessory dwelling units (ADUs). Mr. Zambrano clarified that part of the text

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 667
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

amendment includes revisions that would only allow ADUs on lots with one primary
dwelling unit on the lot.

Committee Member Robert Gubser asked for clarification that ADUs cannot be placed
on a lot with a duplex or triplex. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that
ADUs would only be allowed on a lot with one primary dwelling unit on the lot.

Committee Member Sepic asked if someone could buy a lot with a single-family home,
demolish it, and build a fourplex on the lot by-right. Mr. Zambrano responded that if it is
within the MH Overlay District within one mile of downtown, or on a lot zoned with the
MH Overlay District within a new subdivision 10 acres or more, then it would be allowed
by-right. Committee Member Sepic asked why the City chose downtown where there
are historic homes. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State Legislature stated that the
law applies within one mile of downtown, and the area zoned as Downtown Code states
in the code that this area shall be known as “downtown”. Mr. Zambrano stated that this
boundary is the adopted downtown area.

Committee Member Goodhue asked for clarification that any new subdivision of 10
acres or more is citywide. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that for these
subdivisions it would only apply to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision.
Committee Member Goodhue asked if the units have to be owner occupied or if they
can be rentals. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law states that the City cannot
require owner occupancy.

Committee Member Sepic stated that the majority of homes within one mile of
downtown are historic properties. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law does not
take away existing design review requirements for historic properties, so they would still
have to go through that process.

Public Comments
None.

Staff Response
None.

Committee Discussion
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 668
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY



Date of VPC Meeting September 9, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of
related state requirements related to Middle Housing


VPC DISCUSSION:

Committee Member Will Holton joined the meeting during this item, bringing the quorum
to five members.

Agenda Item 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:
Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the State
Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not apply
to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not exempt
under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design review
procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing demolition
restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to allow two-

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 669
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical building setback
exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same zoning development
standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage, setbacks, height, projections,
building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of different types of
middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require the City to allow
subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the City is not
proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by existing
property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-in
provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or
more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision
without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano concluded with the
timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional resources, and key
takeaways.

Questions from Committee:
Committee Member Eileen Baden thought it was interesting that the State said that
the City could not require any structures to contain a fire sprinkler.

Vice Chair Scott Lawrence asked if this requirement is only for the City of Phoenix.
Mr. Zambrano responded that the restrictions on implementation within the State law
apply to all cities and towns that the State law is applicable to. Mr. Zambrano added that
there was a recent update to the Phoenix building code that was passed. Mr. Zambrano
stated that they were also following this legislation and made the updates to the building
code accordingly. Mr. Zambrano stated that the walls between the units would still have
to be fire-rated walls.

Committee Member Baden asked for clarification that the City could still require one
off-street parking space per unit. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively.

Committee Member Ozzie Virgil asked if homeowners associations (HOAs) could
restrict middle housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that HOAs could restrict it in new
subdivisions, but within subdivisions of 10 acres or more, at least 20 percent of the lots
have to be zoned to allow middle housing, in order to comply with the State law.
Committee Member Virgil stated that he does not believe the airport exclusion area is
because of the noise and is instead because of potential airplane crashes. Mr.
Zambrano responded that the City discourages residential within this area because it is
so noisy from airplanes.

Chair Cotton asked if the State law would apply to Anthem, which is not a City. Mr.
Zambrano responded that the State law would apply to any city or town with a
population of 75,000 or more. Chair Cotton asked for clarification that the west side of
Anthem is within the City of Phoenix. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively. Chair
Cotton stated that there are multifamily residential condominiums that were built behind
the Goodwill along Interstate 17.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that they are townhomes.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 670
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

Mr. Zambrano stated that they could have been developed under a certain
development option in a single-family residence district that allows townhomes.

Committee Member Baden stated that it could be zoned for commercial as well.

Committee Member Will Holton asked how a population of 75,000 or more is defined.
Mr. Zambrano responded that it would be based on the census data available for the
city or town.

Committee Member Baden asked what the population is in the City of Phoenix. Mr.
Zambrano responded that it is 1.6 million.

Chair Cotton stated that the census includes children of all ages.

Committee Member Holton asked if the images are real-life examples of what to
expect. Mr. Zambrano responded that the images are graphics from the Opticos
Design Missing Middle Housing book. Committee Member Holton expressed concern
with access for emergency personnel. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would be treated
the same as a single-family home. Mr. Zambrano added that the State said that the City
cannot require fire sprinklers for middle housing but there would still be fire-rated walls
between units.

Chair Cotton asked for clarification that there is nothing that the City can do since the
City has to comply with the State law. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that the intent is to reduce housing costs since developers
would be able to build more units on a lot.

Committee Member Holton asked if property taxes would be increased for the
homeowner of the original home. Mr. Zambrano responded that he was not sure. Mr.
Zambrano stated that the units would still all be on one lot.

Committee Member Baden asked about accessory dwelling units (ADUs). Mr.
Zambrano responded that the text amendment would also update sections of the
Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to only allow ADUs on a lot with only one primary dwelling
unit.

Vice Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that middle housing would still be allowed
outside of the one-mile radius from Downtown Phoenix. Mr. Zambrano responded that
citywide, middle housing will be allowed on 20 percent of the lots within any new
subdivision of 10 acres or more. Vice Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that it would
not be allowed anywhere else throughout the city. Mr. Zambrano responded that it
would not be allowed by-right. Mr. Zambrano stated that if a new subdivision less than
10 aces wants to have middle housing and is outside of the one-mile radius from
Downtown Phoenix, or if an existing subdivision wants to build middle housing, then
those subdivisions can request to rezone to the MH Overlay District through the public
hearing process.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 671
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

Committee Member Holton asked if the State law would allow tents or recreational
vehicles as dwelling units. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would have to be a fixed
structure. Mr. Zambrano stated that there are established definitions in the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance. Committee Member Holton asked if modular homes would be
acceptable as middle housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that there are certain design
review requirements for modular homes. Mr. Zambrano added that the text amendment
will also update a section of the Pheonix Zoning Ordinance to require design review for
middle housing. Committee Member Holton asked if middle housing would still have to
figure out how to tap into the existing water and sewer lines. Mr. Zambrano responded
affirmatively, noting that the Water Services Department would still review each site and
would require certain improvements, if necessary, when going through the plan review
and permitting process.

Committee Member Baden asked if the developers of subdivisions of 10 acres or more
are required to build middle housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that 20 percent of the
lots within a new subdivision of 10 acres or more are required to be zoned to allow
middle housing. Mr. Zambrano stated that the developer can choose to not build middle
housing on the lots zoned with the MH Overlay District and can choose to build single-
family homes on those lots instead.

Committee Member Holton asked if there is any precedent for middle housing. Chair
Cotton responded that when he stayed in Los Angeles, he rented a duplex. Chair
Cotton added that growing up in New Hampshire, there were multiplexes everywhere.
Chair Cotton stated that Phoenix is one of the only bigger places he has seen that does
not allow it. Committee Member Holton asked if middle housing is a trend.

Committee Member Baden responded that middle housing is historical.

Chair Cotton stated that middle housing has been around forever, but Phoenix has
only allowed single-family homes.

Committee Member Virgil stated that Oklahoma has a lot of middle housing.

Chair Cotton stated that Florida also has middle housing.

Committee Member Holton stated that this State law seems like it is full of problems,
but he does not know what other cities have encountered. Mr. Zambrano responded
that in Arizona, most cities and towns have only allowed single-family zoning.
Committee Member Holton asked for clarification that this would be new to Arizona. Mr.
Zambrano responded affirmatively.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that in the past, developers were still able to build middle
housing in Phoenix, as long as it was zoned for multifamily.

Mr. Zambrano responded that the difference with this law is that the duplex, triplex, or
fourplex would be built on a single-family zoned lot.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 672
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that a typical developer would likely locate all the MH-
zoned lots together within a subdivision.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

Committee Discussion:
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 673
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 9, 2025
Proposal Request to amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address Middle Housing as required by Arizona
Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend
various other sections of the Zoning Ordinance to
clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related
state requirements related to Middle Housing

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 4 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 5 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard together.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Samuel Rogers, staff, began the presentation by providing background information on
House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle housing. Mr. Rogers
displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, and
townhomes. Mr. Rogers noted that middle housing must be compatible in scale, form,
and character with single-family houses. Mr. Rogers summarized the middle housing
requirements for the City. Mr. Rogers described the penalty clause that stated that if a
municipality does not adopt regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be
allowed without any zoning controls or restrictions. Mr. Rogers added that properties
designated historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example where
middle housing may or may not fit. Mr. Rogers concluded the presentation by displaying
the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for comments.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Chair Arthur Greathouse III asked whether developers of new subdivisions of 10 acres
or more would provide both a single-family and middle housing product. Mr. Rogers
confirmed that new subdivision of 10 acres or more could develop with both housing
products.




South Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 9, 2025

Committee Member Kassandra Alvarez inquired whether this was a statewide
requirement. Mr. Rogers confirmed that the State law applies statewide.

Committee Member Mark Beehler asked whether the 20% middle housing in new
subdivisions was a requirement or an option. Mr. Rogers clarified that it is an option.

Committee Member Greg Brownell asked for clarification on the overlay area. Mr.
Rogers displayed the overlay map and described its boundaries. Committee Member
Brownell asked if the one-mile buffer was measured from a central point in downtown.
Mr. Rogers explained that it is measured from the boundaries of the Downtown Code.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether the State had reviewed or approved the
proposed boundary. Mr. Rogers stated that he is not sure what the State has reviewed
but confirmed that the proposal has been reviewed by the City’s Law Department.

Committee Member Brownell inquired whether the proposal would allow two-story
structures in the rear setback. Mr. Rogers explained that middle housing developments
will still be required to comply with zoning standards, including setbacks, and the
proposal will not change where two stories can be built.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether a one-story single-family home could
add a second-story unit. Mr. Rogers stated that it could.

Committee Member Lee Coleman asked whether the proposal would impact Average
Lot Subdivisions. Mr. Rogers stated that the proposed changes would consolidate
subdivision options into a “Standard” option and a “Planned Residential Development”
option.

Chair Greathouse asked whether there had been any research into how many units
this proposal could add to the market. Mr. Rogers explained that research had not been
conducted, as not every lot can feasibly fit four units or would redevelop.

Chair Greathouse asked whether 20% of lots or units would be permitted to develop as
middle housing in new subdivisions. Mr. Rogers stated that it is 20% of lots.

Committee Member Trent Marchuk asked when in the process a developer would
indicate they are using the middle housing provisions. Mr. Rogers explained this would
occur during the platting stage. Committee Member Marchuk asked whether a
developer could show a single-family product during rezoning and later add middle
housing at platting. Mr. Rogers confirmed that is possible.

Committee Member Beehler asked whether the Village Planning Committee sees the
plat. Mr. Rogers stated that the VPC sees the conceptual lot layout during rezoning, but
platting occurs after that process.




South Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 9, 2025


Committee Member Brownell asked who would own the units if a developer built four
on one lot. Mr. Rogers stated that there are no ownership restrictions and explained
that condominiums are uncommon in Arizona due to State liability laws. Committee
Member Brownell expressed concern that the proposal will not promote generational
wealth.

Committee Member Beehler stated that middle housing is unlikely to be implemented
in South Mountain, as developers may be reluctant to mix housing types and reduce
home values. Committee Member Marcia Busching stated that middle housing lots
can be clustered in one location within a subdivision and stated there is an upcoming
rezoning case with a mix of townhomes and single-family homes.

Committee Member Marchuk asked how rezoning stipulations regarding building
elevations would apply if middle housing is later designated. Committee Member
Busching explained that middle housing lots must be identified at the time of plat
recording. Mr. Rogers stated that the rezoning process is followed by the platting
process and stated he would follow up with more information.

Committee Member Busching asked why this item was presented for information only
rather than recommendation. Mr. Rogers stated he did not know but would follow up.

Committee Member Marchuk asked for clarification on the boundaries of the overlay.
Mr. Rogers explained that the proposal includes two elements: a one-mile overlay
surrounding Downtown, and a citywide provision allowing 20% of lots in new
subdivisions of 10 acres or more to develop middle housing.

Vice Chair Emma Viera asked whether a subdivision could develop middle housing
regardless of community input. Mr. Rogers stated that 20% of lots in qualifying
subdivisions may develop middle housing, but the VPC can still recommend denial of
rezoning requests. Vice Chair Viera emphasized the importance of community
involvement. Mr. Rogers responded that State law prohibits requiring a public hearing
for this provision.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether a property owner outside the overlay
could add a second story unit. Mr. Rogers clarified that the 20% rule only applies to
qualifying new subdivisions. Committee Member Busching stated a second story unit
could be added through accessory dwelling unit (ADU) process.

Committee Member Coleman asked whether a duplex could be developed on an
existing R1-6 lot. Mr. Rogers stated that it is only permitted within the overlay or in
qualifying new subdivisions. Committee Member Busching noted that an ADU could
be built.




South Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-1-25-Y
September 9, 2025

Committee Member Marchuk referenced a development with a single large lot and
asked if the proposal could increase its density. Mr. Rogers stated that the proposal
only applies to new subdivisions.

Committee Member Brownell asked who reviews ADUs. Mr. Rogers stated that
ADUs are reviewed by the site planning team and clarified that middle housing
developments under this proposal may not include ADUs, as they are multifamily.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether someone with property in the overlay
could build another home. Mr. Rogers stated that an additional unit may be possible if
development standards allow it.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether middle housing could be used as short-
term rentals. Mr. Rogers stated that he believes there are no restrictions on short-term
rentals. Committee Member Brownell asked what restrictions exist for short-term
rentals. Mr. Rogers stated that a notice to neighbors may be required.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.

APPLICANT RESPONSE

None.

FLOOR/PUBLIC COMMENT CLOSED: COMMITTEE DISCUSSION.

None.




ATTACHMENT D

REPORT OF PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION
OCTOBER 6, 2025

ITEM NO: 2
DISTRICT NO.: Citywide
SUBJECT:

Application #: Z-TA-1-25-Y (Companion Case Z-3-25-4-7-8) (Middle Housing)
Request: Amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to address Middle Housing as
required by Arizona Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating a
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend various other sections
of the Zoning Ordinance to clarify terms and to ensure proper
application of related state requirements related to Middle Housing, as
follows: Section 202 (Definitions), Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for
Design Review), Section 608 (Residence Districts), Section 609 (RE-35
Single-Family Residence District), Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family
Residence District), Section 611 (R1-10 Single-Family Residence
District), Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence District), Section
613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence District), Section 614 (R-2
Multifamily Residence District), Section 615 (R-3 Multifamily Residence
District), Section 616 (R-3A Multifamily Residence District), Section 617
(R-4 Multifamily Residence District), Section 618 (R-5 Multifamily
Residence District), Section 619 (Residential R-4A District—Multifamily
Residence—General), Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—
Neighborhood Retail), Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District—
Intermediate Commercial), Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District—
General Commercial), Section 632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise
and High Density District), Section 701 (Bulk Regulations), Section 702
(Off-Street Parking and Loading), Section 703 (Landscaping, Fences,
and Walls), Section 710 (Hillside Development), Section 1203 (Land
Use Matrix, Downtown Code), Section 1205 (Frontage Elements,
Downtown Code), Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards, WU Code),
Section 1306 (Land Use Matrix, WU Code), and Section 1307 (Parking
and Loading Standards, WU Code).
Proposal: Text Amendment to the Zoning Ordinance to address recent changes to
state statute regarding missing middle housing (ARS 9-462.13)
Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development Department, Christopher
DePerro

ACTIONS:

Staff Recommendation: Approval, as shown in the recommended text in Exhibit A of the Staff
Report.

Village Planning Committee (VPC) Recommendation:
Ahwatukee Foothills 9/29/2025 Information only.
Alhambra 9/30/2025 Information only.
Camelback East 9/9/2025 Information only.
Central City 9/8/2025 No quorum.




Deer Valley 9/16/2025 Information only.
Desert View 9/2/2025 Information only.
Encanto 9/8/2025 Information only.
Estrella 9/16/2025 Information only.
Laveen 9/8/2025 Information only.
Maryvale 9/10/2025 Information only.
North Gateway 9/11/2025 Information only.
North Mountain 9/17/2025 Information only.
Paradise Valley 9/8/2025 Information only.
Rio Vista 9/9/2025 Information only.
South Mountain 9/9/2025 Information only.

Planning Commission Recommendation: Approval, as shown in the recommended text in
Exhibit A of the Staff Report.

Motion Discussion:

Commissioner Gorraiz made a MOTION to approve Z-TA-1-25-Y, as shown in the
recommended text in Exhibit A of the Staff Report. Commissioner Jaramillo seconded that
motion.

Commissioner Matthews proposed a SUBSTITUTE MOTION to deny Z-TA-1-25-Y. Vice-
Chairman Boyd seconded that motion. The SUBSTITUE MOTION failed by a vote of 3-5
(Odegard-Begay, Gorraiz, James, Jaramillo, Busching). The commissioners then voted on the
original motion.

Motion details: Commissioner Gorraiz made a MOTION to approve Z-TA-1-25-Y, as shown in
the recommended text in Exhibit A of the Staff Report.

Maker: Gorraiz
Second: Jaramollo
Vote: 6-2 (Matthews, Sorenson)
Absent: Hu
Opposition Present: Yes.

Findings:

1. This text amendment is quite extensive due to the need to apply development
regulations consistently for both single-family housing and middle housing, in addition to
making sure that middle housing is permitted where required. All of the revisions
proposed are directly related to changes needed to allow middle housing as required by
A.R.S. Section 9-462.13.

2. The proposed text amendment will create a Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District;
revise various sections of the Zoning Ordinance to ensure compliance with the
requirements of Section 9-462.13, Arizona Revised Statutes; and revise various
sections of the Zoning Ordinance to correctly clarify and cross-reference the zoning
ordinance terms and provisions which were updated for compliance with the
requirements of the new state law.




Staff-proposed language that may be modified during the public hearing process is as follows:

ction 2Definitions.
Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add and/or modify definitions as follows:

***
Building Envelope: The area defined on a lot in which all improvements must be made, including
grading and alterations to existing landscaping. These include, but are not limited to house,
accessory buildings, pool, patios, driveways, visitor parking, fencing, or walls. The building
envelope defines the maximum allowable construction/improvement area on the lot. The building
envelope must be identified on all design review submittals. THE AREA OF A LOT EXCLUSIVE
OF ALL REQUIRED YARDS.

***
Building, Main: A building, or buildings, in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which
it is situated. On lots with only single-family residential uses, the primary dwelling unit shall be
considered the main building. WHEN ONLY ONE PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT IS PROVIDED
ON A LOT, THAT PDU SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE MAIN BUILDING. WHEN MORE THAN
ONE PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT IS PROVIDED ON A LOT, EACH BUILDING WHICH
CONTAINS A PDU SHALL BE CONSIDERED A MAIN BUILDING.

***
Building, Open, Porch: An open building used solely for ingress and egress and not for
occupancy, at least two sides of which shall be at least 50% open.

***
Dwelling Unit: One or more rooms within a building arranged, designed, or used for residential
purposes for one family and containing independent living and sleeping areas, together with
independent sanitary (toilet, sink, and bath/shower) and cooking facilities. The presence of
cooking facilities conclusively establishes the intent to use for residential purposes.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY (ADU): A dwelling unit, as defined in this section,
subordinate to the primary dwelling unit and situated on the same SINGLE-FAMILY lot. ADUs,
where permitted, do not count towards calculations of gross density.

Adaptable Dwelling Units, ADAPTABLE: A dwelling unit designed to be capable of simple
conversion into an accessible dwelling unit.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, Attached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed having a shared
wall and attached foundations with the primary dwelling unit. An ADU connected to the primary
dwelling unit in any other manner shall not be considered an attached ADU.




Accessory Dwelling Unit, Detached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed with no
connection to the primary dwelling unit, except as may be explicitly permitted within the zoning
ordinance. A detached ADU may include an integrated garage, carport, or porch. Two ADUs
attached to each other, but not to the primary dwelling unit, shall each be considered a detached
ADU.

Dwelling Unit, Primary (PDU): FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY LOT, a dwelling unit that is either (1) the
only dwelling unit provided on a single-family lot, or (2) the largest dwelling unit provided on a
single-family lot when the applicable zoning regulations otherwise allow an accessory dwelling
unit or other types of dwelling units. FOR A MULTI-FAMILY LOT OR DEVELOPMENT, ALL
DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSIDERED PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS.

***
Entry, Front: An arcade, gated arch, covered porch, or COVERED patio, pergola, COURTYARD,
or similar architectural enhancement which clearly delineates the location of, or AND path to, the
front door A PRIMARY ENTRANCE, AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE FRONT OF THE LOT.

***
Gross Area: The area of a lot or parcel including all dedicated streets, alleys, private accessways
roadway and/or alley easements, and canal rights-of-way. Such boundaries shall extended to the
center of existing abutting street or alley right-of-way. In the case of an existing partial dedication
or easement, the gross area shall not extend beyond what would be the centerline of the full
dedication. Further, parcels abutting: 1) a freeway; or 2) a canal right-of-way when the abutting
development has complied with the Canal Bank Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab
A, including landscaping of canal bank right-of-way, shall include NO MORE THAN twenty-five
feet of such right-of-way within THE gross area.

***
Guesthouse: See "Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY."

***
Landscape Setback, Average: Repealed.

***
Multi-Family/Multiple-Family: A lot or parcel where two or more PRIMARY dwelling units are
provided., not including permitted accessory dwelling units.

***
Net Area: The area of a lot or parcel excluding all dedicated streets or alleys ROAD AND CANAL
RIGHTS-OF-WAY and roadway or alley easements. but including twenty-five (25) feet of abutting
canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with the Canal Bank Design
Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping of canal bank right-of-way.

***




PARKING, COVERED: ONE OR MORE PARKING SPACES PROTECTED FROM THE SUN
AND WEATHER BY A CARPORT, GARAGE, ROOF OVERHANG, OR OTHER TYPE OF
ROOFED STRUCTURE.

***
Perimeter: The boundaries or boundary of a lot, tract, or parcel of land, PLATTED SUBDIVISION,
OR DEVELOPMENT.

***
Planned Residential Development: A DEVELOPMENT OPTION CONSISTING OF a group of
dwelling units with common OPEN SPACE areas which are designed as an integrated functional
unit A UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT and with the permissibility of potential bonus density and
considerable flexibility in the selection of building setbacks, lot areas, DWELLING UNIT TYPES,
and street configurationS as long as the public health, safety and welfare are maintained.

***
PORCH: A STRUCTURE, WITH OR WITHOUT A ROOF, THAT IS ATTACHED TO A BUILDING
AND IS AT LEAST 50 PERCENT OPEN ON THE UNATTACHED SIDE(S).

Porch, Open: See "Building, Open Porch".

***
Primary Entrance: A ground floor entrance to a commercial lobby or suite that is open to the
public during business hours, or an THE MAIN/VISITOR entrance to a SHARED residential
courtyard, unit, or lobby OR A PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT. Emergency, service and storage
room entrances are not a primary entranceS.

***
Projection: Any element or embellishment attached to a structure for environmental protection or
architectural enhancement which does not support any portion of the structure. ANY PORTION
OF A PERMITTED BUILDING OR STRUCTURE THAT IS ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BUILDING
AND EXTENDS FROM THE BUILDING ENVELOPE INTO A REQUIRED YARD OR SETBACK.
A PROJECTION IS CONSIDERED “OPEN” WHEN ALSO MEETING THE DEFINITION OF
“OPEN BUILDING”.

***
Residential Density: The number of dwelling units divided by the gross acres of the legally
described development area.

***
Setback, Landscaped, Average: The averaging of a required setback to encourage variation
along a single continuous plane of a building, perimeter wall or street frontage.

***




SETBACK, GARAGE DOOR / CARPORT ENTRY: THE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTANCE
BETWEEN THE STREET AND COVERED PARKING. THIS DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED
FROM THE PROPERTY LINE TO THE FACE OF THE GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT,
UNLESS THE PROPERTY HAS AN EASEMENT DEDICATED ON THE FRONT OF THE
PROPERTY FOR A SIDEWALK OR TRAIL, IN WHICH CASE THE DISTANCE SHALL BE
MEASURED FROM THE LOT SIDE OF THE EASEMENT TO THE FACE OF THE GARAGE
DOOR OR CARPORT.

SETBACK, LANDSCAPE: A SETBACK WHICH IS RESTRICTED TO THE FOLLOWING
IMPROVEMENTS: LIVE PLANT MATERIALS SUCH AS TREES, SHRUBS, AND
GROUNDCOVERS WITH AN AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM; SIDEWALKS; REQUIRED
DRAINAGE FACILITIES; ENTRY MONUMENTS; SIGNS; PUBLIC ART INSTALLATIONS, AND
WALLS AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THIS ORDINANCE. PARKING AND
MANEUVERING IS NOT PERMITTED WITHIN A LANDSCAPE SETBACK EXCEPT FOR
APPROVED STREET AND DRIVEWAY CROSSINGS.

***
Shade Structure: A structure, such as a pergola, arbor, or open COVERED porch, which is
designed and used for protection OF OUTDOOR LIVING AREAS from the sun and which
contains at least HAS A MINIMUM OF one (1) side which is at least fifty 50 percent (50%) open.

***
STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENT: THE TYPE OR CLASS OF STREET ON WHICH THE
FRONT PROPERTY LINE OF A LOT MUST ABUT.

***
STREET, PERIMETER: ANY PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE ACCESSWAY WHICH FORMS
THE EXTERIOR BOUNDARY OF A SUBDIVISION OR DEVELOPMENT. THIS DEFINITION
DOES NOT INCLUDE PUBLIC ALLEY RIGHT-OF-WAY OR CANAL RIGHT-OF-WAY, UNLESS
THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IS ALSO A NAMED STREET USED FOR THE LEGAL ADDRESSES OF
ABUTTING PROPERTIES.

***
Subdivision: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into three or more lots, tracts or parcels
PARCELS of which the original land area is greater than two and one half acres, Land for which
a subdivision plat has been APPROVED AND recorded IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF THE CITY CODE SECTION 32-32, OR BY MARICOPA COUNTY IF
RECORDED PRIOR TO ANNEXATION., and for any condominium, community apartment,
townhouse or similar project.

Subdivision, Average Lot: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the number of
dwelling units LOTS in a development rather than by minimum lot size. SEE “PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT”.




Subdivision, Conventional: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the density
provisions within each zoning district, and by development standards related to lot width, the
management of stormwater, the provision of infrastructure requirements and constraints related
to the property topography or configuration. SEE “SUBDIVISION, STANDARD”.

Subdivision, Planned Residential Development: See "Planned Residential Development".

SUBDIVISION, Single-Family Infill (SFI) Development: A type of single-family development
consisting of townhouses and a limited number of detached dwelling units. Perimeter standards
are defined and potential bonus density and design flexibility allow for quality individual property
ownership within a larger development. A SUBDIVISION APPROVED AND DEVELOPED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

SUBDIVISION, STANDARD: A SUBDIVISION DEVELOPED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE STANDARD OPTION OF A RESIDENTIAL ZONING
DISTRICT. A SUBDIVISION PLAT SUBTITLED “A CONVENTIONAL SUBDIVISION”,
“SUBDIVISION OPTION”, OR HAVING NO SUBTITLE SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED A
STANDARD SUBDIVISION.

Subdivision, Zero Lot Line: A subdivision in which the main building may be constructed without a
side yard.

***
TRACT: A PARCEL OF LAND DESIGNATED WITHIN A SUBDIVISION WHICH IS NOT
CONSIDERED A LOT AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO MEET MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS. A
TRACT MAY BE DEVELOPED ONLY WITH SUBDIVISION AMENITIES, DRAINAGE
FACILITIES, UTILITIES, LANDSCAPE, OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS AS SPECIFICALLY
PERMITTED FOR THE TRACT IN THE DEDICATION STATEMENT FOR THE SUBDIVISION
PLAT.

***
Yard: A space on any lot, unoccupied by a structure and unobstructed from the ground upward
except as otherwise provided herein, and measured as the minimum horizontal distance from a
building or structure, excluding carports, porches and other permitted projects PROJECTIONS, to
the property line opposite such building line in the side or rear yards, or to the street right-of-way
or easement in the front yard; provided, however, that where a future width line is established by
the provisions of this ordinance for any street bounding the lot, then such measurement shall be
taken from the line of the building to such future width line.

***




Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review
Amend Chapter 5, Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for Design Review) to read as follows:

Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review

***

II. CITY-WIDE DESIGN REVIEW GUIDELINES. The design review guidelines indicated with
the markers (R), (R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be applied and enforced in the same manner
as indicated in Section 507. Items not indicated with an (R), (R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be
treated as (R).

***

C. Subdivision and Single-Family Detached RESIDENTIAL LOT Design Review.

***

8. Single-Family Detached SUBDIVISION DIVERSITY Design Review. New
single-family detached dwelling units, lots having a single duplex or triplex,
manufactured homes, and modular homes shall be subject to design review
SUBDIVISIONS HAVING AT LEAST TEN PERCENT OF LOTS EQUAL TO
OR LESS THAN 65 FEET IN WIDTH, AND HAVING DETACHED SINGLE-
FAMILY DWELLING UNITS; AND MANUFACTURED AND/OR MODULAR
HOME SUBDIVISIONS REGARDLESS OF LOT WIDTH, ARE SUBJECT
TO DESIGN REVIEW DIVERSITY GUIDELINES 8.1 THROUGH 8.4, as
follows (R):

(a) Single-family detached developments where ten percent or more of
the lots are equal to or less than 65 feet in width shall incorporate
Design Guidelines Sections 8.1 through 8.4.

(b) Individual single-family detached dwelling units, not subject to
Subdivision Design Guidelines 8.1 through 8.4, on a lot or parcel of
65 feet in width or less, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Section
8.5. This requirement includes lots with a single duplex or triplex
when not located in a subdivision subject to Section 507 Tab
A.II.C.8(a).

(c) Dwelling units on lots zoned or designated HP are exempt from the
provisions of Design Guidelines Section 8.5, so long as the plans
are reviewed and approved through historic preservation prior to
issuance of any building permits.




(d) Individual manufactured and modular homes, regardless of lot width,
shall incorporate Design Guidelines Section 8.5.

(e) Manufactured and modular home subdivisions, regardless of lot
width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1 through 8.4.

The design guidelines in each of the following sections (subdivision design, housing
design, garage treatment, and community safety) must be satisfied in one of two
ways. The first method, called the standard approach, is to meet each of the design
guidelines as written in the following tables. The second method, called the
alternative approach, allows consideration of creative design solutions on a section
by section basis, as long as the intent of that section has been met. Either method
may be used for all or some of the following sections. For example, an applicant
may choose the standard approach for the subdivision design and garage
treatment sections and the alternative approach for the housing design and
community safety sections or the standard approach may be used for all four
sections. Whether the alternative approach is acceptable will be determined by the
design advisor of the Planning and Development Department.

Diversity: The goal of diversity is to provide a variety of subdivision and housing
designs which lend visual interest and distinctive character and identity to the
community. This goal is addressed in two subsections, subdivision design and
housing design.

8.1. Subdivision Design. Provide subdivision designs which address
the goal of diversity by incorporating these or substantially
equivalent design characteristics: 1) Vary the building’s relationship
to the street, 2) Vary the driveway orientation or location, 3) Vary the
relationship between buildings, and 4) Vary street orientation.

Design Guidelines: All are required (R*), unless otherwise noted.

***

8.5. Individual Unit Design Standards. The goal of these individual unit
design standards is to ensure a minimum level of design quality for
detached single-family dwelling units, duplexes, manufactured
homes, and modular homes. For information on relief from
requirements (R) and (R*), and presumptions (P), refer to Section
507.C of the Zoning Ordinance.

(a) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one covered parking
space located in a garage or under a carport. (R)




(b) The front yard, excluding areas approved for vehicle access,
should be landscaped with the following elements: (P)

(1) A minimum of one, two inch caliper or greater,
drought resistant, accent tree.

(2) A minimum of five, five gallon or greater, drought
resistant shrubs.

(3) Dustproofed with ground cover, turf, rock,
decomposed granite, or equivalent material as
approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

(4) An irrigation system.

Rationale: Landscaping contributes to an attractive
environment, provides shade, and contributes to
neighborhood identity.

(c) Required covered parking shall not be located more than ten
feet closer to the front property line than the front entry. (R*)

Rationale: When parking structures are concentrated in front
of a dwelling unit, the building loses its residential character
and compatibility with surrounding residences is negatively
impacted.

(d) Walls, fences, and enclosure materials shall not include
chain link fencing with, or without, plastic or metal slats,
sheeting, nondecorative corrugated metal and fencing made
or topped with razor, concertina, or barbed wire. (R*)

(e) Development of lots with more than one dwelling unit should
provide a single, common access drive to parking areas. (P)

Rationale: Shared access and common parking minimize
unnecessary curb cuts and breaks in the streetscape.
Common parking areas also reduce the paved area of a site.

(f) All dwelling units should provide the following architectural
design elements: (P)




(1) Consistent detailing and design for each side of the
building.

(2) Window and door trim as well as accent detailing
should be incorporated and vary from the primary
color and materials of the building.

(3) Garage doors should be provided with windows,
raised or recessed panels, architectural trim, or single
doors.

(4) Materials such as untextured concrete, unfinished
block, steel panels, and shiny or highly reflective
detailing should not be used as a predominant
exterior material.

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood pride
and visual interest in residential architecture.

(g) Garage doors facing the public street and attached to the
primary dwelling unit should not exceed 50 percent of the
building width. (P)

Rationale: Garage doors should not be the aesthetic focus of
a house; they should complement and appear subordinate to
the main structure. This is particularly important if a duplex or
triplex is constructed.

(h) A front entry shall be provided that faces and is visible from
the street, and includes an architectural feature to call
attention to it (such as a porch, entry patio, stoop,
awning/canopy, courtyard, or archway). For lots having more
than one dwelling unit, a minimum of one unit shall comply
with this requirement. (R*)

Rationale: Emphasizing the entrance and front facade adds
to the residential character of new dwelling units and
provides eyes on the street.

(i) Manufactured homes shall provide the following additional
architectural design elements:




(1) Materials such as wood, hardboard, brick veneer,
hardiplank, stucco, or horizontal vinyl siding shall be
used as a predominant exterior material. (P)

(2) The exposed roof pitch shall be at a minimum of 3/12
for units 28 feet or less in width and be covered with
shingles, tile or metal, excluding aluminum. (R*)

(3) A minimum 50-square-foot recessed entry or covered
porch shall be provided along the front entry of the
building. (R*)

(4) Permanent access to the porch or recessed entry
should be constructed with materials and colors that
are compatible with the dwelling unit. (P)

(5) A masonry stem wall shall be provided under the
dwelling unit with no more than seven inches of
exposed foundation measured from highest finished
grade. (R*)

(6) The exposed masonry stem wall color should be
compatible to the dwelling unit. (P)

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood pride
and visual interest in residential architecture for
manufactured homes.

Section 507 Tab A, II.C.9 Residential Lot Design Review
9. RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN
REVIEW REGULATIONS APPLY TO ALL RESIDENTIAL LOTS THAT ARE
65 FEET OR LESS IN WIDTH AND HAVE FOUR OR FEWER PRIMARY
DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT, AND ANY LOT HAVING A
MANUFACTURED OR MODULAR HOME, WITH THE FOLLOWING
EXCEPTIONS:

a. THE LOT IS WITHIN AN APPROVED SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
(SFI) SUBDIVISION;

b. THE LOT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION II.C.8 (SUBDIVISION
DIVERSITY DESIGN REVIEW); OR




c. THE LOT IS ZONED OR DESIGNATED HP, AND THE
CONSTRUCTION PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND APPROVED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 8, HISTORIC PRESERVATION,
PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING PERMITS.

9.1 ALL DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT SHALL EXHIBIT A DESIGN
SCALE, FORM, AND CHARACTER OF A SINGLE-FAMILY HOME.
(P)

RATIONALE: NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOULD RESPECT THE
DESIGN AND CHARACTER OF EXISTING ESTABLISHED
NEIGHBORHOODS, REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF UNITS
PROVIDED ON A LOT. BUILDING MATERIALS SHOULD MATCH
OR COMPLEMENT THE MATERIALS USED ON EXISTING
HOMES IN THE VICINITY.

9.2 THE FRONT YARD, EXCLUDING AREAS APPROVED FOR
VEHICLE ACCESS, SHOULD BE LANDSCAPED WITH THE
FOLLOWING ELEMENTS: (P)

(a) A MINIMUM OF ONE, TWO INCH CALIPER OR GREATER,
DROUGHT RESISTANT, ACCENT TREE.

(b) A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE GALLON OR GREATER,
DROUGHT RESISTANT SHRUBS.

(c) DUSTPROOFED WITH GROUND COVER, TURF, ROCK,
DECOMPOSED GRANITE, OR EQUIVALENT MATERIAL
AS APPROVED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT.

(d) AN IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

RATIONALE: LANDSCAPING CONTRIBUTES TO AN
ATTRACTIVE ENVIRONMENT, PROVIDES SHADE, AND
CONTRIBUTES TO NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTITY.

9.3 A MINIMUM OF ONE PRIMARY ENTRANCE SHALL BE
PROVIDED WHICH FACES AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE STREET.
(R*)




9.4 FOR TWO-STORY BUILDINGS, WINDOWS, BALCONIES (WITH
DOORS FOR ACCESS), OR DECKS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON
THE FRONT FAÇADE FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE-QUARTER OF
THE BUILDING WIDTH. (R*)

9.5 EACH DWELLING UNIT SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE COVERED
PARKING SPACE. (R*)

9.6 FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL BE
NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM REQUIRED
FRONT SETBACK. (R*)

9.7 GARAGES AND CARPORTS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED MORE
THAN TEN FEET CLOSER TO THE FRONT PROPERTY LINE
THAN THE CLOSEST PRIMARY ENTRANCE. (R*)

9.8 WALLS, FENCES, AND ENCLOSURE MATERIALS SHALL NOT
INCLUDE CHAIN LINK FENCING WITH, OR WITHOUT, PLASTIC
OR METAL SLATS, SHEETING, NONDECORATIVE
CORRUGATED METAL AND FENCING MADE OR TOPPED WITH
RAZOR, CONCERTINA, OR BARBED WIRE. (R*)

9.9 MANUFACTURED HOMES SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING
ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN ELEMENTS:

(a) MATERIALS SUCH AS WOOD, HARDBOARD, BRICK
VENEER, HARDIPLANK, STUCCO, OR HORIZONTAL
VINYL SIDING SHALL BE USED AS A PREDOMINANT
EXTERIOR MATERIAL. (P)

(b) THE EXPOSED ROOF PITCH SHALL BE AT A MINIMUM
OF 3/12 FOR UNITS 28 FEET OR LESS IN WIDTH AND BE
COVERED WITH SHINGLES, TILE OR METAL,
EXCLUDING ALUMINUM. (R*)

(c) A MINIMUM 50 SQUARE FOOT FRONT ENTRY SHALL BE
PROVIDED ALONG THE STREET SIDE OF THE
BUILDING. (R*)

(d) PERMANENT ACCESS TO THE FRONT ENTRY SHOULD
BE CONSTRUCTED WITH MATERIALS AND COLORS
THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE DWELLING UNIT. (P)




(e) A MASONRY STEM WALL SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER
THE DWELLING UNIT WITH NO MORE THAN SEVEN
INCHES OF EXPOSED FOUNDATION MEASURED FROM
HIGHEST FINISHED GRADE. (R*)

(f) THE EXPOSED MASONRY STEM WALL COLOR SHOULD
BE COMPATIBLE TO THE DWELLING UNIT. (P)

***

ection 608. Residential Districts
Amend Chapter 6, Section 608 (Residential Districts) to read as follows:

Section 608. Residential Districts.

A. Purpose. Residential districts are established in recognition of a need to provide areas of
the City devoted primarily to living functions. In order to preserve these areas from the
distractions and adverse impacts which can result from immediate association with
nonresidential uses, these districts are restricted to residential, limited nonresidential uses,
and appropriate accessory uses. These regulations are designed to promote the creation
and maintenance of areas in which individuals or families may pursue residential activities
with reasonable access to open space, and streets or roads, in a setting which is not
negatively impacted by adjacent uses. Limited nonresidential uses may have conditions
placed upon them to limit impact to adjacent residential uses and in some cases require a
public hearing through a use permit or special permit process to mitigate any negative
impacts to surrounding residential uses.

The standards contained in this section and Sections 609 through 619 and 635 are
designed to establish the character of new residential development and also to preserve
the quality of residential uses during their lifetime. When applied to new development,
these standards are designed to be used in conjunction with the development and
improvement standards as contained in the Phoenix Subdivision Ordinance, Chapter 32 of
the City Code.

This section applies to the residential districts in Sections 609 through 619, in addition to
Section 635 (Planned Area Development) when specified.

***




B. Applicability. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS RE-35, R1-18, R1-
10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A (SECTIONS 609 THROUGH 619),
AND WHERE SPECIFIED IN THE REGULATIONS FOR OTHER ZONING DISTRICTS.
of Development Options. The development of any parcel of land shall be in accordance
with the standards contained in any one development option as contained in Sections 609
through 619. Development of a single lot or a parcel not being further subdivided and
located in the RE-35 and R1-18 zoning districts (Sections 609 and 610) shall be in
accordance with the requirements for the standard subdivision development option (a), as
contained in Sections 609 and 610. For a single lot or parcel not part of a subdivision
platted prior to May 1, 1998, not being further subdivided, and located in the R1-10 through
R-4A zoning districts (Sections 611 through 619), development shall be in accordance with
the requirements of the conventional subdivision option as contained in Sections 611
through 619.

All subsequent development shall be in accordance with the initially selected development
option unless a use permit is obtained. Building on any lot which was subdivided or
developed prior to the adoption of this chapter shall be done in accordance with the
standards under which the initial subdivision or development occurred.

For purposes of conversion to this ordinance, property subdivided prior to May 1, 1998,
shall be considered as follows:

1. Residential development with a site plan approved in accordance with Section 507
shall be considered under the planned residential development option.

2. Residential development with an approved subdivision setback exhibit shall be
considered under the average lot development option if located in the RE-35
through R-5 zoning districts (Sections 609 through 618).

3. Any other prior residential development shall be considered under the development
option selected when the property was subdivided.

A use permit shall not be required for new development on previously subdivided property
or property on which there is an approved site plan if the new development is in
conformance with the provisions of this ordinance.

***




Section 608.D Residential Districts Land Use Matrix
D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

Table 608.D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

SECTION AND ZONING DISTRICT
LAND USE CATEGORIES 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 635
RE-35 R1-18 R1-10 R1-8 R1-6 R-2 R-3 R-3A R-4 R-5 R-4A PAD
Single-Family Detached pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1
Accessory Dwelling
(ac) pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2
Unit (ADU)
(ac) Guestroom(s) pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3
Duplex np np pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4
Triplex np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5
Single-Family Attached pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc6 np
SUBDIVISION up5 up5 up5 up5 up5 up6
Multi-Family np np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7
Residential
(ac) np np np np np np np pc8 pc8 pc8 pc8 pc8
Convenience Market
Off-Site Manufactured Home
np np np np np up35 up35 up35 up35 up35 up35 np
Developments
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

*(ac) = accessory use permitted only with primary use listed immediately prior in the table.




Section 608.E Land Use Conditions

E. Land Use Conditions.

1. Single-Family Detached Dwelling Unit. Each single-family lot is permitted one
single-family detached primary dwelling unit and no additional dwelling units,
unless otherwise permitted elsewhere in this section.

2. Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU).

a. When a lot has no more than one single-family detached primary dwelling,
two ADUs are permitted in addition to the primary dwelling unit. A third ADU
may be permitted when at least one of the ADUs qualifies as affordable
housing and the net lot size is a minimum 43,560 square feet. However,
lots having a duplex or triplex, single-family attached units or any multi-
family dwelling units are not permitted any ADUs.

b. An ADU is subject to the development regulations of Section 706.A.

3. Guestrooms. Each single-family dwelling unit may contain no more than two
guestrooms.

4. Duplex.

a. Single-Family Lots. One duplex is permitted per lot when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of the
minimum size required by the applicable density to permit two dwelling
units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Duplexes are permitted when allowed by the underlying
zoning district and development option. The lot must be of the minimum
size required by the applicable density to permit the number of dwelling
units proposed.

4. SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT. ONE SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT IS PERMITTED PER SINGLE-FAMILY LOT WHEN
THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NO REQUIREMENTS FOR
INTERIOR SIDE YARD SETBACKS.

5. Triplex.




a. Single-Family Lots. One triplex is permitted per lot when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of the
minimum size required by the applicable density to permit three dwelling
units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Triplexes are permitted when allowed by the underlying
zoning district and development option. The lot must be of the minimum
size required by the applicable density to permit the number of dwelling
units proposed.

5. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION. SFI SUBDIVISIONS PER THE
PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I ARE PERMITTED WHEN
LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, AND BY USE
PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE AREAS DEPICTED IN FIGURE
608.I.1.

6. Single-Family Attached Dwelling Unit. One single-family attached dwelling unit is
permitted per single-family lot when allowed by the underlying zoning district and
development option.
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION—R-4A ONLY. SFI SUBDIVISIONS
PER THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I ARE PERMITTED
WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, AND BY USE
PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE AREAS DEPICTED IN FIGURE
608.I.1. EXCEPT FOR THE PERMITTED DENSITY, THE DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR THE R-4 PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units. Multi-family dwelling units are permitted when allowed
by the underlying zoning district and development option EXCEPT WHEN THE
DEVELOPMENT HAS BEEN PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION.

***

35. Off-site manufactured home developments are permitted with use permit approval
per Section 307, and subject to the development regulations provided in Section
608.F.7 608.J.


Section 608.F (General Development Regulations)
F. Special GENERAL DEVELOPMENT Regulations.

1. No structure may be built on a lot which does not front on a street which is in
accordance with the adopted street classification map AND THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 714, FUTURE WIDTH LINES, unless exempted by this section.




2. In any district where a half street not less than one-half of that width prescribed for
that street by the street classification map, and amendments thereto, has been
dedicated, any lots facing or siding on such half street from which side the required
width of dedication has been made shall be deemed to have frontage on a street.

3. No permit shall be issued for buildings on a lot fronting on a half street of less than
that prescribed by the street classification map for an arterial or collector street or
25 feet for all other streets except for single-family attached development individual
dwelling units UNLESS THE LOT IS PART OF A PLATTED SUBDIVISION WHICH
WAS APPROVED WITH MODIFIED STREET STANDARDS.

a. For development utilizing an average lot or PRD development option or for
development built under a planned area development district, a minimum of
16.58-foot half-street right-of-way may be provided when all of the following
conditions are met:

(1) The street is not designated as a collector or arterial street.

(2) There are no restrictions to public access to the street.

(3) Pavement width shall be 33.16 feet from back of curb to back of
curb.

(4) Pavement thickness and design shall be in accordance with
Maricopa Association of Governments’ standards.

(5) All terminations shall contain a 40-foot-radius right-of-way.

(6) The street has been constructed prior to March 19, 1986.

4. There shall be no outdoor storage of personal property visible beyond the
boundaries of the property within any front or side yard.

5. No accessory use shall include outdoor display or storage of any of the following
listed items when such items are visible or emit odor, dust, gas, noise, vibration,
smoke, heat or glare beyond any boundary of the lot on which such items are
displayed or stored:

a. Any building or landscaping materials.

b. Any machinery, parts, scrap, or appliances.

c. Vehicles which are unlicensed, inoperable, or registered to or owned by
persons not residing on or the guest of persons residing on the premises.




d. Any other chattel used for or intended for a commercial purpose or ultimate
use on other than the subject premises.

6. Single-Family Infill (SFI). Single-family infill development regulations may be
applied in zoning districts where the SFI development option is offered, but only
when the development falls within the infill development district identified in the
general plan, or with use permit approval within the following areas located outside
of the infill development district:

Figure 608.F.6. Single-Family Infill Development Areas




a. The SFI development option does not eliminate any redevelopment area,
special planning district or overlays. Where conflicts occur between the
requirements of the SFI development option and redevelopment areas,
overlay zoning districts, special planning districts, and specific plans, the
requirements of the overlay zoning districts, special planning districts,
redevelopment areas or specific plans shall apply.

b. Historic preservation designated properties or properties in historic
preservation districts cannot use the SFI development option.

c. Dwelling Units. The SFI development option is intended primarily for single-
family attached dwelling units; however, up to 20 percent of the units in a
development may be single-family detached dwelling units to allow for
variety and efficiency of design.

(1) Any provided detached dwelling units shall comply with the same
development regulations applicable to that SFI development.

d. Design Requirements.

(1) Individual units fronting on street rights-of-way shall provide an
entryway that is either elevated, depressed or includes a feature
such as a low wall to accentuate the primary entrance.

(2) Required covered parking spaces shall not front on perimeter street
rights-of-way.

(3) Individual unit rear yards shall not abut perimeter street ROW or an
adjacent perimeter street landscape area.

(4) Attached dwelling units constructed in a row shall not exceed a total
length of 200 feet without having a minimum 20-foot-wide open area.

e. Perimeter Landscape Setbacks and Requirements.

(1) Residences that front on arterial, collector, or local street rights-of-
way shall provide a minimum ten-foot-wide landscape tract or
community-maintained landscaping abutting the street, except when
within 2,000 feet of a light rail station.

(2) Residences that side on arterial, collector, or local street rights-of-
way shall provide a minimum 15-foot-wide landscape tract or
community-maintained landscaping abutting the street.




(3) Perimeter of the development not abutting rights-of-way and
adjacent to a single-family residential district or historic preservation
designated property must provide a minimum ten-foot landscape
setback. Walls/fences up to six feet high within private rear yards
may be provided within the perimeter setback so long as the
required landscape is still provided.

(4) Trees shall be provided in required landscape setbacks at a
minimum rate of 20 feet on center or equivalent groupings, as
approved by the PDD landscape architect, subject to the following:

(a) Fifty percent of the required trees shall be minimum one-and-
one-half-inch caliper at the time of installation.

(b) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be minimum
two-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the time of
installation.

(c) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be minimum
three-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the time of
installation.

(5) A minimum of five five-gallon shrubs per tree shall be provided.

f. Open Space Regulations. The only walls/fences allowed within
required common area open space are required pool security fences and
other necessary security fences, as approved by PDD.

g. Parking Requirements. Section 702 applies to SFI development, except
where specifically modified by this section.

(1) Within the Infill Development District: one parking space per dwelling
unit must be provided that is covered or located within a garage.

(2) Within the applicable SFI area that is not located within the infill
development district: two parking spaces per dwelling unit must be
provided that are covered or located within a garage.

(3) The required spaces for each dwelling unit must be located on the
same lot as the unit for which they are provided.

(4) A minimum 0.25 additional unreserved guest parking space
per dwelling unit must be provided within any SFI development.




h. Alley Access and Maneuvering.

(1) All maneuvering for on-site parking must be located on private
property and not in public ROW.

(2) Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is permitted
within the infill development district.

(3) Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is permitted
applicable area outside of the infill development district if all three
conditions are met, as follows:

(a) The site is not across the alley from either a single-family or
historic preservation zoning district;

(b) Alley access is specifically approved as part of the use
permit hearing; and

(c) All necessary technical appeals have been approved.

i. Maximum 40-inch fence height allowed in the required setbacks along
perimeter street rights-of-way.

j. Signage is subject to the regulations of Section 705, Table D-1, Single-
Family Residential.


7. Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments. Off-site manufactured home
development is subject to use permit approval in the C-1, C-2, and C-3 districts, in
addition to zoning districts indicated in Section 608.D; and subject to the following
additional development regulations:

a. The provisions of Section 703.B do not apply to off-site manufactured home
developments.

b. These regulations apply to development of a single lot or parcel, not to be
further subdivided.

c. Placement for each off-site manufactured home shall be provided as
follows:




(1) There shall be a minimum of 20 feet between off-site manufactured
homes and ten feet between awnings and canopies. All annexes or
structural additions shall be considered part of the off-site
manufactured home.

(2) There shall be at least 40 feet between off-site manufactured homes
on opposite sides of a private accessway.

(3) No off-site manufactured home, annex or structural addition shall be
closer than eight feet to any private accessway or private drive.

d. Each off-site manufactured home space shall have private outdoor living
space of at least 150 square feet. The dimension of this space shall be at
least 15 feet in width.

e. At each occupied off-site manufactured home space, there shall be an
enclosed storage locker for yard tools and other bulky items convenient to
the space with a storage capacity of at least 150 cubic feet.

f. All areas not covered by structures or paved surfaces shall be landscaped
and maintained in accordance with the approved development review
documents required under Section 507.

g. Screening the perimeter of an off-site manufactured home development by
a wall or other approved material may be required as a condition of use
permit approval.

h. There shall be a network of pedestrian walkways connecting off-site
manufactured home spaces with each other and with development facilities
and amenities.

i. If storage yards are provided, there shall be a screened storage yard or
yards for boats, recreational vehicles, etc. Such storage yards shall have a
minimum of 60 square feet of storage space for each off-site manufactured
home space in the development and shall be located so as to not detract
from surrounding properties. All boats and recreational vehicles shall be
parked in the storage yard.

j. Each off-site manufactured home shall (1) be affixed permanently to the
ground or (2) have skirting around its perimeter to screen its wheels and
undercarriage.

k. All utilities and the wires of any central television or radio antenna system
shall be underground.




l. Not more than 15 percent of the spaces in any one off-site manufactured
home development shall be developed or used for recreational vehicles.

m. Development of off-site manufactured home communities shall be under the
planned residential development option applicable in the underlying zoning
district.

n. Private drives may be used for access to each off-site manufactured home.

o. There shall be a minimum of five percent of the total area of the off-site
manufactured home development dedicated or reserved as usable common
open space land. Common open space lands shall be clearly designated on
the plan as to the character of use and development but shall not include:

(1) Areas reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an individual
tenant or owner; nor

(2) Dedicated streets, alleys, and other public rights-of-way; nor

(3) Vehicular drives, parking, loading, and storage areas; nor

(4) Required setback areas at exterior boundaries of the site; nor

(5) Golf courses.

Adequate guarantees must be provided to ensure permanent retention of
open space land area resulting from the application of these regulations,
either by private reservation for the use of the residents within the
development or by dedication to the public, or a combination thereof.

Section 608.G (Development Options)
G. Reserved.
DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS. EACH RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT (RE-35, R1-18,
R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A) PROVIDES DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS SPECIFIC TO THAT ZONING DISTRICT. ADDITIONALLY, DIFFERENT
SETS OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS (“DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS”) ARE
PROVIDED WITHIN CERTAIN ZONING DISTRICTS.

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

a. DEVELOPMENT OF ANY PARCEL OR LAND SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SET FORTH
FOR A SINGLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION.




b. A DEVELOPMENT OPTION FOR A PROPERTY IS CONSIDERED
ESTABLISHED IF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE:

(1) A PRELIMINARY OR FINAL SITE PLAN HAS BEEN APPROVED
FOR A PROPERTY AND IS STILL CONSIDERED VALID PER THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 507.K.6.

(2) THE PROPERTY HAS STRUCTURES FOR WHICH BUILDING
PERMITS WERE ISSUED IN COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS
FOR A DEVELOPMENT OPTION WHICH WAS VALID AT THE
TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE.

(3) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A PLATTED AND RECORDED
SUBDIVISION (ALSO SEE SUBSECTION G.2 BELOW).

c. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS ALREADY BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR
A PROPERTY, SUBSEQUENT DEVELOPMENT OR REDEVELOPMENT
OF THE PROPERTY MUST COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS
APPLICABLE TO THE ESTABLISHED DEVELOPMENT OPTION UNLESS
USE PERMIT APPROVAL PER SECTION 307 IS OBTAINED, WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

(1) THE PROPERTY HAS BEEN REZONED PER SECTION 506
(BASE ZONING ONLY; DOES NOT INCLUDE HEIGHT OR
DENSITY WAIVERS, SPECIAL PERMITS, OR ADDITION OF
OVERLAY DISTRICTS); OR

(2) THE PROPERTY IS A PREVIOUSLY PLATTED SUBDIVISION
AND THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION IS TO BE REPLATTED; OR

(3) THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND IS BEING PLATTED AS A
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION; OR

(4) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A MASTER PLAT SUCH AS: STATE
PLATS; AGRICULTURAL/RANCHING SUBDIVISIONS; PLATS
USED TO MAKE DEDICATIONS AND CREATE DEVELOPMENT
BLOCKS WITHIN MASTER-PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS; OR
OTHER ATYPICAL SUBDIVISION PLATS AS APPROVED BY THE
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR.




d. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NEVER BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR A
PROPERTY, ANY APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION MAY BE
CHOSEN.

2. PLATTED SUBDIVISION LOTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS
APPLICABLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OPTION STATED IN THE TITLE OF THE
PLAT, AS FOLLOWS:

a. DEVELOPMENTS HAVING AN APPROVED FINAL SITE PLAN OR
APPROVED SETBACK EXHIBIT ON FILE WITH THE PLANNING AND
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT MAY INSTEAD CHOOSE TO APPLY
THE STANDARDS APPROVED PER THE PLAN/EXHIBIT, IF DIFFERENT
FROM CURRENT STANDARDS. HOWEVER, ANY AMENDMENT TO A
FINAL SITE PLAN OR SETBACK EXHIBIT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH CURRENT DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS AND STANDARDS.

b. PLATS TITLED “STANDARD”, “SUBDIVISION”, “CONVENTIONAL”, OR
HAVING NO REFERENCE TO A DEVELOPMENT OPTION SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE STANDARD
OPTION.

c. PLATS TITLED “AVERAGE LOT” OR “PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION.

d. PLATS TITLED “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED” OR “SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS
OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, IN
ADDITION TO THE STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

e. PLATS TITLED “PLANNED AREA DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE SUBJECT
TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 635 WHEN ZONED PAD-1
THROUGH PAD-15. OTHER PLATS WITH THE SAME TITLE BUT NOT
ZONED PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15 SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE
DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION, OR THE BASE REGULATIONS OF THE
DISTRICT IF THE PRD OPTION IS NOT OFFERED.

f. FOR OTHER PLAT TITLES NOT IDENTIFIED WITHIN THIS SECTION,
THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR SHALL DETERMINE THE APPLICABLE
DEVELOPMENT OPTION AND REGULATIONS.




3. STANDARD OPTION. WHEN A ZONING DISTRICT PROVIDES MULTIPLE
DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS, THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE
STANDARD OPTION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THE ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS TABLE FOR THAT DISTRICT. IF ONLY ONE SET OF
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS IS PROVIDED FOR A ZONING DISTRICT,
THOSE STANDARDS SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE STANDARD OPTION.

4. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION. WHEN THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION IS UTILIZED FOR A
SUBDIVISION AND/OR DEVELOPMENT, A SITE PLAN MUST BE SUBMITTED,
REVIEWED, AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 507. THE
SITE PLAN SHALL ILLUSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL OF THE
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR THE PRD OPTION.




Section 608.H (Bonus Provisions)
H. Reserved. BONUS PROVISIONS.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION DENSITY BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, SINGLE-FAMILY
SUBDIVISIONS IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4,
AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN INCREASED DENSITY AS SHOWN IN TABLE
608.H.1 BY PROVIDING SITE AMENITIES AND ENHANCEMENTS FROM TABLE
608.H.2, UP TO THE MAXIMUM DENSITY PERMITTED BY THE DISTRICT:



TABLE 608.H.1
PERMISSIBLE DENSITY BONUS BY DISTRICT

0.05 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
RE-35 AND R1-18
EARNED

0.10 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R1-10, R1-8, AND R1-6
EARNED




0.25 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-2, R-3, AND R-3A
EARNED

0.50 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-4 AND R-5
EARNED




TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT

INCREASE COMMON LANDSCAPED SETBACK
10 PTS. 1. ADJACENT TO PERIMETER STREET TO A MINIMUM 20
FEET.

PROVIDE A MAJOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,500 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
10 PTS./FEATURE 2.
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

PROVIDE A MINOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,000 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
5 PTS./FEATURE 3.
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

STREETSCAPE

PROVIDE DETACHED SIDEWALKS SEPARATED FROM
THE CURB BY A MINIMUM 5-FOOT WIDE PLANTING
AREA. PLANTING AREA SHALL BE PLANTED WITH
20 PTS. 4. MINIMUM 24-INCH BOX SIZE TREES PLANTED AT A
RATE OF 1 PER LOT, TURF OR 5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS
FOR EVERY TREE AND GROUND COVER; AND
SUPPLIED WITH AN ADEQUATE IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

PROVIDE LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION FOR ALL
FRONT YARDS WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT WHICH
10 PTS. 5.
SHALL INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 24-INCH BOX TREE,
5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS, AND GROUND COVER.

RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL 5 BONUS POINTS FOR
5 PTS. 5A.
EACH ADDITIONAL TREE (MINIMUM 15-GALLON).

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR DRIVEWAYS AND ON-LOT
SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST
10 PTS. 6.
OF CONSISTENT ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE
FEATURES, E.G. INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS,
BORDERS.




TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE STREETS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 7. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 8. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.,
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.

2 PTS./FEATURE 9. PROVIDE LANDSCAPED MEDIAN ISLANDS.

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREET FURNITURE
5 PTS. 10. PACKAGE CONSISTING OF CUSTOM STREET SIGNS,
BUS SHELTERS AND BENCHES.

PROVIDE CUSTOM STREETLIGHT STANDARDS
5 PTS. 11.
AND/OR FIXTURES.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREETSCAPE PLAN,
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT OR OTHER MEANS
WHICH SHALL ADDRESS VISUAL INTEREST AT A
PEDESTRIAN SCALE; RHYTHM, FORM AND MASSING;
25 PTS. 12. AND RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS TO EACH OTHER FOR
THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION. SUCH PLAN SHALL
PROVIDE ELEVATIONS, COLOR OPTIONS, AND LIMIT
WHICH MODEL(S)/ELEVATION(S) MAY OR MAY NOT
BE SITED ON INDIVIDUAL LOTS.

PROVIDE HOUSE PLANS WHICH DEMONSTRATE AN
25 PTS. 13. ENHANCED LEVEL OF ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AS
APPROVED BY THE DESIGN ADVISOR.

PROVIDE PREMIUM GRADE EXTERIOR MATERIALS
10 PTS. 14. AND FINISHES AS APPROVED BY THE DESIGN
ADVISOR.




TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMON OPEN SPACE, SUCH
2 PTS. 15. THAT EACH ADDITIONAL 1% OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE EARNS 2 BONUS POINTS.

PROVIDE MAJOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
10 PTS./FEATURE 16. AMENITIES (E.G., TENNIS COURTS, POOL,
COMMUNITY MEETING ROOM).

PROVIDE MINOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
AMENITIES (E.G., BIKEPATH OR MULTI-USE TRAIL
WHICH PROVIDE AN INTERNAL LINKAGE WITHIN THE
5 PTS./FEATURE 17.
DEVELOPMENT AS WELL AS A CONNECTION TO
SIMILAR FACILITIES LOCATED AT THE PERIMETER
OF THE SITE).


2. MULTI-FAMILY OPEN SPACE BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL OPTION, MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENTS IN THE R-2, R-3, R-
3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN A ONE PERCENT DENSITY BONUS
FOR EACH TWO PERCENT OF COMMON OPEN SPACE PROVIDED IN
ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OPEN SPACE REQUIRED FOR THE
DEVELOPMENT.

a. THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT SHALL
DETERMINE THE ADEQUACY OF COMMON OPEN SPACE AS PART OF
THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS. OPEN SPACE SHALL NOT
INCLUDE:

1. PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.

2. VEHICULAR DRIVES OR PARKING AREAS.

3. PRIVATE PATIO AREAS, NARROW STRIPS BETWEEN OR IN
FRONT OF UNITS; OR, IN GENERAL, AREAS RESERVED FOR
THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF INDIVIDUAL TENANTS.

4. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT THE EXTERIOR BOUNDARIES
OF THE SITE.




5. GOLF COURSES.

b. IN NO CASE SHALL THE DENSITY OF THE DEVELOPMENT EXCEED
THE MAXIMUM DENSITY ALLOWED BY THE DISTRICT.

3. AFFORDABLE HOUSING INCENTIVES. IN ORDER TO OVERCOME A
DEMONSTRATED DEFICIENCY IN THE SUPPLY OF HOUSING FOR PERSONS
OF LOW INCOME, INCENTIVES ARE ESTABLISHED TO FOSTER THE
PROVISION OF SUCH HOUSING.

a. APPLICABILITY. ALL DEVELOPMENT LOCATED WITHIN A ZONING
DISTRICT SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608
PROVIDING AFFORDABLE HOUSING AS DEFINED IN SECTION 202.

b. DENSITY BONUS.

(1) ONE ADDITIONAL UNIT SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR EVERY TWO
AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS, PROVIDED THAT THE
OVERALL PROJECT DENSITY DOES NOT EXCEED 10
PERCENT BEYOND THAT WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE BE
ALLOWED.

(2) A DENSITY BONUS AWARDED PER THIS SECTION SHALL
APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM DENSITY FOR ANY DISTRICT AND
MAY BE IN ADDITION TO A DENSITY BONUS EARNED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 608.H.1 or 608.H.2.

c. OTHER REQUIREMENTS. THE TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS WITHIN A
PROJECT SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT.

Section 608.I (Single-Family Infill Subdivisions)
I. Development Regulations. Following are definitions of terms used in the development
standards tables for each district:

1. Minimum lot dimension: The minimum width and depth of lot lines and where
specified, the minimum area of each lot.

2. Dwelling unit density: The total number of dwelling units on a site divided by the
gross area of the site.

a. Density Bonus Points. Additional density may be granted by earning density
bonus points by providing site enhancements from the table below, as
follows:




(1) Single-family detached development in the R1-10 through R1-6
districts (Sections 611 through 613) may earn increased density of
0.1 du/ac for each ten density bonus points earned when also using
the planned residential development option, up to the maximum
density allowed by the district.

(2) Single-family detached development in the R-2 through R-4A
districts (Sections 614 through 619) may earn increased density of
0.275 du/ac for each five density bonus points earned when also
using the planned residential development option, up to the
maximum density allowed by the district. However, at least half of
the bonus points used to achieve densities in excess of 7.5 du/ac
must be from the architectural design bonus point category.



Bonus Points Enhancement Category
PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT
10 pts. 1. Increase common landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter street to 20' avg./15' minimum.

10 pts./feature 2. Provide a major entry feature with a minimum 1,500
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).

5 pts./feature 3. Provide a minor entry feature with a minimum 1,000
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).

STREETSCAPE

20 pts. 1. Provide detached sidewalks separated from the curb
by a minimum 5'-wide planting area. Planting area
shall be planted with minimum 24"-box size trees
planted at a rate of 1 per lot, turf or 5 5-gallon shrubs
for every tree and ground cover; and supplied with
an adequate irrigation system.

10 pts. 2. Provide landscaping and irrigation for all front yards
within the development which shall include a
minimum of 1 24"-box tree, 5 5-gallon shrubs, and
ground cover.

5 pts. 2a. Receive an additional 5 bonus points for each
additional tree (minimum 15-gallon).




10 pts. 3. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for
driveways and on-lot sidewalks. Partial treatment
shall consist of consistent accent treatment for all
like features, e.g. intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts. 4. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private streets. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts. 5. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private sidewalks. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.,
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

2 pts./feature 6. Provide landscaped median islands.

5 pts. 7. Provide a comprehensive street furniture package
consisting of custom street signs, bus shelters and
benches.

5 pts. 8 Provide custom streetlight standards and/or fixtures.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN

25 pts. 1. Provide a comprehensive streetscape plan,
development agreement or other means which shall
address visual interest at a pedestrian scale; rhythm,
form and massing; and relationship of units to each
other for the entire subdivision. Such plan shall
provide elevations, color options, and limit which
model(s)/elevation(s) may or may not be sited on
individual lots.

25 pts. 2. Provide house plans which demonstrate an
enhanced level of architectural design as approved
by the design advisor.

10 pts. 3. Provide premium grade exterior materials and
finishes as approved by the design advisor.

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

2 pts. 1. Provide additional common area, such that each
additional 1% of common area earns 2 bonus points.

10 pts./feature 2. Provide major private recreational amenities (e.g.,
tennis courts, pool, community meeting room).




5 pts./feature 3. Provide minor private recreational amenities (e.g.,
bikepath or multi-use trail which provide an internal
linkage within the development as well as a
connection to similar facilities located at the
perimeter of the site).


b. Additional Common Area/Open Space. Additional density may be granted
by providing additional common area above any minimum requirements as
follows:

(1) Qualifying developments (listed below) may earn:

(a) A one percent density bonus for each four percent of basic
common area; or

(b) A one percent density bonus for each two percent of
improved common area.

(c) The Planning and Development Department shall determine
the adequacy of both basic and improved common areas as
part of the development review process. Open space shall
not include:

(i) Public right-of-way.

(ii) Vehicular drives or parking areas.

(iii) Private patio areas, narrow strips between or in front
of units; or, in general, areas reserved for the
exclusive use of individual tenants.

(iv) Required setback areas at the exterior boundaries of
the site.

(v) Golf courses.

(d) In no case shall the density of the development exceed the
maximum density allowed by the district.

(2) Developments qualifying for the additional common area/open space
density bonus are as follows:




(a) Single-family development in the RE-35 and R1-18 zoning
districts (Sections 609 and 610), when also using the
planned residential development option.

(b) Single-family attached development in the R1-10 through R-
4A zoning districts (Sections 611 through 619), when using
the planned residential development option.

(c) Single-family development in the R-2 through R-4A zoning
districts (Sections 614 through 619), when using the single-
family infill development option.

(d) Multi-family development in the R1-10 through R-4A zoning
districts (Sections 611 through 619), when using the planned
residential development option.

3. Perimeter standards: Setbacks for structures which are required at the perimeter
of a development. These standards shall apply only to lots which are created by a
subdivision or a project approved under the provisions of Section 507. These
standards shall not apply in the following circumstances: when contiguous
developments are to be developed using the same development option with the
same perimeter standards and are on the same preliminary plat or are platted
concurrently; when the perimeter of a development is contiguous to a permanent
open space, such as a natural wash, hillside preserve, or existing golf course, the
depth of which is at least forty feet; or when the development was properly platted
prior to September 13, 1981.

4. Building setback: The required separation of buildings from lot lines.

5. Maximum height: The maximum allowed height as measured from natural grade
which measurement shall be as in chapter 2.

6. Lot coverage: The maximum area of a lot occupied by structures and open
projections as defined in chapter 2.

7. Common areas: Required areas in a planned residential development to be used
and enjoyed by residents of a development and either improved in accordance with
the standards in chapter 2 or maintained in a natural state as approved by the
Planning and Development Department.




8. Allowed Development: The development options tables provided in Sections 609
through 619 indicate the only types of residential development permitted under
each development option and associated development regulations. The complete
list of all permitted uses, including accessory and temporary uses, is provided in
Section 608.C.

9. Required review: Development review in accordance with Section 507 of this
ordinance, and subdivision review in accordance with chapter 32 of the Phoenix
City Code when new lots are created.

10. Required parking: The minimum number of off-street parking spaces to be
provided and which shall be according to Section 702.A.

11. Street standards: The class of street required to provide access to any parcel or
subdivided lot within a development.




***


I. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS.

1. APPLICABILITY. THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL REGULATIONS OF THIS
SECTION SHALL APPLY TO SUBDIVISIONS MEETING ALL OF THE
FOLLOWING CRITERIA:

a. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT ZONED HP OR HP-L, NOR DESIGNATED AS
HISTORIC ON THE NATIONAL REGISTER OF HISTORICAL PLACES.

b. THE SUBDIVISION IS ZONED R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2,
C-3, DTC, OR WU CODE;

c. THE SUBDIVISION EITHER UTILIZES THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION, OR THE DISTRICT SPECIFICALLY
STATES THAT AN SFI SUBDIVISION MAY BE DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION;




d. THE SUBDIVISION IS EITHER LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL PLAN, OR
THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL DEVELOPMENT”
SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS OBTAINED USE PERMIT
APPROVAL; AND

e. FOR EXISTING SUBDIVISIONS RECORDED PRIOR TO 2024 ONLY: THE
PLAT HAS THE SUBTITLE “A SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED
SUBDIVISION”; “A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION”; “SINGLE-
FAMILY ATTACHED DEVELOPMENT OPTION”; OR ANOTHER
ANALOGOUS SUBTITLE AS DETERMINED BY THE ZONING
ADMINISTRATOR.




FIGURE 608.I.1
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT AREAS




2. SPECIAL PLANNING AREAS. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND REDEVELOPMENT AREAS,
OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING DISTRICTS, AND
SPECIFIC PLANS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OVERLAY ZONING
DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING DISTRICTS, REDEVELOPMENT AREAS OR
SPECIFIC PLANS SHALL APPLY.

3. SFI DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

a. THE FOLLOWING TABLE PROVIDES MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS TO BE APPLIED TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION DEVELOPED
UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION:


TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISIONS

LOT WIDTH
(1) 20 FEET
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT DENSITY
(3) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(4) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MAXIMUM)

INDIVIDUAL LOT
(5) SETBACKS NONE
(MINIMUM)

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT ENTRY
(6) THREE FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.c

PERIMETER STREET, FRONT: 10 FEET
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER STREET, SIDE: 15 FEET
PERIMETER BUILDING
(8) PERIMETER STREET, REAR: PER SECTION
SETBACKS
(MINIMUM) 608.I.4.d
OTHER PERIMETER: 10 FEET




TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISIONS

10 FEET, REQUIRED TO BE
PERIMETER STREET
COMMUNITY/ASSOCIATION MAINTAINED. MAY
(9) LANDSCAPE SETBACKS
BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM)
BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) PER SECTION 608.I.3.b
(MAXIMUM)

LOT COVERAGE INDIVIDUAL LOTS: NO MAXIMUM
(11)
(MAXIMUM) OTHER PARCELS/TRACTS: 50%

COMMON OPEN SPACE
(12) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
(13) PER SECTION 608.I.7
REQUIREMENTS

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE
OTHER APPLICABLE
(14) DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB A
REGULATIONS:
BONUS: SECTION 608.H

b. MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT.

(1) IN ALL DISTRICTS, THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM
HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONING
DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT
FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.

(2) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED R-5, THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT IS 48 FEET.

(3) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED DTC, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT SHALL
BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE CHARACTER AREA.

(4) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED WU CODE, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT
SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE TRANSECT.




(5) IN ALL OTHER DISTRICTS, THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT
IS 40 FEET WITHIN 150 FEET OF THE DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER, WITH A ONE-FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
PERMITTED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE-FOOT SETBACK TO
A MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF 48 FEET.

c. ALL OTHER DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERLYING
ZONING DISTRICT ARE APPLICABLE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
MODIFIED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.

4. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL DESIGN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS.

a. INDIVIDUAL UNITS FRONTING ON STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY SHALL
PROVIDE A FRONT ENTRY THAT IS EITHER ELEVATED, DEPRESSED
OR INCLUDES A FEATURE SUCH AS A LOW WALL TO ACCENTUATE
THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE. (R*)

b. REQUIRED PARKING SPACES SHALL NOT FRONT ON OR BE
ACCESSED FROM A PERIMETER STREET. (R*)

c. FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL BE NO
WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE
AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FRONT SETBACK. (R*)

d. NO REAR PROPERTY LINE OF ANY LOT IN AN SFI SUBDIVISION
SHALL ABUT EITHER A PERIMETER STREET OR AN ASSOCIATED
PERIMETER STREET LANDSCAPE SETBACK AREA. (R*)

e. ATTACHED DWELLING UNITS CONSTRUCTED IN A ROW SHALL NOT
EXCEED A TOTAL LENGTH OF 200 FEET WITHOUT HAVING A
MINIMUM 20-FOOT-WIDE OPEN AREA. (R*)

5. LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS.

a. TREES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN REQUIRED LANDSCAPE
SETBACKS AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 20 FEET ON CENTER OR
EQUIVALENT GROUPINGS, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD LANDSCAPE
ARCHITECT, SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) FIFTY PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES SHALL BE
MINIMUM ONE-AND-ONE-HALF-INCH CALIPER AT THE TIME OF
INSTALLATION.




(2) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES SHALL BE
MINIMUM TWO-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-TRUNKED TREES AT
THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

(3) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES SHALL BE
MINIMUM THREE-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-TRUNKED TREES
AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

b. A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE-GALLON SHRUBS PER TREE SHALL BE
PROVIDED. (T)

6. PARKING REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 702 APPLIES TO SFI DEVELOPMENT,
EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THIS SECTION.

a. A MINIMUM OF ONE COVERED PARKING SPACE PER DWELLING UNIT
MUST BE PROVIDED ON THE SAME LOT AS THE UNIT FOR WHICH IT
IS PROVIDED.

b. COVERED PARKING SETBACKS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE LARGER
THAN THE BUILDING SETBACKS REQUIRED FOR THE DWELLING
UNIT.

c. A MINIMUM 0.25 ADDITIONAL UNRESERVED GUEST PARKING SPACE
PER DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED WITHIN
ANY SFI DEVELOPMENT.

7. VEHICULAR ACCESS AND MANEUVERING.

a. ALL MANEUVERING FOR ON-SITE PARKING MUST BE LOCATED ON
PRIVATE PROPERTY AND NOT WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. (T)

b. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM A PUBLIC STREET OR
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY IS PERMITTED. (T)

c. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS PERMITTED
WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND
THE STREET TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT HAS APPROVED
MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM PAVING STANDARDS FOR THE
ALLEY. (T)

d. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS PERMITTED
WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS “APPLICABLE
AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN
FIGURE 608.I.1, WITH THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:




(1) THE SFI SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ACROSS THE ALLEY
FROM EITHER A SINGLE-FAMILY OR HP ZONING DISTRICT. (R)

(2) THE STREET TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT HAS
APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM PAVING
STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

e. INDIVIDUAL LOTS MAY FRONT ON A PUBLIC STREET, PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY, OR PRIVATE DRIVE, AS APPROVED BY THE CITY TO
ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT MANEUVERING AND PUBLIC UTILITY
ACCESS. (T)

8. WALLS/FENCES.

a. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN REQUIRED
PERIMETER LANDSCAPE SETBACKS IS 40 INCHES. (R*)

b. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN REQUIRED
OPEN SPACE AREAS IS 40 INCHES, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF
REQUIRED POOL FENCES AND OTHER NECESSARY VIEW FENCES,
AS APPROVED BY PDD. (R*)

9. SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE IS SUBJECT TO THE REGULATIONS OF SECTION 705,
TABLE D-1, SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL.

Section 608.J (Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments)

J. Incentives for Affordable Housing. In order to overcome a demonstrated deficiency in the
supply of housing for persons of low and moderate income, incentives are established to
foster the provision of such housing.

1. Applicability. All development located within a zoning district subject to the
provisions of Section 608 providing affordable housing as defined in Section 202.

2. Density Bonus.

a. One additional unit shall be allowed for every two affordable housing units;
provided, that the overall project density does not exceed ten percent
beyond that which would otherwise be allowed.

b. A density bonus awarded per this section shall apply to the maximum
density for any district and may be in addition to a density bonus earned per
the provisions of Section 608.I.2.

3. Other Requirements. The total number of units within a project shall be as
approved by the Department of Housing.




J. OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS. OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED
HOME DEVELOPMENT IS SUBJECT TO USE PERMIT APPROVAL IN THE C-1, C-2,
AND C-3 DISTRICTS, IN ADDITION TO ZONING DISTRICTS INDICATED IN SECTION
608.D; AND SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS:

1. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 703.B DO NOT APPLY TO OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS.

2. THESE REGULATIONS APPLY TO DEVELOPMENT OF A SINGLE LOT OR
PARCEL, NOT TO BE FURTHER SUBDIVIDED.

3. PLACEMENT FOR EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL BE
PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES AND TEN FEET BETWEEN AWNINGS AND
CANOPIES. ALL ANNEXES OR STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS SHALL BE
CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME.

b. THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST 40 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY.

c. NO OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME, ANNEX OR STRUCTURAL
ADDITION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN EIGHT FEET TO ANY PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY OR PRIVATE DRIVE.

4. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE SHALL HAVE PRIVATE
OUTDOOR LIVING SPACE OF AT LEAST 150 SQUARE FEET. THE DIMENSION
OF THIS SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 FEET IN WIDTH.

5. AT EACH OCCUPIED OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE, THERE
SHALL BE AN ENCLOSED STORAGE LOCKER FOR YARD TOOLS AND
OTHER BULKY ITEMS CONVENIENT TO THE SPACE WITH A STORAGE
CAPACITY OF AT LEAST 150 CUBIC FEET.

6. ALL AREAS NOT COVERED BY STRUCTURES OR PAVED SURFACES SHALL
BE LANDSCAPED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
APPROVED DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DOCUMENTS REQUIRED UNDER
SECTION 507.

7. SCREENING THE PERIMETER OF AN OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME
DEVELOPMENT BY A WALL OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL MAY BE
REQUIRED AS A CONDITION OF USE PERMIT APPROVAL.




8. THERE SHALL BE A NETWORK OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS CONNECTING
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACES WITH EACH OTHER AND WITH
DEVELOPMENT FACILITIES AND AMENITIES.

9. IF STORAGE YARDS ARE PROVIDED, THERE SHALL BE A SCREENED
STORAGE YARD OR YARDS FOR BOATS, RECREATIONAL VEHICLES, ETC.
SUCH STORAGE YARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 60 SQUARE FEET OF
STORAGE SPACE FOR EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE IN
THE DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO NOT DETRACT
FROM SURROUNDING PROPERTIES. ALL BOATS AND RECREATIONAL
VEHICLES SHALL BE PARKED IN THE STORAGE YARD.

10. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL (1) BE AFFIXED
PERMANENTLY TO THE GROUND OR (2) HAVE SKIRTING AROUND ITS
PERIMETER TO SCREEN ITS WHEELS AND UNDERCARRIAGE.

11. ALL UTILITIES AND THE WIRES OF ANY CENTRAL TELEVISION OR RADIO
ANTENNA SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.

12. NOT MORE THAN 15 PERCENT OF THE SPACES IN ANY ONE OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE DEVELOPED OR USED
FOR RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

13. DEVELOPMENT OF OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME COMMUNITIES
SHALL BE UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION
APPLICABLE IN THE UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT.

14. PRIVATE DRIVES MAY BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.

15. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE TOTAL AREA OF
THE OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT DEDICATED OR
RESERVED AS USABLE COMMON OPEN SPACE LAND. COMMON OPEN
SPACE LANDS SHALL BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN AS TO THE
CHARACTER OF USE AND DEVELOPMENT BUT SHALL NOT INCLUDE:

a. AREAS RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR BENEFIT OF AN
INDIVIDUAL TENANT OR OWNER; NOR

b. DEDICATED STREETS, ALLEYS, AND OTHER PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-
WAY; NOR

c. VEHICULAR DRIVES, PARKING, LOADING, AND STORAGE AREAS;
NOR




d. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT EXTERIOR BOUNDARIES OF THE
SITE; NOR

e. GOLF COURSES.

ADEQUATE GUARANTEES MUST BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE PERMANENT
RETENTION OF OPEN SPACE LAND AREA RESULTING FROM THE
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS, EITHER BY PRIVATE
RESERVATION FOR THE USE OF THE RESIDENTS WITHIN THE
DEVELOPMENT OR BY DEDICATION TO THE PUBLIC, OR A COMBINATION
THEREOF.

***
Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 609 (RE-35 Single-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District

***

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the RE-35
district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I.
REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 150' width, 175' 100' width, 125' None
dimensions (width depth (Minimum area depth
and depth) 35,000 sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit 1.10 1.10 1.15; 1.32 with bonus
density (units/gross
acre)

Perimeter None 40' front or rear, 20' 40' adjacent to a public
standards side street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street;
20' adjacent to property
line

Building setbacks 40' front, 40' rear, 20' 25' front, 50' total 25' front
side front and rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30'

Lot coverage 25%, except if all 30%, plus an 30%, plus an additional
structures are less additional 10% for an 10% for an ADU and/or
than 20' and 1 story ADU and/or attached attached shade
in height then a shade structures. structures. Total: 40%.
maximum of 40% lot Total: 40%.
coverage is allowed.

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area




Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Allowed Single-family Single-family Single-family attached;
development detached attached; plus (a) plus (a)

Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
4 or more lots building setbacks

Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)

(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.


TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 150 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 175 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS)
1.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) LOTS 1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
1.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 40 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 40 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 20 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE




TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK LOT SETBACKS SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET: 40 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 20
SETBACK FEET
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 20 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
STREET LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM) REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING
(10) HEIGHT 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

25%, EXCEPT IF ALL
STRUCTURES ARE LESS
THAN 20 FEET AND 1
LOT COVERAGE
(11) STORY IN HEIGHT THEN 40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
A MAXIMUM OF 40% LOT
COVERAGE IS ALLOWED.


COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CITY CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW:
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
SECTION 507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H




Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District

***

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used IN THE R1-
18 DISTRICT for each district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found
in Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Illustrations of Development Options




Table 610.A
R1-18 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 130' width, 120' 90' width, 80' depth None
dimensions (width depth (Minimum area
and depth) 18,000 sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit 1.95 1.95 2.05; 2.34 with bonus
density (units/gross
acre)

Perimeter None 30' front or rear, 10' 20' adjacent to a public
standards side street(2); this area is to
be in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street;
15' adjacent to property
line

Building setbacks 25' front, 30' rear, 10' 25' front, 50' total 25' front
side front plus rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30'

Lot coverage 30%, plus an 30%, plus an 30%, plus an additional
additional 10% for an additional 10% for an 10% for an ADU and/or
ADU and/or attached ADU and/or attached attached shade
shade structures shade structures structures

Total: 40% Total: 40% Total: 40%

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area

Allowed Single-family Single-family Single-family attached;
development detached attached; plus (a) plus (a)

Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
4 or more lots building setbacks

Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)

(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.




(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.


TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 130 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 120 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
2.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) LOTS 2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
2.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 30 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE. OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE
PERIMETER
WHERE LOTS FRONT ON
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE.
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
SETBACK
REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.




TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

BUILDING
(10) HEIGHT 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

30%, PLUS AN
ADDITIONAL 10% FOR AN
LOT COVERAGE 40% TOTAL FOR
(11) ADU AND/OR ATTACHED
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
SHADE STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 40%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CITY CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW:
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
SECTION 507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H

Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 611 (R1-10 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District

***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R1-
10 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I.
REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 75' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except None, except
110' adjacent to freeway or 110' adjacent to freeway or
arterial arterial


Dwelling 3.0 3.5; 4.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2)(front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2- landscape setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2- story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent
to perimeter streets(2) (Does not apply
to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)




Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, For lots <60': 2 car widths,
for lots • WR FDU for lots • WR FDU
widths, for lots >70': no widths, for lots >70': no
maximum maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50% plus an additional 10% 50% plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or for an ADU and/or
attached shade structures attached shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, Section 507,
and subdivision to create 4 or and subdivision to create 4 or
more lots more lots




Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)


Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20 to
30 feet on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to
the development standards of Table 611.B.




Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot 80' width, 94' depth 60' width, 65' None
dimensions (width and depth
(Minimum area
depth)
10,000 sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 3.50 3.50 3.68; 4.20 with bonus
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 30' front, 25' rear, 20' adjacent to a public
10' side street(2); this area is to
be in common
ownership unless lots
front on the perimeter
public street; 15'
adjacent to property line


Building setbacks 25' front, 25' rear, 10' front, 35' front 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to
48' high and 4 stories


Lot coverage 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
additional 10% for additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or attached shade
structures.




Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


attached shade attached shade Total: 60%
structures. structures.

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area


Allowed development Single-family Single-family Multi-family plus (b)
(3)
detached and attached; plus (a)
duplex


Required review Subdivision to Subdivision with Site plan per Section
create 4 or more building setbacks 507
lots


Street standards Public street Public street Public street or private
required accessway(1)



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 80 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
4.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) LOTS 3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
4.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE. OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE.
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
SETBACK
REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

BUILDING
(10) HEIGHT 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

50%, PLUS AN
ADDITIONAL 10% FOR AN
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ADU AND/OR ATTACHED
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
SHADE STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CITY CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW:
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
SECTION 507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H

Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District

***




B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R1-8
district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I.
REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.



Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 65' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 4.0 4.5; 5.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2- story), 20' (2-story); Property
story) line (side): 10' (1-story), 15'
(2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent
to perimeter streets(2) (Does not apply to lots
fronting onto perimeter
streets)




Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus additional 10% for 50%, plus additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)




Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)


Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to
the development standards of Table 612.B.




Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot dimensio 70' width, 94' depth 50' width, 65' depth None
ns (width and depth)
(Minimum area
8,000 sq. ft.)

Dwelling 4.30 4.30 4.52; 5.16 with bonus
unit density (units/gros
s acre)

Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10' 20' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to
be in common
ownership
unless lots front on
the perimeter public
street; 15' adjacent to
property line

Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' front, 35' front plus 10' front
10' and 3' side rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to
48' high and 4 stories

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
Lot coverage
additional 10% for additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or attached shade
attached shade attached shade structures
structures structures
Total: 60%
Total: 60% Total: 60%




Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area

Allowed development Single- Single- Multi-family plus (b)
family detached(3) a family attached; plus
nd duplex (a)

Required review Subdivision to Subdivision with Site plan per
create 4 or building setbacks Section 507
more lots

Street standards Public Public street Public street or private
street required accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 70 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
5.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) LOTS 4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
5.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE. OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE
PERIMETER
WHERE LOTS FRONT ON
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE.
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
SETBACK
REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

BUILDING
(10) HEIGHT 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

50%, PLUS AN
ADDITIONAL 10% FOR AN
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ADU AND/OR ATTACHED
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
SHADE STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CITY CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW:
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
SECTION 507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H

Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District

***




B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R1-6
district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I.
REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.



Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 5.5; 6.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-
story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10'
landscaped setback adjacent minimum(Does not apply to
to perimeter streets(2) lots fronting onto perimeter
streets)




Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% 50%, plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or attached for an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)




Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)


Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to
the development standards of Table 613.B.




Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot 60' width, 94' depth 40' width, 60' depth None
dimensions (width (Minimum area 6,000
and depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 5.30 5.30 5.54; 6.34 with bonus
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10' 20' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street;
15' adjacent to property
line


Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front 10' front
and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to
48' high and 4 stories


Lot coverage 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
additional 10% for an additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or
ADU and/or attached an ADU and/or attached shade
shade structures attached shade structures
structures
Total: 60% Total: 60%
Total: 60%




Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area


Allowed development Single-family Single-family Multi-family plus (b)
detached(3) and attached plus (a)
duplex


Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Development review per
4 or more lots building setbacks Section 507


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
6.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) LOTS 5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
6.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE. OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE.
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
SETBACK
REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

BUILDING
(10) HEIGHT 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

50%, PLUS AN
ADDITIONAL 10% FOR AN
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ADU AND/OR ATTACHED
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
SHADE STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CITY CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW:
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
SECTION 507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H

Section 614. R-2 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 614 (R-2 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 614. R-2 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

***




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for alternate
living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of land with multiple
units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of residents
with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost, and size as
compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision, STANDARD and
planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family attached development are
intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement, variable yard requirements, more
reasonable and practical use of open spaces, staggered height limits up to three and
four stories and more standardized parking and street improvement requirements.
Bonus provisions are intended to facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill
parcels as well as unusual and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain responsibilities
which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for the overall adjacent
neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards and performance criteria. The
standards internal to a project are intended to increase livability with amenities including
landscaping, recreational facilities and project design. On the other hand the exterior
standards provide a better fit, [and] better the project and the neighborhood environs.
Criteria relating to setbacks, screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise,
maintain privacy and minimize psychological feelings to a change in development
character and avoid any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R-2
district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I. The
single-family infill development option must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements. REFER
TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-
story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent (Does not apply to lots
to perimeter streets(2) fronting onto perimeter
streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)




Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% 50%, plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or attached for an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to
the development standards of Table 614.B.




Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development
dimensions depth (Minimum 40' width, 60' site: none.
None
(width and area 6,000 sq. depth Individual
depth) ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.


Dwelling unit 10.50; 12.00 10.50; 12.00
density with bonus with bonus
10.0 10.0
(units/gross
acre)


10' for units
20' adjacent to a fronting street
public street(2); rights-of-way;
this area is to be 15' for units
in common siding street
Perimeter 25' front or rear ownership rights-of-way.
None
standards 10' side unless lots front This area is to
on the perimeter be in common
public street; 15' ownership or
adjacent to management.
property line 10' adjacent to
property line


20' front, 25' Individual unit
Building 10' front, 35'
rear, 10' and 3' 10' front lot: none
setbacks front plus rear
side




Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


3 stories or 40'
2 stories and 30'
for first 150'; 1'
for first 150'; 1'
in 1' increase to
Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' in 5' increase to
48' height, 4-
48' high and 4
story
stories
maximum(5)


50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% additional 10% additional 10% individual lot.
for an ADU for an ADU for an ADU 50% for other
Lot coverage and/or attached and/or attached and/or attached parcels or tracts
shade structures shade structures shade structures with accessory
structures
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area


Single-family
attached and
Single-family Single-family single-family
Allowed Multi-family plus
detached(3) and attached plus detached (per
development (b)
duplex (a) the provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)


Subdivision to Subdivision with Development Development
Required review create 4 or more building review per review per
lots setbacks Section 507 Section 507




Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


Development
site: public
street, public
Public street or alley, or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit
lot: private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district,
which height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback
to the maximum permitted height.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
10.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 10.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
12.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 10.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 10.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 12.0 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT 18 FEET FRONT OR STREET
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS. SIDE
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20
PERIMETER
FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE
BE PROVIDED AS PART OF
SETBACK
THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.




TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
FOR FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT
BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET** INCREASE FOR EACH FIVE
(MAXIMUM)
FEET IN SETBACK
INCREASE TO MAXIMUM 4
STORIES AND 48 FEET
HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
32, CITY CODE;
OTHER 507 TAB A;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
(14) APPLICABLE MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
507 TAB A;
REGULATIONS: 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B
SFI SUBDIVISIONS:
SECTION 608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH
ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT.




Section 615. R-3 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 615 (R-3 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 615. R-3 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

***
A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for alternate
living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of land with multiple
units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of residents
with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost, and size as
compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision, STANDARD and
planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family attached development are
intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement, variable yard requirements, more
reasonable and practical use of open spaces, staggered height limits up to three and
four stories and more standardized parking and street improvement requirements.
Bonus provisions are intended to facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill
parcels as well as unusual and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain responsibilities
which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for the overall adjacent
neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards and performance criteria. The
standards internal to a project are intended to increase livability with amenities including
landscaping, recreational facilities and project design. On the other hand the exterior
standards provide a better fit, [and] better the project and the neighborhood environs.
Criteria relating to setbacks, screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise,
maintain privacy and minimize psychological feelings to a change in development
character and avoid any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R-3
district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I. The
single-family infill development option must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements. REFER
TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-
story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent (Does not apply to lots
to perimeter streets(2) fronting onto perimeter
streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)




Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% 50%, plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or attached for an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to
the development standards of Table 615.B.




Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development
dimensions depth (Minimum 40' width, 60' site: none.
None
(width and area 6,000 sq. depth Individual
depth) ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
density 15.23; 17.40 15.23; 17.40
14.5 14.5
(units/gross with bonus with bonus
acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a fronting street
public street; rights-of-way;
this area is to be 15' for units
in common siding street
Perimeter 20' front, 15' ownership rights-of-way.
None
standards rear, 10' side unless lots front This area is to
on the perimeter be in common
public street(2); ownership or
15' adjacent to management.
property line 10' adjacent to
property line

25' front, 15'
Building 10' front, 30' Individual unit
rear, 10' and 3' 10' front
setbacks front plus rear lot: none
side

2 stories and 30' 3 stories or 40'
for first 150'; 1' for first 150'; 1'
2 stories and 2 stories and in 5' increase to in 1' increase to
Maximum height
30'(5) 30'(5) 48' height, 4- 48' height, 4-
story story
maximum(5) maximum(5)




Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% additional 10% additional 10% individual lot.
for an ADU for an ADU for an ADU 50% for other
Lot coverage
and/or attached and/or attached and/or attached parcels or tracts
shade structures shade structures shade structures with accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per
development
attached and attached and attached and the provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Subdivision with Development Development
Required review create 4 or more building review per review per
lots setbacks Section 507 Section 507

Development
site: public
street, public
Public street or alley, or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit
lot: private
accessway, or
private drive(1)

(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.




(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district,
which height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback
to the maximum permitted height.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
15.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 14.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
17.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 15.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 14.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 17.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20
PERIMETER
FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE
BE PROVIDED AS PART OF
SETBACK
THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
FOR FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT
BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET** INCREASE FOR EACH FIVE
(MAXIMUM)
FEET IN SETBACK
INCREASE TO MAXIMUM 4
STORIES AND 48 FEET
HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
32, CITY CODE;
OTHER 507 TAB A;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
(14) APPLICABLE MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
507 TAB A;
REGULATIONS: 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B
SFI SUBDIVISIONS:
SECTION 608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH
ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT.

Section 616. R-3A Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 616 (R-3A Multi-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 616. R-3A Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for alternate
living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of land with multiple
units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of residents
with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost, and size as
compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision, STANDARD and
planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family attached development are
intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement, variable yard requirements, more
reasonable and practical use of open spaces, staggered height limits up to three and
four stories and more standardized parking and street improvement requirements.
Bonus provisions are intended to facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill
parcels as well as unusual and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain responsibilities
which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for the overall adjacent
neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards and performance criteria. The
standards internal to a project are intended to increase livability with amenities including
landscaping, recreational facilities and project design. On the other hand the exterior
standards provide a better fit, [and] better the project and the neighborhood environs.
Criteria relating to setbacks, screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise,
maintain privacy and minimize psychological feelings to a change in development
character and avoid any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R-
3A district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I.
The single-family infill development option must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements.
REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-
story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent (Does not apply to lots
to perimeter streets(2) fronting onto perimeter
streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)




Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% 50%, plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or attached for an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to
the development standards of Table 616.B.




Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development
dimensions depth (Minimum 40' width, 60' site: none.
None
(width and area 6,000 sq. depth Individual
depth) ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
density 23.1; 26.4 with 23.1; 26.4 with
22 22
(units/gross bonus bonus
acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a fronting street
public street; rights-of-way;
this area is to be 15' for units
in common siding street
Perimeter 20' front, 15' ownership rights-of-way.
None
standards rear, 10' side unless lots front This area is to
on the perimeter be in common
public street(2); ownership or
15' adjacent to management.
property line 10' adjacent to
property line

25' front, 15'
Building 10' front, 30' Individual unit
rear, 10' and 3' 10' front
setbacks front plus rear lot: none
side

3 stories or 40' 3 stories or 40'
for first 150'; 1' for first 150'; 1'
in 5' increase to in 1' increase to
Maximum height 3 stories or 40'(5) 3 stories or 40'(5)
48' height, 4- 48' height, 4-
story story
maximum(5) maximum(5)




Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% additional 10% additional 10% individual lot.
for an ADU for an ADU for an ADU 50% for other
Lot coverage
and/or attached and/or attached and/or attached parcels or tracts
shade structures shade structures shade structures with accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per
development
attached and attached and attached and the provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Subdivision with Development Development
Required review create 4 or more building review per review per
lots setbacks Section 507 Section 507

Development
site: public
street, public
Public street or alley, or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit
lot: private
accessway, or
private drive(1)

(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.




(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district,
which height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback
to the maximum permitted height.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
23.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 22.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
26.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 23.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 22.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 26.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20
PERIMETER
FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE
BE PROVIDED AS PART OF
SETBACK
THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET
FOR FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT
BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET** INCREASE FOR EACH FIVE
(MAXIMUM)
FEET IN SETBACK
INCREASE TO MAXIMUM 4
STORIES AND 48 FEET
HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
32, CITY CODE;
OTHER 507 TAB A;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
(14) APPLICABLE MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
507 TAB A;
REGULATIONS: 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B
SFI SUBDIVISIONS:
SECTION 608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH
ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT.


Section 617. R-4 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 617 (R-4 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 617. R-4 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for alternate
living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of land with multiple
units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of residents
with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost, and size as
compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision, STANDARD and
planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family attached development are
intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement, variable yard requirements, more
reasonable and practical use of open spaces, staggered height limits up to three and
four stories and more standardized parking and street improvement requirements.
Bonus provisions are intended to facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill
parcels as well as unusual and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain responsibilities
which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for the overall adjacent
neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards and performance criteria. The
standards internal to a project are intended to increase livability with amenities including
landscaping, recreational facilities and project design. On the other hand the exterior
standards provide a better fit, [and] better the project and the neighborhood environs.
Criteria relating to setbacks, screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise,
maintain privacy and minimize psychological feelings to a change in development
character and avoid any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the R-4
district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in Section 608.I. The
single-family infill development option must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements. REFER
TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND
ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-
story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent (Does not apply to lots
to perimeter streets(2) fronting onto perimeter
streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)




Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% 50%, plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or attached for an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to
the development standards of Table 617.B.




Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development
dimensions depth (Minimum 40' width, 60' site: none.
None
(width and area 6,000 sq. depth Individual
depth) ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
density 30.45; 34.80 30.45; 34.80
29.0 29.0
(units/gross with bonus with bonus
acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a fronting street
public street; rights-of-way;
this area is to be 15' for units
in common siding street
Perimeter 20' front, 15' ownership rights-of-way.
None
standards rear, 10' side unless lots front This area is to
on the perimeter be in common
public street(2); ownership or
15' adjacent to management.
property line 10' adjacent to
property line

20' front, 15'
Building 10' front, 30' Individual unit
rear, 10' and 3' 10' front
setbacks front plus rear lot: none
side

3 stories or 40' 3 stories or 40'
for first 150'; 1' for first 150'; 1'
in 5' increase to in 1' increase to
Maximum height 3 stories or 40'(5) 3 stories or 40'(5)
48' height, 4- 48' height, 4-
story story
maximum(5) maximum(5)




Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% additional 10% additional 10% individual lot.
for an ADU for an ADU for an ADU 50% for other
Lot coverage
and/or attached and/or attached and/or attached parcels or tracts
shade structures shade structures shade structures with accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per
development
attached and attached and attached and the provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Subdivision with Development Development
Required review create 4 or more building review per review per
lots setbacks Section 507 Section 507

Development
site: public
street, public
Public street or alley, or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit
lot: private
accessway, or
private drive(1)

(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.




(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district,
which height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback
to the maximum permitted height.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
30.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 29.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
35.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 30.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 29.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 35.0 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20
PERIMETER
FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE
BE PROVIDED AS PART OF
SETBACK
THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET
FOR FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
ONE FOOT HEIGHT
BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 3 STORIES AND 40 FEET** INCREASE FOR EACH FIVE
(MAXIMUM)
FEET IN SETBACK
INCREASE TO MAXIMUM 4
STORIES AND 48 FEET
HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
32, CITY CODE;
OTHER 507 TAB A;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
(14) APPLICABLE MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
507 TAB A;
REGULATIONS: 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B
SFI SUBDIVISIONS:
SECTION 608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH
ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT.


Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 618 (R-5 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as follows:

Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District—Restricted Commercial




A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for alternate
living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of land with multiple
units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of residents
with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost, and size as
compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision, STANDARD and
planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family attached development are
intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement, variable yard requirements, more
reasonable and practical use of open spaces, staggered height limits up to three and
four stories and more standardized parking and street improvement requirements.
Bonus provisions are intended to facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill
parcels as well as unusual and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain responsibilities
which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for the overall adjacent
neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards and performance criteria. The
standards internal to a project are intended to increase livability with amenities including
landscaping, recreational facilities and project design. On the other hand the exterior
standards provide a better fit, [and] better the project and the neighborhood environs.
Criteria relating to setbacks, screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise,
maintain privacy and minimize psychological feelings to a change in development
character and avoid any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations—Residential Uses. The following tables establishES standards to
be used in the R-5 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section 608.F.6
requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless
approved by either the design
advisor or the Design Review
Committee for demonstrating
enhanced architecture that
minimizes the impact of the
garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building s Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side):
etbacks 15' (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-
setback);
story);
Property line (rear): 15' (1-
Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-
story), 20' (2-story);
story)
Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent (Does not apply to lots
to perimeter streets(2) fronting onto perimeter
streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks combined front and rear: 35', (established by Building
street side: 10'; sides: 13' Code); street side: 10'; sides:
total (3' minimum, unless 0') none (established by Building
Code)




Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' front-loaded garages, 10'
from property line for side- from property line for side-
loaded garages loaded garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV ORWV• WR FDUZLGWKV
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30'
are permitted when approved
by the design advisor for
demonstrating enhanced
architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% 50%, plus an additional 10%
for an ADU and/or attached for an ADU and/or attached
shade structures shade structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision Section 507, and subdivision
to create 4 or more lots to create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to
30' on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to
the development standards of Table 618.B.




Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development
dimensions depth (Minimum 40' width, 60' site: none.
None
(width and area 6,000 sq. depth Individual
depth) ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
density 45.68;52.20 with 45.68;52.20 with
43.5 43.5
(units/gross bonus bonus
acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a fronting street
public street; rights-of-way;
this area is to be 15' for units
in common siding street
Perimeter 20' front, 15' ownership rights-of-way.
None
standards rear, 10' side unless lots front This area is to
on the perimeter be in common
public street(2); ownership or
15' adjacent to management.
property line 10' adjacent to
property line

20' front, 15'
Building 10' front, 30' Individual unit
rear, 10' and 3' 10' front
setbacks front plus rear lot: none
side

Maximum height 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% additional 10% additional 10% individual lot.
for an ADU for an ADU for an ADU 50% for other
Lot coverage
and/or attached and/or attached and/or attached parcels or tracts
shade structures shade structures shade structures with accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures




Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached, detached, detached, single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per
development
attached and attached and attached and the provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Subdivision with Development Development
Required review create 4 or more building review per review per
lots setbacks Section 507 Section 507

Development
site: public
street, public
Public street or alley, or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit
lot: private
accessway, or
private drive(1)

(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for
extensions of street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial
dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public
street rights-of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to
are ones built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.




(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district,
which height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback
to the maximum permitted height.




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
45.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 43.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
52.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 45.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 43.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 52.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20
PERIMETER
FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
STREET
PERIMETER STREET. MAY
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE
BE PROVIDED AS PART OF
SETBACK
THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.




TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 4 STORIES AND 48 FEET** 4 STORIES AND 48 FEET**
(MAXIMUM)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
CITY CODE;
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
32, CITY CODE;
OTHER 507 TAB A;
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
(14) APPLICABLE MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
507 TAB A;
REGULATIONS: 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION
BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B
SFI SUBDIVISIONS:
SECTION 608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH
ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.


***

Section 619. R-4A Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—General.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 619 (Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—General)
to read as follows:

Section 619. Residential R-4A District—Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence—General



***

A. Permitted Uses. Primary uses and accessory uses are permitted as indicated in the
Residential Districts Land Use Matrix, Section 608.D, plus the following:

1. Hospice, subject to a use permit.

2. Nursing home, subject to a use permit and the following conditions:

a. A maximum lot coverage of 25 percent.

b. A minimum of 50 square feet of usable outdoor open space per bed shall be
provided.

3. Single-family infill developments, per the provisions of Section 608.F.6 and Table
617.B, R-4 Development Options, column D.

B. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. Except as required by Section 701, the following
yard, height and area provisions shall be required for this district:

***

8. Single-family infill development must comply with all regulations applicable to SFI
development in the R-4 district except for density, which shall be permitted per
Section 619.B.1.

9. Off-site manufactured home developments, upon obtaining use permit approval,
shall comply with the R-4 standards for planned residential developments (Table
617.B, column C) except for density, which shall be permitted per Section 619.B.1.

***

Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail
Amend Chapter 6, Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail) to read as
follows:

Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail.

A. Purpose. The C-1, Commercial Neighborhood Retail District, is a district of light
neighborhood type retail and customer service uses designed to be compatible with each
other and nearby residential districts.

B. Reserved.




C. B. District Restrictions. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Section, the following
restrictions shall apply to this district:

1. All commercial uses are restricted to closed buildingS except parking lots and liquid
fuel pump services.

***

10. The sale of used merchandise in connection with the following permitted uses when
such used merchandise uses a floorspace having a total area of no more than five
(5) percent of the gross floor area of the establishment:

***

g. Audio and video rentals and retail sales.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE PROVISIONS OF 608.I,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE R-5 DISTRICT.

3. ADULT DAY CARE HOME AND CENTER

4. BOARDING HOUSE, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

5. COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

6. GROUP HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

7. NURSING HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in R1-6 if
zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential, and single-family
attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5 DISTRICT and R-4A; and in addition the
following:

***

2. RESERVED. Adult Day Care Home and Center




***

19. RESERVED. Boarding House, subject to a use permit

***

38. RESERVED. Community Residence Center, subject to a use permit

***

76. RESERVED. Group Home, subject to a use permit

***

120. RESERVED. Nursing Home, subject to a use permit

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and area
requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses and adjoining
neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General Plan for uses and
intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height, area
and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3 DISTRICT except
as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as defined in
and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY
WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION 608.J,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is designated as
residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is satisfied, the
remainder of this section shall apply.




b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average lot
subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and density
proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning district to
which the proposed single-family development is equivalent, the use shall
satisfy the development standards contained in Sections 609 through 613
for the development option and density of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate an
application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district appropriate
for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED ONLY AS
PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3 PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL APPLY WHEN
NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

***

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial
Amend Chapter 6, Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial) to read
as follows:

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-2, Commercial Intermediate District, is a district of commercial uses of
medium intensity designed to be compatible with each other and to provide for a wide
range of types of commercial activity within the district.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Except as otherwise provided, all permitted uses and storaging of materials or
supplies shall be conducted entirely within a closed building.

2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted uses
set forth in Section 623.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained and subject
to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere along
the building except as noted in Section 623.CB.2.b;




***

9. With the exception of those instances listed above in 623.CB.7. and CB.8., no other
types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or displayed for sale
on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales dealership and upon obtaining a
special permit pursuant to Section 647.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE PROVISIONS OF 608.I,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-1 DISTRICT.

3. BOARDING HOUSE

4. COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER

5. GROUP HOME

6. NURSING HOME

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in R1-6 if
zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential, and single-family
attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5, R-4A, and C-1 districts; and in addition the
following:

***

50. RESERVED. Community Residence Center.

***

126. RESERVED. Nursing Home.

***




E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and area
requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses and adjoining
neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General Plan for uses and
intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height, area
and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3 DISTRICT except
as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as defined in
and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY
WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION 608.J,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is designated as
residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is satisfied, the
remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average lot
subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and density
proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning district to
which the proposed single-family development is equivalent, the use shall
satisfy the development standards contained in Sections 609 through 613
for the development option and density of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate an
application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district appropriate
for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED ONLY AS
PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3 PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL APPLY WHEN
NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.




***

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial
Amend Chapter 6, Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial) to read as
follows:

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-3 Commercial General District, is a district designed to provide for the
intensive commercial uses necessary to the proper development of the community.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Any lighting shall be placed so as to reflect the light away from adjacent residential
districts. No noise, odor or vibration shall be emitted so that it exceeds the general
level of noise, odor or vibration emitted by uses outside the site. Such comparison
shall be made at the boundary of the site.

2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted uses
set forth in Section 624.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained and subject
to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere along
the building except as noted in Section 624.CB.2.b;

***

4. With the exception of those instances listed above in 624.CB.3., no other types of
vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or displayed for sale on-site
except by a registered vehicle retail sales dealership.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE PROVISIONS OF 608.I,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-2 DISTRICT.




D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in R1-6 if
zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential, and single-family
attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1 and THE C-2 districts; and in addition
the following, including the storage of all raw materials and finished products in connection
herewith:

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and area
requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses and adjoining
neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General Plan for uses and
intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height, area
and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3 DISTRICT except
as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Neither the Zoning Administrator nor the Board of Adjustment shall have
jurisdiction to vary the provisions of Section 624.E.1.OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL
DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION 608.J, INCLUDING USE
PERMIT APPROVAL.

e. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as defined in
and density requirements set forth in Section 618.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is designated as
residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is satisfied, the
remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average lot
subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and density
proposed for the residential use.




c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning district to
which the proposed single-family development is equivalent, the use shall
satisfy the development standards contained in Sections 609 through 613
for the development option and density of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate an
application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district appropriate
for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED ONLY AS
PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3 PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL APPLY WHEN
NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

***

Section 632. Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise and High Density
District) to strike everything, and replace with the following text:

SECTION 632. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) OVERLAY DISTRICT

A. PURPOSE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT IS TO ESTABLISH ZONING
REGULATIONS WHICH ACHIEVE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 9-462.13, ARIZONA
REVISED STATUTES, AS FOLLOWS:

1. ENTITLE PROPERTIES WITHIN THE MIDDLE HOUSING OVERLAY DISTRICT
TO HAVE UP TO FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS PER LOT.

2. PROVIDE MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR MIDDLE HOUSING.

B. APPLICABILITY.

1. THE MH OVERLAY MAY BE COMBINED WITH ANY ZONING DISTRICT WHEN
ALSO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION
632.C.

2. IF THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH OVERLAY CONFLICT WITH OTHER ZONING
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROPERTY, THE MH OVERLAY
PROVISIONS SHALL PREVAIL, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN THIS
SECTION.

C. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE APPLIED TO
THE FOLLOWING:




1. A PROPERTY WHICH HAS BEEN REZONED WITH THE MH OVERLAY
DISTRICT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 506; OR

2. LOTS IN A SUBDIVISION HAVING A PLAT RECORDED ON OR AFTER
JANUARY 1, 2026, WHICH MEET ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
CRITERIA:

a. THE SUBDIVISION IS CONTIGUOUS AND A MINIMUM 10 GROSS
ACRES IN SIZE.

b. THE SUBDIVISION HAS NEVER BEEN PART OF A PRIOR SUBDIVISION
WHICH HAS APPLIED THE MIDDLE HOUSING PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 9-462.13, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES.

c. THE SUBDIVISION HAS BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-24, R1-14, RE-35,
R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, OR C-
3.

d. FOR C-1, C-2, AND C-3 PROPERTIES ONLY: THE SUBDIVISION IS
PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION AS SET
FORTH IN SECTION 608.I.

e. THE NUMBER OF LOTS PROPOSED FOR APPLICATION OF THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT DOES NOT EXCEED 20% OF THE TOTAL
NUMBER OF LOTS IN THE SUBDIVISION. FOR SUBDIVISIONS OF
FEWER THAN FIVE LOTS, ONE LOT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO HAVE
THE MH OVERLAY.

f. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF: PHOENIX SKY HARBOR INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT;
PHOENIX DEER VALLEY AIRPORT; AND SCOTTSDALE AIRPORT;
EACH OF WHICH IS A FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
COMMERCIALLY LICENSED AIRPORT OR A GENERAL AVIATION OR
PUBLIC AIRPORT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8486, ARIZONA
REVISED STATUTES.

g. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF A MILITARY AIRPORT OR ANCILLARY MILITARY FACILITY
AS DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8461, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES.

h. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ON TRIBAL LAND.




I. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER HAS REQUESTED THE CITY TO ASSIGN
THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT WITHIN THE SUBDIVISION THROUGH
THE OPT-IN PROCEDURES PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION.

D. OPT-IN PROCEDURE. PRIOR TO UTILIZING THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT, SUBDIVISIONS ELIGIBLE PER SECTION 632.C.2 MUST
REQUEST THAT THE CITY APPLY THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE LOTS ON
WHICH MIDDLE HOUSING SHALL BE PERMITTED, AS FOLLOWS:

1. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER SHALL SIGN BEFORE A NOTARY PUBLIC AN
OPT-IN FORM PROVIDED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT.

2. CONCURRENT WITH THE OPT-IN FORM, THE SUBDIVISION OWNER SHALL
SUBMIT A LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LOTS ON WHICH THE MH OVERLAY
DISTRICT SHALL BE APPLIED.

3. CITY STAFF SHALL REVIEW THE OPT-IN FORM AND LEGAL DESCRIPTION.
WHEN THE REQUEST IS CONFIRMED TO BE ELIGIBLE, STAFF SHALL
PROCESS A REQUEST TO CHANGE THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE
CITY OF PHOENIX TO APPLY THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE ELIGIBLE
SUBDIVISION LOTS.

4. ONCE THE ZONING MAP CHANGE IS COMPLETED, THE LOTS SHALL BE
OFFICIALLY ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT UNTIL SUCH TIME
THAT THEY MAY BE REZONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 506.

E. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS. THE FOLLOWING
MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS APPLY ONLY WHEN THE MH DISTRICT IS
COMBINED WITH THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14, RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, OR C-3 ZONING DISTRICTS. FOR ALL OTHER
PROPERTIES, THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE BASE DISTRICT APPLY.

1. PERMITTED USES.

a. ALL USES PERMITTED WITHIN THE UNDERLYING BASE ZONING
DISTRICTS, PLUS

b. MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING UNITS.

2. DENSITY. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS (PDU)
PROVIDED ON A LOT ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE NUMBER ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING, OR FOUR PDUS,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER.




a. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SUBDIVIDED LOTS PER ACRE IS THE
SAME AS ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING AND IS NOT MODIFIED BY
THIS SECTION.

b. FOR THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, DENSITY
BONUS PROVISIONS ARE APPLICABLE FOR SINGLE-FAMILY
DEVELOPMENT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.H.1.

3. SETBACKS AND HEIGHT. THE REQUIRED SETBACKS AND MAXIMUM
HEIGHT(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING UNIT
ON THE SAME PROPERTY, INCLUDING THOSE FOR PERMITTED
PROJECTIONS.

4. LOT COVERAGE. LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR THE BASE
DISTRICT, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTION:

a. LOTS WITH BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, OR R1-14. THE
MAXIMUM PERMITTED LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE INCREASED TO
50% WHEN ALL STRUCTURES ON THE LOT ARE ONE-STORY AND A
MAXIMUM 20 FEET IN HEIGHT.

5. PARKING AND MANEUVERING.

a. ON LOTS HAVING NO MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT, A
MINIMUM OF TWO PARKING SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED ONSITE.

b. ON LOTS HAVING TWO OR MORE PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS, A
MINIMUM OF ONE PARKING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED ONSITE
PER PDU.

c. MANEUVERING WITHIN A PUBLIC ALLEY SHALL BE ALLOWED WHEN
IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) THE ALLEY IS A MINIMUM 16 FEET WIDE FOR THE LENGTH OF
THE BLOCK;

(2) THE ALLEY IS PAVED TO THE TWO NEAREST EXISTING
CROSS STREETS, TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED BY THE
CITY FOR A LOCAL STREET; AND

(3) A MINIMUM OF 24 FEET MANEUVERING AREA IS PROVIDED
THAT IS A COMBINATION OF THE ALLEY PAVING AND ONSITE
PAVING, OR AS OTHERWISE APPROVED THROUGH A
TECHNICAL APPEAL.




6. DESIGN REVIEW.

a. HISTORIC PRESERVATION (HP). DESIGN REVIEW FOR HP-ZONED OR
HP-DESIGNATED PROPERTIES SHALL BE AS REQUIRED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 8, WITH NO MODIFICATIONS BY THIS
OVERLAY DISTRICT.

b. ALL LOTS NOT ZONED HP OR DESIGNATED HP, REGARDLESS OF
LOT WIDTH, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW.

***

Section 701. Bulk Regulations
Amend Chapter 7, Section 701.A.3 (Projections) to read as follows:

***
A. Lots.

***

3. Projections.

a. STANDARD OPTION. The following provisions apply to development in
Sections 604 through 607 and Section 619 and in the subdivision option of
Sections 609 through 618 IN THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14, AND R-4A
DISTRICTS, AND IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-
3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE STANDARD DEVELOPMENT OPTION:

(1) Open projections.

(a) In any district, an awning, open porch, open carport, or open
balcony may project into any required front yard not more
than five feet.
FRONT YARD. AN ATTACHED CARPORT, AWNING,
PORCH/FRONT ENTRY, PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR
BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP TO FIVE FEET INTO THE
REQUIRED FRONT YARD.




(b) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony may
project into any side yard other than the side yard on the
street side of a corner lot, if it does not come nearest to the
side lot line than three feet.
SIDE YARDS. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO ANY INTERIOR (NOT STREET) SIDE
YARD, PROVIDED THAT IT IS NO CLOSER THAN THREE
FEET FROM THE SIDE PROPERTY LINE.

(i) For any lot wherein a ten-foot or greater side yard is
required, no such projection shall be within an area
ten feet wide and ten feet high, measured from
finished grade, lying within that side yard.

(ii) No more than one such clear area, as stipulated in i.
above, need be maintained on a lot.

(c) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony may
project into a rear yard, provided it does not come nearer to a
common rear lot line than three feet. Where a rear alley
exists this projection may extend to the rear lot line or to
within eight or ten feet of what would be the centerline of a
full sixteen- or twenty-foot-wide alley where only a one-half or
partial alley exists.
REAR YARD. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO THE REAR YARD, PROVIDED THAT IT IS
NO CLOSER THAN THREE FEET FROM THE REAR
PROPERTY LINE.

(i) WHERE A FULLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS,
THIS PROJECTION MAY EXTEND TO THE
PROPERTY LINE; OR WHERE ONLY A
PARTIALLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS, TO
WITHIN EIGHT OR TEN FEET OF WHAT WOULD
BE THE CENTERLINE OF A FULL 16- OR 20-
FOOT-WIDE ALLEY.

(d) Open fire balconies, and OPEN fire escape stairs
PROVIDED FOR EMERGENCY USE ONLY may project not
more than five feet over INTO any required yard provided
they come no closer than two feet from a property line.




(e) Awnings, cornices, CANTILEVERED roof overhangs, and
eaves may project more than three feet over INTO any
required yard providing they come no closer than two feet
from a property line.

(f) Sills, leaders, belt courses, and similar ornamental features
may project not more than six inches over INTO any required
yard.

(g) An entrance awning may project into any required yard in an
R-5 or less restricted district.

(2) Closed Projections.

(a) A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule, ten feet or less in
width, may project not more than three feet into any
REQUIRED front or rear yard.

(b) A chimney may project not more than three feet into any
required yard, if it THE CHIMNEY is not more than six feet
long measured in a direction parallel to the nearest property
line AND so long as it is not closer than two feet from a
property line.

(c) The main building in a residence district may project five feet
into the required front yard for no more than one-half of the
maximum width of the structure.

(d) The main building (which may include an attached ADU) may
project into the required rear or side yard, subject to the
following:

(i) The projection is no closer to a side property line than
five feet;

(ii) The projection is no closer to a rear property line than
three feet; and

(iii) The projection does not exceed 15 feet in height,
unless greater height is permitted by obtaining a use
permit per Section 307.




b. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND PLANNED AREA
DEVELOPMENTS. The following provisionS applies APPLY to
development in the average lot and RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2,
R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN DEVELOPED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE Planned Residential Development options of
Sections 609 through 618, AND SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED AS
PLANNED AREA DEVELOPMENTS PER SECTION 635:

(1) There shall be no projections into the required front or rear yard or
required perimeter setbacks except:

(a) A roof overhang may project not more than three feet into
either of these yard AREAS; and

(b) An attached awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY or other similar shade
structure may project not more than ten feet into the required
rear yard PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACK provided that
the structure shall neither cover more than two hundred 200
square feet nor come closer than three feet to a side or rear
property line.

(c) A CLOSED PROJECTION (WHICH MAY INCLUDE AN
ATTACHED ADU) MAY PROJECT INTO THE REQUIRED
PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACKS, SUBJECT TO THE
FOLLOWING:

(I) THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A SIDE
PROPERTY LINE THAN FIVE FEET;

(II) THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A REAR
PROPERTY LINE THAN THREE FEET; AND

(III) THE PROJECTION DOES NOT EXCEED 15 FEET
IN HEIGHT, UNLESS GREATER HEIGHT IS
PERMITTED BY OBTAINING A USE PERMIT PER
SECTION 307.

(2) A roof overhang may project no more than three feet into a required
street side yard setback.

c. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS. The following provisions
apply to single-family attached residential development: SFI
SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 608.I:




(1) Open Projections.

(a) An awning, open porch, or open balcony may project into any
required setback not more than five feet.
AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP TO
FIVE FEET INTO ANY REQUIRED YARD THAT IS NOT A
REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

(b) Where an FULLY-DEDICATED alley exists, an ATTACHED
awning, open porch, PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, or open
balcony may extend to the property line.

(2) Closed Projections. A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule, ten
feet in width or less, may project not more than three feet into any
required building setback YARD THAT IS NOT A REQUIRED
LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

***

Section 702. Off-Street Parking and Loading.
Amend Chapter 7, Section 702 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) to read as follows:

***

B. Site and Parking Space Design Standards.

***

2. Space and aisle dimensions. Dimensions for maneuvering aisles and for different
types of parking spaces shall be as follows:

***

b. Surface parking:

***




(5) The combined depth of the parking space and the aisle width shall
equal sixty-two (62) feet for a double loaded aisle and forty-three
(43) feet for a single loaded aisle.
FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES HAVING NO MORE THAN
FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS, THE MINIMUM DRIVE AISLE
WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 10 FEET FOR TWO-WAY
TRAFFIC WHERE IT DOES NOT ALSO FUNCTION AS
REQUIRED MANEUVERING FOR AN ADJACENT PARKING
SPACE, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD TRAFFIC ENGINEER.

***

C. Parking Requirements. Off-street automobile parking space or area shall be provided
according to the following table, except for large scale retail commercial uses (see Section
702.D). The parking ratios in the table identify the minimum level of parking required to
serve that use and receive site plan approval.



Type of Land Use Parking Requirements

*** ***

1.5 spaces per dwelling unit
A minimum of 50% Of the required parking
Dwelling Unit, Multi-family spaces, A MINIMUM OF 0.25 SPACES PER
DWELLING UNIT must be provided as
unreserved spaces WHEN THE LOT HAS
FIVE OR MORE DWELLING UNITS.

Per Section 608.F.6, if developing under the
single-family infill development option per
Sections 614 through 618.
2 spaces per PRIMARY DWELLING unit if
Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached not developing under the SFI option. The
required spaces for each dwelling unit must
be provided on the same lot. An additional
0.25 unreserved spaceS per dwelling unit
must be provided elsewhere within the
development for visitor parking.

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached 2 spaces per 1 PRIMARY dwelling unit

*** ***




***

F. Special Parking Standards.

1. Residential DISTRICTS lots.

a. Required parking spaces for single-family residential uses may SHALL not
be located in the required front yard.

b. Spaces in excess of those required for single-family residential uses may be
located in the required front yard. However, all parking and maneuvering
areas within the required front yard shall not exceed 50 percent of the area
of the required front yard, except that a driveway shall not be required to be
less than 18 feet in width unless otherwise stipulated by Historic
Preservation.
NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD
SHALL BE USED FOR DRIVEWAYS, MANEUVERING AREAS, AND NON-
REQUIRED PARKING SPACES. HP-ZONED LOTS MAY BE
STIPULATED TO MAXIMUM PAVING THAT IS LESS THAN 50 PERCENT
AS A PART OF THE HP APPROVAL PROCESS SET FORTH IN
CHAPTER 8.

c. Buses shall not be parked in the front yard of any residential district. A bus
is any commercially licensed motor vehicle designed for carrying more than
fifteen (15) 15 passengers and used for the transportation of persons as
well as any motor vehicle, other than a taxicab, designed for the
transportation of persons for compensation.

d. Mobile homes shall not be parked in any residential district except as
provided in Section 647.A.2.1 608.J.

***

Section 703. Landscaping, Fences, and Walls
Amend Chapter 7, Section 703 (Landscaping, Fences, and Walls) to read as follows:

***

B. Landscaping and Open Areas SPACE in Multiple-Family Development.




1. Purpose. Multiple-family dwellings UNITS can play a desired role by providing
desired forms of housing in appropriately zoned locations. However, because the
density of dwellings is greater than alternate forms of housing, there is a relatively
greater need to ensure an appropriate residential setting, including both landscape
amenities and adequate outdoor open areas. Although it is recognized that many
multiple-family projects will wish to provide these in greater amounts, this section
establishes minimum standards for these features. These standards also recognize
both limitations in water availability as well as legitimate needs to use landscaping
for shade, cooling, and visual relief. To these purposes, these standards distinguish
between landscaped areas oriented to public street and the exterior of projects
from that more internally oriented and for the use of residents. They provide for
landscaping at the perimeter and in front yards to include waterless features and
drought resistant plant materials. Higher water use landscaping is to be restricted to
interior areas devoted to resident use.

2. Landscaping and open space areas shall be provided as follows at the time of initial
development and shall be maintained in a living condition on any lot subject to
residential district standards with five or more dwelling units. PROPERTIES WITH
FOUR OR FEWER DWELLING UNITS SHOULD REFER TO SECTION 507 TAB
A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW.

***

Section 710. Hillside Development
Amend Chapter 7, Section 710 (Hillside Development) to read as follows:

***

B. Applicability.

***

2. Development of land in any zoning district within a hillside development area shall
also be regulated by the provisions of THIS section, 32-32 of the Phoenix City
Code, whether subdivided or not, and shall be subject to the following special
conditions:

a. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE APPLIED IN PLACE
OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF THE BASE ZONING
DISTRICT OF A PROPERTY AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION, AND
SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED BY A ZONING OVERLAY.

b. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT IS ALSO REGULATED BY THE PROVISIONS
OF SECTION 32-32 OF THE PHOENIX CITY CODE, WHETHER
SUBDIVIDED OR NOT.




***

C. Standards.

***

2. Hillside development area standards. Special yard, height, area, and coverage
requirements for developments in the hillside areas in any zoning district shall be
as follows:

Table 1


HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


18,000 square As required by as required by As required by
feet* zoning district zoning district zoning district

*Lot areas of
more than
eighteen
thousand
MINIMUM LOT (18,000) square
AREA feet may be
required in order
to provide a
suitable building
site meeting the
grading
standards of
Section 32-32 of




HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


the Phoenix City
Code.

In no case shall
residential lots
contain an area
less than the
minimum area
required by the
zoning district in
which such lots
are located.


MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS


120* As required by As required by As required by
zoning district zoning district zoning district
120'*
• WIDTH
*Unless in
• DEPTH conformance
with Section 32-
32(M) of the City
Code


REQUIRED SETBACKS




HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


As required by As required by Minimum 30'* As required by
• FRONT YARD zoning district zoning district zoning district or
minimum 30'*


As required by As required by Minimum 30'* Minimum 30'*
• REAR YARD
zoning district zoning district


As required by As required by Minimum Minimum 15'*,
zoning district or zoning district or 15'**Building whichever is
ten (10) feet, ten (10) feet, heights greater greater*Building
whichever is whichever is than fifteen (15) heights greater
greater greater feet: required than fifteen (15)
yard plus one feet: required
(1) additional yard plus one (1)
• SIDE YARDS
foot for each additional foot
foot of building for each foot of
height building height
exceeding 15' exceeding 15'
measured from measured from
exterior exterior
boundaries boundaries


MAXIMUM The main The main The main The main
COVERAGE building and all building and all building and all building and all
UNDER ROOF accessory accessory accessory accessory
buildings shall buildings shall buildings shall buildings shall




HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


not occupy more not occupy more not occupy not occupy more
than twenty-five than twenty-five more than than twenty-five
percent (25%) of percent (25%) of twenty-five percent (25%) of
the hillside the hillside percent (25%) the hillside
portion of the lot portion of the lot of the hillside portion of the lot
or parcel or parcel portion of the lot or parcel or as
or parcel required by
zoning district,
whichever is less


No building shall No building shall No building shall No building shall
exceed a height exceed a height exceed a height exceed a height
of two (2) of two (2) of two (2) of two (2)
stories, not to stories, not to stories, not to stories, not to
MAXIMUM exceed thirty exceed thirty exceed thirty exceed thirty
BUILDING (30) feet above (30) feet above (30) feet above (30) feet above
HEIGHT the natural the natural the natural the natural grade
grade of the lot grade of the lot grade of the lot of the lot or
or parcel at any or parcel at any or parcel at any parcel at any
section through section through section through section through
the structure the structure the structure the structure




TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

STANDARD: 18,000
SQUARE FEET, OR
AS REQUIRED BY
THE ZONING
NET LOT AREA DISTRICT, SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(1) WHICHEVER IS
(MINIMUM) ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
GREATER
PRD: SAME AS
BASE ZONING
DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
FEET
LOT WIDTH (1) SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(2) PRD: SAME AS
(MINIMUM) ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
BASE ZONING
DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
FEET
LOT DEPTH (1) SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(3) PRD: SAME AS
(MINIMUM) ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
BASE ZONING
DISTRICT

DEVELOPMENT
(4) DENSITY AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
(5) LOTS AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1
(MAXIMUM)




TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

30 FEET, OR AS
REQUIRED BY
FRONT YARD
SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE BASE ZONING
(6) SETBACK
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT DISTRICT,
(MINIMUM)
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.

30 FEET, OR AS
REQUIRED BY
REAR YARD
SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE BASE ZONING
(7) SETBACK
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT DISTRICT,
(MINIMUM)
WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.

STANDARD: 10 STANDARD: 10
FEET OR AS FEET OR AS
REQUIRED BY REQUIRED BY 15 FEET, OR AS
BASE ZONING BASE ZONING REQUIRED BY
SIDE YARD DISTRICT, DISTRICT, BASE ZONING
(8) SETBACK WHICHEVER IS WHICHEVER IS DISTRICT,
(MINIMUM) GREATER. GREATER. WHICHEVER IS
PRD: SAME AS PRD: SAME AS GREATER.
BASE ZONING BASE ZONING
DISTRICT DISTRICT

PER SECTION PER SECTION
(9) PROJECTIONS NOT PERMITTED
701.A.3 701.A.3

PERIMETER
(10) SETBACKS SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)




TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

15 FEET WHEN WITHIN 10 FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONED
DISTRICT BOUNDARY, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED
BUILDING ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING
(11) HEIGHT SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF 2
(MAXIMUM) STORIES AND 30 FEET, AS MEASURED FROM THE NATURAL
GRADE OF THE PROPERTY AT ANY SECTION THROUGH THE
STRUCTURE.

FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS
EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 10 PERCENT: 25 PERCENT,
LOT OR AS REQUIRED BY THE BASE ZONING DISTRICT,
(12) COVERAGE WHICHEVER IS LESS.
(MAXIMUM)
FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS
LESS THAN 10 PERCENT: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT.

COMMON
(13) OPEN SPACE SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
(14) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
REQUIREMENT
(2)



HILLSIDE:
SECTION 32-32,
HILLSIDE: CITY CODE. HILLSIDE:
SECTION 32-32, SECTION 32-32,
OTHER CITY CODE. DESIGN REVIEW: CITY CODE.
(15) APPLICABLE SECTION 507 TAB
REGULATIONS: DESIGN REVIEW: A. DESIGN REVIEW:
SECTION 507 TAB SECTION 507 TAB
A. MULTI-FAMILY: A.
SECTION 703.B




(1) MINIMUM DIMENSIONS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN
APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION
32-32.C.3.M, REGARDING PANHANDLE, DOUBLE FRONTAGE, AND OTHER
UNORTHODOX LOTS.

(2) STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED
WHEN APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE
SECTION 32-32.C.3.N, REGARDING HILLSIDE STREET AND PAVING STANDARDS.

***
Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code)
Amend Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code) to read as follows:

***

Section 1203. Land Use Matrix

***

C. Land Use Matrix.




LAND USE
CHARACTER AREAS
CATEGORIES




BioMed Van Buren
ACTIVE USE Business Core Central Park Warehouse
East Evergreen McDowell Corridor Roosevelt East Roosevelt North Roosevelt South Townsend Park
Commercial Corridors Downtown Gateway Evans Churchill East Evans Churchill West

RESIDENTIAL USES
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
Dwelling Unit, Single- np np p p np p p p p p p p p p np
Family, Detached
(Including Duplex and
Triplex Uses)
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
***




***

D. Land Use Conditions. The following shall apply to uses that are permitted with conditions
(pc) OR USE PERMIT (up) as indicated with a number that corresponds with the Land Use
Matrix in Section 1203.C:

***
27. Single-Family Infill (SFI) subdivision, per Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table 614.B
SECTION 608.I, except as modified below:

***

e. Frontage requirements: as per the applicable character area; or if lots front
on a something other than a frontage zone, per the regulations of Sections
608.F.6 and 614, Table B, Column D SECTION 608.I.

***

g. Allowed uses: single-family attached dwelling units and home occupations
per Section 608, except that units fronting a perimeter street (not an alley)
may have additional uses as permitted per the applicable character area.
Single-family detached units are permitted for no more than 20 percent of
the units in an SFI development to allow for variety and efficiency of design.

***

Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code)
Amend Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code) to read as follows:

***

A. Active Front Yard (AFY). An active front yard is a frontage element intended for use on
blocks with a high percentage of existing and/or historic single-family or duplex style
residential structures. AFY is not permitted for use on sites with primary uses which are
nonresidential, or on residential lots with more than two FOUR PRIMARY dwelling units
(not including ADUs). (R*)

1. For sites with HP zoning or designation, both the building elevations and
improvements in the frontage zone shall be constructed as approved by Historic
Preservation.




2. For sites not zoned or designated HP, buildings and improvements shall be
installed in conformance with Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 (Individual Unit Design
Standards) II.C.9 (RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW). If any of the
requirements of Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 conflict with provisions of the
Downtown Code, Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 requirements shall prevail.

***

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards (WU Code)
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards) to read as follows:

***

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards

A. General Lot Standards.

1. Subdivisions shall comply with development standards per this chapter, including
frontage standards, for all existing and newly created lots abutting public streets,
private accessways, and private driveways, with the following caveats:

a. A development may instead utilize the Single-Family Infill development
option SUBDIVISION standards per Section 608.F.6 and Table 614.B,
column D (except for the density, which is not restricted) 608.I if it meets all
three of the following conditions:

(1) The development SUBDIVISION consists solely of single-family
dwelling units and allowable accessory uses;

(2) The development is located within the applicable area for the single-
family infill development option or the infill development district as
depicted on the map provided in Section 608.F.6; and
THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL PLAN
OR IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS
OBTAINED USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND

(3) The development SUBDIVISION is located in any transect other
than T3.

b. All subdivisions must comply with the requirements of the Subdivision
Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the City Code), as may be modified by the
Subdivision Committee to further the goals of the Walkable Urban Code.



2. All developments adjacent to single-family zoning districts shall follow the same
setback and stepback standards as the single-family infill development option
(Table 614.B, column D); with additional requirements as follows: BE SUBJECT TO
THE FOLLOWING STEPBACK AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET
OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE
INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF
BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT. THIS
stepback provision shall not exceedREQUIRE GREATER THAN A
maximum 75-foot setback from rear and side property lines for building
height before THE maximum height IS allowed.

***

Section 1306. Land Use Matrix
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1306 (Land Use Matrix) to read as follows:

***

Section 1306. Land Use Matrix

***




B. Use Regulations.

***

Table 1306.1 Land Use Matrix


CATEGORY: T3 T4 T5:2 T5:3 T5:5 T5:6 T5:7 T6:7 T6:22
RESIDENTIAL USES T6:15 T6:
HWR
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family P P NP NP NP NP NP NP NP
Detached (Including Duplex and
Triplex Uses)

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family P P P P P P P P P
Attached

SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL NP PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC
SUBDIVISION

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***


***

C. Residential Uses, Land Use Conditions.

***

4. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION, AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 1303.A.1.a.

***

Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1307 (Parking and loading standards) to read as follows:

***

Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.

***

B. Required Vehicular Parking.

***



Table 1307.1 Minimum Required Vehicular Parking


T5 T5

USE MEASURE T3 T4 1—5 6—10 T6 MEASURE
Stories Stories

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

Per Section 608.F.6 608.I, if developing under the
Residential, Single-
Per unit provisions of Section 1303.A.1.a; otherwise per
Family Attached
Section 702.

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***


***

This publication can be made available in alternate format upon request. Please contact
Saneeya Mir at 602-686-6461, saneeya.mir@phoenix.gov, TTY: Use 7-1-1.




ATTACHMENT E

From: Dan Clark
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: Flight Path Areas
Date: Tuesday, August 12, 2025 6:55:41 AM




Hello,

I wanted to suggest that the flight path areas should be included in your map. Perhaps you
create a rule that anything built in that area must have certain sound protection. Given the ‌
pushback and lobbying you're getting from Willo, if they are successful you will lose a lot of
areas to build. I am in support of middle housing and this flight path area seems like a perfect
place with some good city planning given how sparse the area is and the desperate need for
housing even if not ideal.

Thanks




ATTACHMENT F

From: L Shannon Bryant
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: Proposed Middle Housing
Date: Tuesday, August 5, 2025 2:00:29 PM









From: Jen LaPointe
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: Historic neighborhood impact?
Date: Sunday, August 10, 2025 9:31:13 PM







Hello! I am writing to voice my concerns over the proposed zoning changes in downtown
Phoenix neighborhoods, specifically federally registered historic places. To allow duplexes,
triplexes or fourplexes on single family lots in registered historic neighborhoods (ie, Ashland
Place) would negate the entire character and reason for the historic neighborhoods in the first
place. There needs to be very specific planning involved to determine lots that make sense for
this or havoc will ensue creating a mish-mash blend of issues between single family lots and
multi-family lots. This needs to be thoughtful planning not a blanket rezoning. I am not
against density but many lots should not be more than a main house and one ADU only.
Jamming a fourplex next to a single family home will create a myriad of issues alone.
Developers will buy up all the lots and true neighborhoods will be no longer.

Please tell me the historic neighborhoods would be exempt from this? Otherwise, there will
be no more history-

Sincerely,
-Jennifer LaPointe, P.E., LEED AP
Take Flight, LLC




From: bplasencia
To: PDD Middle Housing; bplasencia Plasencia
Subject: Willo property owner statement
Date: Monday, August 11, 2025 5:51:24 PM







Hello
My name is Beth Plasencia. I have lived in the Willo neighborhood for nine years.
After raising our children in Chandler, we wanted to experience the benefits of living
and working in midtown Phoenix. The uniqueness of Willo drew us in and we purchased
our home.

Living in mid town does not come without its issues. HOWEVER, we feel our
neighborhood and its sense of community outweighs those issues.

We bought a single family home in the Willo neighborhood which is zoned as a single
family residential neighborhood. The State of Arizona and the City of Phoenix threaten
our home which is also a major investment. The state laws have been passed with little
or no input from citizens for superseding existing zoning and historic designations in
cities. This impact on the historic districts is tremendous and potentially fatal to the
neighborhood.

We bought a single family home. Never in all the states I lived in has zoning been
changed lacking the input of the people that own the property. After this bill was passed
by the legislature, with little or no thought on how the impacted neighborhoods would
feel, the City adjusted the Central Business District boundaries that impact most of the
historic communities in the city including the Willo.

A four-plex in Willo will not be affordable. Currently there are town homes for sale on
first avenue that are over $1,000,000. What it will do is lower the property values in the
Willo and other historic neighborhoods. It will cause lower values for single family
homes, street parking issues, traffic problems, and change the vibe of the neighborhood.
How many places in Phoenix do neighbors regularly assemble for happy hours,
community events and that is highly inclusive of all neighbors.

Although not able to attend tonight I will wear white clothing in spirit to support the
neighborhoods. The changes that allow four-plexes is unethical if not illegal. I feel I
was not given a voice rather eminent domain was implemented without fair

representation of the impacts on Willo and other historic communities. Please consider
exceptions for historic areas, ones that have come back from decline. Once these historic
homes are gone they never will be rebuilt.

Beth Plasencia
326 W Windsor Ave


Sent from Yahoo Mail for iPhone [mail.onelink.me]




From: bplasencia
To: PDD Middle Housing; Doug Plasencia
Subject: Willo property impact statement
Date: Monday, August 11, 2025 5:53:10 PM







The legislature playing partisan politics has perpetrated under false claims of affordable
housing the ability to change residential densities in single family neighborhoods within one
mile of a business district. This shift hits historic districts particularly hard because of the
proximity of historic neighborhoods to the city centers. The cities have not as of yet effectively
pushed back against this law in part due to competing agendas that pit neighborhoods against
urban redevelopment funds.

In spite of partisan politics and city led special interest agendas what these officials are
ignoring is that they are setting the stage for a taking of property rights. Inverse condemnation
is a well understood tenet where the action of another owner or in this case government can
not take action that harms another property. Second is the concept of due process where
these policies and competing interests can debate community matters. A legislative hearing
hardly qualifies as due process to notify those impacted and to provide a balanced voice. City
officials that ignore this due process issue are likewise culpable.

As a nine year resident of a historic district impacted by this change, I implore the City to take
every action to reverse this law and when the first permit comes to the City that no approvals
be given that violates the bedrock constitutional principles of no taking including inverse
condemnations, or that violates the premise of due process as described in the constitution.

Doug Plasencia
326 W Windsor Ave


Sent from Yahoo Mail for iPhone [mail.onelink.me]




From: Debby
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: text amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y and rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8
Date: Tuesday, August 12, 2025 5:11:24 PM








I am strongly opposed to this!! This area contains the only architecture worth saving
in the entire city - It has charm, community, and tradition -there is still some greenery
to keep Phoenix cooler! Why quadruple the population in this tiny area when there is
the entire desert around us? Where will the water come from? Why not keep the
developers happy in North Phoenix where they can build the cheap tickey-tackey
houses they’ve started?

Debby Gelbspan
81 E Ashland Ave




Written Testimony for Public Record

Case: Z-TA-1-25-Y (Middle Housing Text Amendment) and Z-3-25-4-7-8 (Companion
Rezoning)


Date: August 14, 2025
To: City of Phoenix Planning & Development Department; Planning Commission; City Council
From: Gregg and Lisa Carrington
Address: 26 W Vernon Ave (Willo Historic District)
Email: greggcarrington@gmail.com
Residents, Willo Historic District (National Register & HP overlay)



Position

We oppose Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion Z-3-25-4-7-8 as currently drafted. We respectfully
request revisions that (1) fully leverage existing historic preservation review and demolition
controls in HP districts, (2) align implementation with adopted neighborhood conservation plans,
and (3) prevent unintended incentives to demolish contributing historic structures.

While we strongly support protecting all of Phoenix’s historic neighborhoods, we understand
from the recent public meeting that the City may not be granting exemptions to the Middle
Housing Law. If so, it is even more critical that this ordinance incorporate the following six
amendments to ensure state compliance and the preservation of the character and integrity of
these districts.

We support the efforts of Save Historic AZ and the Willo Neighborhood Association,
specifically:

1. Exemption for historic districts from the Middle Housing Law;
2. Using the “Business Core” section of the Downtown Code (DTC) as the Middle Housing
zone — which would set the northern boundary at Palm Lane instead of Thomas Road;
3. Including delayed implementation in the text amendment. While the law says it must be
adopted by Jan. 1, 2026, it does not require immediate activation.


Context

The State’s 2024 law (A.R.S. § 9-462.13 via HB 2721) requires cities to allow up to four
dwelling units per lot within one mile of Downtown and limits required off-street parking to no
more than one space per unit. State law does not exempt historic districts, but it also does not
change Phoenix’s existing HP design review or demolition-approval procedures.




Phoenix is home to many unique and historically significant neighborhoods — from Encanto-
Palmcroft to Garfield to Coronado to Willo — each with its own architectural character. In
Willo, for example, we already have historic duplexes, triplexes, and quads that fit seamlessly
into our historic fabric because they were built to match the neighborhood’s scale, setbacks, and
styles. The amendments we propose would allow that kind of compatible middle housing
in all historic districts while discouraging demolition-first redevelopment and out-of-scale
construction.

We also live in the most densely populated area of Phoenix, and the Willo Neighborhood has
supported every multi-family housing project adjacent to our neighborhood for the past 25
years — including Tapestry, Muse, Arthaus, Willo Lofts, and more. We recognize the housing
shortage, but opening historic districts to demolition and speculative redevelopment will not
solve the crisis — it will only destroy irreplaceable heritage.



Lessons from the 1970s

Phoenix’s 1960s–70s “urban renewal” policies demolished large portions of downtown’s historic
fabric. Blocks of irreplaceable architecture, including historic fire stations and early commercial
buildings, were replaced with lifeless concrete structures. While Heritage Square was saved at
the last moment, the broader damage is still regretted today. We should not repeat those mistakes
in our historic neighborhoods.



Why preservation and “middle housing” can co-exist

Research from the National Trust for Historic Preservation shows that older, smaller buildings
help neighborhoods thrive economically, socially, and environmentally. Adaptive reuse avoids
the problems created by demolition and maintains the unique character that draws people to our
city.

Middle housing can and should be integrated into historic districts — but only if design, scale,
and reuse are prioritized over demolition.



Specific Concerns

1. Demolition Risk in HP Districts – Without strong reinforcement of HP rules in this
ordinance, there is an incentive to demolish contributing homes and replace them with
box-style fourplexes built to minimum parking standards.
2. Parking Impacts – The state parking cap (1 space per unit) will cause spillover onto
already-congested streets unless paired with curb-management tools.




3. Conflict with Conservation Plans – Adopted neighborhood conservation plans
emphasize rehabilitation and compatibility; this amendment could shift economics
toward teardown if left unchecked.



What Still Applies in Historic Neighborhoods

• HP Design Review – COA or CNE required for exterior changes and infill.
• HP Demolition Approval – Separate HPO review and hardship process still required for
demo of contributing structures.
• Local Authority Remains – Council can reinforce HP rules in the MHOD text and pair
the overlay with parking management, adaptive-reuse incentives, and extended
demolition holds.



Six Required Amendments

1. HP Applicability Clause: All middle housing in HP districts must follow HP design
review and demolition approval procedures — including Certificates of
Appropriateness/No Effect, demolition approval, and the Certification of Economic
Hardship process.
2. Form Compatibility: Require middle housing in HP districts to match the same
frontage, setbacks, height planes, lot coverage, and porch/entry patterns already required
for single-family homes in the district’s HP guidelines. This allows neighborhoods like
Willo to continue integrating duplexes, triplexes, and quads that match the historic fabric,
while preventing out-of-scale or incompatible new builds.
3. Adaptive-Reuse Incentive: Create a fee reduction and expedited review for projects that
add units by converting the interior of existing contributing homes instead of demolishing
them.
4. Curb Management Commitment: Pair the overlay with Residential Permit Zones or
similar curb-management tools so parking caps don’t overwhelm historic streets.
5. Annual Report: Require staff to track and report demolitions, adaptive reuse vs.
teardowns, and parking impacts in HP districts every year.
6. Extended Demolition Hold: Increase the demolition hold period for contributing historic
properties in HP districts from the current 1 year to 2 years, allowing more time to
explore preservation and adaptive-reuse options before historic structures are lost.



Legal Defensibility

These six amendments are fully compatible with A.R.S. § 9-462.13. The statute establishes
minimum entitlements for middle housing but explicitly leaves in place local Historic
Preservation design review, demolition controls, and administrative procedures. None of these



amendments reduce the number of units allowed, impose a more restrictive process than that
applied to single-family homes in the same HP district, or increase parking requirements beyond
the state cap. Instead, they operate within the City’s retained authority to manage design,
demolition timing, and neighborhood compatibility — tools the state deliberately left in local
hands.



Conclusion

Since no exemptions will be provided for historic districts, the only path to protecting the
character of Phoenix’s historic neighborhoods while meeting state housing mandates is to embed
these six amendments into Z-TA-1-25-Y / Z-3-25-4-7-8.

Phoenix can comply with state law and ensure that middle housing in historic districts is
compatible, context-sensitive, and preservation-minded. Please adopt these changes before final
approval.

Respectfully,
Gregg and Lisa Carrington
Residents, Willo Historic District




RCVD 9/29/2025
Save Historic AZ
PO Box 33922
Phoenix, AZ 85067
savehistoricaz@gmail.com


Dear Honorable Councilmember,

We are writing to urge you to recognize that the Middle Housing Law does not apply to Phoenix’s historic neighborhoods,
nor should it.

Historic neighborhoods are already entitled to more diverse housing options. These areas, including Willo, F.Q. Story, and
others, already support density with historic duplexes and casitas (ADUs). The Middle Housing law aims to introduce multi-
family options in areas restricted to single-family use. That is not the case in our historic districts, which are already zoned for
higher density.

The Phoenix Zoning Code reinforces this:
R1-6 lots subdivided prior to 1998 are already entitled to duplexes (Table 6.13B).
R1-10 lots subdivided prior to 1999 have similar entitlements (Table 6.11B).
These properties are explicitly described as having “multi-family development” potential, and are therefore not classified
as “single-family residential zoning”—which is the key condition required for the Middle Housing Law to apply.

If the Legislature had intended this law to override all zoning classifications, it could have done so. Instead, it limited the
law’s scope. Applying it where it does not belong undermines the intent of both the statute and our city’s historic preservation
goals.

Applying this law to historic neighborhoods poses an existential threat to those districts. Once a district falls below 51%
contributing structures, it risks losing its historic designation entirely. The City has invested significant federal, state, and local
funding into preserving these neighborhoods and in encouraging residents to restore and live in them.

Allowing the Middle Housing Law to take root in historic areas would:
Incentivize demolition of historic homes,
Accelerate the erosion of historic character, and
Transfer wealth from residents to institutional investors operating four-plexes as short-term rentals.

This is not hypothetical—it is already happening in cities that failed to protect their historic cores. We ask the City to formally
adopt this legal interpretation: The Middle Housing Law does not apply to our historic districts. We urge you to stand with us
in defending Phoenix’s legacy neighborhoods from inappropriate zoning changes that will permanently alter their character.

For more information on the tremendous cultural and economic value these districts provide, we invite you to review this
report: https://www.placeeconomics.com/resources/preservation-phoenix-style/

Thank you for your service to our city and for helping us preserve its unique history.


Sincerely,


Bradley Brauer, President, Opal Wagner, Co-Chair, Elle January, President,
Willo Neighborhood Association Save Historic AZ Los Olivos Historic Neighborhood
Co-Chair, Save Historic AZ
Robert Warnicke Sasha Robinson, President
Robert Warnicke Law PLC Story Preservation Association
https://savehistoricaz.com

From: Paul Zagnoni
Sent: Thursday, October 2, 2025 11:56 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: A.R.S. Section 38-431.02




Dear Honorable Councilmembers, I am writing you as an owner of a historic home in LA Hacienda for
over 25+ years to urge you to recognize that the Middle Housing Law does not apply to Phoenix's historic
neighborhoods, nor should it.

Historic neighborhoods are already entitled to more diverse housing options. These areas, including
Willo, F.Q. Story, andothers, already support density with historic duplexes and casitas (ADUs). The
Middle Housing law aims to introduce multi-family options in areas restricted to single- family use. That is
not the case in our historic districts, which are already zoned forhigher density.

The Phoenix Zoning Code reinforces this:

·R1-6 lots subdivided prior to 1998 are already entitled to duplexes (Table 6.13B).

· R1-10 lots subdivided prior to 1999 have similar entitlements (Table 6.11B).

·These properties are explicitly described as having "multi-family development" potential, and are
therefore not classifiedas "single-family residential zoning"-which is the key condition required for the
Middle Housing Law to apply.

If the Legislature had intended this law to override all zoning classifications, it could have done so.
Instead, it limited thelaw's scope. Applying it where it does not belong undermines the intent of both the
statute and our city's historic preservationgoals.

Applying this law to historic neighborhoods poses an existential threat to those districts. Once a district
falls below 51%contributing structures, it risks losing its historic designation entirely. The City has
invested significant federal, state, and localfunding into preserving these neighborhoods and in
encouraging residents to restore and live in them.

Allowing the Middle Housing Law to take root in historic areas would:

·Incentivize demolition of historic homes,

·Accelerate the erosion of historic character, and




1 850
·Transfer wealth from residents to institutional investors operating four-plexes as short-term rentals.

This is not hypothetical-it is already happening in cities that failed to protect their historic cores. I ask the
City to formally adopt this legal interpretation: The Middle Housing Law does not apply to our historic
districts. We urge you to stand with us in defending Phoenix's legacy neighborhoods from inappropriate
zoning changes that will permanently alter their character

Thank you for your service to our city and for helping us preserve its unique hheritage.

Paul Zagnoni

602-571-1681 cell




2 851
From: Laura Zagnoni
Sent: Friday, October 3, 2025 12:06 AM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Middle Housing (Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8)


For meeting occuring on October 6, 2025, 6:00 pm, Agenda item #2:

Save Historic AZ

Dear Honorable Councilmembers,
I am are writing to urge you to recognize that the Middle Housing Law does not apply to Phoenix's historic
neighborhoods, nor should it.
My family has resided in a historic district for over 25 years (Willo, and now La Hacienda) and have
chosen to stay because of the value and community within these districts. We urge you to consider the
points made below as well as the residents and communities that would be adversely affected.

Historic neighborhoods are already entitled to more diverse housing options. These areas, including
Willo, F.Q. Story, andothers, already support density with historic duplexes and casitas (ADUs). The
Middle Housing law aims to introduce multi-family options in areas restricted to single- family use. That is
not the case in our historic districts, which are already zoned forhigher density.
The Phoenix Zoning Code reinforces this:
·R1-6 lots subdivided prior to 1998 are already entitled to duplexes (Table 6.13B).
· R1-10 lots subdivided prior to 1999 have similar entitlements (Table 6.11B).
·These properties are explicitly described as having "multi-family development" potential, and are
therefore not classifiedas "single-family residential zoning"-which is the key condition required for the
Middle Housing Law to apply.
If the Legislature had intended this law to override all zoning classifications, it could have done so.
Instead, it limited the law's scope. Applying it where it does not belong undermines the intent of both the
statute and our city's historic preservationgoals.
Applying this law to historic neighborhoods poses an existential threat to those districts. Once a district
falls below 51%contributing structures, it risks losing its historic designation entirely. The City has
invested significant federal, state, and localfunding into preserving these neighborhoods and in
encouraging residents to restore and live in them.
Allowing the Middle Housing Law to take root in historic areas would:
·Incentivize demolition of historic homes,
·Accelerate the erosion of historic character, and
·Transfer wealth from residents to institutional investors operating four-plexes as short-term rentals.

This is not hypothetical-it is already happening in cities that failed to protect their historic cores. We ask
the City to formallyadopt this legal interpretation: The Middle Housing Law does not apply to our
historic districts.
Thank you for your consideration and attention to this important matter.
Laura Zagnoni




1 852
From: PAT KORDELSKI
Sent: Friday, October 3, 2025 7:49 AM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Bill to destroy historic neighborhoods by allowing four-plexus to be built on property
HB 4721




I am sending my vote to disagree with the proposed legislation to allow this outrageous travesty to
our historic neighborhoods. Legislating after the fact and calling it a measure to provide affordable
housing is a misnomer. This is being done under the guise of providing builders and construction
companies the ability to make money on the backs of hard working people who have chosen a
particular area for its charm and sense of community. This is another example of our legislators
doing exactly what they want to do , rather than addressing the housing problem with viable solutions.

Do not destroy our neighborhoods. We are unhappy with this piece of legislation. Shame on this
commission.

Pat Kordelski




1 853
October 3, 2025
200 W. Washington St.
Phoenix, AZ 85003



Dear Honorable Commission Members:

On behalf of the Preserve Phoenix board, we strongly urge the commission to recognize that
historic neighborhoods should be exempt from HB 2721. We are calling for the commission and
city council to act immediately to adopt protective zoning amendments that recognize the unique
density and character of historic districts and respect their contribution to Phoenix’s identity.

HB 2721 removes local control by requiring Phoenix and other large cities to allow duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes “by right” in single-family zones within one mile of the
Central Business District and in 20% of all new developments over 10 acres. If Phoenix does not
adopt compliant zoning by January 1, 2026, this development will be automatically permitted on
all single-family lots without local review — a permanent and irreversible change.

The “Missing Middle Law” aims to create multi-family options and create denser housing
opportunities in the city. Phoenix’s 36 historic districts — including Roosevelt, F.Q. Story,
Garfield, Coronado, Willo, and others — are among the densest residential neighborhoods in the
city, already zoned R-1-6, which has allowed multifamily options since 1998.

We believe that the city should work to retain robust demolition review and design guidelines for
contributing structures, ensuring Certificates of Appropriateness and Certificates of Eligibility
remain enforceable and advocate at the state level for legislative changes that explicitly exempt
historic districts from HB 2721’s mandates.

These neighborhoods have proven economic, environmental, and social value: higher property
values, more walkability, greater tree cover, and stronger small-business job growth. HB 2721
provides no exemption for historic districts, risking demolition of contributing and non-
contributing properties alike, and weakening the integrity of districts that depend on a majority
of contributing structures to maintain historic status.

Preserve Phoenix is committed to being a partner in smart, sustainable growth that balances the
need for housing with the equally urgent need to protect the cultural, economic, and




environmental value of our historic districts. Phoenix can grow without losing its soul — but
only if we act now.We respectfully urge you to help protect Phoenix history and defend these
historic districts that are at risk.

Sincerely,



Erin Lindsey
President, Preserve Phoenix


cc: Kate Gallego, Mayor
Members of Council
Joshua Bednarek, Planning & Development
Helana Ruter, Historic Preservation Office




From: Christine Hall
Sent: Saturday, October 4, 2025 9:07 AM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Middle Housing Agenda item




I object to Agenda Item #2 on Middle Housing (Application # Z-TA-1-25-Y)


Sent from Christine Hall, 1540 W Vernon Ave, Phoenix 85007.




1 856
From: Nicole Brickner
Sent: Saturday, October 4, 2025 12:26 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Opposition proposed text amendment item 2.




My name is nicole brickner at 602 380 4670. I oppose proposed text amendment, item 2. Thank you
-nicole brickner




1 857
From: Christopher Bates
Sent: Monday, October 6, 2025 5:50 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Middle Housing Law




Planning Commission:

I live in Windsor Square and am opposed to the Middle Housing Law being applied in Central
Phoenix, as it may negatively impact historic neighborhoods and their status. The proliferation of
affordable four-plexes and other multi-family housing would surely be good for some, but could
endanger the status of historic districts in our city.


Christopher Bates
230 E. Oregon Avenue
Phoenix, AZ 85012




1 858
From: walter switzer
Sent: Monday, October 6, 2025 7:16 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Historic District Change




Sent from my iPhone
Please vote against the proposal to change the Historic District rules to allow multiple units to be built
on properties in our historic districts. Thank you.
Walter E. Switzer, III, Trustee
369 E. Catalina Drive
Phoenix, Arizona 85012




1 859



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
(CONTINUED FROM NOVEMBER 5, 2025) - Public Hearing and Ordinance
Adoption - Rezoning Application Z-3-25-4-7-8 - Middle Housing Overlay
District - Various Parcels Located Within One Mile of the Downtown
(Ordinance G-7447) - Districts 4, 7 & 8

Request to hold a public hearing and amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance,
Section 601, the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix, by adopting Rezoning
Application Z-3-25-4-7-8 and rezone the area generally within one mile of the
Downtown Code boundary from various underlying zoning districts to various
underlying zoning districts with the Middle Housing Overlay District as created by
the companion case, Z-TA-1-25-Y. This case must be heard following Z-TA-1-25-Y.

Summary
Current Zoning: Various Underlying Zoning Districts
Proposed Zoning: Various Underlying Zoning Districts with the Middle Housing
(MH) Overlay District.
Acreage: Approximately 4,467.45
Proposal: Map the boundaries for the initial application of the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y).

A.R.S. Section 9-462.13 requires that the area located within one mile of Downtown
be provided the entitlement for middle housing no later than January 1, 2026.
Rezoning Case Z-3-25-4-7-8 has been created to map the boundaries of the MH
Overlay District, as described above, to this area with the exceptions as required by
the new state law. The applicable exception is for the territory in the vicinity of
Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport (south of Downtown). A detailed map is provided as
Exhibit A of Attachment A and within Exhibit B of the Staff Report (Attachment B).

Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development Department

Staff Recommendation: Approval, as shown in Exhibit B of the Staff Report.
VPC Information Only: This item was heard for information only by 14 of the 15
Village Planning Committees throughout September 2025. One of the 15 Village


Planning Committees did not have a quorum. The summaries for these meetings
are available in Attachment C.
PC Action: The Planning Commission heard this item on October 6, 2025 and
recommended approval, as shown in Exhibit B of the Staff Report, by a vote of 5-3
(Attachment D).

Location
Various parcels located within one mile of the Downtown.
Council Districts: 4, 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning
and Development Department.





ATTACHMENT A
THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE




ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CODE OF THE CITY OF
PHOENIX, ARIZONA, PART 11, CHAPTER 41, THE ZONING
ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, BY AMENDING
SECTION 601, THE ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX,
CHANGING THE ZONING DISTRICT CLASSIFICATION FOR THE
PARCELS DESCRIBED HEREIN (CASE Z-3-25-4-7-8) FROM
VARIOUS UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICTS TO VARIOUS
UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICTS WITH THE MIDDLE
HOUSING OVERLAY DISTRICT.

____________



BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1: The zoning of approximately 4,467.45 acres in an area

generally located within one mile of Downtown (boundary of Downtown Code Zoning), is

hereby changed to add the Middle Housing Overlay District.

SECTION 2. The Planning and Development Director is instructed to

modify the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix to reflect this district classification change

as shown in Exhibit “A.”

SECTION 3. The specific nature of the subject property and of the

rezoning request is more particularly described in case file Z-3-25-4-7-8, on file with the

Planning and Development Department.




SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or

portion of this ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the

decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity

of the remaining portions hereof.

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 5th day of November,

2025.




________________________________
MAYOR


ATTEST:


_________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


By:
_________________________
_________________________


REVIEWED BY:


_________________________
Jeffrey Barton, City Manager



Exhibits:
A – Ordinance Location Map (1 Page)




ATTACHMENT B




Staff Report
Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y
and Rezoning Case No. Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025

Application No. Z-TA-1-25-Y: Amend the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to address
Middle Housing as required by Arizona Revised Statutes, Section 9-462.13, by creating
a Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District; and amend various other sections of the Zoning
Ordinance to clarify terms and to ensure proper application of related state
requirements related to Middle Housing, as follows:

Section 202 (Definitions), Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for Design Review), Section
608 (Residence Districts), Section 609 (RE-35 Single-Family Residence District),
Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family Residence District), Section 611 (R1-10 Single-
Family Residence District), Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence District),
Section 613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence District), Section 614 (R-2 Multifamily
Residence District), Section 615 (R-3 Multifamily Residence District), Section 616 (R-3A
Multifamily Residence District), Section 617 (R-4 Multifamily Residence District),
Section 618 (R-5 Multifamily Residence District), Section 619 (Residential R-4A
District—Multifamily Residence—General), Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—
Neighborhood Commercial), Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District—Intermediate
Commercial), Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District—General Commercial), Section
632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise and High Density District), Section 701 (Bulk
Regulations), Section 702 (Off-Street Parking and Loading), Section 703 (Landscaping,
Fences, and Walls), Section 710 (Hillside Development), Section 708 (Temporary
uses), Section 1203 (Land Use Matrix, Downtown Code), Section 1205 (Frontage
Elements, Downtown Code), Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards, WU Code), Section
1306 (Land Use Matrix, WU Code), and Section 1307 (Parking and Loading Standards,
WU Code).

Application No. Z-3-25-4-7-8: Map the boundaries for the Middle Housing Overlay
District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within one mile of the Downtown Code
boundary.

Staff recommendation: Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-1-25-Y as shown in the
recommended text in Exhibit A; and Z-3-25-4-7-8 be approved as shown in Exhibit B.



Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


BACKGROUND
This text amendment is a response to House Bill 2721, approved by the Fifty-Sixth
Legislature, Second Session and signed into law by the Governor (2024) which created
Section 9-462.13, Arizona Revised Statutes to require municipalities to allow Middle
Housing in an area within one mile of Downtown, in addition to 20% of any new
subdivision citywide. “Middle Housing” is defined by the state statute as “buildings that
are compatible in scale, form and character with single-family houses and that contain
two or more attached, detached, stacked or clustered homes [and] includes duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes and townhouses.”

PURPOSE
The primary intent of the proposed text amendment is to establish the Middle Housing
(MH) Overlay District, Section 632, which will allow the development of middle housing
on lots zoned for single-family use, and apply it to the area located within one mile of
Downtown by January 1, 2026, as required by state law. The secondary purpose is to
make other revisions to multiple sections of the Zoning Ordinance necessary to ensure
proper compliance with the new state requirements.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED TEXT
The proposed text amendment includes three main components: 1) creation of the
Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District, Section 632; 2) revisions to various sections of
the Zoning Ordinance to ensure compliance with the requirements of Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 9-462.13; and 3) revisions to various sections of the Zoning Ordinance
to correctly clarify and cross-reference the zoning ordinance terms and provisions which
were updated for compliance with the requirements of the new state law.

1. Creation of the Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District
The Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District is created as Section 632, replacing the
obsolete High-Rise H-R1 District which has since been supplanted by the Downtown
Code (Chapter 12). The MH Overlay district has two main purposes: to allow up to
four primary dwelling units (PDU) on lots which are otherwise permitted a single-
family home, and to ensure that the applicable development standards are both
consistent with those used for single-family homes in the same district, as well as
compliant with the requirements and restrictions of A.R.S. Section 9-462.13.

Opt-In Provision
The MH Overlay District also includes the qualification requirements and procedure
for up to 20% of the lots in new residential subdivisions that are at least 10
contiguous acres in size. The Opt-In Provision does not apply to existing residential
subdivisions.

Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


2. Revisions needed for compliance with A.R.S. 9-462.13.
Revisions to the development standards/development options tables are required to
lawfully administer the provisions and prohibitions of A.R.S. 9-462.13. It is the
following prohibitions which primarily caused the need for the changes:

B. “The municipality may not do any of the following:

1. Discourage the development of middle housing through requirements or
actions that individually or cumulatively make impracticable the permitting,
siting, or construction of middle housing.
2. Restrict middle housing types to less than two floors.
3. Restrict middle housing types to a floor area ratio of less than fifty percent.
4. Set restrictions, permitting or review processes for middle housing that are
more restrictive than those for single-family dwellings within the same
zone.
5. Require owner occupancy of any structures on the lot.
6. Require any structures to comply with a commercial building code or to
contain a fire sprinkler.
7. Require more than one off-street parking space per unit.

Text Revisions
The following summarizes the text revisions necessary to comply with these
prohibitions:

• The “Conventional” development option has been removed, because the
development standards are not consistent with development in historic
districts, and current ordinance permissions would allow development of
middle housing to different and incompatible standards within older/historic
subdivisions.
• The “Average Lot” development option, which has been prohibited in most
districts since 1998 for single-family development, has been removed
because it could be used as a way to develop middle housing in areas not
required by the state law, or be viewed as not applying consistent
development standards to both single-family and middle housing, which is
required by the new state law.
• The “Single-Family Infill (SFI)” development option has been removed from
each section, and all development standards (and use permit requirements)
relocated to Section 608.I.
• The separate, but same-named “Planned Residential Development” options
having different standards for single-family and multi-family development

Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


have been combined into one development option, with consistent
development standards for both multi-family (including middle housing) and
single-family development.
• The “Standard” development option has been created, which is essentially a
renaming of the existing “Subdivision” development option. The development
standards of the Standard option are the same as the Subdivision option, with
minor clarifications to allow for consistent application of development
standards for both multi-family (including middle housing) and single-family
development in the same zone. Most homes in historic districts were
constructed using the Subdivision option standards, and the new Standard
option ensures that new development, including middle housing, will develop
with the same historic zoning regulations.
• Lot coverage has been revised by the MH Overlay to apply the same
standard to both single-family and multi-family development when located
within an MH district. When combined with the RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, and
R1-14 districts, the MH district allows an increase to 50% coverage when all
structures on the site are one-story, maximum 20 feet in height.
• Required on-site parking has been reduced to one space per primary dwelling
unit, as required by the new state law.
• Individual lot design review for single-family lots (Section 507 Tab A, II.C.8)
has been revised to be applicable to both single-family homes and middle
housing (up to four units on a lot) and moved to its own section, Section 507
Tab A, II.C.9.
• The residential land use matrix (Section 608.D) has been revised to move the
permissions for Single-Family Infill subdivisions to the table, and to remove
“duplex” and “triplex” as separate uses (they are both forms of multi-family
dwelling units).
• Section 1203, Downtown Code land use matrix, has also been updated to
remove “duplex” and “triplex” as separate uses (they are both forms of multi-
family dwelling units).
• Section 608.G has been revised to clearly explain how developments which
were approved using development options no longer permitted convert to the
current ordinance standards. Any existing approved documents using a
now-archaic development option are still valid.
• Section 702, Off-Street Parking and Loading, has been revised to clarify front
yard paving restrictions and apply consistently to both single-family and multi-
family development.




Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


Definitions
Definitions have been revised for several reasons: to provide clarity in application of
the new requirements; to be consistent with definitions used in the state law; and to
properly cross-reference other terms which have been revised.

Of special note, “Primary Dwelling Unit (PDU)” was added to clearly differentiate
from “Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)”. This is the manner in which the MH overlay
district allows additional PDUs per lot (up to 4), while not increasing the number of
permitted subdivided lots.

3. Revisions for clarification and cross-references.
Other revisions were made to correctly reference new and revised terms, as well as
relocated/renumbered sections of the Zoning Ordinance, with no substantive
revisions:

• Section 608.H, Density Bonus, has been updated to reference the revised
development options in each district.
• All Single-Family Infill (SFI) subdivision regulations have been consolidated in
Section 608.I.
• Off-Site Manufactured Home Development regulations have been moved to
Section 608.J.
• The C-1, C-2, and C-3 districts have been updated to correctly reference
standards for Single-Family Infill subdivisions and Off-Site Manufactured
Home Developments, in addition to clarifying language regarding existing
residential use permissions.
• Section 701.A.3, regarding yard projections, has been updated to reference
revised residential development options.
• Section 703, Landscaping, Fences, and Walls, has been updated to apply to
lots having up to four dwelling units, rather than just single-family and duplex.
• Section 710, Hillside Development, has been updated to cross-reference
revised residential development options.
• Section 1205, Frontage Elements (Downtown Code), has been updated to
cross-reference the revised Residential Lot Design Review standards
provided in Section 507 Tab A, II.C.9.
• Section 1303, Transect Lot standards (WU Code) has been updated to cross-
reference the relocated Single-Family Infill regulations moved to Section
608.I.
• Section 1306, Land Use Matrix (WU Code), has been updated to remove the
terms “duplex” and “triplex” as well as add the Single-Family Infill (SFI)
subdivision option as a permitted use.

Staff Report: Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8
August 29, 2025


• Section 1307, Parking and Loading Standards (WU Code), has been updated
to correctly cross-reference the relocated Single-Family Infill regulations
moved to Section 608.I.

REZONING CASE NO. Z-3-25-4-7-8
A.R.S Section 9-462.13 requires that the area located within one mile of Downtown be
provided the entitlement for middle housing no later than January 1, 2026. Rezoning Case
No. Z-3-25-4-7-8 has been created to map the boundaries of the MH Overlay district, as
described above, to this area with the exceptions as required by the new state law. The
applicable exception is for the territory in the vicinity of Phoenix Sky Harbor airport (south
of Downtown). The map of the proposed boundary is attached as Exhibit B.

CONCLUSION
This text amendment is quite extensive due to the need to apply development
regulations consistently for both single-family housing and middle housing, in addition to
making sure that middle housing is permitted where required. All of the revisions
proposed are directly related to changes needed to allow middle housing as required by
A.R.S. Section 9-462.13.

The proposed text amendment will create a Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District;
revise various sections of the Zoning Ordinance to ensure compliance with the
requirements of Section 9-462.13, Arizona Revised Statutes; and revise various
sections of the Zoning Ordinance to correctly clarify and cross-reference the zoning
ordinance terms and provisions which were updated for compliance with the
requirements of the new state law.

Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-1-25-Y per the language in Exhibit A, and Z-3-
25-4-7-8 be approved as shown in Exhibit B.

Writer
C. DePerro
August 29, 2025

Team Leader
Tricia Gomes

Exhibits
A. Proposed Language—Z-TA-1-25-Y
B. Proposed Boundary Sketch Map—Z-3-25-4-7-8



Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

EXHIBIT A
Text Amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y


Proposed Language:


Staff proposed language that may be modified during the public hearing process is as
follows:

Section 202. Definitions.
Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add and/or modify definitions as
follows:

***
Building Envelope: The area defined on a lot in which all improvements must be made,
including grading and alterations to existing landscaping. These include, but are not
limited to house, accessory buildings, pool, patios, driveways, visitor parking, fencing, or
walls. The building envelope defines the maximum allowable construction/improvement
area on the lot. The building envelope must be identified on all design review submittals.
THE AREA OF A LOT EXCLUSIVE OF ALL REQUIRED YARDS.

***
Building, Main: A building, or buildings, in which is conducted the principal use of the lot
on which it is situated. On lots with only single-family residential uses, the primary
dwelling unit shall be considered the main building. WHEN ONLY ONE PRIMARY
DWELLING UNIT IS PROVIDED ON A LOT, THAT PDU SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE
MAIN BUILDING. WHEN MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT IS
PROVIDED ON A LOT, EACH BUILDING WHICH CONTAINS A PDU SHALL BE
CONSIDERED A MAIN BUILDING.

***
Building, Open, Porch: An open building used solely for ingress and egress and not for
occupancy, at least two sides of which shall be at least 50% open.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Dwelling Unit: One or more rooms within a building arranged, designed, or used for
residential purposes for one family and containing independent living and sleeping areas,
together with independent sanitary (toilet, sink, and bath/shower) and cooking facilities.
The presence of cooking facilities conclusively establishes the intent to use for residential
purposes.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY (ADU): A dwelling unit, as defined in this section,
subordinate to the primary dwelling unit and situated on the same SINGLE-FAMILY lot.
ADUs, where permitted, do not count towards calculations of gross density.

Adaptable Dwelling Units, ADAPTABLE: A dwelling unit designed to be capable of simple
conversion into an accessible dwelling unit.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, Attached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed having a
shared wall and attached foundations with the primary dwelling unit. An ADU connected
to the primary dwelling unit in any other manner shall not be considered an attached
ADU.

Accessory Dwelling Unit, Detached ACCESSORY: An ADU which is constructed with no
connection to the primary dwelling unit, except as may be explicitly permitted within the
zoning ordinance. A detached ADU may include an integrated garage, carport, or porch.
Two ADUs attached to each other, but not to the primary dwelling unit, shall each be
considered a detached ADU.

Dwelling Unit, Primary (PDU): FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY LOT, a dwelling unit that is either
(1) the only dwelling unit provided on a single-family lot, or (2) the largest dwelling unit
provided on a single-family lot when the applicable zoning regulations otherwise allow an
accessory dwelling unit or other types of dwelling units. FOR A MULTI-FAMILY LOT OR
DEVELOPMENT, ALL DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSIDERED PRIMARY DWELLING
UNITS.

***
Entry, Front: An arcade, gated arch, covered porch, or COVERED patio, pergola,
COURTYARD, or similar architectural enhancement which clearly delineates the location
of, or AND path to, the front door A PRIMARY ENTRANCE, AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE
FRONT OF THE LOT.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Gross Area: The area of a lot or parcel including all dedicated streets, alleys, private
accessways roadway and/or alley easements, and canal rights-of-way. Such boundaries
shall extended to the center of existing abutting street or alley right-of-way. In the case of
an existing partial dedication or easement, the gross area shall not extend beyond what
would be the centerline of the full dedication. Further, parcels abutting: 1) a freeway; or 2)
a canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with the Canal Bank
Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping of canal bank
right-of-way, shall include NO MORE THAN twenty-five feet of such right-of-way within
THE gross area.

***
Guesthouse: See "Accessory Dwelling Unit, ACCESSORY."

***
Landscape Setback, Average: Repealed.

***
Multi-Family/Multiple-Family: A lot or parcel where two or more PRIMARY dwelling units
are provided., not including permitted accessory dwelling units.

***
Net Area: The area of a lot or parcel excluding all dedicated streets or alleys ROAD AND
CANAL RIGHTS-OF-WAY and roadway or alley easements. but including twenty-five
(25) feet of abutting canal right-of-way when the abutting development has complied with
the Canal Bank Design Guidelines set forth in Section 507 Tab A, including landscaping
of canal bank right-of-way.

***
PARKING, COVERED: ONE OR MORE PARKING SPACES PROTECTED FROM THE
SUN AND WEATHER BY A CARPORT, GARAGE, ROOF OVERHANG, OR OTHER
TYPE OF ROOFED STRUCTURE.

***
Perimeter: The boundaries or boundary of a lot, tract, or parcel of land, PLATTED
SUBDIVISION, OR DEVELOPMENT.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Planned Residential Development: A DEVELOPMENT OPTION CONSISTING OF a
group of dwelling units with common OPEN SPACE areas which are designed as an
integrated functional unit A UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT and with the permissibility of
potential bonus density and considerable flexibility in the selection of building setbacks,
lot areas, DWELLING UNIT TYPES, and street configurationS as long as the public
health, safety and welfare are maintained.

***
PORCH: A STRUCTURE, WITH OR WITHOUT A ROOF, THAT IS ATTACHED TO A
BUILDING AND IS AT LEAST 50 PERCENT OPEN ON THE UNATTACHED SIDE(S).

Porch, Open: See "Building, Open Porch".

***
Primary Entrance: A ground floor entrance to a commercial lobby or suite that is open to
the public during business hours, or an THE MAIN/VISITOR entrance to a SHARED
residential courtyard, unit, or lobby OR A PRIMARY DWELLING UNIT. Emergency,
service and storage room entrances are not a primary entranceS.

***
Projection: Any element or embellishment attached to a structure for environmental
protection or architectural enhancement which does not support any portion of
the structure. ANY PORTION OF A PERMITTED BUILDING OR STRUCTURE THAT IS
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BUILDING AND EXTENDS FROM THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE INTO A REQUIRED YARD OR SETBACK. A PROJECTION IS
CONSIDERED “OPEN” WHEN ALSO MEETING THE DEFINITION OF “OPEN
BUILDING”.

***
Residential Density: The number of dwelling units divided by the gross acres of the
legally described development area.

***
Setback, Landscaped, Average: The averaging of a required setback to encourage
variation along a single continuous plane of a building, perimeter wall or street frontage.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

SETBACK, GARAGE DOOR / CARPORT ENTRY: THE REQUIRED MINIMUM
DISTANCE BETWEEN THE STREET AND COVERED PARKING. THIS DISTANCE
SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PROPERTY LINE TO THE FACE OF THE
GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT, UNLESS THE PROPERTY HAS AN EASEMENT
DEDICATED ON THE FRONT OF THE PROPERTY FOR A SIDEWALK OR TRAIL, IN
WHICH CASE THE DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE LOT SIDE OF THE
EASEMENT TO THE FACE OF THE GARAGE DOOR OR CARPORT.

SETBACK, LANDSCAPE: A SETBACK WHICH IS RESTRICTED TO THE FOLLOWING
IMPROVEMENTS: LIVE PLANT MATERIALS SUCH AS TREES, SHRUBS, AND
GROUNDCOVERS WITH AN AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM; SIDEWALKS;
REQUIRED DRAINAGE FACILITIES; ENTRY MONUMENTS; SIGNS; PUBLIC ART
INSTALLATIONS, AND WALLS AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THIS ORDINANCE.
PARKING AND MANEUVERING IS NOT PERMITTED WITHIN A LANDSCAPE
SETBACK EXCEPT FOR APPROVED STREET AND DRIVEWAY CROSSINGS.

***
Shade Structure: A structure, such as a pergola, arbor, or open COVERED porch, which
is designed and used for protection OF OUTDOOR LIVING AREAS from the sun and
which contains at least HAS A MINIMUM OF one (1) side which is at least fifty 50 percent
(50%) open.

***
STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENT: THE TYPE OR CLASS OF STREET ON
WHICH THE FRONT PROPERTY LINE OF A LOT MUST ABUT.

***
STREET, PERIMETER: ANY PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE ACCESSWAY WHICH
FORMS THE EXTERIOR BOUNDARY OF A SUBDIVISION OR DEVELOPMENT. THIS
DEFINITION DOES NOT INCLUDE PUBLIC ALLEY RIGHT-OF-WAY OR CANAL
RIGHT-OF-WAY, UNLESS THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IS ALSO A NAMED STREET USED
FOR THE LEGAL ADDRESSES OF ABUTTING PROPERTIES.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Subdivision: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into three or more lots, tracts or
parcels PARCELS of which the original land area is greater than two and one half acres,
Land for which a subdivision plat has been APPROVED AND recorded IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CITY CODE SECTION 32-32, OR
BY MARICOPA COUNTY IF RECORDED PRIOR TO ANNEXATION., and for any
condominium, community apartment, townhouse or similar project.

Subdivision, Average Lot: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the
number of dwelling units LOTS in a development rather than by minimum lot size. SEE
“PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT”.

Subdivision, Conventional: A subdivision in which residential density is controlled by the
density provisions within each zoning district, and by development standards related to
lot width, the management of stormwater, the provision of infrastructure requirements
and constraints related to the property topography or configuration. SEE “SUBDIVISION,
STANDARD”.

Subdivision, Planned Residential Development: See "Planned Residential Development".

SUBDIVISION, Single-Family Infill (SFI) Development: A type of single-family
development consisting of townhouses and a limited number of detached dwelling units.
Perimeter standards are defined and potential bonus density and design flexibility allow
for quality individual property ownership within a larger development. A SUBDIVISION
APPROVED AND DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

SUBDIVISION, STANDARD: A SUBDIVISION DEVELOPED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE STANDARD OPTION OF A
RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT. A SUBDIVISION PLAT SUBTITLED “A
CONVENTIONAL SUBDIVISION”, “SUBDIVISION OPTION”, OR HAVING NO
SUBTITLE SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED A STANDARD SUBDIVISION.

Subdivision, Zero Lot Line: A subdivision in which the main building may be constructed
without a side yard.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TRACT: A PARCEL OF LAND DESIGNATED WITHIN A SUBDIVISION WHICH IS NOT
CONSIDERED A LOT AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO MEET MINIMUM LOT
DIMENSIONS. A TRACT MAY BE DEVELOPED ONLY WITH SUBDIVISION
AMENITIES, DRAINAGE FACILITIES, UTILITIES, LANDSCAPE, OR OTHER
IMPROVEMENTS AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED FOR THE TRACT IN THE
DEDICATION STATEMENT FOR THE SUBDIVISION PLAT.

***
Yard: A space on any lot, unoccupied by a structure and unobstructed from the ground
upward except as otherwise provided herein, and measured as the minimum horizontal
distance from a building or structure, excluding carports, porches and other permitted
projects PROJECTIONS, to the property line opposite such building line in the side or
rear yards, or to the street right-of-way or easement in the front yard; provided, however,
that where a future width line is established by the provisions of this ordinance for any
street bounding the lot, then such measurement shall be taken from the line of the
building to such future width line.

***


Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review
Amend Chapter 5, Section 507 Tab A (Guidelines for Design Review) to read as
follows:

Section 507 Tab A. Guidelines for Design Review

***

II. CITY-WIDE DESIGN REVIEW GUIDELINES. The design review guidelines
indicated with the markers (R), (R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be applied and enforced
in the same manner as indicated in Section 507. Items not indicated with an (R),
(R*), (P), (T), and (C) shall be treated as (R).

***

C. Subdivision and Single-Family Detached RESIDENTIAL LOT Design
Review.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


8. Single-Family Detached SUBDIVISION DIVERSITY Design
Review. New single-family detached dwelling units, lots having a
single duplex or triplex, manufactured homes, and modular homes
shall be subject to design review SUBDIVISIONS HAVING AT
LEAST TEN PERCENT OF LOTS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 65
FEET IN WIDTH, AND HAVING DETACHED SINGLE-FAMILY
DWELLING UNITS; AND MANUFACTURED AND/OR MODULAR
HOME SUBDIVISIONS REGARDLESS OF LOT WIDTH, ARE
SUBJECT TO DESIGN REVIEW DIVERSITY GUIDELINES 8.1
THROUGH 8.4, as follows (R):

(a) Single-family detached developments where ten percent or
more of the lots are equal to or less than 65 feet in width shall
incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1 through 8.4.

(b) Individual single-family detached dwelling units, not subject to
Subdivision Design Guidelines 8.1 through 8.4, on a lot or
parcel of 65 feet in width or less, shall incorporate Design
Guidelines Section 8.5. This requirement includes lots with a
single duplex or triplex when not located in a subdivision
subject to Section 507 Tab A.II.C.8(a).

(c) Dwelling units on lots zoned or designated HP are exempt
from the provisions of Design Guidelines Section 8.5, so long
as the plans are reviewed and approved through historic
preservation prior to issuance of any building permits.

(d) Individual manufactured and modular homes, regardless of lot
width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Section 8.5.

(e) Manufactured and modular home subdivisions, regardless of
lot width, shall incorporate Design Guidelines Sections 8.1
through 8.4.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

The design guidelines in each of the following sections (subdivision design,
housing design, garage treatment, and community safety) must be satisfied
in one of two ways. The first method, called the standard approach, is to
meet each of the design guidelines as written in the following tables. The
second method, called the alternative approach, allows consideration of
creative design solutions on a section by section basis, as long as the intent
of that section has been met. Either method may be used for all or some of
the following sections. For example, an applicant may choose the standard
approach for the subdivision design and garage treatment sections and the
alternative approach for the housing design and community safety sections
or the standard approach may be used for all four sections. Whether the
alternative approach is acceptable will be determined by the design advisor
of the Planning and Development Department.

Diversity: The goal of diversity is to provide a variety of subdivision and
housing designs which lend visual interest and distinctive character and
identity to the community. This goal is addressed in two subsections,
subdivision design and housing design.

8.1. Subdivision Design. Provide subdivision designs which
address the goal of diversity by incorporating these or
substantially equivalent design characteristics: 1) Vary the
building’s relationship to the street, 2) Vary the driveway
orientation or location, 3) Vary the relationship between
buildings, and 4) Vary street orientation.

Design Guidelines: All are required (R*), unless otherwise
noted.

***

8.5. Individual Unit Design Standards. The goal of these
individual unit design standards is to ensure a minimum level
of design quality for detached single-family dwelling units,
duplexes, manufactured homes, and modular homes. For
information on relief from requirements (R) and (R*), and
presumptions (P), refer to Section 507.C of the Zoning
Ordinance.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(a) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one covered
parking space located in a garage or under a carport.
(R)

(b) The front yard, excluding areas approved for vehicle
access, should be landscaped with the following
elements: (P)

(1) A minimum of one, two inch caliper or greater,
drought resistant, accent tree.

(2) A minimum of five, five gallon or greater, drought
resistant shrubs.

(3) Dustproofed with ground cover, turf, rock,
decomposed granite, or equivalent material as
approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

(4) An irrigation system.

Rationale: Landscaping contributes to an attractive
environment, provides shade, and contributes to
neighborhood identity.

(c) Required covered parking shall not be located more
than ten feet closer to the front property line than the
front entry. (R*)

Rationale: When parking structures are concentrated in
front of a dwelling unit, the building loses its residential
character and compatibility with surrounding residences
is negatively impacted.

(d) Walls, fences, and enclosure materials shall not include
chain link fencing with, or without, plastic or metal slats,
sheeting, nondecorative corrugated metal and fencing
made or topped with razor, concertina, or barbed wire.
(R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


(e) Development of lots with more than one dwelling unit
should provide a single, common access drive to
parking areas. (P)

Rationale: Shared access and common parking
minimize unnecessary curb cuts and breaks in the
streetscape. Common parking areas also reduce the
paved area of a site.

(f) All dwelling units should provide the following
architectural design elements: (P)

(1) Consistent detailing and design for each side of
the building.

(2) Window and door trim as well as accent detailing
should be incorporated and vary from the primary
color and materials of the building.

(3) Garage doors should be provided with windows,
raised or recessed panels, architectural trim, or
single doors.

(4) Materials such as untextured concrete,
unfinished block, steel panels, and shiny or
highly reflective detailing should not be used as a
predominant exterior material.

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood
pride and visual interest in residential architecture.

(g) Garage doors facing the public street and attached to
the primary dwelling unit should not exceed 50 percent
of the building width. (P)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Rationale: Garage doors should not be the aesthetic
focus of a house; they should complement and appear
subordinate to the main structure. This is particularly
important if a duplex or triplex is constructed.

(h) A front entry shall be provided that faces and is visible
from the street, and includes an architectural feature to
call attention to it (such as a porch, entry patio, stoop,
awning/canopy, courtyard, or archway). For lots having
more than one dwelling unit, a minimum of one unit
shall comply with this requirement. (R*)

Rationale: Emphasizing the entrance and front facade
adds to the residential character of new dwelling units
and provides eyes on the street.

(i) Manufactured homes shall provide the following
additional architectural design elements:

(1) Materials such as wood, hardboard, brick veneer,
hardiplank, stucco, or horizontal vinyl siding shall
be used as a predominant exterior material. (P)

(2) The exposed roof pitch shall be at a minimum of
3/12 for units 28 feet or less in width and be
covered with shingles, tile or metal, excluding
aluminum. (R*)

(3) A minimum 50-square-foot recessed entry or
covered porch shall be provided along the front
entry of the building. (R*)

(4) Permanent access to the porch or recessed entry
should be constructed with materials and colors
that are compatible with the dwelling unit. (P)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(5) A masonry stem wall shall be provided under the
dwelling unit with no more than seven inches of
exposed foundation measured from highest
finished grade. (R*)

(6) The exposed masonry stem wall color should be
compatible to the dwelling unit. (P)

Rationale: High quality design promotes neighborhood
pride and visual interest in residential architecture for
manufactured homes.

Section 507 Tab A, II.C.9 Residential Lot Design Review
9. RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN
REVIEW REGULATIONS APPLY TO ALL RESIDENTIAL LOTS
THAT ARE 65 FEET OR LESS IN WIDTH AND HAVE FOUR OR
FEWER PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT, AND ANY LOT
HAVING A MANUFACTURED OR MODULAR HOME, WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

a. THE LOT IS WITHIN AN APPROVED SINGLE-FAMILY
INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION;

b. THE LOT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION II.C.8 (SUBDIVISION
DIVERSITY DESIGN REVIEW); OR

c. THE LOT IS ZONED OR DESIGNATED HP, AND THE
CONSTRUCTION PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND APPROVED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 8, HISTORIC
PRESERVATION, PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING
PERMITS.

9.1 ALL DWELLING UNITS ON A LOT SHALL EXHIBIT A
DESIGN SCALE, FORM, AND CHARACTER OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY HOME. (P)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

RATIONALE: NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOULD RESPECT
THE DESIGN AND CHARACTER OF EXISTING
ESTABLISHED NEIGHBORHOODS, REGARDLESS OF THE
NUMBER OF UNITS PROVIDED ON A LOT. BUILDING
MATERIALS SHOULD MATCH OR COMPLEMENT THE
MATERIALS USED ON EXISTING HOMES IN THE VICINITY.

9.2 THE FRONT YARD, EXCLUDING AREAS APPROVED FOR
VEHICLE ACCESS, SHOULD BE LANDSCAPED WITH THE
FOLLOWING ELEMENTS: (P)

(a) A MINIMUM OF ONE, TWO INCH CALIPER OR
GREATER, DROUGHT RESISTANT, ACCENT TREE.

(b) A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE GALLON OR GREATER,
DROUGHT RESISTANT SHRUBS.

(c) DUSTPROOFED WITH GROUND COVER, TURF,
ROCK, DECOMPOSED GRANITE, OR EQUIVALENT
MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE PLANNING AND
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

(d) AN IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

RATIONALE: LANDSCAPING CONTRIBUTES TO AN
ATTRACTIVE ENVIRONMENT, PROVIDES SHADE, AND
CONTRIBUTES TO NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTITY.

9.3 A MINIMUM OF ONE PRIMARY ENTRANCE SHALL BE
PROVIDED WHICH FACES AND IS VISIBLE FROM THE
STREET. (R*)

9.4 FOR TWO-STORY BUILDINGS, WINDOWS, BALCONIES
(WITH DOORS FOR ACCESS), OR DECKS SHALL BE
PROVIDED ON THE FRONT FAÇADE FOR A MINIMUM OF
ONE-QUARTER OF THE BUILDING WIDTH. (R*)

9.5 EACH DWELLING UNIT SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE
COVERED PARKING SPACE. (R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


9.6 FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL
BE NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE
BUILDING ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM
REQUIRED FRONT SETBACK. (R*)

9.7 GARAGES AND CARPORTS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED
MORE THAN TEN FEET CLOSER TO THE FRONT
PROPERTY LINE THAN THE CLOSEST PRIMARY
ENTRANCE. (R*)

9.8 WALLS, FENCES, AND ENCLOSURE MATERIALS SHALL
NOT INCLUDE CHAIN LINK FENCING WITH, OR WITHOUT,
PLASTIC OR METAL SLATS, SHEETING,
NONDECORATIVE CORRUGATED METAL AND FENCING
MADE OR TOPPED WITH RAZOR, CONCERTINA, OR
BARBED WIRE. (R*)

9.9 MANUFACTURED HOMES SHALL PROVIDE THE
FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
ELEMENTS:

(a) MATERIALS SUCH AS WOOD, HARDBOARD, BRICK
VENEER, HARDIPLANK, STUCCO, OR HORIZONTAL
VINYL SIDING SHALL BE USED AS A
PREDOMINANT EXTERIOR MATERIAL. (P)

(b) THE EXPOSED ROOF PITCH SHALL BE AT A
MINIMUM OF 3/12 FOR UNITS 28 FEET OR LESS IN
WIDTH AND BE COVERED WITH SHINGLES, TILE
OR METAL, EXCLUDING ALUMINUM. (R*)

(c) A MINIMUM 50 SQUARE FOOT FRONT ENTRY
SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG THE STREET SIDE OF
THE BUILDING. (R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(d) PERMANENT ACCESS TO THE FRONT ENTRY
SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH MATERIALS AND
COLORS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE
DWELLING UNIT. (P)

(e) A MASONRY STEM WALL SHALL BE PROVIDED
UNDER THE DWELLING UNIT WITH NO MORE THAN
SEVEN INCHES OF EXPOSED FOUNDATION
MEASURED FROM HIGHEST FINISHED GRADE. (R*)

(f) THE EXPOSED MASONRY STEM WALL COLOR
SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE TO THE DWELLING UNIT.
(P)

***


Section 608. Residential Districts
Amend Chapter 6, Section 608 (Residential Districts) to read as follows:

Section 608. Residential Districts.

A. Purpose. Residential districts are established in recognition of a need to provide
areas of the City devoted primarily to living functions. In order to preserve these
areas from the distractions and adverse impacts which can result from immediate
association with nonresidential uses, these districts are restricted to residential,
limited nonresidential uses, and appropriate accessory uses. These regulations are
designed to promote the creation and maintenance of areas in which individuals or
families may pursue residential activities with reasonable access to open space,
and streets or roads, in a setting which is not negatively impacted by adjacent
uses. Limited nonresidential uses may have conditions placed upon them to limit
impact to adjacent residential uses and in some cases require a public hearing
through a use permit or special permit process to mitigate any negative impacts to
surrounding residential uses.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

The standards contained in this section and Sections 609 through 619 and 635 are
designed to establish the character of new residential development and also to
preserve the quality of residential uses during their lifetime. When applied to new
development, these standards are designed to be used in conjunction with the
development and improvement standards as contained in the Phoenix Subdivision
Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the City Code.

This section applies to the residential districts in Sections 609 through 619, in
addition to Section 635 (Planned Area Development) when specified.

***
B. Applicability. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS RE-35, R1-
18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A (SECTIONS 609
THROUGH 619), AND WHERE SPECIFIED IN THE REGULATIONS FOR OTHER
ZONING DISTRICTS.
of Development Options. The development of any parcel of land shall be in
accordance with the standards contained in any one development option as
contained in Sections 609 through 619. Development of a single lot or a parcel not
being further subdivided and located in the RE-35 and R1-18 zoning districts
(Sections 609 and 610) shall be in accordance with the requirements for the
standard subdivision development option (a), as contained in Sections 609 and
610. For a single lot or parcel not part of a subdivision platted prior to May 1, 1998,
not being further subdivided, and located in the R1-10 through R-4A zoning
districts (Sections 611 through 619), development shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the conventional subdivision option as contained in Sections 611
through 619.

All subsequent development shall be in accordance with the initially selected
development option unless a use permit is obtained. Building on any lot which was
subdivided or developed prior to the adoption of this chapter shall be done in
accordance with the standards under which the initial subdivision or development
occurred.

For purposes of conversion to this ordinance, property subdivided prior to May 1,
1998, shall be considered as follows:

1. Residential development with a site plan approved in accordance with
Section 507 shall be considered under the planned residential development
option.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


2. Residential development with an approved subdivision setback exhibit shall
be considered under the average lot development option if located in the
RE-35 through R-5 zoning districts (Sections 609 through 618).

3. Any other prior residential development shall be considered under the
development option selected when the property was subdivided.

A use permit shall not be required for new development on previously subdivided
property or property on which there is an approved site plan if the new
development is in conformance with the provisions of this ordinance.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 608.D Residential Districts Land Use Matrix
D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

Table 608.D. Residential Districts Land Use Matrix

SECTION AND ZONING DISTRICT
LAND USE CATEGORIES 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 635
RE-35 R1-18 R1-10 R1-8 R1-6 R-2 R-3 R-3A R-4 R-5 R-4A PAD
Single-Family Detached pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1 pc1
Accessory Dwelling Unit
(ac) pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2 pc2
(ADU)
(ac) Guestroom(s) pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3 pc3
Duplex np np pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4 pc4
Triplex np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5
Single-Family Attached pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64 pc64
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) np np np np np pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc5 pc6 np
SUBDIVISION up5 up5 up5 up5 up5 up6
Multi-Family np np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 np pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7 pc7
Residential Convenience
(ac) np np np np np np np pc8 pc8 pc8 pc8 pc8
Market
Off-Site Manufactured Home
np np np np np up35 up35 up35 up35 up35 up35 np
Developments
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

*(ac) = accessory use permitted only with primary use listed immediately prior in the table.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 608.E Land Use Conditions

E. Land Use Conditions.

1. Single-Family Detached Dwelling Unit. Each single-family lot is permitted
one single-family detached primary dwelling unit and no additional dwelling
units, unless otherwise permitted elsewhere in this section.

2. Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU).

a. When a lot has no more than one single-family detached primary
dwelling, two ADUs are permitted in addition to the primary dwelling
unit. A third ADU may be permitted when at least one of the ADUs
qualifies as affordable housing and the net lot size is a minimum
43,560 square feet. However, lots having a duplex or triplex, single-
family attached units or any multi-family dwelling units are not
permitted any ADUs.

b. An ADU is subject to the development regulations of Section 706.A.

3. Guestrooms. Each single-family dwelling unit may contain no more than two
guestrooms.

4. Duplex.

a. Single-Family Lots. One duplex is permitted per lot when allowed by
the underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must
be of the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit
two dwelling units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Duplexes are permitted when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of
the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit the
number of dwelling units proposed.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

4. SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT. ONE SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED DWELLING UNIT IS PERMITTED PER SINGLE-FAMILY LOT
WHEN THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NO
REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR SIDE YARD SETBACKS.

5. Triplex.

a. Single-Family Lots. One triplex is permitted per lot when allowed by
the underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must
be of the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit
three dwelling units.

b. Multi-Family Lots. Triplexes are permitted when allowed by the
underlying zoning district and development option. The lot must be of
the minimum size required by the applicable density to permit the
number of dwelling units proposed.

5. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION. SFI SUBDIVISIONS PER
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I ARE PERMITTED
WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, AND
BY USE PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE AREAS
DEPICTED IN FIGURE 608.I.1.

6. Single-Family Attached Dwelling Unit. One single-family attached dwelling
unit is permitted per single-family lot when allowed by the underlying zoning
district and development option.
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION—R-4A ONLY. SFI
SUBDIVISIONS PER THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I
ARE PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL DEVELOPMENT
DISTRICT, AND BY USE PERMIT WHEN LOCATED IN THE APPLICABLE
AREAS DEPICTED IN FIGURE 608.I.1. EXCEPT FOR THE PERMITTED
DENSITY, THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE THE SAME AS
FOR THE R-4 PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, AS
MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units. Multi-family dwelling units are permitted when
allowed by the underlying zoning district and development option EXCEPT
WHEN THE DEVELOPMENT HAS BEEN PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY
SUBDIVISION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

35. Off-site manufactured home developments are permitted with use permit
approval per Section 307, and subject to the development regulations
provided in Section 608.F.7 608.J.



Section 608.F (General Development Regulations)
F. Special GENERAL DEVELOPMENT Regulations.

1. No structure may be built on a lot which does not front on a street which is in
accordance with the adopted street classification map AND THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 714, FUTURE WIDTH LINES, unless
exempted by this section.

2. In any district where a half street not less than one-half of that width
prescribed for that street by the street classification map, and amendments
thereto, has been dedicated, any lots facing or siding on such half street
from which side the required width of dedication has been made shall be
deemed to have frontage on a street.

3. No permit shall be issued for buildings on a lot fronting on a half street of
less than that prescribed by the street classification map for an arterial or
collector street or 25 feet for all other streets except for single-family
attached development individual dwelling units UNLESS THE LOT IS PART
OF A PLATTED SUBDIVISION WHICH WAS APPROVED WITH MODIFIED
STREET STANDARDS.

a. For development utilizing an average lot or PRD development option
or for development built under a planned area development district, a
minimum of 16.58-foot half-street right-of-way may be provided when
all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The street is not designated as a collector or arterial street.

(2) There are no restrictions to public access to the street.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(3) Pavement width shall be 33.16 feet from back of curb to back
of curb.

(4) Pavement thickness and design shall be in accordance with
Maricopa Association of Governments’ standards.

(5) All terminations shall contain a 40-foot-radius right-of-way.

(6) The street has been constructed prior to March 19, 1986.

4. There shall be no outdoor storage of personal property visible beyond the
boundaries of the property within any front or side yard.

5. No accessory use shall include outdoor display or storage of any of the
following listed items when such items are visible or emit odor, dust, gas,
noise, vibration, smoke, heat or glare beyond any boundary of the lot on
which such items are displayed or stored:

a. Any building or landscaping materials.

b. Any machinery, parts, scrap, or appliances.

c. Vehicles which are unlicensed, inoperable, or registered to or owned
by persons not residing on or the guest of persons residing on the
premises.

d. Any other chattel used for or intended for a commercial purpose or
ultimate use on other than the subject premises.

6. Single-Family Infill (SFI). Single-family infill development regulations may be
applied in zoning districts where the SFI development option is offered, but
only when the development falls within the infill development district
identified in the general plan, or with use permit approval within the following
areas located outside of the infill development district:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Figure 608.F.6. Single-Family Infill Development Areas




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. The SFI development option does not eliminate any redevelopment
area, special planning district or overlays. Where conflicts occur
between the requirements of the SFI development option and
redevelopment areas, overlay zoning districts, special planning
districts, and specific plans, the requirements of the overlay zoning
districts, special planning districts, redevelopment areas or specific
plans shall apply.

b. Historic preservation designated properties or properties in historic
preservation districts cannot use the SFI development option.

c. Dwelling Units. The SFI development option is intended primarily for
single-family attached dwelling units; however, up to 20 percent of the
units in a development may be single-family detached dwelling units
to allow for variety and efficiency of design.

(1) Any provided detached dwelling units shall comply with the
same development regulations applicable to that SFI
development.

d. Design Requirements.

(1) Individual units fronting on street rights-of-way shall provide an
entryway that is either elevated, depressed or includes a
feature such as a low wall to accentuate the primary entrance.

(2) Required covered parking spaces shall not front on perimeter
street rights-of-way.

(3) Individual unit rear yards shall not abut perimeter street ROW
or an adjacent perimeter street landscape area.

(4) Attached dwelling units constructed in a row shall not exceed a
total length of 200 feet without having a minimum 20-foot-wide
open area.

e. Perimeter Landscape Setbacks and Requirements.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(1) Residences that front on arterial, collector, or local street
rights-of-way shall provide a minimum ten-foot-wide landscape
tract or community-maintained landscaping abutting the street,
except when within 2,000 feet of a light rail station.

(2) Residences that side on arterial, collector, or local street
rights-of-way shall provide a minimum 15-foot-wide landscape
tract or community-maintained landscaping abutting the street.

(3) Perimeter of the development not abutting rights-of-way and
adjacent to a single-family residential district or historic
preservation designated property must provide a minimum ten-
foot landscape setback. Walls/fences up to six feet high within
private rear yards may be provided within the perimeter
setback so long as the required landscape is still provided.

(4) Trees shall be provided in required landscape setbacks at a
minimum rate of 20 feet on center or equivalent groupings, as
approved by the PDD landscape architect, subject to the
following:

(a) Fifty percent of the required trees shall be minimum
one-and-one-half-inch caliper at the time of installation.

(b) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be
minimum two-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the
time of installation.

(c) Twenty-five percent of the required trees shall be
minimum three-inch caliper or multi-trunked trees at the
time of installation.

(5) A minimum of five five-gallon shrubs per tree shall be
provided.

f. Open Space Regulations. The only walls/fences allowed within
required common area open space are required pool security fences
and other necessary security fences, as approved by PDD.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

g. Parking Requirements. Section 702 applies to SFI development,
except where specifically modified by this section.

(1) Within the Infill Development District: one parking space per
dwelling unit must be provided that is covered or located within
a garage.

(2) Within the applicable SFI area that is not located within the
infill development district: two parking spaces per dwelling unit
must be provided that are covered or located within a garage.

(3) The required spaces for each dwelling unit must be located on
the same lot as the unit for which they are provided.

(4) A minimum 0.25 additional unreserved guest parking space
per dwelling unit must be provided within
any SFI development.

h. Alley Access and Maneuvering.

(1) All maneuvering for on-site parking must be located on private
property and not in public ROW.

(2) Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is
permitted within the infill development district.

(3) Access to the site from a fully dedicated and paved alley is
permitted applicable area outside of the infill development
district if all three conditions are met, as follows:

(a) The site is not across the alley from either a single-
family or historic preservation zoning district;

(b) Alley access is specifically approved as part of the use
permit hearing; and

(c) All necessary technical appeals have been approved.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

i. Maximum 40-inch fence height allowed in the required setbacks
along perimeter street rights-of-way.

j. Signage is subject to the regulations of Section 705, Table D-1,
Single-Family Residential.


7. Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments. Off-site manufactured home
development is subject to use permit approval in the C-1, C-2, and C-3
districts, in addition to zoning districts indicated in Section 608.D; and
subject to the following additional development regulations:

a. The provisions of Section 703.B do not apply to off-site manufactured
home developments.

b. These regulations apply to development of a single lot or parcel, not
to be further subdivided.

c. Placement for each off-site manufactured home shall be provided as
follows:

(1) There shall be a minimum of 20 feet between off-site
manufactured homes and ten feet between awnings and
canopies. All annexes or structural additions shall be
considered part of the off-site manufactured home.

(2) There shall be at least 40 feet between off-site manufactured
homes on opposite sides of a private accessway.

(3) No off-site manufactured home, annex or structural addition
shall be closer than eight feet to any private accessway or
private drive.

d. Each off-site manufactured home space shall have private outdoor
living space of at least 150 square feet. The dimension of this space
shall be at least 15 feet in width.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

e. At each occupied off-site manufactured home space, there shall be
an enclosed storage locker for yard tools and other bulky items
convenient to the space with a storage capacity of at least 150 cubic
feet.

f. All areas not covered by structures or paved surfaces shall be
landscaped and maintained in accordance with the approved
development review documents required under Section 507.

g. Screening the perimeter of an off-site manufactured home
development by a wall or other approved material may be required as
a condition of use permit approval.

h. There shall be a network of pedestrian walkways connecting off-site
manufactured home spaces with each other and with development
facilities and amenities.

i. If storage yards are provided, there shall be a screened storage yard
or yards for boats, recreational vehicles, etc. Such storage yards shall
have a minimum of 60 square feet of storage space for each off-site
manufactured home space in the development and shall be located
so as to not detract from surrounding properties. All boats and
recreational vehicles shall be parked in the storage yard.

j. Each off-site manufactured home shall (1) be affixed permanently to
the ground or (2) have skirting around its perimeter to screen its
wheels and undercarriage.

k. All utilities and the wires of any central television or radio antenna
system shall be underground.

l. Not more than 15 percent of the spaces in any one off-site
manufactured home development shall be developed or used for
recreational vehicles.

m. Development of off-site manufactured home communities shall be
under the planned residential development option applicable in the
underlying zoning district.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

n. Private drives may be used for access to each off-site manufactured
home.

o. There shall be a minimum of five percent of the total area of the off-
site manufactured home development dedicated or reserved as
usable common open space land. Common open space lands shall
be clearly designated on the plan as to the character of use and
development but shall not include:

(1) Areas reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an individual
tenant or owner; nor

(2) Dedicated streets, alleys, and other public rights-of-way; nor

(3) Vehicular drives, parking, loading, and storage areas; nor

(4) Required setback areas at exterior boundaries of the site; nor

(5) Golf courses.

Adequate guarantees must be provided to ensure permanent
retention of open space land area resulting from the application of
these regulations, either by private reservation for the use of the
residents within the development or by dedication to the public, or a
combination thereof.

Section 608.G (Development Options)
G. Reserved.
DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS. EACH RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT (RE-35,
R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, AND R-4A) PROVIDES
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SPECIFIC TO THAT ZONING DISTRICT.
ADDITIONALLY, DIFFERENT SETS OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
(“DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS”) ARE PROVIDED WITHIN CERTAIN ZONING
DISTRICTS.

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. DEVELOPMENT OF ANY PARCEL OR LAND SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SET
FORTH FOR A SINGLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION.

b. A DEVELOPMENT OPTION FOR A PROPERTY IS CONSIDERED
ESTABLISHED IF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE:

(1) A PRELIMINARY OR FINAL SITE PLAN HAS BEEN
APPROVED FOR A PROPERTY AND IS STILL
CONSIDERED VALID PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
507.K.6.

(2) THE PROPERTY HAS STRUCTURES FOR WHICH
BUILDING PERMITS WERE ISSUED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
STANDARDS FOR A DEVELOPMENT OPTION WHICH WAS
VALID AT THE TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE.

(3) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A PLATTED AND RECORDED
SUBDIVISION (ALSO SEE SUBSECTION G.2 BELOW).

c. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS ALREADY BEEN
ESTABLISHED FOR A PROPERTY, SUBSEQUENT
DEVELOPMENT OR REDEVELOPMENT OF THE PROPERTY
MUST COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE
ESTABLISHED DEVELOPMENT OPTION UNLESS USE PERMIT
APPROVAL PER SECTION 307 IS OBTAINED, WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

(1) THE PROPERTY HAS BEEN REZONED PER SECTION 506
(BASE ZONING ONLY; DOES NOT INCLUDE HEIGHT OR
DENSITY WAIVERS, SPECIAL PERMITS, OR ADDITION OF
OVERLAY DISTRICTS); OR

(2) THE PROPERTY IS A PREVIOUSLY PLATTED
SUBDIVISION AND THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION IS TO BE
REPLATTED; OR




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(3) THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND IS BEING PLATTED AS A
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION; OR

(4) THE PROPERTY IS PART OF A MASTER PLAT SUCH AS:
STATE PLATS; AGRICULTURAL/RANCHING
SUBDIVISIONS; PLATS USED TO MAKE DEDICATIONS
AND CREATE DEVELOPMENT BLOCKS WITHIN MASTER-
PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS; OR OTHER ATYPICAL
SUBDIVISION PLATS AS APPROVED BY THE ZONING
ADMINISTRATOR.

d. IF A DEVELOPMENT OPTION HAS NEVER BEEN ESTABLISHED
FOR A PROPERTY, ANY APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION
MAY BE CHOSEN.

2. PLATTED SUBDIVISION LOTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS
APPLICABLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OPTION STATED IN THE TITLE
OF THE PLAT, AS FOLLOWS:

a. DEVELOPMENTS HAVING AN APPROVED FINAL SITE PLAN OR
APPROVED SETBACK EXHIBIT ON FILE WITH THE PLANNING
AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT MAY INSTEAD CHOOSE TO
APPLY THE STANDARDS APPROVED PER THE PLAN/EXHIBIT, IF
DIFFERENT FROM CURRENT STANDARDS. HOWEVER, ANY
AMENDMENT TO A FINAL SITE PLAN OR SETBACK EXHIBIT
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT DEVELOPMENT
OPTIONS AND STANDARDS.

b. PLATS TITLED “STANDARD”, “SUBDIVISION”, “CONVENTIONAL”,
OR HAVING NO REFERENCE TO A DEVELOPMENT OPTION
SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF
THE STANDARD OPTION.

c. PLATS TITLED “AVERAGE LOT” OR “PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

d. PLATS TITLED “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED” OR “SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL” SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION, IN ADDITION TO THE STANDARDS OF SECTION 608.I.

e. PLATS TITLED “PLANNED AREA DEVELOPMENT” SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 635 WHEN ZONED
PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15. OTHER PLATS WITH THE SAME
TITLE BUT NOT ZONED PAD-1 THROUGH PAD-15 SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, OR THE BASE
REGULATIONS OF THE DISTRICT IF THE PRD OPTION IS NOT
OFFERED.

f. FOR OTHER PLAT TITLES NOT IDENTIFIED WITHIN THIS
SECTION, THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR SHALL DETERMINE
THE APPLICABLE DEVELOPMENT OPTION AND REGULATIONS.

3. STANDARD OPTION. WHEN A ZONING DISTRICT PROVIDES
MULTIPLE DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS, THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS FOR THE STANDARD OPTION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THE
ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TABLE FOR THAT
DISTRICT. IF ONLY ONE SET OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS IS
PROVIDED FOR A ZONING DISTRICT, THOSE STANDARDS SHALL BE
CONSIDERED THE STANDARD OPTION.

4. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION. WHEN THE
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION IS UTILIZED FOR A
SUBDIVISION AND/OR DEVELOPMENT, A SITE PLAN MUST BE
SUBMITTED, REVIEWED, AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 507. THE SITE PLAN SHALL ILLUSTRATE COMPLIANCE
WITH ALL OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR THE PRD
OPTION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Section 608.H (Bonus Provisions)
H. Reserved. BONUS PROVISIONS.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION DENSITY BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING
THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION, SINGLE-
FAMILY SUBDIVISIONS IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN INCREASED DENSITY AS
SHOWN IN TABLE 608.H.1 BY PROVIDING SITE AMENITIES AND
ENHANCEMENTS FROM TABLE 608.H.2, UP TO THE MAXIMUM
DENSITY PERMITTED BY THE DISTRICT:



TABLE 608.H.1
PERMISSIBLE DENSITY BONUS BY DISTRICT

0.05 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
RE-35 AND R1-18
EARNED

0.10 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R1-10, R1-8, AND R1-6
EARNED

0.25 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-2, R-3, AND R-3A
EARNED

0.50 ADDITIONAL PDU/ACRE PER 10 BONUS POINTS
R-4 AND R-5
EARNED




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT

INCREASE COMMON LANDSCAPED SETBACK
10 PTS. 1. ADJACENT TO PERIMETER STREET TO A MINIMUM 20
FEET.

PROVIDE A MAJOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,500 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
10 PTS./FEATURE 2.
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

PROVIDE A MINOR ENTRY FEATURE WITH A
MINIMUM 1,000 SQ. FT. OF LANDSCAPED AREA
5 PTS./FEATURE 3.
(EXCLUSIVE OF PERIMETER LANDSCAPING AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY).

STREETSCAPE

PROVIDE DETACHED SIDEWALKS SEPARATED FROM
THE CURB BY A MINIMUM 5-FOOT WIDE PLANTING
AREA. PLANTING AREA SHALL BE PLANTED WITH
20 PTS. 4. MINIMUM 24-INCH BOX SIZE TREES PLANTED AT A
RATE OF 1 PER LOT, TURF OR 5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS
FOR EVERY TREE AND GROUND COVER; AND
SUPPLIED WITH AN ADEQUATE IRRIGATION SYSTEM.

PROVIDE LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION FOR ALL
FRONT YARDS WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT WHICH
10 PTS. 5.
SHALL INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF 1 24-INCH BOX TREE,
5, 5-GALLON SHRUBS, AND GROUND COVER.

RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL 5 BONUS POINTS FOR
5 PTS. 5A.
EACH ADDITIONAL TREE (MINIMUM 15-GALLON).




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR DRIVEWAYS AND ON-LOT
SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST
10 PTS. 6.
OF CONSISTENT ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE
FEATURES, E.G. INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS,
BORDERS.

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE STREETS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 7. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.

PROVIDE PARTIAL TREATMENT OF PAVING
SURFACES FOR ALL PRIVATE SIDEWALKS. PARTIAL
10 PTS. 8. TREATMENT SHALL CONSIST OF CONSISTENT
ACCENT TREATMENT FOR ALL LIKE FEATURES, E.G.,
INTERSECTIONS, CROSSWALKS, BORDERS.

2 PTS./FEATURE 9. PROVIDE LANDSCAPED MEDIAN ISLANDS.

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREET FURNITURE
5 PTS. 10. PACKAGE CONSISTING OF CUSTOM STREET SIGNS,
BUS SHELTERS AND BENCHES.

PROVIDE CUSTOM STREETLIGHT STANDARDS
5 PTS. 11.
AND/OR FIXTURES.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.H.2
SINGLE-FAMILY SUBDIVISION AMENITY BONUS POINTS

BONUS POINTS CATEGORY

PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE STREETSCAPE PLAN,
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT OR OTHER MEANS
WHICH SHALL ADDRESS VISUAL INTEREST AT A
PEDESTRIAN SCALE; RHYTHM, FORM AND MASSING;
25 PTS. 12. AND RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS TO EACH OTHER FOR
THE ENTIRE SUBDIVISION. SUCH PLAN SHALL
PROVIDE ELEVATIONS, COLOR OPTIONS, AND LIMIT
WHICH MODEL(S)/ELEVATION(S) MAY OR MAY NOT
BE SITED ON INDIVIDUAL LOTS.

PROVIDE HOUSE PLANS WHICH DEMONSTRATE AN
25 PTS. 13. ENHANCED LEVEL OF ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AS
APPROVED BY THE DESIGN ADVISOR.

PROVIDE PREMIUM GRADE EXTERIOR MATERIALS
10 PTS. 14. AND FINISHES AS APPROVED BY THE DESIGN
ADVISOR.

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMON OPEN SPACE, SUCH
2 PTS. 15. THAT EACH ADDITIONAL 1% OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE EARNS 2 BONUS POINTS.

PROVIDE MAJOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
10 PTS./FEATURE 16. AMENITIES (E.G., TENNIS COURTS, POOL,
COMMUNITY MEETING ROOM).

PROVIDE MINOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL
AMENITIES (E.G., BIKEPATH OR MULTI-USE TRAIL
WHICH PROVIDE AN INTERNAL LINKAGE WITHIN THE
5 PTS./FEATURE 17.
DEVELOPMENT AS WELL AS A CONNECTION TO
SIMILAR FACILITIES LOCATED AT THE PERIMETER
OF THE SITE).




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

2. MULTI-FAMILY OPEN SPACE BONUS. WHEN UTILIZING THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL OPTION, MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENTS IN THE R-2, R-
3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS MAY EARN A ONE PERCENT
DENSITY BONUS FOR EACH TWO PERCENT OF COMMON OPEN
SPACE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OPEN SPACE
REQUIRED FOR THE DEVELOPMENT.

a. THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT SHALL
DETERMINE THE ADEQUACY OF COMMON OPEN SPACE AS
PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS. OPEN SPACE
SHALL NOT INCLUDE:

1. PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.

2. VEHICULAR DRIVES OR PARKING AREAS.

3. PRIVATE PATIO AREAS, NARROW STRIPS BETWEEN OR
IN FRONT OF UNITS; OR, IN GENERAL, AREAS
RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF INDIVIDUAL
TENANTS.

4. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT THE EXTERIOR
BOUNDARIES OF THE SITE.

5. GOLF COURSES.

b. IN NO CASE SHALL THE DENSITY OF THE DEVELOPMENT
EXCEED THE MAXIMUM DENSITY ALLOWED BY THE DISTRICT.

3. AFFORDABLE HOUSING INCENTIVES. IN ORDER TO OVERCOME A
DEMONSTRATED DEFICIENCY IN THE SUPPLY OF HOUSING FOR
PERSONS OF LOW INCOME, INCENTIVES ARE ESTABLISHED TO
FOSTER THE PROVISION OF SUCH HOUSING.

a. APPLICABILITY. ALL DEVELOPMENT LOCATED WITHIN A
ZONING DISTRICT SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
608 PROVIDING AFFORDABLE HOUSING AS DEFINED IN
SECTION 202.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

b. DENSITY BONUS.

(1) ONE ADDITIONAL UNIT SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR EVERY
TWO AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS, PROVIDED THAT
THE OVERALL PROJECT DENSITY DOES NOT EXCEED 10
PERCENT BEYOND THAT WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE BE
ALLOWED.

(2) A DENSITY BONUS AWARDED PER THIS SECTION SHALL
APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM DENSITY FOR ANY DISTRICT
AND MAY BE IN ADDITION TO A DENSITY BONUS
EARNED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 608.H.1 or
608.H.2.

c. OTHER REQUIREMENTS. THE TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS
WITHIN A PROJECT SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE HOUSING
DEPARTMENT.

Section 608.I (Single-Family Infill Subdivisions)
I. Development Regulations. Following are definitions of terms used in the
development standards tables for each district:

1. Minimum lot dimension: The minimum width and depth of lot lines and
where specified, the minimum area of each lot.

2. Dwelling unit density: The total number of dwelling units on a site divided
by the gross area of the site.

a. Density Bonus Points. Additional density may be granted by earning
density bonus points by providing site enhancements from the table
below, as follows:

(1) Single-family detached development in the R1-10 through R1-
6 districts (Sections 611 through 613) may earn increased
density of 0.1 du/ac for each ten density bonus points earned
when also using the planned residential development option,
up to the maximum density allowed by the district.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(2) Single-family detached development in the R-2 through R-4A
districts (Sections 614 through 619) may earn increased
density of 0.275 du/ac for each five density bonus points
earned when also using the planned residential development
option, up to the maximum density allowed by the district.
However, at least half of the bonus points used to achieve
densities in excess of 7.5 du/ac must be from the architectural
design bonus point category.


Bonus Points Enhancement Category
PERIMETER/BACKUP TREATMENT
10 pts. 1. Increase common landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter street to 20' avg./15' minimum.

10 pts./feature 2. Provide a major entry feature with a minimum 1,500
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).

5 pts./feature 3. Provide a minor entry feature with a minimum 1,000
sq. ft. of landscaped area (exclusive of perimeter
landscaping and right-of-way).

STREETSCAPE

20 pts. 1. Provide detached sidewalks separated from the curb
by a minimum 5'-wide planting area. Planting area
shall be planted with minimum 24"-box size trees
planted at a rate of 1 per lot, turf or 5 5-gallon shrubs
for every tree and ground cover; and supplied with
an adequate irrigation system.

10 pts. 2. Provide landscaping and irrigation for all front yards
within the development which shall include a
minimum of 1 24"-box tree, 5 5-gallon shrubs, and
ground cover.

5 pts. 2a. Receive an additional 5 bonus points for each
additional tree (minimum 15-gallon).

10 pts. 3. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for
driveways and on-lot sidewalks. Partial treatment




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

shall consist of consistent accent treatment for all
like features, e.g. intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts. 4. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private streets. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

10 pts. 5. Provide partial treatment of paving surfaces for all
private sidewalks. Partial treatment shall consist of
consistent accent treatment for all like features, e.g.,
intersections, crosswalks, borders.

2 pts./feature 6. Provide landscaped median islands.

5 pts. 7. Provide a comprehensive street furniture package
consisting of custom street signs, bus shelters and
benches.

5 pts. 8 Provide custom streetlight standards and/or fixtures.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN

25 pts. 1. Provide a comprehensive streetscape plan,
development agreement or other means which shall
address visual interest at a pedestrian scale; rhythm,
form and massing; and relationship of units to each
other for the entire subdivision. Such plan shall
provide elevations, color options, and limit which
model(s)/elevation(s) may or may not be sited on
individual lots.

25 pts. 2. Provide house plans which demonstrate an
enhanced level of architectural design as approved
by the design advisor.

10 pts. 3. Provide premium grade exterior materials and
finishes as approved by the design advisor.

OPEN SPACE/RECREATION

2 pts. 1. Provide additional common area, such that each
additional 1% of common area earns 2 bonus points.

10 pts./feature 2. Provide major private recreational amenities (e.g.,
tennis courts, pool, community meeting room).




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

5 pts./feature 3. Provide minor private recreational amenities (e.g.,
bikepath or multi-use trail which provide an internal
linkage within the development as well as a
connection to similar facilities located at the
perimeter of the site).


b. Additional Common Area/Open Space. Additional density may be
granted by providing additional common area above any minimum
requirements as follows:

(1) Qualifying developments (listed below) may earn:

(a) A one percent density bonus for each four percent of
basic common area; or

(b) A one percent density bonus for each two percent of
improved common area.

(c) The Planning and Development Department shall
determine the adequacy of both basic and improved
common areas as part of the development review
process. Open space shall not include:

(i) Public right-of-way.

(ii) Vehicular drives or parking areas.

(iii) Private patio areas, narrow strips between or in
front of units; or, in general, areas reserved for
the exclusive use of individual tenants.

(iv) Required setback areas at the exterior
boundaries of the site.

(v) Golf courses.

(d) In no case shall the density of the development exceed
the maximum density allowed by the district.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(2) Developments qualifying for the additional common area/open
space density bonus are as follows:

(a) Single-family development in the RE-35 and R1-18
zoning districts (Sections 609 and 610), when also
using the planned residential development option.

(b) Single-family attached development in the R1-10
through R-4A zoning districts (Sections 611 through
619), when using the planned residential development
option.

(c) Single-family development in the R-2 through R-4A
zoning districts (Sections 614 through 619), when using
the single-family infill development option.

(d) Multi-family development in the R1-10 through R-4A
zoning districts (Sections 611 through 619), when using
the planned residential development option.

3. Perimeter standards: Setbacks for structures which are required at the
perimeter of a development. These standards shall apply only to lots which
are created by a subdivision or a project approved under the provisions of
Section 507. These standards shall not apply in the following circumstances:
when contiguous developments are to be developed using the same
development option with the same perimeter standards and are on the same
preliminary plat or are platted concurrently; when the perimeter of a
development is contiguous to a permanent open space, such as a natural
wash, hillside preserve, or existing golf course, the depth of which is at least
forty feet; or when the development was properly platted prior to September
13, 1981.

4. Building setback: The required separation of buildings from lot lines.

5. Maximum height: The maximum allowed height as measured from natural
grade which measurement shall be as in chapter 2.

6. Lot coverage: The maximum area of a lot occupied by structures and open
projections as defined in chapter 2.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


7. Common areas: Required areas in a planned residential development to be
used and enjoyed by residents of a development and either improved in
accordance with the standards in chapter 2 or maintained in a natural state
as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

8. Allowed Development: The development options tables provided in
Sections 609 through 619 indicate the only types of residential development
permitted under each development option and associated development
regulations. The complete list of all permitted uses, including accessory and
temporary uses, is provided in Section 608.C.

9. Required review: Development review in accordance with Section 507 of
this ordinance, and subdivision review in accordance with chapter 32 of the
Phoenix City Code when new lots are created.

10. Required parking: The minimum number of off-street parking spaces to be
provided and which shall be according to Section 702.A.

11. Street standards: The class of street required to provide access to any
parcel or subdivided lot within a development.




***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

I. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS.

1. APPLICABILITY. THE SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL REGULATIONS OF THIS
SECTION SHALL APPLY TO SUBDIVISIONS MEETING ALL OF THE
FOLLOWING CRITERIA:

a. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT ZONED HP OR HP-L, NOR
DESIGNATED AS HISTORIC ON THE NATIONAL REGISTER OF
HISTORICAL PLACES.

b. THE SUBDIVISION IS ZONED R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1,
C-2, C-3, DTC, OR WU CODE;

c. THE SUBDIVISION EITHER UTILIZES THE PLANNED
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PRD) OPTION, OR THE DISTRICT
SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT AN SFI SUBDIVISION MAY BE
DEVELOPED PER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION;

d. THE SUBDIVISION IS EITHER LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL PLAN,
OR THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA
IDENTIFIED AS “APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS OBTAINED
USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND

e. FOR EXISTING SUBDIVISIONS RECORDED PRIOR TO 2024
ONLY: THE PLAT HAS THE SUBTITLE “A SINGLE-FAMILY
ATTACHED SUBDIVISION”; “A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
SUBDIVISION”; “SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED DEVELOPMENT
OPTION”; OR ANOTHER ANALOGOUS SUBTITLE AS
DETERMINED BY THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

FIGURE 608.I.1
SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION DEVELOPMENT AREAS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

2. SPECIAL PLANNING AREAS. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN
THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND REDEVELOPMENT
AREAS, OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING
DISTRICTS, AND SPECIFIC PLANS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PLANNING DISTRICTS,
REDEVELOPMENT AREAS OR SPECIFIC PLANS SHALL APPLY.

3. SFI DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

a. THE FOLLOWING TABLE PROVIDES MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS TO BE APPLIED TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION
DEVELOPED UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION:

TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISIONS

LOT WIDTH
(1) 20 FEET
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT DENSITY
(3) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS
(4) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MAXIMUM)

INDIVIDUAL LOT SETBACKS
(5) NONE
(MINIMUM)

GARAGE DOOR/CARPORT
(6) ENTRY SETBACK THREE FEET
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.c

PERIMETER STREET, FRONT: 10 FEET
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER PERIMETER STREET, SIDE: 15 FEET
(8) BUILDING SETBACKS
(MINIMUM) PERIMETER STREET, REAR: PER SECTION 608.I.4.d
OTHER PERIMETER: 10 FEET




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 608.I.3:
MODIFIED PRD DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISIONS

10 FEET, REQUIRED TO BE
PERIMETER STREET
COMMUNITY/ASSOCIATION MAINTAINED. MAY BE
(9) LANDSCAPE SETBACKS
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM)
SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) PER SECTION 608.I.3.b
(MAXIMUM)

LOT COVERAGE INDIVIDUAL LOTS: NO MAXIMUM
(11)
(MAXIMUM) OTHER PARCELS/TRACTS: 50%

COMMON OPEN SPACE
(12) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE
(13) PER SECTION 608.I.7
REQUIREMENTS

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE
OTHER APPLICABLE
(14) DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB A
REGULATIONS:
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


b. MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT.

(1) IN ALL DISTRICTS, THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT
MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-
FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE
INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM
PERMITTED HEIGHT.

(2) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED R-5, THE MAXIMUM
PERMITTED HEIGHT IS 48 FEET.

(3) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED DTC, THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT
SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE
CHARACTER AREA.

(4) FOR PROPERTIES ZONED WU CODE, THE MAXIMUM
HEIGHT SHALL BE AS PERMITTED BY THE APPLICABLE
TRANSECT.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(5) IN ALL OTHER DISTRICTS, THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT IS 40 FEET WITHIN 150 FEET OF THE
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER, WITH A ONE-FOOT HEIGHT
INCREASE PERMITTED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE-
FOOT SETBACK TO A MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF
48 FEET.

c. ALL OTHER DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE
UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT ARE APPLICABLE UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
SECTION.

4. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL DESIGN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS.

a. INDIVIDUAL UNITS FRONTING ON STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY
SHALL PROVIDE A FRONT ENTRY THAT IS EITHER ELEVATED,
DEPRESSED OR INCLUDES A FEATURE SUCH AS A LOW WALL
TO ACCENTUATE THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE. (R*)

b. REQUIRED PARKING SPACES SHALL NOT FRONT ON OR BE
ACCESSED FROM A PERIMETER STREET. (R*)

c. FRONT-FACING GARAGE DOORS AND CARPORTS SHALL BE
NO WIDER THAN 50 PERCENT OF WIDTH OF THE BUILDING
ENVELOPE AS MEASURED AT THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FRONT
SETBACK. (R*)

d. NO REAR PROPERTY LINE OF ANY LOT IN AN SFI SUBDIVISION
SHALL ABUT EITHER A PERIMETER STREET OR AN
ASSOCIATED PERIMETER STREET LANDSCAPE SETBACK
AREA. (R*)

e. ATTACHED DWELLING UNITS CONSTRUCTED IN A ROW SHALL
NOT EXCEED A TOTAL LENGTH OF 200 FEET WITHOUT HAVING
A MINIMUM 20-FOOT-WIDE OPEN AREA. (R*)

5. LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. TREES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN REQUIRED LANDSCAPE
SETBACKS AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 20 FEET ON CENTER OR
EQUIVALENT GROUPINGS, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) FIFTY PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES SHALL BE
MINIMUM ONE-AND-ONE-HALF-INCH CALIPER AT THE
TIME OF INSTALLATION.

(2) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES
SHALL BE MINIMUM TWO-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-
TRUNKED TREES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

(3) TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED TREES
SHALL BE MINIMUM THREE-INCH CALIPER OR MULTI-
TRUNKED TREES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION.

b. A MINIMUM OF FIVE, FIVE-GALLON SHRUBS PER TREE SHALL
BE PROVIDED. (T)

6. PARKING REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 702 APPLIES TO SFI
DEVELOPMENT, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THIS
SECTION.

a. A MINIMUM OF ONE COVERED PARKING SPACE PER
DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED ON THE SAME LOT AS
THE UNIT FOR WHICH IT IS PROVIDED.

b. COVERED PARKING SETBACKS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE
LARGER THAN THE BUILDING SETBACKS REQUIRED FOR THE
DWELLING UNIT.

c. A MINIMUM 0.25 ADDITIONAL UNRESERVED GUEST PARKING
SPACE PER DWELLING UNIT MUST BE PROVIDED WITHIN
ANY SFI DEVELOPMENT.

7. VEHICULAR ACCESS AND MANEUVERING.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. ALL MANEUVERING FOR ON-SITE PARKING MUST BE LOCATED
ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND NOT WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-
WAY. (T)

b. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM A PUBLIC STREET OR
PRIVATE ACCESSWAY IS PERMITTED. (T)

c. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS
PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT AND THE STREET TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT HAS APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM
PAVING STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

d. ACCESS TO AN SFI SUBDIVISION FROM AN ALLEY IS
PERMITTED WHEN LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1, WITH THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:

(1) THE SFI SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ACROSS THE
ALLEY FROM EITHER A SINGLE-FAMILY OR HP ZONING
DISTRICT. (R)

(2) THE STREET TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT HAS
APPROVED MINIMUM WIDTH AND MINIMUM PAVING
STANDARDS FOR THE ALLEY. (T)

e. INDIVIDUAL LOTS MAY FRONT ON A PUBLIC STREET, PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY, OR PRIVATE DRIVE, AS APPROVED BY THE CITY
TO ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT MANEUVERING AND PUBLIC
UTILITY ACCESS. (T)

8. WALLS/FENCES.

a. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN
REQUIRED PERIMETER LANDSCAPE SETBACKS IS 40 INCHES.
(R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

b. THE MAXIMUM WALL/FENCE HEIGHT PERMITTED WITHIN
REQUIRED OPEN SPACE AREAS IS 40 INCHES, WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF REQUIRED POOL FENCES AND OTHER
NECESSARY VIEW FENCES, AS APPROVED BY PDD. (R*)

9. SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE IS SUBJECT TO THE REGULATIONS OF SECTION
705, TABLE D-1, SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL.

Section 608.J (Off-Site Manufactured Home Developments)

J. Incentives for Affordable Housing. In order to overcome a demonstrated deficiency
in the supply of housing for persons of low and moderate income, incentives are
established to foster the provision of such housing.

1. Applicability. All development located within a zoning district subject to the
provisions of Section 608 providing affordable housing as defined in Section
202.

2. Density Bonus.

a. One additional unit shall be allowed for every two affordable housing
units; provided, that the overall project density does not exceed ten
percent beyond that which would otherwise be allowed.

b. A density bonus awarded per this section shall apply to the maximum
density for any district and may be in addition to a density bonus
earned per the provisions of Section 608.I.2.

3. Other Requirements. The total number of units within a project shall be as
approved by the Department of Housing.

J. OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS. OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT IS SUBJECT TO USE PERMIT
APPROVAL IN THE C-1, C-2, AND C-3 DISTRICTS, IN ADDITION TO ZONING
DISTRICTS INDICATED IN SECTION 608.D; AND SUBJECT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS:

1. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 703.B DO NOT APPLY TO OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS.

2. THESE REGULATIONS APPLY TO DEVELOPMENT OF A SINGLE LOT
OR PARCEL, NOT TO BE FURTHER SUBDIVIDED.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


3. PLACEMENT FOR EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL BE
PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES AND TEN FEET BETWEEN AWNINGS
AND CANOPIES. ALL ANNEXES OR STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS
SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.

b. THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST 40 FEET BETWEEN OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOMES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A PRIVATE
ACCESSWAY.

c. NO OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME, ANNEX OR
STRUCTURAL ADDITION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN EIGHT FEET
TO ANY PRIVATE ACCESSWAY OR PRIVATE DRIVE.

4. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE SHALL HAVE
PRIVATE OUTDOOR LIVING SPACE OF AT LEAST 150 SQUARE FEET.
THE DIMENSION OF THIS SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 FEET IN
WIDTH.

5. AT EACH OCCUPIED OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE,
THERE SHALL BE AN ENCLOSED STORAGE LOCKER FOR YARD
TOOLS AND OTHER BULKY ITEMS CONVENIENT TO THE SPACE WITH
A STORAGE CAPACITY OF AT LEAST 150 CUBIC FEET.

6. ALL AREAS NOT COVERED BY STRUCTURES OR PAVED SURFACES
SHALL BE LANDSCAPED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE APPROVED DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DOCUMENTS REQUIRED
UNDER SECTION 507.

7. SCREENING THE PERIMETER OF AN OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED
HOME DEVELOPMENT BY A WALL OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL
MAY BE REQUIRED AS A CONDITION OF USE PERMIT APPROVAL.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

8. THERE SHALL BE A NETWORK OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS
CONNECTING OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACES WITH EACH
OTHER AND WITH DEVELOPMENT FACILITIES AND AMENITIES.

9. IF STORAGE YARDS ARE PROVIDED, THERE SHALL BE A SCREENED
STORAGE YARD OR YARDS FOR BOATS, RECREATIONAL VEHICLES,
ETC. SUCH STORAGE YARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 60
SQUARE FEET OF STORAGE SPACE FOR EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL
BE LOCATED SO AS TO NOT DETRACT FROM SURROUNDING
PROPERTIES. ALL BOATS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLES SHALL BE
PARKED IN THE STORAGE YARD.

10. EACH OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL (1) BE AFFIXED
PERMANENTLY TO THE GROUND OR (2) HAVE SKIRTING AROUND
ITS PERIMETER TO SCREEN ITS WHEELS AND UNDERCARRIAGE.

11. ALL UTILITIES AND THE WIRES OF ANY CENTRAL TELEVISION OR
RADIO ANTENNA SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.

12. NOT MORE THAN 15 PERCENT OF THE SPACES IN ANY ONE OFF-
SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE DEVELOPED
OR USED FOR RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

13. DEVELOPMENT OF OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME COMMUNITIES
SHALL BE UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
OPTION APPLICABLE IN THE UNDERLYING ZONING DISTRICT.

14. PRIVATE DRIVES MAY BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EACH OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME.

15. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE TOTAL
AREA OF THE OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT
DEDICATED OR RESERVED AS USABLE COMMON OPEN SPACE
LAND. COMMON OPEN SPACE LANDS SHALL BE CLEARLY
DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN AS TO THE CHARACTER OF USE AND
DEVELOPMENT BUT SHALL NOT INCLUDE:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

a. AREAS RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR BENEFIT OF
AN INDIVIDUAL TENANT OR OWNER; NOR

b. DEDICATED STREETS, ALLEYS, AND OTHER PUBLIC RIGHTS-
OF-WAY; NOR

c. VEHICULAR DRIVES, PARKING, LOADING, AND STORAGE
AREAS; NOR

d. REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT EXTERIOR BOUNDARIES OF
THE SITE; NOR

e. GOLF COURSES.

ADEQUATE GUARANTEES MUST BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE
PERMANENT RETENTION OF OPEN SPACE LAND AREA RESULTING
FROM THE APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS, EITHER BY
PRIVATE RESERVATION FOR THE USE OF THE RESIDENTS WITHIN
THE DEVELOPMENT OR BY DEDICATION TO THE PUBLIC, OR A
COMBINATION THEREOF.

***
Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 609 (RE-35 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 609. RE-35 Single-Family Residence District

***

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in the
RE-35 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 150' width, 175' depth 100' width, 125' depth None
dimensions (width (Minimum area 35,000
and depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 1.10 1.10 1.15; 1.32 with bonus
(units/gross acre)

Perimeter standards None 40' front or rear, 20' 40' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be in
common ownership unless
lots front on the perimeter
public street; 20' adjacent to
property line

Building setbacks 40' front, 40' rear, 20' 25' front, 50' total front 25' front
side and rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30'




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 609.A
RE-35 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Lot coverage 25%, except if all 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional
structures are less than 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
20' and 1 story in height attached shade attached shade structures.
then a maximum of structures. Total: 40%. Total: 40%.
40% lot coverage is
allowed.

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area

Allowed development Single-family detached Single-family attached; Single-family attached; plus
plus (a) (a)

Required review Subdivision to create 4 Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
or more lots building setbacks

Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.


TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 150 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 175 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 1.2 PDU/AC (GROSS)
1.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 1.2 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 1.5 WITH BONUS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 40 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 40 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 20 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 40 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 20 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 20 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED BUILDING
(MINIMUM) SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

25%, EXCEPT IF ALL
STRUCTURES ARE LESS
THAN 20' AND 1 STORY IN
LOT COVERAGE
(11) HEIGHT THEN A MAXIMUM 40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
OF 40% LOT COVERAGE IS
ALLOWED.


COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 609.1 RE-35 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER
OTHER CODE;
32, CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507 TAB
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 610 (R1-18 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 610. R1-18 Single-Family Residence District

***

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used IN
THE R1-18 DISTRICT for each district. The definitions of terms used in these
standards are found in Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL
DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Illustrations of Development Options


Table 610.A
R1-18 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Minimum lot 130' width, 120' depth 90' width, 80' depth None
dimensions (width (Minimum area 18,000
and depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 1.95 1.95 2.05; 2.34 with bonus
(units/gross acre)

Perimeter standards None 30' front or rear, 10' 20' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street; 15'
adjacent to property line

Building setbacks 25' front, 30' rear, 10' 25' front, 50' total front 25' front
side plus rear

Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30'

Lot coverage 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional 30%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade attached shade attached shade structures
structures structures
Total: 40%
Total: 40% Total: 40%

Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 610.A
R1-18 Development Options

(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development

Allowed development Single-family detached Single-family attached; Single-family attached; plus
plus (a) (a)

Required review Subdivision to create 4 Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
or more lots building setbacks

Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway (1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.


TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 130 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 120 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 2.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
2.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 2.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 2.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT FRONT: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS REAR: 30 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 610.1 R1-18 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE WHERE
STREET LOTS FRONT ON PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

30%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 40% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 40%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 611 (R1-10 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 611. R1-10 Single-Family Residence District




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-10 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.



Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 75' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except None, except
110' adjacent to freeway or 110' adjacent to freeway or
arterial arterial


Dwelling 3.0 3.5; 4.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2)(front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); landscape setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2) (Does not apply to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None


Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, For lots <60': 2 car widths,
for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths,
for lots >70': no maximum for lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that
3 stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50% plus an additional 10% for 50% plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.A
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Development review per
Section 507, and subdivision to Section 507, and subdivision to
create 4 or more lots create 4 or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)


Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20 to 30
feet on center (based on
species) or in equivalent
groupings, and 5 shrubs per
tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to the
development standards of Table 611.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards
Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot dimensions 80' width, 94' depth 60' width, 65' depth None
(width and depth)
(Minimum area
10,000 sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 3.50 3.50 3.68; 4.20 with bonus
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 30' front, 25' rear, 20' adjacent to a public
10' side street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on the
perimeter public street; 15'
adjacent to property line


Building setbacks 25' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front 10' front
and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories


Lot coverage 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
additional 10% for an additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or
ADU and/or attached an ADU and/or attached shade structures.
shade structures. attached shade
structures. Total: 60%
Total: 60%




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 611.B
R1-10 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)


(c)
(a) (b)
Standards
Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family Single-family Multi-family plus (b)
detached(3) and attached; plus (a)
duplex


Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
4 or more lots building setbacks


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 80 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 3.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
4.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 3.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 4.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 611.1 R1-10 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 612 (R1-8 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 612. R1-8 Single-Family Residence District

***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-8 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.



Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 65' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 4.0 4.5; 5.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story); Property line
(side): 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum
landscaped setback adjacent to
perimeter streets(2) (Does not apply to lots fronting
onto perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus additional 10% for an 50%, plus additional 10% for an
ADU and/or attached shade ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.A
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999, refer to the
development standards of Table 612.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)



(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot dimensions 70' width, 94' depth 50' width, 65' depth None
(width and depth)
(Minimum area 8,000
sq. ft.)


Dwelling 4.30 4.30 4.52; 5.16 with bonus
unit density (units/gross
acre)


Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10' side 20' adjacent to a public
street(2); this area is to be
in common ownership
unless lots front on
the perimeter public
street; 15' adjacent to
property line


Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front plus 10' front
and 3' side rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to
48' high and 4 stories

50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional 50%, plus an additional
Lot coverage
additional 10% for 10% for an ADU and/or 10% for an ADU and/or
an ADU and/or attached shade attached shade structures
attached shade structures
Total: 60%
structures
Total: 60%
Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross
area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 612.B
R1-8 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to June 2, 1999)



(c)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned Residential
Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Allowed development Single- Single-family attached; Multi-family plus (b)
family detached(3) an plus (a)
d duplex


Required review Subdivision to create Subdivision with Site plan per Section 507
4 or more lots building setbacks


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to June 2, 1999.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 70 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 4.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
5.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 4.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 5.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE WHERE
STREET LOTS FRONT ON PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 612.1 R1-8 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 613 (R1-6 Single-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 613. R1-6 Single-Family Residence District

***


B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R1-6 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR
PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 5.5; 6.5 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum(Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 613.A
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 613.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Minimum lot 60' width, 94' depth 40' width, 60' depth None
dimensions (width and (Minimum area 6,000
depth) sq. ft.)


Dwelling unit density 5.30 5.30 5.54; 6.34 with bonus
(units/gross acre)


Perimeter standards None 25' front or rear 10' 20' adjacent to a public
side street(2); this area is to be in
common ownership unless
lots front on the perimeter
public street; 15' adjacent
to property line


Building setbacks 20' front, 25' rear, 10' 10' front, 35' front 10' front
and 3' side plus rear


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' for first
150'; 1' in 5' increase to 48'
high and 4 stories


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 50%, plus an 50%, plus an additional
10% for an ADU and/or additional 10% for an 10% for an ADU and/or
attached shade ADU and/or attached attached shade structures
structures shade structures
Total: 60%
Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None None Minimum 5% of gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 613.B
R1-6 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


Planned Residential
Standards Subdivision Average Lot
Development


Allowed development Single-family Single-family Multi-family plus (b)
detached(3) and duplex attached plus (a)


Required review Subdivision to create 4 Subdivision with Development review per
or more lots building setbacks Section 507


Street standards Public street required Public street Public street or private
accessway(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE.
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 5.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
6.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 5.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 6.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
(8) BUILDING NONE.
OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15 FEET
SETBACK
(MINIMUM)

PERIMETER 15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON LOTS
STREET WHICH FRONT ON A PERIMETER
(9) LANDSCAPE NONE. STREET. MAY BE PROVIDED AS
SETBACK PART OF THE REQUIRED
(MINIMUM) BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET 3 STORIES AND 30 FEET
(MAXIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 613.1 R1-6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE
(11) ATTACHED SHADE 60% TOTAL FOR DEVELOPMENT
(MAXIMUM)
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE. 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET
PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET
ACCESSWAY
REQUIREMENT

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
OTHER CODE;
CITY CODE;
(14) APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION
REGULATIONS: TAB A;
507 TAB A
BONUS: SECTION 608.H


Section 614. R-2 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 614 (R-2 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:

Section 614. R-2 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-2 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 614.A
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 614.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.


Dwelling unit 10.50; 12.00 with 10.50; 12.00 with
density 10.0 10.0 bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)


10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street(2);
rights-of-way; 15'
this area is to be
for units siding
in common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 25' front or rear ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street; 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line


20' front, 25' rear, 10' front, 35' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none


3 stories or 40' for
2 stories and 30'
first 150'; 1' in 1'
for first 150'; 1' in
Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' increase to 48'
5' increase to 48'
height, 4-story
high and 4 stories
maximum(5)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
structures
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60%


Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area


Single-family
attached and
Single-family single-family
Allowed Single-family Multi-family plus
detached(3) and detached (per the
development attached plus (a) (b)
duplex provisions of
Section 608.F.6
only)


Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Table 614.B
R-2 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)


(c)
(d)
(a) (b)
Standards Planned
Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development


Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
10.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 10.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
12.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 10.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 10.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 12.0 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 25 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT 18 FEET FRONT OR STREET
(6)
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS. SIDE
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 614.1 R-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



Section 615. R-3 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 615 (R-3 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 615. R-3 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

***
A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-3 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.A
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 615.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
15.23; 17.40 with 15.23; 17.40 with
density 14.5 14.5
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

25' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

2 stories and 30' 3 stories or 40' for
for first 150'; 1' in first 150'; 1' in 1'
Maximum height 2 stories and 30'(5) 2 stories and 30'(5) 5' increase to 48' increase to 48'
height, 4-story height, 4-story
maximum(5) maximum(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 615.B
R-3 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per the
development
attached and attached and attached and provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
15.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 14.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
17.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 15.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 14.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 17.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 615.1 R-3 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 30 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.

Section 616. R-3A Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 616 (R-3A Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Section 616. R-3A Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-3A district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.A
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 616.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
23.1; 26.4 with 23.1; 26.4 with
density 22 22
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

25' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

3 stories or 40' for 3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 5' first 150'; 1' in 1'
Maximum height 3 stories or 40'(5) 3 stories or 40'(5) increase to 48' increase to 48'
height, 4-story height, 4-story
maximum(5) maximum(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 616.B
R-3A Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per the
development
attached and attached and attached and provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
23.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 22.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
26.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 23.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 22.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 26.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 25 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 616.1 R-3A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



Section 617. R-4 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 617 (R-4 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 617. R-4 Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence District

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations. The following tables establishES standards to be used in
the R-4 district. The definitions of terms used in these standards are found in
Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option must meet Section
608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608, RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS,
FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.A
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 617.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
30.45; 34.80 with 30.45; 34.80 with
density 29.0 29.0
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

20' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

3 stories or 40' for 3 stories or 40' for
first 150'; 1' in 5' first 150'; 1' in 1'
Maximum height 3 stories or 40'(5) 3 stories or 40'(5) increase to 48' increase to 48'
height, 4-story height, 4-story
maximum(5) maximum(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 617.B
R-4 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
Single-family Single-family Single-family attached and
detached(3), detached(3), detached(3), single-family
Allowed
single-family single-family single-family detached (per the
development
attached and attached and attached and provisions of
multi-family multi-family multi-family Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
30.0 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 29.0 PDU/AC (GROSS)
35.0 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 30.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 29.0 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 35.0 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS.
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 617.1 R-4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

3 STORIES AND 40 FEET FOR
FIRST 150 FEET FROM
DEVELOPMENT PERIMETER;
BUILDING HEIGHT ONE FOOT HEIGHT INCREASE
(10) 3 STORIES AND 40 FEET**
(MAXIMUM) FOR EACH FIVE FEET IN
SETBACK INCREASE TO
MAXIMUM 4 STORIES AND 48
FEET HIGH**

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL
ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.



Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 618 (R-5 Multi-Family Residence District) to read as
follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


Section 618. R-5 Multi-Family Residence District—Restricted Commercial

A. Purpose. The purpose of the multi-family residence districts is to provide for
alternate living styles including rental, condominiums and single ownership of
land with multiple units thereon or single or attached townhomes.

The density ranges offered are intended to allow for a greater interaction of
residents with at least the opportunity for less individual maintenance, unit cost,
and size as compared with a conventional single-family residence.

The TWO design DEVELOPMENT options, of average lot subdivision,
STANDARD and planned residential DEVELOPMENT, and single-family
attached development are intended to provide flexibility as to unit placement,
variable yard requirements, more reasonable and practical use of open spaces,
staggered height limits up to three and four stories and more standardized
parking and street improvement requirements. Bonus provisions are intended to
facilitate and enhance the utilization of smaller infill parcels as well as unusual
and irregular parcels throughout the City.

Along with the freedom that the multi-family district offers are certain
responsibilities which must be met for project residents, but more importantly for
the overall adjacent neighborhood. These are expressed in terms of standards
and performance criteria. The standards internal to a project are intended to
increase livability with amenities including landscaping, recreational facilities and
project design. On the other hand the exterior standards provide a better fit, [and]
better the project and the neighborhood environs. Criteria relating to setbacks,
screening and landscaping are intended to reduce noise, maintain privacy and
minimize psychological feelings to a change in development character and avoid
any adverse effect on property values.

B. District Regulations—Residential Uses. The following tables establishES
standards to be used in the R-5 district. The definitions of terms used in these
standards are found in Section 608.I. The single-family infill development option
must meet Section 608.F.6 requirements. REFER TO SECTION 608,
RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS, FOR PERMITTED USES AND ADDITIONAL
DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum lot width 55' minimum 45' minimum (unless approved
by either the design advisor or
the Design Review Committee
for demonstrating enhanced
architecture that minimizes the
impact of the garage


Minimum lot depth None, except 110' adjacent to None, except 110' adjacent to
freeway or arterial freeway or arterial


Dwelling 5.0 6.5; 12 with bonus
unit density (units/gross acre)


Minimum perimeter building setb Front: 15'; Street(2) (front, rear or side): 15'
acks (in addition to landscape
Rear: 15' (1-story), 20' (2-story); setback);

Side: 10' (1-story), 15' (2-story) Property line (rear): 15' (1-story),
20' (2-story);

Property line (side): 10' (1-
story), 15' (2-story)


Common None 15' average, 10' minimum (Does
landscaped setback adjacent to not apply to lots fronting onto
perimeter streets(2) perimeter streets)


Minimum interior Front: 10'; rear: 10'; combined Front: 10'; rear: none
building setbacks front and rear: 35', street side: (established by Building Code);
10'; sides: 13' total (3' minimum, street side: 10'; sides: none
unless 0') (established by Building Code)


Minimum building separation 10' None




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Minimum garage setback 18' from back of sidewalk for 18' from back of sidewalk for
front-loaded garages, 10' from front-loaded garages, 10' from
property line for side-loaded property line for side-loaded
garages garages


Maximum garage width For lots <60': 2 car widths, for For lots <60': 2 car widths, for
lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for lots ≥60' to 70': 3 car widths, for
lots >70': no maximum lots >70': no maximum


Maximum height 2 stories and 30' 2 stories and 30' (except that 3
stories not exceeding 30' are
permitted when approved by the
design advisor for demonstrating
enhanced architecture)


Lot coverage 50%, plus an additional 10% for 50%, plus an additional 10% for
an ADU and/or attached shade an ADU and/or attached shade
structures structures

Total: 60% Total: 60%


Common areas None Minimum 5% of gross area


Allowed development Single-family detached(3) Single-family detached(3)


Required review Development review per Section Development review per Section
507, and subdivision to create 4 507, and subdivision to create 4
or more lots or more lots


Street standards Public street or private Public street or private
accessway(1) accessway(1)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.A
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Detached Development(3)

Planned Residential
Standards Conventional
Development

Landscape standards Perimeter common: trees
spaced a maximum of 20' to 30'
on center (based on species) or
in equivalent groupings, and 5
shrubs per tree.



(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) For single-family detached development built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998, refer to the
development standards of Table 618.B.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Minimum lot 60' width, 94' Development site:
40' width, 60'
dimensions (width depth (Minimum None none. Individual
depth
and depth) area 6,000 sq. ft.) dwelling lot: 20'.

Dwelling unit
45.68;52.20 with 45.68;52.20 with
density 43.5 43.5
bonus bonus
(units/gross acre)

10' for units
20' adjacent to a
fronting street
public street; this
rights-of-way; 15'
area is to be in
for units siding
common
street rights-of-
Perimeter 20' front, 15' rear, ownership unless
None way. This area is
standards 10' side lots front on the
to be in common
perimeter public
ownership or
street(2); 15'
management. 10'
adjacent to
adjacent to
property line
property line

20' front, 15' rear, 10' front, 30' front Individual unit lot:
Building setbacks 10' front
10' and 3' side plus rear none

Maximum height 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5) 4 stories or 48'(5)

50%, plus an 50%, plus an 50%, plus an 100% for each
additional 10% for additional 10% for additional 10% for individual lot. 50%
an ADU and/or an ADU and/or an ADU and/or for other parcels
Lot coverage
attached shade attached shade attached shade or tracts with
structures structures structures accessory
Total: 60% Total: 60% Total: 60% structures

Minimum 5% of Minimum 5% of
Common areas None None
gross area gross area




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Table 618.B
R-5 Development Options
Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Development, and
Single-Family Detached Development (Subdivided Prior to May 1, 1998)

(c)
(d)
(a) (b) Planned
Standards Single-Family
Subdivision Average Lot Residential
Infill(4)
Development

Single-family
attached and
Single-family Single-family Single-family
single-family
Allowed detached, single- detached, single- detached, single-
detached (per the
development family attached family attached family attached
provisions of
and multi-family and multi-family and multi-family
Section 608.F.6
only)

Subdivision to Development Development
Subdivision with
Required review create 4 or more review per review per
building setbacks
lots Section 507 Section 507

Development site:
public street,
public alley, or
Public street or private
Public street
Street standards Public street private accessway.
required
accessway(1) Individual unit lot:
private
accessway, or
private drive(1)


(1) Public streets may be required as a part of subdivision or development review for extensions of
street patterns, for circulation within neighborhoods, or to continue partial dedications.

(2) For purposes of this section, canal rights-of-way shall be treated the same as public street rights-
of-way.

(3) The only single-family detached developments that the standards of the table apply to are ones
built or subdivided prior to May 1, 1998.

(4) The single-family infill development option must comply with the additional development
regulations provided in Section 608.F.6.

(5) There shall be a 15-foot maximum height within ten feet of a single-family zoned district, which
height may be increased one foot for each additional one foot of building setback to the maximum
permitted height.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




ILLUSTRATIONS OF DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS




TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT WIDTH
(1) 60 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

LOT DEPTH
(2) 94 FEET NONE
(MINIMUM)

DEVELOPMENT
45.5 PDU/AC (GROSS);
(3) DENSITY 43.5 PDU/AC (GROSS)
52.5 WITH BONUS
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED LOTS 45.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS);
(4) 43.5 LOTS/AC (GROSS)
(MAXIMUM) 52.5 WITH BONUS

FRONT: 20 FEET
FRONT: 10 FEET
INDIVIDUAL LOT REAR: 15 FEET
REAR: NONE
(5) SETBACKS STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
STREET SIDE: 10 FEET
(MINIMUM) INTERIOR SIDES: 10 FEET
INTERIOR SIDES: NONE
AND 3 FEET

GARAGE
DOOR/CARPORT SAME AS INDIVIDUAL LOT
(6) FRONT: 18 FEET
ENTRY SETBACK SETBACKS
(MINIMUM)

(7) PROJECTIONS PER SECTION 701.A.3.A PER SECTION 701.A.3.B

DEVELOPMENT
PERIMETER STREET: 20 FEET.
PERIMETER
(8) NONE OTHER PROPERTY LINE: 15
BUILDING SETBACK
FEET
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET, EXCEPT NONE ON
PERIMETER STREET
LOTS WHICH FRONT ON A
LANDSCAPE
(9) NONE PERIMETER STREET. MAY BE
SETBACK
PROVIDED AS PART OF THE
(MINIMUM)
REQUIRED BUILDING SETBACK.

BUILDING HEIGHT
(10) 4 STORIES AND 48 FEET** 4 STORIES AND 48 FEET**
(MAXIMUM)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 618.1 R-5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(B)
(A)
CATEGORY PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
STANDARD OPTION
DEVELOPMENT (PRD)

50%, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL
10% FOR AN ADU AND/OR
LOT COVERAGE 60% TOTAL FOR
(11) ATTACHED SHADE
(MAXIMUM) DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURES
TOTAL: 60%

COMMON OPEN
(12) SPACE NONE 5% OF GROSS AREA
(MINIMUM)

STREET FRONTAGE PUBLIC STREET OR PRIVATE
(13) PUBLIC STREET
REQUIREMENT ACCESSWAY

SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32,
SUBDIVISIONS: CHAPTER 32, CITY CODE;
CITY CODE; DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION 507
OTHER APPLICABLE DESIGN REVIEW: SECTION TAB A;
(14)
REGULATIONS: 507 TAB A; MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 703.B
MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION BONUS: SECTION 608.H;
703.B SFI SUBDIVISIONS: SECTION
608.I


** THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY
ZONED DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT.


***


Section 619. R-4A Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—General.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 619 (Residential R-4A District—Multifamily Residence—
General) to read as follows:

Section 619. Residential R-4A District—Multifamily MULTI-FAMILY Residence—
General

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

A. Permitted Uses. Primary uses and accessory uses are permitted as indicated in
the Residential Districts Land Use Matrix, Section 608.D, plus the following:

1. Hospice, subject to a use permit.

2. Nursing home, subject to a use permit and the following conditions:

a. A maximum lot coverage of 25 percent.

b. A minimum of 50 square feet of usable outdoor open space per bed
shall be provided.

3. Single-family infill developments, per the provisions of Section 608.F.6 and
Table 617.B, R-4 Development Options, column D.

B. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. Except as required by Section 701, the
following yard, height and area provisions shall be required for this district:

***

8. Single-family infill development must comply with all regulations applicable to
SFI development in the R-4 district except for density, which shall be
permitted per Section 619.B.1.

9. Off-site manufactured home developments, upon obtaining use permit
approval, shall comply with the R-4 standards for planned residential
developments (Table 617.B, column C) except for density, which shall be
permitted per Section 619.B.1.

***


Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail
Amend Chapter 6, Section 622 (Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail) to
read as follows:

Section 622. Commercial C-1 District—Neighborhood Retail.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

A. Purpose. The C-1, Commercial Neighborhood Retail District, is a district of light
neighborhood type retail and customer service uses designed to be compatible
with each other and nearby residential districts.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Section, the
following restrictions shall apply to this district:

1. All commercial uses are restricted to closed buildingS except parking lots
and liquid fuel pump services.

***

10. The sale of used merchandise in connection with the following permitted
uses when such used merchandise uses a floorspace having a total area of
no more than five (5) percent of the gross floor area of the establishment:

***

g. Audio and video rentals and retail sales.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE R-5 DISTRICT.

3. ADULT DAY CARE HOME AND CENTER

4. BOARDING HOUSE, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

5. COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

6. GROUP HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


7. NURSING HOME, SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5 DISTRICT and R-
4A; and in addition the following:

***

2. RESERVED. Adult Day Care Home and Center

***

19. RESERVED. Boarding House, subject to a use permit

***

38. RESERVED. Community Residence Center, subject to a use permit

***

76. RESERVED. Group Home, subject to a use permit

***

120. RESERVED. Nursing Home, subject to a use permit

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL
COMPLY WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION
608.J, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial
Amend Chapter 6, Section 623 (Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial)
to read as follows:

Section 623. Commercial C-2 District —Intermediate Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-2, Commercial Intermediate District, is a district of commercial
uses of medium intensity designed to be compatible with each other and to provide
for a wide range of types of commercial activity within the district.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Except as otherwise provided, all permitted uses and storaging of materials
or supplies shall be conducted entirely within a closed building.

2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted
uses set forth in Section 623.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained
and subject to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere
along the building except as noted in Section 623.CB.2.b;

***

9. With the exception of those instances listed above in 623.CB.7. and CB.8.,
no other types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or
displayed for sale on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales
dealership and upon obtaining a special permit pursuant to Section 647.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-1 DISTRICT.

3. BOARDING HOUSE

4. COMMUNITY RESIDENCE CENTER

5. GROUP HOME

6. NURSING HOME

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, THE R-5, R-4A, and C-1
districts; and in addition the following:

***

50. RESERVED. Community Residence Center.

***

126. RESERVED. Nursing Home.

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.
OFF-SITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL
COMPLY WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION
608.J, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial
Amend Chapter 6, Section 624 (Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial) to
read as follows:

Section 624. Commercial C-3 District —General Commercial.

A. Purpose. The C-3 Commercial General District, is a district designed to provide for
the intensive commercial uses necessary to the proper development of the
community.

B. Reserved.

C. B. District Restrictions.

1. Any lighting shall be placed so as to reflect the light away from adjacent
residential districts. No noise, odor or vibration shall be emitted so that it
exceeds the general level of noise, odor or vibration emitted by uses outside
the site. Such comparison shall be made at the boundary of the site.

2. The display of merchandise outdoors as an accessory use to the permitted
uses set forth in Section 624.D is prohibited unless a use permit is obtained
and subject to the following standards for the outdoor display area:

a. A maximum 300 square feet of display area can be located anywhere
along the building except as noted in Section 624.CB.2.b;

***

4. With the exception of those instances listed above in 624.CB.3., no other
types of vehicle built to carry passengers or cargo can be sold or displayed
for sale on-site except by a registered vehicle retail sales dealership.

C. PERMITTED USES—RESIDENTIAL.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL USES, BUT ONLY WITHIN SINGLE-
FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED PER THE
PROVISIONS OF 608.I, INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.

2. ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL USES OTHER THAN SINGLE-FAMILY, AS
PERMITTED IN THE C-2 DISTRICT.

D. Permitted Uses—NON-RESIDENTIAL. All NON-RESIDENTIAL uses permitted in
R1-6 if zoned commercial prior to January 5, 1994, non-single-family residential,
and single-family attached uses permitted in R-3, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1 and THE C-2
districts; and in addition the following, including the storage of all raw materials and
finished products in connection herewith:

***

E. Yard, Height and Area Requirements. To protect surrounding neighborhoods and
preserve the public welfare, standards are herein established for yard, height and
area requirements to provide an appropriate transition between commercial uses
and adjoining neighborhoods. In recognition of the goals contained in the General
Plan for uses and intensities within core areas, greater heights and intensities are
herein encouraged.

1. Any multiple MULTI-family residential use shall conform to the yard, height,
area and density requirements set forth in Section 615 FOR THE R-3
DISTRICT except as otherwise provided herein:

***

d. Neither the Zoning Administrator nor the Board of Adjustment shall
have jurisdiction to vary the provisions of Section 624.E.1.OFF-SITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY
WITH ALL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS OF SECTION 608.J,
INCLUDING USE PERMIT APPROVAL.

e. Any residential use within the downtown redevelopment area, as
defined in City Council Resolution No. 15143 shall conform to the
yard, height, area, and density requirements set forth in Section 618.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

2. Any single-family residential use shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Such development shall be permitted only if the property is
designated as residential on the General Plan Map. If this standard is
satisfied, the remainder of this section shall apply.

b. The applicant shall submit in writing to the Zoning Administrator a
declaration of the development option (standard subdivision, average
lot subdivision, conventional, or planned residential development) and
density proposed for the residential use.

c. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the residential zoning
district to which the proposed single-family development is
equivalent, the use shall satisfy the development standards contained
in Sections 609 through 613 for the development option and density
of the equivalent zoning district.

d. Upon completion of development of a single-family residential use in
accordance with this section, the Planning Commission shall initiate
an application for rezoning the site to the residential zoning district
appropriate for the site.

2. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS SHALL BE DEVELOPED
ONLY AS PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 608.I. R-3
PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION STANDARDS SHALL
APPLY WHEN NOT IDENTIFIED OR MODIFIED BY SECTION 608.I.

***

Section 632. Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District.
Amend Chapter 6, Section 632 (High-Rise H-R1 District—High-Rise and High
Density District) to strike everything, and replace with the following text:

SECTION 632. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) OVERLAY DISTRICT

A. PURPOSE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT IS TO ESTABLISH
ZONING REGULATIONS WHICH ACHIEVE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 9-
462.13, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES, AS FOLLOWS:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

1. ENTITLE PROPERTIES WITHIN THE MIDDLE HOUSING OVERLAY
DISTRICT TO HAVE UP TO FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS PER
LOT.

2. PROVIDE MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR MIDDLE
HOUSING.

B. APPLICABILITY.

1. THE MH OVERLAY MAY BE COMBINED WITH ANY ZONING DISTRICT
WHEN ALSO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 632.C.

2. IF THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH OVERLAY CONFLICT WITH OTHER
ZONING REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROPERTY, THE MH
OVERLAY PROVISIONS SHALL PREVAIL, UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED IN THIS SECTION.

C. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE
APPLIED TO THE FOLLOWING:

1. A PROPERTY WHICH HAS BEEN REZONED WITH THE MH OVERLAY
DISTRICT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 506; OR

2. LOTS IN A SUBDIVISION HAVING A PLAT RECORDED ON OR AFTER
JANUARY 1, 2026, WHICH MEET ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
CRITERIA:

a. THE SUBDIVISION IS CONTIGUOUS AND A MINIMUM 10 GROSS
ACRES IN SIZE.

b. THE SUBDIVISION HAS NEVER BEEN PART OF A PRIOR
SUBDIVISION WHICH HAS APPLIED THE MIDDLE HOUSING
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9-462.13, ARIZONA REVISED
STATUTES.

c. THE SUBDIVISION HAS BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-24, R1-14,
RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-
1, C-2, OR C-3.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


d. FOR C-1, C-2, AND C-3 PROPERTIES ONLY: THE SUBDIVISION
IS PLATTED AS A SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISION AS
SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.I.

e. THE NUMBER OF LOTS PROPOSED FOR APPLICATION OF THE
MH OVERLAY DISTRICT DOES NOT EXCEED 20% OF THE
TOTAL NUMBER OF LOTS IN THE SUBDIVISION. FOR
SUBDIVISIONS OF FEWER THAN FIVE LOTS, ONE LOT SHALL
BE PERMITTED TO HAVE THE MH OVERLAY.

f. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF: PHOENIX SKY HARBOR INTERNATIONAL
AIRPORT; PHOENIX DEER VALLEY AIRPORT; AND
SCOTTSDALE AIRPORT; EACH OF WHICH IS A FEDERAL
AVIATION ADMINISTRATION COMMERCIALLY LICENSED
AIRPORT OR A GENERAL AVIATION OR PUBLIC AIRPORT AS
DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8486, ARIZONA REVISED STATUTES.

g. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED IN THE TERRITORY IN THE
VICINITY OF A MILITARY AIRPORT OR ANCILLARY MILITARY
FACILITY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 28-8461, ARIZONA REVISED
STATUTES.

h. THE SUBDIVISION IS NOT LOCATED ON TRIBAL LAND.

I. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER HAS REQUESTED THE CITY TO
ASSIGN THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT WITHIN THE SUBDIVISION
THROUGH THE OPT-IN PROCEDURES PROVIDED IN THIS
SECTION.

D. OPT-IN PROCEDURE. PRIOR TO UTILIZING THE PROVISIONS OF THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT, SUBDIVISIONS ELIGIBLE PER SECTION 632.C.2 MUST
REQUEST THAT THE CITY APPLY THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE LOTS
ON WHICH MIDDLE HOUSING SHALL BE PERMITTED, AS FOLLOWS:

1. THE SUBDIVISION OWNER SHALL SIGN BEFORE A NOTARY PUBLIC
AN OPT-IN FORM PROVIDED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


2. CONCURRENT WITH THE OPT-IN FORM, THE SUBDIVISION OWNER
SHALL SUBMIT A LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LOTS ON WHICH THE
MH OVERLAY DISTRICT SHALL BE APPLIED.

3. CITY STAFF SHALL REVIEW THE OPT-IN FORM AND LEGAL
DESCRIPTION. WHEN THE REQUEST IS CONFIRMED TO BE
ELIGIBLE, STAFF SHALL PROCESS A REQUEST TO CHANGE THE
OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX TO APPLY THE MH
OVERLAY DISTRICT TO THE ELIGIBLE SUBDIVISION LOTS.

4. ONCE THE ZONING MAP CHANGE IS COMPLETED, THE LOTS SHALL
BE OFFICIALLY ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT UNTIL SUCH
TIME THAT THEY MAY BE REZONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
506.

E. MIDDLE HOUSING (MH) DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS. THE FOLLOWING
MODIFIED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS APPLY ONLY WHEN THE MH
DISTRICT IS COMBINED WITH THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14, RE-35, R1-18, R1-10,
R1-8, R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, OR C-3 ZONING
DISTRICTS. FOR ALL OTHER PROPERTIES, THE DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS OF THE BASE DISTRICT APPLY.

1. PERMITTED USES.

a. ALL USES PERMITTED WITHIN THE UNDERLYING BASE ZONING
DISTRICTS, PLUS

b. MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING UNITS.

2. DENSITY. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS
(PDU) PROVIDED ON A LOT ASSIGNED THE MH OVERLAY DISTRICT
SHALL NOT EXCEED THE NUMBER ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING,
OR FOUR PDUS, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

a. THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SUBDIVIDED LOTS PER ACRE IS
THE SAME AS ALLOWED BY THE BASE ZONING AND IS NOT
MODIFIED BY THIS SECTION.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

b. FOR THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPTION,
DENSITY BONUS PROVISIONS ARE APPLICABLE FOR SINGLE-
FAMILY DEVELOPMENT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 608.H.1.

3. SETBACKS AND HEIGHT. THE REQUIRED SETBACKS AND MAXIMUM
HEIGHT(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR A SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
UNIT ON THE SAME PROPERTY, INCLUDING THOSE FOR PERMITTED
PROJECTIONS.

4. LOT COVERAGE. LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR THE
BASE DISTRICT, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTION:

a. LOTS WITH BASE ZONING OF RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, OR R1-14.
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED LOT COVERAGE SHALL BE
INCREASED TO 50% WHEN ALL STRUCTURES ON THE LOT ARE
ONE-STORY AND A MAXIMUM 20 FEET IN HEIGHT.

5. PARKING AND MANEUVERING.

a. ON LOTS HAVING NO MORE THAN ONE PRIMARY DWELLING
UNIT, A MINIMUM OF TWO PARKING SPACES SHALL BE
PROVIDED ONSITE.

b. ON LOTS HAVING TWO OR MORE PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS,
A MINIMUM OF ONE PARKING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED
ONSITE PER PDU.

c. MANEUVERING WITHIN A PUBLIC ALLEY SHALL BE ALLOWED
WHEN IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: (T)

(1) THE ALLEY IS A MINIMUM 16 FEET WIDE FOR THE
LENGTH OF THE BLOCK;

(2) THE ALLEY IS PAVED TO THE TWO NEAREST EXISTING
CROSS STREETS, TO THE STANDARDS REQUIRED BY
THE CITY FOR A LOCAL STREET; AND




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(3) A MINIMUM OF 24 FEET MANEUVERING AREA IS
PROVIDED THAT IS A COMBINATION OF THE ALLEY
PAVING AND ONSITE PAVING, OR AS OTHERWISE
APPROVED THROUGH A TECHNICAL APPEAL.

6. DESIGN REVIEW.

a. HISTORIC PRESERVATION (HP). DESIGN REVIEW FOR HP-
ZONED OR HP-DESIGNATED PROPERTIES SHALL BE AS
REQUIRED PER THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 8, WITH NO
MODIFICATIONS BY THIS OVERLAY DISTRICT.

b. ALL LOTS NOT ZONED HP OR DESIGNATED HP, REGARDLESS
OF LOT WIDTH, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW.

***

Section 701. Bulk Regulations
Amend Chapter 7, Section 701.A.3 (Projections) to read as follows:

***
A. Lots.

***

3. Projections.

a. STANDARD OPTION. The following provisions apply to development
in Sections 604 through 607 and Section 619 and in the subdivision
option of Sections 609 through 618 IN THE RE-43, RE-24, R1-14,
AND R-4A DISTRICTS, AND IN THE RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8,
R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN
DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD
DEVELOPMENT OPTION:

(1) Open projections.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(a) In any district, an awning, open porch, open carport, or
open balcony may project into any required front yard
not more than five feet.
FRONT YARD. AN ATTACHED CARPORT, AWNING,
PORCH/FRONT ENTRY, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP
TO FIVE FEET INTO THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD.

(b) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony
may project into any side yard other than the side yard
on the street side of a corner lot, if it does not come
nearest to the side lot line than three feet.
SIDE YARDS. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO ANY INTERIOR (NOT STREET) SIDE
YARD, PROVIDED THAT IT IS NO CLOSER THAN
THREE FEET FROM THE SIDE PROPERTY LINE.

(i) For any lot wherein a ten-foot or greater side
yard is required, no such projection shall be
within an area ten feet wide and ten feet high,
measured from finished grade, lying within that
side yard.

(ii) No more than one such clear area, as stipulated
in i. above, need be maintained on a lot.

(c) An attached open porch, open carport, or open balcony
may project into a rear yard, provided it does not come
nearer to a common rear lot line than three feet. Where
a rear alley exists this projection may extend to the rear
lot line or to within eight or ten feet of what would be the
centerline of a full sixteen- or twenty-foot-wide alley
where only a one-half or partial alley exists.
REAR YARD. AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH,
PERGOLA, TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY
PROJECT INTO THE REAR YARD, PROVIDED THAT
IT IS NO CLOSER THAN THREE FEET FROM THE
REAR PROPERTY LINE.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


(i) WHERE A FULLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS,
THIS PROJECTION MAY EXTEND TO THE
PROPERTY LINE; OR WHERE ONLY A
PARTIALLY-DEDICATED ALLEY EXISTS, TO
WITHIN EIGHT OR TEN FEET OF WHAT
WOULD BE THE CENTERLINE OF A FULL 16-
OR 20-FOOT-WIDE ALLEY.

(d) Open fire balconies, and OPEN fire escape stairs
PROVIDED FOR EMERGENCY USE ONLY may
project not more than five feet over INTO any required
yard provided they come no closer than two feet from a
property line.

(e) Awnings, cornices, CANTILEVERED roof overhangs,
and eaves may project more than three feet over INTO
any required yard providing they come no closer than
two feet from a property line.

(f) Sills, leaders, belt courses, and similar ornamental
features may project not more than six inches over
INTO any required yard.

(g) An entrance awning may project into any required yard
in an R-5 or less restricted district.

(2) Closed Projections.

(a) A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule, ten feet or
less in width, may project not more than three feet into
any REQUIRED front or rear yard.

(b) A chimney may project not more than three feet into any
required yard, if it THE CHIMNEY is not more than six
feet long measured in a direction parallel to the nearest
property line AND so long as it is not closer than two
feet from a property line.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(c) The main building in a residence district may project five
feet into the required front yard for no more than one-
half of the maximum width of the structure.

(d) The main building (which may include an attached ADU)
may project into the required rear or side yard, subject
to the following:

(i) The projection is no closer to a side property line
than five feet;

(ii) The projection is no closer to a rear property line
than three feet; and

(iii) The projection does not exceed 15 feet in height,
unless greater height is permitted by obtaining a
use permit per Section 307.

b. PLANNED RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND PLANNED
AREA DEVELOPMENTS. The following provisionS applies APPLY
to development in the average lot and RE-35, R1-18, R1-10, R1-8,
R1-6, R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, AND R-5 DISTRICTS WHEN
DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE Planned Residential
Development options of Sections 609 through 618, AND
SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED AS PLANNED AREA
DEVELOPMENTS PER SECTION 635:

(1) There shall be no projections into the required front or rear
yard or required perimeter setbacks except:

(a) A roof overhang may project not more than three feet
into either of these yard AREAS; and




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(b) An attached awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY or other similar shade
structure may project not more than ten feet into the
required rear yard PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACK
provided that the structure shall neither cover more than
two hundred 200 square feet nor come closer than three
feet to a side or rear property line.

(c) A CLOSED PROJECTION (WHICH MAY INCLUDE AN
ATTACHED ADU) MAY PROJECT INTO THE
REQUIRED PERIMETER BUILDING SETBACKS,
SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING:

(I) THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A SIDE
PROPERTY LINE THAN FIVE FEET;

(II) THE PROJECTION IS NO CLOSER TO A REAR
PROPERTY LINE THAN THREE FEET; AND

(III) THE PROJECTION DOES NOT EXCEED 15
FEET IN HEIGHT, UNLESS GREATER HEIGHT
IS PERMITTED BY OBTAINING A USE PERMIT
PER SECTION 307.

(2) A roof overhang may project no more than three feet into a
required street side yard setback.

c. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL (SFI) SUBDIVISIONS. The following
provisions apply to single-family attached residential development:
SFI SUBDIVISIONS DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 608.I:

(1) Open Projections.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(a) An awning, open porch, or open balcony may project
into any required setback not more than five feet.
AN ATTACHED AWNING, PORCH, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, OR BALCONY MAY PROJECT UP
TO FIVE FEET INTO ANY REQUIRED YARD THAT IS
NOT A REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

(b) Where an FULLY-DEDICATED alley exists, an
ATTACHED awning, open porch, PERGOLA,
TRELLIS/ARBOR, or open balcony may extend to the
property line.

(2) Closed Projections. A bay window, oriel, entrance, or vestibule,
ten feet in width or less, may project not more than three feet
into any required building setback YARD THAT IS NOT A
REQUIRED LANDSCAPE SETBACK.

***

Section 702. Off-Street Parking and Loading.
Amend Chapter 7, Section 702 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) to read as follows:

***

B. Site and Parking Space Design Standards.

***

2. Space and aisle dimensions. Dimensions for maneuvering aisles and for
different types of parking spaces shall be as follows:

***

b. Surface parking:

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(5) The combined depth of the parking space and the aisle width
shall equal sixty-two (62) feet for a double loaded aisle and
forty-three (43) feet for a single loaded aisle.
FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES HAVING NO MORE THAN
FOUR PRIMARY DWELLING UNITS, THE MINIMUM DRIVE
AISLE WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 10 FEET FOR TWO-
WAY TRAFFIC WHERE IT DOES NOT ALSO FUNCTION AS
REQUIRED MANEUVERING FOR AN ADJACENT PARKING
SPACE, AS APPROVED BY THE PDD TRAFFIC ENGINEER.

***

C. Parking Requirements. Off-street automobile parking space or area shall be
provided according to the following table, except for large scale retail commercial
uses (see Section 702.D). The parking ratios in the table identify the minimum level
of parking required to serve that use and receive site plan approval.


Type of Land Use Parking Requirements

*** ***

1.5 spaces per dwelling unit
A minimum of 50% Of the required parking
Dwelling Unit, Multi-family spaces, A MINIMUM OF 0.25 SPACES PER
DWELLING UNIT must be provided as
unreserved spaces WHEN THE LOT HAS FIVE
OR MORE DWELLING UNITS.

Per Section 608.F.6, if developing under the
single-family infill development option per
Sections 614 through 618.
2 spaces per PRIMARY DWELLING unit if not
Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached developing under the SFI option. The required
spaces for each dwelling unit must be provided on
the same lot. An additional 0.25 unreserved
spaceS per dwelling unit must be provided
elsewhere within the development for visitor
parking.

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached 2 spaces per 1 PRIMARY dwelling unit




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Type of Land Use Parking Requirements

*** ***



***

F. Special Parking Standards.

1. Residential DISTRICTS lots.

a. Required parking spaces for single-family residential uses may
SHALL not be located in the required front yard.

b. Spaces in excess of those required for single-family residential uses
may be located in the required front yard. However, all parking and
maneuvering areas within the required front yard shall not exceed 50
percent of the area of the required front yard, except that a driveway
shall not be required to be less than 18 feet in width unless otherwise
stipulated by Historic Preservation.
NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE REQUIRED FRONT YARD
SHALL BE USED FOR DRIVEWAYS, MANEUVERING AREAS, AND
NON-REQUIRED PARKING SPACES. HP-ZONED LOTS MAY BE
STIPULATED TO MAXIMUM PAVING THAT IS LESS THAN 50
PERCENT AS A PART OF THE HP APPROVAL PROCESS SET
FORTH IN CHAPTER 8.

c. Buses shall not be parked in the front yard of any residential district.
A bus is any commercially licensed motor vehicle designed for
carrying more than fifteen (15) 15 passengers and used for the
transportation of persons as well as any motor vehicle, other than a
taxicab, designed for the transportation of persons for compensation.

d. Mobile homes shall not be parked in any residential district except as
provided in Section 647.A.2.1 608.J.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Section 703. Landscaping, Fences, and Walls
Amend Chapter 7, Section 703 (Landscaping, Fences, and Walls) to read as follows:

***

B. Landscaping and Open Areas SPACE in Multiple-Family Development.

1. Purpose. Multiple-family dwellings UNITS can play a desired role by
providing desired forms of housing in appropriately zoned locations.
However, because the density of dwellings is greater than alternate forms of
housing, there is a relatively greater need to ensure an appropriate
residential setting, including both landscape amenities and adequate
outdoor open areas. Although it is recognized that many multiple-family
projects will wish to provide these in greater amounts, this section
establishes minimum standards for these features. These standards also
recognize both limitations in water availability as well as legitimate needs to
use landscaping for shade, cooling, and visual relief. To these purposes,
these standards distinguish between landscaped areas oriented to public
street and the exterior of projects from that more internally oriented and for
the use of residents. They provide for landscaping at the perimeter and in
front yards to include waterless features and drought resistant plant
materials. Higher water use landscaping is to be restricted to interior areas
devoted to resident use.

2. Landscaping and open space areas shall be provided as follows at the time
of initial development and shall be maintained in a living condition on any lot
subject to residential district standards with five or more dwelling units.
PROPERTIES WITH FOUR OR FEWER DWELLING UNITS SHOULD
REFER TO SECTION 507 TAB A, II.C.9, RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN
REVIEW.

***

Section 710. Hillside Development
Amend Chapter 7, Section 710 (Hillside Development) to read as follows:

***

B. Applicability.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


***

2. Development of land in any zoning district within a hillside development area
shall also be regulated by the provisions of THIS section, 32-32 of the
Phoenix City Code, whether subdivided or not, and shall be subject to the
following special conditions:

a. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SHALL BE APPLIED IN
PLACE OF THE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS OF THE BASE
ZONING DISTRICT OF A PROPERTY AS SET FORTH IN THIS
SECTION, AND SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED BY A ZONING
OVERLAY.

b. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT IS ALSO REGULATED BY THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 32-32 OF THE PHOENIX CITY CODE,
WHETHER SUBDIVIDED OR NOT.

***

C. Standards.

***

2. Hillside development area standards. Special yard, height, area, and
coverage requirements for developments in the hillside areas in any zoning
district shall be as follows:

Table 1




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


18,000 square As required by as required by As required by
feet* zoning district zoning district zoning district

*Lot areas of
more than
eighteen
thousand
(18,000) square
feet may be
required in order
to provide a
suitable building
MINIMUM LOT
site meeting the
AREA grading
standards of
Section 32-32 of
the Phoenix City
Code.

In no case shall
residential lots
contain an area
less than the
minimum area
required by the
zoning district in




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


which such lots
are located.


MINIMUM LOT DIMENSIONS


120* As required by As required by As required by
zoning district zoning district zoning district
120'*
• WIDTH
*Unless in
• DEPTH conformance with
Section 32-32(M)
of the City Code


REQUIRED SETBACKS


As required by As required by Minimum 30'* As required by
• FRONT YARD zoning district zoning district zoning district or
minimum 30'*


As required by As required by Minimum 30'* Minimum 30'*
• REAR YARD
zoning district zoning district


• SIDE YARDS As required by As required by Minimum Minimum 15'*,
zoning district or zoning district or 15'**Building whichever is




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


ten (10) feet, ten (10) feet, heights greater greater*Building
whichever is whichever is than fifteen (15) heights greater
greater greater feet: required than fifteen (15)
yard plus one (1) feet: required
additional foot for yard plus one (1)
each foot of additional foot for
building height each foot of
exceeding 15' building height
measured from exceeding 15'
exterior measured from
boundaries exterior
boundaries


The main building The main The main The main building
and all accessory building and all building and all and all accessory
buildings shall accessory accessory buildings shall not
not occupy more buildings shall buildings shall occupy more than
than twenty-five not occupy more not occupy more twenty-five
MAXIMUM
percent (25%) of than twenty-five than twenty-five percent (25%) of
COVERAGE
the hillside percent (25%) of percent (25%) of the hillside
UNDER ROOF
portion of the lot the hillside the hillside portion of the lot
or parcel portion of the lot portion of the lot or parcel or as
or parcel or parcel required by
zoning district,
whichever is less




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT AREA STANDARDS


b. Single-family
a. Single-family Residential
Residential (Planned
d. Any Non-
DEVELOPMENT (Conventional, Residential c. Multi-Family
Residential
OPTION Standard and Development Residential
Zoning District
Average Lot Option, and
Options) Planned Area
Development)


No building shall No building shall No building shall No building shall
exceed a height exceed a height exceed a height exceed a height
of two (2) stories, of two (2) stories, of two (2) stories, of two (2) stories,
not to exceed not to exceed not to exceed not to exceed
MAXIMUM
thirty (30) feet thirty (30) feet thirty (30) feet thirty (30) feet
BUILDING
above the natural above the natural above the natural above the natural
HEIGHT
grade of the lot or grade of the lot or grade of the lot grade of the lot or
parcel at any parcel at any or parcel at any parcel at any
section through section through section through section through
the structure the structure the structure the structure




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

STANDARD: 18,000
SQUARE FEET, OR
AS REQUIRED BY
THE ZONING
NET LOT AREA DISTRICT, SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(1)
(MINIMUM) WHICHEVER IS ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
GREATER
PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
LOT WIDTH (1) FEET SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(2)
(MINIMUM) PRD: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
ZONING DISTRICT

STANDARD: 120
LOT DEPTH (1) FEET SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(3)
(MINIMUM) PRD: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
ZONING DISTRICT

DEVELOPMENT
(4) DENSITY AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1
(MAXIMUM)

SUBDIVIDED
(5) LOTS AS CALCULATED PER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 710.C.1
(MAXIMUM)

30 FEET, OR AS
FRONT YARD REQUIRED BY BASE
SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(6) SETBACK ZONING DISTRICT,
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM) WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

30 FEET, OR AS
REAR YARD REQUIRED BY BASE
SAME AS BASE SAME AS BASE
(7) SETBACK ZONING DISTRICT,
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM) WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.

STANDARD: 10 FEET STANDARD: 10 FEET
OR AS REQUIRED BY OR AS REQUIRED BY
BASE ZONING BASE ZONING 15 FEET, OR AS
SIDE YARD DISTRICT, DISTRICT, REQUIRED BY BASE
(8) SETBACK WHICHEVER IS WHICHEVER IS ZONING DISTRICT,
(MINIMUM) GREATER. GREATER. WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.
PRD: SAME AS BASE PRD: SAME AS BASE
ZONING DISTRICT ZONING DISTRICT

PER SECTION PER SECTION
(9) PROJECTIONS NOT PERMITTED
701.A.3 701.A.3

PERIMETER
(10) SETBACKS SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

15 FEET WHEN WITHIN 10 FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONED
DISTRICT BOUNDARY, WHICH HEIGHT MAY BE INCREASED ONE
BUILDING
FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO
(11) HEIGHT
THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED HEIGHT OF 2 STORIES AND 30 FEET, AS
(MAXIMUM)
MEASURED FROM THE NATURAL GRADE OF THE PROPERTY AT ANY
SECTION THROUGH THE STRUCTURE.

FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS EQUAL
TO OR GREATER THAN 10 PERCENT: 25 PERCENT, OR AS
LOT COVERAGE REQUIRED BY THE BASE ZONING DISTRICT, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
(12)
(MAXIMUM)
FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHERE THE SLOPE IS LESS
THAN 10 PERCENT: SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

TABLE 710.C.2
HILLSIDE AREA DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

(A) (B)
(C)
CATEGORY SINGLE-FAMILY MULTI-FAMILY
NON-RESIDENTIAL
RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT

COMMON OPEN
(13) SPACE SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
(MINIMUM)

STREET
FRONTAGE
(14) SAME AS BASE ZONING DISTRICT
REQUIREMENT
(2)



HILLSIDE: SECTION
32-32, CITY CODE.
HILLSIDE: SECTION HILLSIDE: SECTION
OTHER 32-32, CITY CODE. DESIGN REVIEW: 32-32, CITY CODE.
(15) APPLICABLE SECTION 507 TAB A.
REGULATIONS: DESIGN REVIEW: DESIGN REVIEW:
SECTION 507 TAB A. MULTI-FAMILY: SECTION 507 TAB A.
SECTION 703.B



(1) MINIMUM DIMENSIONS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN APPROVED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION 32-32.C.3.M,
REGARDING PANHANDLE, DOUBLE FRONTAGE, AND OTHER UNORTHODOX LOTS.

(2) STREET FRONTAGE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE ADMINISTRATIVELY MODIFIED WHEN
APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CITY CODE SECTION 32-
32.C.3.N, REGARDING HILLSIDE STREET AND PAVING STANDARDS.

***

Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code)
Amend Section 1203. Land Use Matrix (Downtown Code) to read as follows:

***

Section 1203. Land Use Matrix

***



Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


C. Land Use Matrix.




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

LAND USE CATEGORIES CHARACTER AREAS




BioMed Van Buren Warehouse
ACTIVE USE Business Core Central Park East Evergreen Roosevelt East Roosevelt North Roosevelt South Townsend Park
Commercial Corridors Downtown Gateway Evans Churchill East Evans Churchill West McDowell Corridor



RESIDENTIAL USES
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
Dwelling Unit, Single- np np p p np p p p p p p p p p np
Family, Detached
(Including Duplex and
Triplex Uses)
*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025




***

D. Land Use Conditions. The following shall apply to uses that are permitted with
conditions (pc) OR USE PERMIT (up) as indicated with a number that corresponds
with the Land Use Matrix in Section 1203.C:

***
27. Single-Family Infill (SFI) subdivision, per Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table
614.B SECTION 608.I, except as modified below:

***

e. Frontage requirements: as per the applicable character area; or if lots
front on a something other than a frontage zone, per the regulations
of Sections 608.F.6 and 614, Table B, Column D SECTION 608.I.

***

g. Allowed uses: single-family attached dwelling units and home
occupations per Section 608, except that units fronting a perimeter
street (not an alley) may have additional uses as permitted per the
applicable character area. Single-family detached units are permitted
for no more than 20 percent of the units in an SFI development to
allow for variety and efficiency of design.

***

Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code)
Amend Section 1205. Frontage Elements (Downtown Code) to read as follows:

***

A. Active Front Yard (AFY). An active front yard is a frontage element intended for use
on blocks with a high percentage of existing and/or historic single-family or duplex
style residential structures. AFY is not permitted for use on sites with primary uses
which are nonresidential, or on residential lots with more than two FOUR
PRIMARY dwelling units (not including ADUs). (R*)




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025


1. For sites with HP zoning or designation, both the building elevations and
improvements in the frontage zone shall be constructed as approved by
Historic Preservation.

2. For sites not zoned or designated HP, buildings and improvements shall be
installed in conformance with Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 (Individual Unit
Design Standards) II.C.9 (RESIDENTIAL LOT DESIGN REVIEW). If any of
the requirements of Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 conflict with provisions
of the Downtown Code, Section 507 Tab A II.C.8.5 II.C.9 requirements shall
prevail.

***

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards (WU Code)
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1303 (Transect Lot Standards) to read as follows:

***

Section 1303. Transect Lot Standards

A. General Lot Standards.

1. Subdivisions shall comply with development standards per this chapter,
including frontage standards, for all existing and newly created lots abutting
public streets, private accessways, and private driveways, with the following
caveats:

a. A development may instead utilize the Single-Family Infill
development option SUBDIVISION standards per Section 608.F.6
and Table 614.B, column D (except for the density, which is not
restricted) 608.I if it meets all three of the following conditions:

(1) The development SUBDIVISION consists solely of single-
family dwelling units and allowable accessory uses;




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

(2) The development is located within the applicable area for the
single-family infill development option or the infill development
district as depicted on the map provided in Section 608.F.6;
and
THE SUBDIVISION IS LOCATED WITHIN THE INFILL
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT IDENTIFIED IN THE GENERAL
PLAN OR IS LOCATED WITHIN THE AREA IDENTIFIED AS
“APPLICABLE AREA FOR SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL
DEVELOPMENT” SHOWN IN FIGURE 608.I.1 AND HAS
OBTAINED USE PERMIT APPROVAL; AND

(3) The development SUBDIVISION is located in any transect
other than T3.

b. All subdivisions must comply with the requirements of the Subdivision
Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the City Code), as may be modified by the
Subdivision Committee to further the goals of the Walkable Urban
Code.

2. All developments adjacent to single-family zoning districts shall follow the
same setback and stepback standards as the single-family infill
development option (Table 614.B, column D); with additional requirements
as follows: BE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING STEPBACK AND
SETBACK REQUIREMENTS:

a. THERE SHALL BE A 15-FOOT MAXIMUM HEIGHT WITHIN TEN
FEET OF A SINGLE-FAMILY ZONING DISTRICT, WHICH HEIGHT
MAY BE INCREASED ONE FOOT FOR EACH ADDITIONAL ONE
FOOT OF BUILDING SETBACK TO THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED
HEIGHT. THIS stepback provision shall not exceedREQUIRE
GREATER THAN A maximum 75-foot setback from rear and side
property lines for building height before THE maximum height IS
allowed.

***


Section 1306. Land Use Matrix
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1306 (Land Use Matrix) to read as follows:




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

***

Section 1306. Land Use Matrix

***

B. Use Regulations.

***

Table 1306.1 Land Use Matrix




CATEGORY: T3 T4 T5:2 T5:3 T5:5 T5:6 T5:7 T6:7 T6:22
RESIDENTIAL USES T6:15 T6:
HWR

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Detached P P NP NP NP NP NP NP NP
(Including Duplex and Triplex Uses)

Dwelling Unit, Single-Family Attached P P P P P P P P P

SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL NP PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC
SUBDIVISION

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***


***

C. Residential Uses, Land Use Conditions.

***

4. SINGLE-FAMILY INFILL SUBDIVISION, AS SET FORTH IN SECTION
1303.A.1.a.

***




Exhibit A: Z-TA-1-25-Y
August 29, 2025

Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.
Amend Chapter 13, Section 1307 (Parking and loading standards) to read as
follows:

***

Section 1307. Parking and loading standards.

***

B. Required Vehicular Parking.

***

Table 1307.1 Minimum Required Vehicular Parking


T5 T5

USE MEASURE T3 T4 1—5 6—10 T6 MEASURE
Stories Stories

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***

Per Section 608.F.6 608.I, if developing under the
Residential, Single-Family
Per unit provisions of Section 1303.A.1.a; otherwise per Section
Attached
702.

*** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***


***




Exhibit B: Sketch Map


w
v

Thomas Rd

G
ra
nd Transit Overlay
Av District (TOD-1)
e Coronado
Neighborhood
SPD

Mcdowell Rd
Story Roosevelt
§
¨
¦
10 Neighborhood Neighborhood
SPD SPD
Arts Culture and
Small Business
v
w

Overlay
w
v


Transit Transit Overlay
Van Buren St Overlay
Capitol District
District (TOD-1) (TOD-2)
Mall Overlay
Jefferson St District



§
¨
¦
Central City
South Interim
Overlay District
East Buckeye
Road Overlay
District
Buckeye Rd



27th Ave 23rd Ave 19th Ave 7th Ave Central Ave 16th St 24th St
Airport
7th St Noise Impact
Zone Overlay

Rio Salado
Interim Overlay University Dr
Lower Buckeye Rd
District




¯ Miles
Z-3-25-4-7-8 GRAND CANAL
INDIAN SCHOOL RD

THOMAS RD

0 0.35 0.7 1.4 MC DOWELL RD ENCANTO
I-10 CENTRAL CITY

CENTRAL CITY / ENCANTO VILLAGE VAN BUREN ST
BUCKEYE RD
COUNCIL DISTRICT: 4, 7, 8
I-17
LOWER BUCKEYE RD

40TH ST
7TH AVE
16TH ST 24TH ST
19TH AVE
CENTRAL AVE
7TH ST


REQUESTED CHANGE:
APPLICANT'S NAME: City of Phoenix Planning Commission
FROM: Various (4467.45 ac.)
DATE:
8/13/2025
APPLICATION NO: Z-3-25-4-7-8 REVISION DATES:

GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.

Various with Middle Housing Overlay District
AERIAL PHOTO & TO:
ZONING MAP

4467.45 Acres
QUARTER SEC. NO.
QS 7-26 - QS 7-28 QS 12-24 - QS 12-31 E-7, E-8, F-7, F-8,
QS 8-24 - QS 8-27 QS 13-24 - QS 13-31
( 4467.45 ac.)
QS 9-24 - QS 9-27
QS 10-24 - QS 10-31
QS 11-24 - QS 11-31
QS 14-24 - QS 14-30
QS 15-25 - QS 15-29 F-9, G-7, G-8, G-9
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D OPTION
N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus 1038
Path: S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2025\Z-3-25-4-7-8.aprx
ATTACHMENT C




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY


Date of VPC Meeting September 29, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle
Housing Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located
generally within one mile of the Downtown Code
boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and
were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION
Anthony Grande, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state
legislation, details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the
Middle Housing Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a
summary of the timeline for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE
Committee Member Blackman asked for clarification about the applicability area.
Mr. Grande provided additional information about the mechanism for applying the
overlay to new subdivisions of 10 acres or more.

Committee Member Strem asked about how compatibility of new buildings is
determined. Mr. Grande stated that existing zoning and design review requirements
would still be in place.

Committee Member Fisher noted an issue about taxation and code enforcement for
these lots since the new units will not be subdivided for ownership.

Chair Gasparro stated there are issues with infrastructure and parking. Mr. Grande
noted that the City doesn’t have the ability to require more parking than one parking
space per unit under this code.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1039
Ahwatukee Foothills Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary – September 29, 2025
Z-3-25-4-7-8


Committee Member Broberg asked if the City has an analysis of the potential
universe of homes that could take advantage of this ordinance and if there is an
understanding of the neighborhoods that will be impacted with potential parking
issues. Mr. Grande noted that staff have been discussing with neighborhoods around
downtown that have been concerned about potential impacts.

Committee Member Strem asked if the State provided a rationale for passing this
legislation. Chair Gasparro stated that many cities and states are passing similar
laws to this to help with housing affordability.

Chair Gasparro asked for clarification on the penalty if a city does not comply with
this law. Mr. Grande replied that the penalty could be that the City would lose control
over regulation for middle housing completely.

Committee Member Broberg asked for clarification on the lot coverage requirement.
Mr. Grande replied that the lot coverage requirements for single-family lots would not
be changed by this text.

Committee Member Slobodzian asked about discussions with the Water Services
Department about water supply. Mr. Grande stated that new water connections are
reviewed by the Water Services Department and developments are required to have
a water supply before they can be built, adding that sewer capacity is required in the
same way.

Committee Member Fisher asked if there was any consideration about other issues
such as deeds and taxes that could delay construction. Mr. Grande noted that the
legislation requires the City to allow middle housing through zoning and development
codes, which is what this proposal does.

Chair Gasparro asked about public comments that have been given in the meetings
up to this point. Mr. Grande noted that the largest concern has been the impacts to
historic neighborhoods near downtown.

Committee Member Broberg asked if this legislation was crafted based on a bill in
another state. Mr. Grande stated that he didn’t know. Chair Gasparro speculated
that this legislation was copied and pasted from another state.

Committee Member Fisher discussed the need for a mechanism to enforce changes
to the tax requirements for new middle housing developments. Committee Member
Broberg added that this creates an incentive to not disclose additional units on a lot
to avoid tax issues.

Committee Member Fisher asked if HOAs would have the ability to restrict middle
housing. Mr. Grande stated that the law does not impact HOA requirements.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1040
Ahwatukee Foothills Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary – September 29, 2025
Z-3-25-4-7-8


Chair Gasparro commented about issues with school capacity that haven’t been
considered in creating this legislation.

Committee Member Jain stated that this is not a good response to the legislation
and that the City could have tried to realize the goal of the legislation and revised the
zoning regulations to do more than the minimum to incentivize additional housing. Mr.
Grande reviewed some of the City’s housing-related policies, noting that this
ordinance was focused on responding specifically to the legislation.

Committee Member Strem stated that this will not create affordable housing.

Chair Gasparro suggested that incentivizing housing could be done through
demolition credits and fee waivers in the area where middle housing is desired by
policymakers.

Vice Chair Mager asked if this would likely result in demolition of buildings to
construct middle housing developments. Mr. Grande stated that it is a question of
economic feasibility for each lot, highlighting that the law would allow redevelopment
or conversion of existing homes.

Committee Member Fisher stated that the legislation is not well written.

Committee Member Broberg highlighted that the City could provide a better
response to what they are doing to address the housing shortage in Phoenix.

Committee Member Fisher stated that this overlay should be limited to the one-mile
radius that’s required, and it would be an issue if it were expanded.

Chair Gasparro asked if the Committee’s comments will be conveyed to the Planning
Commission. Mr. Grande stated that the comments drafted as minutes will be
provided to the Planning Commission before the meeting on this item.

Committee Member Jain asked for clarification about how the overlay will apply to
new developments of 10 acres or more. Mr. Grande described the mechanism.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1041
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
Date of VPC Meeting September 30, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION

Committee Member Crews arrived during this item, bringing quorum to 11 members.

Item Nos. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were heard
concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

John Roanhorse, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case and stated the items would be heard concurrently. Mr.
Roanhorse stated that there had been previous public presentations on this text
amendment and information was available online. Mr. Roanhorse discussed the
background regarding House Bill 2721, details of the proposed zoning text to revise
regulations and create the Middle Housing Overlay District. Mr. Roanhorse provided
examples of Middle Housing and the applicability for residential development. Mr.
Roanhorse presented the applicability to new subdivisions, limitations and the
implications for Historic Preservation. Mr. Roanhorse displayed the boundary of the
proposed overlay, and a summary of the timeline for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Committee Member Krietor asked for clarification on the northern boundary of the
Central Business District. Mr. Roanhorse responded that the northern boundary is
McDowell Road. Committee Member Krietor stated that the area shown does not
appear to include the Alhambra Village, but Middle Housing would be important for the
area and the requirement for 20 percent in new subdivisions may not be applicable to
Alhambra, as there are few, if any, sites available for new subdivision development.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Alhambra Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 30, 2025


Chair Sanchez asked if an ADU (Accessory Dwelling Unit) would allow for two-story
construction on a lot. Mr. Roanhorse responded that Middle Housing allows duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes and townhomes would allow up to two stories. Committee Member
Keyser commented that ADUs have typically been limited to one story, and the text
amendment appears to be a change from past regulations, noting that he had seen two-
story accessory structures previously cited for noncompliance.

Committee Member Ender asked whether the middle housing requirements would
impact existing CC&Rs (Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions). Mr. Roanhorse
responded that the state legislation does not override private CC&Rs, which are
enforced separately from city zoning regulations. Committee Member Ender asked
about the availability of infrastructure and services to support Middle Housing
development. Mr. Roanhorse responded that during the plan review process, City staff
evaluate the availability of infrastructure and identify any necessary adjustments, and
this information is provided to the applicant to ensure that new development can be
supported appropriately.

Committee Member Ender asked how parking would be accommodated for middle
housing, particularly in neighborhoods where street parking is already common. Mr.
Roanhorse responded that parking can be provided on the lot being developed and
noted that under the new text amendment, the city cannot require more than one off-
street parking space per dwelling unit, in alignment with the state’s middle housing
legislation.

Committee Member Harris asked if there will be design criteria in place to ensure that
middle housing developments in existing neighborhoods maintain the appearance of
single-family homes to maintain the architectural character of the area. Mr. Roanhorse
responded that all new developments must comply with the design requirements
outlined in the zoning ordinance.

Committee Member DeGraffenried asked if middle housing could be designed to
resemble single-family homes. Mr. Roanhorse responded that while the developments
must follow established design guidelines, the intent is to ensure compatibility with
surrounding structures.

Committee Member Keyser asked about the applicability of historic preservation which
raised a question on designated historic buildings and if existing parking would remain
in place if the property were redeveloped. Mr. Roanhorse responded that if an
entitlement for parking has already been granted in association with a site, it would
remain valid unless the entitlement is formally changed.

Committee Member Shore asked about the potential impact of Middle Housing on
historic properties and if the new regulations could lead to increased demolitions and
asked if there would be changes to front yards and lot configurations. Mr. Roanhorse
responded that historic properties are not exempt from the middle housing requirements

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1043
Alhambra Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 30, 2025


and the existing review procedures and demolition restrictions for historic properties
would remain unchanged.

Committee Member Crews commented that various duplex and triplex properties
blend into existing neighborhoods and noted a specific example near 3rd Avenue and
Thomas Road, where a house with multiple units had parking integrated into the
existing design. Committee Member Crews stated that the legislative intent behind the
Middle Housing requirements was to increase housing options, not to override local
design authority. Mr. Roanhorse noted that the text amendment did not include any
provisions that would preempt the City’s authority over design standards, and this
remains a city responsibility, allowing communities to maintain architectural consistency
and neighborhood character.

Committee Member Velasco asked if the intent of the legislation was to increase
housing supply which does not necessarily guarantee affordability. Mr. Roanhorse
responded that the current housing shortage has driven a surge in residential
development and that Middle Housing is one strategy to diversify the housing stock and
provide a broader range of options to meet varying needs and conditions.

Committee Member Crews stated that affordable housing remains a significant
challenge in the community and there needs to be a broad discussion on the topic to
explore several potential solutions. Committee Member Crews stated no definitive
conclusions were reached during legislative discussions. Committee Member Crews
expressed the importance of collaboration among various levels of government and
community organizations in addressing housing affordability. Committee Member Crews
stated the Village Planning Committee has a role in facilitating these discussions and
contributing to potential solutions. Committee Member Crews expressed optimism that
the introduction of Middle Housing could improve both pricing and availability, potentially
to ease the affordability crisis. Committee Member Crews stated there is concern about
the trend of constructing luxury-style short-term rentals, such as Airbnb properties,
which may undermine affordability goals and stressed the need for closer monitoring of
such developments. Committee Member Crews stated that affordability does not equate
to availability, especially as more people continue to move to Phoenix and while current
pricing may allow some individuals to purchase homes, addressing the broader issue of
affordability will require significant and sustained involvement from multiple
stakeholders.

Committee Member Vallo asked about density bonuses for low-income housing. Mr.
Roanhorse responded that there are incentives in place for development and noted that
there are challenges due to the prevalence of market-rate developments, which often
outpace affordable housing projects. Mr. Roanhorse said there are active projects
currently underway that do include affordable housing components and progress is
being made but will take time before these units become readily available to the
community.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1044
Alhambra Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 30, 2025


Committee Member Krietor commented that the Alhambra Village has demonstrated
responsiveness in adapting to housing needs, particularly through its integration with
light rail and collaboration with organizations such as UMOM and Catholic Charities and
these efforts have helped provide housing options and opportunities for residents and
stated that the Village Planning Committee has consistently supported initiatives that
promote affordable housing.

Committee Member Shore asked how TOD (Transit-Oriented Development) supports
residential growth. Mr. Roanhorse responded that TOD is designed to facilitate active
transportation by improving accessibility between residential areas and businesses
along the light rail corridor which are specifically planned to maximize access and
ridership while promoting a variety of residential options.

Committee Member Keyser asked if the existing overlay districts would be extended
and commented that potential adverse impacts of urban sprawl may result. Committee
Member Keyser stated that sprawl affects transportation systems, energy consumption,
and design efficiency which are issues that all planning committees should consider as
development continues. Mr. Roanhorse responded that the city has implemented a
shade policy, incorporated water conservation measures, and improved construction
design standards, all of which contribute to more sustainable development practices.
Committee Member Keyser commented that while improved irrigation systems are
beneficial, they have limitations and noted the importance of monitoring and adjusting
policies as new technologies emerge to ensure long-term effectiveness and
sustainability.

PUBLIC COMMENTS

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1045
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 9, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION:

Vice Chair Paceley left the meeting during this item, bringing quorum to 16 members.

Item Nos. 5 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and 6 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were heard
concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION
Anthony Grande, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state legislation,
details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the Middle Housing
Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a summary of the timeline
for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE
Committee Member Schmieder asked about the scenario of an existing fourplex and if
the owner would be required to keep it. Mr. Grande replied that the zoning would still
allow single-family homes and would not require a fourplex to be constructed or
retained.

Committee Member Beckerleg Thraen asked for clarification regarding this proposal
and the ADU text amendment. Mr. Grande replied that the ADU provision is separate
and would still be allowed on lots with a single-family home.

Committee Member Guevar asked if the City had looked into potential issues with
lenders who could see these properties as multifamily after this overlay is approved. Mr.
Grande replied that he hadn’t heard of that concern, noting that the zoning districts
would retain the label of Single-Family Residence District.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Camelback East Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary – September 9, 2025
Z-3-25-4-7-8


Committee Member Whitesell asked for clarification that this would apply on any
individual lot within 1 mile of downtown. Mr. Grande replied that it would. Mr. Whitesell
stated a desire to communicate to the City that they should advocate to the State
Legislature for creating an exemption for historic properties. Chair Fischbach stated
that since this is information only, the Committee should not take a formal vote on any
motion, encouraging Committee Members to contact their representatives at the City
level to express their concerns.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1047
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

No quorum.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 16, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 4 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 5 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard together.

Committee Member Leon Thomas left during this item bring the quorum to 8 members
present.

One member of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Robert Kuhfuss, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state legislation,
details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the Middle Housing
Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a summary of the timeline
for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Committee Members asked questions regarding various aspects of the Proposed Text
Amendment and Middle Housing Overlay District including clarification regarding the
boundary of the Middle Housing Overlay District, its impact on historic properties, the
ability to demolish existing housing and replace with middle housing, the provision
regarding middle housing in new subdivisions, and the State Legislature’s rationale for
passing the bill. Mr. Kuhfuss provided answers to those questions.

PUBLIC COMMENTS

Beverly Richards asked for clarification as to whether middle housing could be
constructed outside of the Overlay District. Mr. Kuhfuss provided clarification.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1049
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY



Date of VPC Meeting September 2, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

Agenda Item 6 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 7 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard together.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:
Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the State
Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not apply
to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not exempt
under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design review
procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing demolition
restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to allow two-
story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical building setback
exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same zoning development
standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage, setbacks, height, projections,
building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of different types of
middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require the City to allow
subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the City is not
proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by existing

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1050
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-in
provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or
more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision
without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano concluded with the
timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional resources, and key
takeaways.

Questions from Committee:
Chair Steven Bowser asked if the provision to apply the MH Overlay District to 20
percent of the lots within a new subdivision of 10 acres or more is citywide. Mr.
Zambrano responded affirmatively. Chair Bowser stated that all Arizona State Land
Department (ASLD) auctioned parcels are over 10 acres, noting that this provision
would impact the Desert View Village, unless developers plat subdivisions less than 10
acres at a time. Chair Bowser asked if middle housing is required to be provided. Mr.
Zambrano responded that middle housing would have to be allowed on at least 20
percent of the lots within the subdivision to comply with the State law. Mr. Zambrano
added that the developer could still choose to not build middle housing on those lots.
Mr. Zambrano stated that the developer will tell the City which lots within their
subdivision they want to apply the MH Overlay District, and then staff would send a
supplementary zoning map to the City Council to adopt. Chair Bowser asked if middle
housing could be clustered together within the subdivision. Mr. Zambrano responded
affirmatively, noting that there are no restrictions on how the MH-zoned lots have to be
dispersed throughout the subdivision. Chair Bowser asked for clarification that the City
cannot require fire sprinklers. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively. Mr. Zambrano
stated that there were recent updates to the Phoenix building code, noting that they
were also following this legislation, and the updates to the building code would address
any safety concerns.

Vice Chair Louis Lagrave asked if the opt-in provision for new subdivisions of 10 acres
or more citywide is optional. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law requires any
new subdivision of 10 acres or more to allow middle housing on 20 percent of the lots
within the subdivision.

Committee Member Joseph Barto stated that “must allow” does not sound like a
mandate. Committee Member Barto stated that it sounds like an allowance. Mr.
Zambrano responded that it is a requirement of the State law.

Vice Chair Lagrave asked if a developer can opt to not build middle housing within a
subdivision. Mr. Zambrano responded that the developer can opt to not build middle
housing, but the zoning must still allow for it on 20 percent of the lots within the
subdivision. Vice Chair Lagrave asked if a new homeowners association (HOA) has to
comply with the State law. Mr. Zambrano responded that HOAs can have stricter
restrictions than the City. Mr. Zambrano added that the City does not enforce HOA
Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs).

Committee Member Richard Carlucci asked why the City did not extend the MH
Overlay District around high-capacity transit stops, noting that the data center text

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1051
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

amendment referenced the need for higher-density housing around these areas. Mr.
Zambrano responded that the MH Overlay District is more specific to single-family
subdivisions. Mr. Zambrano added that there are adopted transit oriented development
(TOD) and transit oriented community (TOC) policy plans that provide guidance for
future rezoning requests to rezone to the Walkable Urban (WU) Code within these
policy plan areas, which does not have any density limitations. Committee Member
Carlucci asked if there was consideration to extend the MH Overlay District to other
areas of the city in order to help increase the supply of housing and bring down housing
costs. Mr. Zambrano responded that he was not sure since he was not involved in the
drafting of this text amendment. Mr. Zambrano stated that the proposed text
amendment is trying to comply with the State law requirements. Mr. Zambrano added
that the MH Overlay District does apply citywide for 20 percent of the lots in any new
subdivision of 10 acres or more. Committee Member Carlucci asked how many single-
family lots are within one mile of Downtown Phoenix. Mr. Zambrano responded that he
was not sure. Mr. Zambrano stated that there are a lot of single-family lots within the
area, including some historic districts. Mr. Zambrano stated that the State law does not
override existing historic design review requirements. Committee Member Carlucci
stated that the same development standards as a single-family home does not do a lot
to provide more housing, noting that much smaller units would have to be squeezed into
the building envelope. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would depend on a case-by-case
basis. Mr. Zambrano displayed and discussed the typical lot setback exhibit. Committee
Member Carlucci stated that the City seems to be doing the bare minimum to comply
with the State law, noting that Phoenix is one of the fastest growing cities that needs
more housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that the City is working on other efforts to
increase housing options, such as the accessory dwelling unit (ADU) text amendment
and expanding the WU Code around transit corridors. Mr. Zambrano added that the
State legislature is passing legislation simultaneously, so the City has to keep up with
the legislation as well.

Vice Chair Lagrave disagreed with Committee Member Carlucci. Vice Chair Lagrave
stated that Phoenix is a wide open, western place. Vice Chair Lagrave stated that
Phoenix is not New York City, nor Baltimore, nor Chicago. Vice Chair Lagrave stated
that Phoenix is a spread-out city with a certain lifestyle. Vice Chair Lagrave stated that
he does not want houses crammed into the city that creates a concrete jungle. Vice
Chair Lagrave stated that he wants the space to have trees and homes where families
can be raised.

Committee Member David Kollar stated that it is a moot point since the State law
already passed. Committee Member Kollar asked for clarification that if the text
amendment does not get passed by the end of the year, then all City restrictions go
away. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that the State law included a
severe penalty clause that stated if the regulations are not adopted by January 1, 2026,
then middle housing will be allowed on all lots zoned for single-family residential use
citywide, without any limitations. Mr. Zambrano added that “without any limitations”
could mean without any zoning controls whatsoever.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1052
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

Chair Bowser asked for clarification that a subdivision of 10 acres or more that applies
the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots would not be heard by the Committee.
Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that it would be without any public
hearing. Mr. Zambrano stated that staff would send a supplementary zoning map to the
outside of the areas applicable to the State law, could still request to rezone to the MH
Overlay District through the public hearing process.

Committee Member Carlucci asked if the subdivision would have to be of 10 acres or
more. Mr. Zambrano responded that if it is a request to rezone to the MH Overlay
District, it does not have to be of 10 acres or more.

Chair Bowser stated that there are patio homes that were built prior to the 1980s along
Scottsdale Road south of McDonald Drive that seem to be a middle housing option.
Chair Bowser stated that they are still quite nice and are higher-density and affordable
homes. Chair Bowser stated that they could be a great product if done well
architecturally. Mr. Zambrano responded that part of the text amendment is also
amending Section 507 Tab A of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to update the Individual
Unit Design Standards to also apply to middle housing and require design review of
middle housing.

Committee Member Jason Israel asked if ADUs would still be permitted. Mr.
Zambrano responded affirmatively. Mr. Zambrano stated that the text amendment is
also amending sections of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance so ADUs would only be
permitted on a lot with one primary dwelling unit. Committee Member Israel asked
where the City is at within the timeline. Mr. Zambrano responded that the cases would
be voted on by the Planning Commission in October and the City Council in November.

Committee Member Kollar asked if it is common for the State legislature to play a
hand in local zoning regulations. Mr. Zambrano responded that it has been more
common recently.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

Committee Discussion:
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1053
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item Nos. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were heard
concurrently.

Three members of the public registered to speak on this item, with one in opposition.

STAFF PRESENTATION:

Chris DePerro, with the City of Phoenix Planning Department (PDD), provided a
presentation on the City’s Middle Housing Text Amendment and accompanying Overlay
District. Mr. DePerro stated that the text amendment to the Zoning Ordinance would be
reviewed first to provide context which would establish the Middle Housing Overlay
District in areas of central Phoenix. Mr. DePerro explained that this initiative stems from
House Bill 2721, passed during the 2024 legislative session, which requires all Arizona
cities with populations over 75,000 to allow middle housing under certain conditions. Mr.
DePerro stated that the Middle Housing, as defined in the legislation, includes duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes, up to a maximum of four units per lot. Mr.
DePerro emphasized that the legislation was state-mandated, not locally initiated and
outlined several requirements of the bill, including the requirement to allow up to four
dwelling units per single-family lot in certain areas of central Phoenix. Mr. DePerro
explained that at least 20 percent of the lots in any new subdivision of 10 contiguous
acres or more must permit middle housing. Mr. DePerro stated Middle Housing must be
treated no more restrictively than single-family housing in terms of permitting, review,
and development standards. Mr. DePerro further explained restrictions that the City may
not impose, including requirements for fire sprinklers, owner occupancy, or more than
one off-street parking space per unit. Mr. DePerro stated the City also may not
discourage rental housing or impose regulations more restrictive than those applied to
single-family dwellings. Mr. DePerro emphasized that if Phoenix fails to adopt the
required regulations by January 1, 2026, middle housing would automatically be allowed
without limitation on all single-family residential lots in the city. Mr. DePerro then
described Text Amendment Z-TA-12-5-Y, which revises zoning regulations to comply
with state law, and Rezoning Case Z-3-25-4-7-8, which applies the overlay district to the
one-mile area surrounding downtown Phoenix as required. Mr. DePerro explained that
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1054
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

the overlay district would function in addition to the existing underlying zoning, allowing
either the density permitted by zoning or four units, whichever is greater. Mr. DePerro’s
presentation included maps outlining the overlay district boundary, which follows a one-
mile radius around the designated downtown core. Mr. DePerro said the Federal
aviation noise contours exclude certain areas from the overlay due to restrictions on
residential density near the airport. Mr. DePerro clarified that historic preservation
regulations remain unchanged, including demolition restrictions and review procedures
for historic properties. Mr. DePerro also noted that recent code updates extended the
review stay for eligible properties from 30 days to 60 days. Mr. DePerro provided
development examples on typical R1-6 lots, including setbacks, building envelopes, and
limitations on lot coverage. Visual examples of duplex and fourplex designs were shown
to illustrate how middle housing could be integrated within existing neighborhoods. Mr.
DePerro stressed that the proposal does not permit subdivision of lots beyond existing
entitlements, nor does it allow more units than authorized by law. Mr. DePerro provided
an example demonstrating how 20 percent of lots would be designated for middle
housing and mapped with the overlay district. Mr. DePerro emphasized that subdivision
design could accommodate varied lot sizes or locations for middle housing. Mr. DePerro
reviewed the proposed timeline for Planning Commission for information in September
and recommendation was scheduled for October 6. Mr. DePerro stated the City Council
will consider action on November 5, 2025. Mr. DePerro provided a summary and noted
the middle housing requirement is state-mandated, must be applied within one mile of
downtown and to 20 percent of new subdivisions over 10 acres and the City faces the
risk of losing zoning controls entirely if regulations are not adopted by the state
deadline.
Mr. DePerro directed attendees to additional resources at phoenix.gov/middlehousing

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE:

Committee Member Warnicke asked if the driving force behind the legislation was the
historical shift away from middle housing. Mr. DePerro responded that while he did not
want to speak directly to the legislature’s intent, many consultants and proponents
suggest that the law is a way to increase density in areas where it has become difficult.
Mr. DePerro acknowledged that there are broader policy discussions surrounding the
issue, but he could not say with certainty why the legislature chose this approach.

Committee Member Warnicke stated that historically there had been middle housing,
but that it is no longer permitted, and noted that multifamily housing is not currently
allowed in single-family residential zoning. Mr. DePerro responded that multifamily
housing is not permitted in single-family zoning districts. Committee Member Warnicke
asked when multifamily development is allowed. Mr. DePerro responded that multifamily
zoning is typically applied through separate zoning designations and is defined as a lot
that allows more than one primary unit. Committee Member Warnicke stated that this
would include duplexes and apartments. Committee Member Warnicke noted that the
state requires the provisions to apply within one mile of the Central Business District,
but the definition of that area varies. Mr. DePerro responded that neighborhoods such
as Willo, La Hacienda, and Alvarado, while zoned R1-6 or R1-10, technically allow
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1055
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

duplexes under certain lot conditions, which makes them multifamily zones. Mr. DePerro
stated that those districts only allow duplexes on larger lots and that this provision does
not actually increase density. Committee Member Warnicke confirmed that duplexes are
still permitted under those designations and suggested that they could therefore be
considered multifamily zoning. Mr. DePerro responded and noted that point but
explained that the state law requires the city to apply the middle housing provisions to
lots zoned for single-family uses which includes the areas in question. Committee
Member Warnicke expressed frustration, stating that these lots already allow multifamily
development and that applying the law in this manner threatens historic neighborhoods
and noted that historic designation can be lost if more than 50 percent of contributing
homes are removed. Committee Member Warnicke said that the overlay boundary
appeared to cut into La Hacienda while avoiding his own property. Mr. DePerro stated
that the city’s text amendment is intended to comply with state law, regardless of
whether the legislature considered impacts on historic neighborhoods. Committee
Member Warnicke stated that the state law only applies to single-family residential
properties, and reiterated his position that some of these areas should be classified as
multifamily. Mr. DePerro stated that he and Mr. Warnicke appeared to disagree on that
interpretation. Committee Member Warnicke asked about the 20 percent multifamily
requirement for subdivisions. Mr. DePerro responded that the requirement applies only
to new subdivisions of 10 acres or more, typically in areas such as north Phoenix, and
not to existing neighborhoods. Committee Member Warnicke asked if this meant there
was no 20 percent cap on middle housing in neighborhoods like Willo. Mr. DePerro
responded that there is no such cap and that, if the overlay were approved, any eligible
lot within Willo could potentially develop as middle housing, including fourplexes.
Committee Member Warnicke concluded by stating that this would allow widespread
redevelopment in historic areas. Mr. DePerro agreed that this was correct under the
proposed application of the state law.

Committee Member Procaccini asked what would happen if the City chose to reduce
the size of the Central Business District, noting that it might be considered beneficial in
some cases to shrink the designated downtown area. Mr. DePerro responded that there
are two potential issues with that approach first, the state law specifies that the
applicable Central Business District boundaries are those that were designated as of
September 14, 2024 and no changes can be made at this point. Mr. DePerro stated
second, the law also contains a provision prohibiting cumulative or individual actions by
municipalities that interfere with housing development. Mr. DePerro said that if city were
to attempt to shrink the boundaries, it could be considered noncompliant under that
provision and that the September 14, 2024 designation date is the controlling factor.

Committee Member Wagner stated that under normal procedure, text amendments
are presented to Village Planning Committees for information only, followed by at least
a month to review and provide input and in this case, however, the process was not
being followed. Committee Member Wagner said that the proposed text amendment is
178 pages long and was only received by the committee a few days prior to the
meeting, which made it very difficult for members to adequately review the information
and further expressed that the amendment would greatly benefit from committee input
and questioned why the committee was not being given that opportunity.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1056
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

Joshua Bednarek, PDD Director, responded that it was a valid concern and explained
that the planning staff were attending all Village Planning Committee meetings this
month to provide information and ensure that word about the new law was reaching the
community. Mr. Bednarek stated that the language presented in the amendment reflects
the minimum requirements of state law, leaving little room for adjustment and the City’s
priority is compliance with the law and meeting the statutory deadline requiring City
Council action later this year. Mr. Bednarek expressed that while staff values feedback,
the purpose of these presentations are primarily informational and offered to provide his
contact information to any committee members or members of the public who wished to
ask further questions. Committee Member Wagner stated that while she appreciated the
explanation, she remained concerned. Committee Member Wagner shared the concern
that neighborhoods had been in contact with other cities, which were approaching the
legislation differently and actively working to mitigate its impacts. Committee Member
Wagner emphasized that the City of Phoenix was not necessarily taking the bare
minimum approach, and that this issue warranted more public discussion with Village
Planning Committees. Committee Member Wagner also questioned the stated deadline,
noting that City staff had known about the legislation since February 2024, according to
emails. Committee Member Wagner said this with the accessory dwelling unit
legislation, which passed in May and had to be implemented by January 2025 and in
the case of the middle housing bill, she said, cities were given an additional year to act.
Committee Member Wagner expressed frustration that the committee was being told
there was no more time to review the amendment, despite Phoenix having had
significantly more time to prepare.

Committee Member Kleinman asked for clarification regarding the timeline of the
legislation and stated his understanding that the State of Arizona passed the bill during
the 2024 legislative session, with an effective date of January 1, 2026. Committee
Member Kleinman noted that cities are required to adopt local regulations by that same
date and asked whether the City of Phoenix had the authority to extend or delay the
effective date, or whether it must begin enforcement on January 1, 2026. Committee
Member Kleinman explained that his concern was twofold if the state legislature
amends the law during the upcoming session, it would be problematic for the city to take
action prematurely and then be unable to undo its decisions. Committee Member
Kleinman suggested that, at a minimum, the city should consider delaying
implementation until any potential state-level amendments are resolved. Mr. Bednarek
responded that the idea of delaying the effective date had been suggested and was
referred to the City’s Law Department and the initial response was that the law is clear
in requiring implementation on January 1, 2026. Mr. Bednarek noted that delaying
implementation could put the city at risk of being found noncompliant and added that the
matter could be further discussed with the Law Department and potentially with the City
Council.

Committee Member Rodriguez stated that she supports the house bill overall but
expressed disappointment that it did not extend further and explained that her home,
built in 1932, was located just outside of the overlay area. Committee Member
Rodriguez stated that she would like the opportunity to redevelop her property into
housing that contributes to the city’s future, which she considered part of building a
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1057
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

better history. Committee Member Rodriguez noted that her neighborhood lacks the tax
incentives, gated communities, safe bike lanes, and other infrastructure present in other
areas, while still experiencing challenges such as cut-through traffic from the reverse
lanes, she stated that the bill does not go far enough and encouraged the city to be
bolder in extending its provisions. Committee Member Rodriguez added that other
cities, such as Portland, have implemented similar policies without significant impacts
from demolitions, and she offered to share those examples with the committee.

Committee Member Wagner stated that the city was aware of legislation introduced in
the prior session seeking to exempt historic districts and emphasized that while she
supports rental housing, she also values maintaining historic districts, which have been
carefully preserved for decades. Committee Member Wagner noted that another
attempt to exempt historic districts may be made in the upcoming legislative session
and stated there is concern that the current 178-page text amendment appeared to be a
rewrite of the Zoning Ordinance, rather than a simple overlay as previously described.
Committee Member Wagner questioned why the committee had not been told earlier
that such extensive changes would be included and asked why multifamily provisions
were being revised when the legislation was directed at single-family zoning. Mr.
DePerro responded that he had described the amendment as involving extensive
revisions in several prior presentations and that this approach was taken out of caution
due to the statutory requirement that single-family and middle housing be treated
identically. Mr. DePerro stated in many parts of the Zoning Ordinance, the two are
treated differently, with middle housing subject to more restrictive provisions therefore,
significant revisions were necessary to bring them into alignment. Mr. DePerro clarified
the mechanism for implementation and stated that the text amendment itself does not
grant entitlements but the following agenda item the zoning case would apply the Middle
Housing Overlay (MH) to properties. Mr. DePerro stated the text amendment
establishes the framework and creates the overlay district, but actual entitlement would
only occur through a rezoning action and noted that the opt-in provision for 10-acre
subdivisions functions similarly, requiring a property owner to request the overlay before
it is applied. Committee Member Wagner responded that her neighborhood had held
several meetings with the PDD and had repeatedly asked for a seat at the table during
the drafting of the amendment. Committee Member Wagner expressed frustration that
those requests were not accommodated and that the committee was now being asked
to consider the amendment at the last minute without sufficient time for review.

PUBLIC COMMENTS:

Mr. Will Kerwin introduced himself as a resident on Willetta Street stated that he lives
in a duplex where two different houses are located on the same lot and considered a
plan to rent out the back unit once it became unoccupied, and asked if that would still be
possible under the proposed ordinance. Mr. DePerro responded that, without knowing
the exact circumstances, nothing being proposed should change an existing entitlement
and confirmed that if the second residence is currently legal, then the entitlement
remains. Mr. DePerro invited Mr. Kerwin to send him specific details by email so staff
could research the property’s history and provide a clear response and emphasized that
the ordinance was intended to add entitlement for additional units, not take away
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1058
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

existing rights. Mr. Kerwin shared a neighborhood concern regarding an individual who
built a multi-story structure, which appeared to have been left unfinished and that
residents suspected the intent was to drive up property taxes to force buyouts, though
he acknowledged this may not be true. Mr. DePerro replied that if the structure was built
without permits, that would be a code enforcement issue and asked for clarification
about whether the construction was permitted. Mr. Kerwin clarified that he was raising
the example hypothetically and asked whether, under the ordinance, someone could
legally construct a multi-story building for speculative purposes. Mr. DePerro explained
that the ordinance did not increase allowable building height, setbacks, or envelope
limits and the intention of the changes only addressed the number of units allowed on a
lot. Mr. DePerro stated that the ordinance would not permit a five-story building in a
single-family neighborhood, since the existing height and setback limits would still apply.
Mr. Kerwin acknowledged the clarification but asked whether there was a way to
mitigate the impact of increased property taxes on neighbors. Mr. DePerro responded
that property taxes are difficult to predict and stated that values can both rise and fall,
referencing the Great Recession when values plummeted. Mr. DePerro stated that the
ordinance had been crafted with a focus on zoning and entitlements, and broader
economic impacts such as property taxation had not been a primary consideration.

Mr. Mike Mark introduced himself as a resident on Holly Street and stated that he had
several questions and asked whether the city currently knew how many lots would be
impacted by the ordinance, noting that there are empty lots that could be targeted. Mr.
Mark added that estimating the number of eligible lots would be helpful, since it was
likely that developers would begin to purchase such properties to take advantage of the
new entitlements. Mr. DePerro responded that the estimate was on a graphic he had
previously shared, but he did not have it readily available at the meeting and apologized
and stated that he could provide the figure later. Mr. DePerro confirmed that the
calculation was included in staff’s analysis and agreed that vacant lots zoned
appropriately would be among the first likely to be impacted. Mr. Mark asserted that this
suggested a likely targeting of properties for redevelopment and asked whether the
city’s Middle Housing website included real-life examples of duplexes, triplexes, or
fourplexes on single-family lots. Mr. DePerro responded that the photos shown in the
presentation were real examples from Phoenix and had been used to illustrate what the
ordinance would proceed. Mr. Mark confirmed that the images were taken from within
Phoenix, including areas near a neighborhood dog park in the area of 3rd Avenue and
Culver Street, but emphasized his concern that the ordinance appeared punitive toward
historic properties. Mr. Mark expressed that the proposal seemed almost surgically
targeted to impact historic neighborhoods in particular and added that he wished the
policy could instead be mirrored so that his neighborhood would be affected rather than
historic districts, which he believed should be spared from such negative impacts.

Joan Gresch stated she is a longtime resident of the area since 1977 and had
concerns for the committee regarding historic preservation and the impact of recent
state laws. Ms. Gresch shared her personal experience restoring a historic home from
the 1920s in downtown Phoenix with her husband while earning less than $20,000 per
year at the time. Ms. Gresch stated that the Historic Preservation program provided tax
incentives and guidelines that allowed them and others to rehabilitate historic properties
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1059
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

appropriately, contributing to the revitalization of the neighborhood. Ms. Gresch
expressed concern that recent state interventions have undermined these protections
and threatened the progress made over decades. Ms. Gresch urged the city to support
residents if legal action arises, emphasizing the emotional and financial investment her
family has made in preserving the historic character of their home and neighborhood.
Mr. DePerro responded that the current law, while allowing up to four units on a
property, does not remove existing historic preservation protections and stated that the
design review processes and other safeguards under both state law and city plans
would remain in place. Ms. Gresch acknowledged this clarification but emphasized that
the broader context and discussion about preserving historic districts remain critical.

FLOOR/PUBLIC DISCUSSION CLOSED, COMMITTEE DISCUSSION:

Committee Member Procaccini asked whether the city’s website allowed residents to
type in their address to determine if their property fell within the proposed middle
housing overlay area, noting that he lived near the boundary and was unable to tell. Mr.
DePerro responded that the website did provide that function and that members of the
public could also email him directly with an address and he would confirm the
information, often faster than the online tool.

Committee Member Wagner asked how many square miles were included in the
middle housing overlay area shown on the map. Mr. DePerro responded that he did not
have the exact figure memorized but estimated that the area covered between five and
six square miles in and around downtown. Mr. DePerro noted that this represented a
small portion of Phoenix overall, which spans approximately 520 square miles.
Committee Member Wagner said that, while the overlay represented only five to six
square miles, it was still a significant area when viewed in comparison to the entire city.

Committee Member Kleinman expressed concern about the impact of increasing
housing in historic neighborhoods and asked whether the city could mandate that new
housing developments, specifically those referenced in the middle of the presentation
on page 92, be designated as workforce or affordable housing. Committee Member
Kleinman emphasized the need to prevent historic homes from being replaced by high-
cost fourplexes potentially used for short-term rentals, such as Airbnb. Committee
Member Kleinman asked if there were any mechanisms to limit high-cost townhouses
and short-term rentals in these historic areas. Mr. DePerro responded that both short-
term rentals and affordable housing requirements are largely restricted by state law. Mr.
DePerro explained that the city has minimal control over short-term rentals and cannot
require affordable housing in zoning cases or stipulations and stated that while the city
can incentivize affordable housing, it cannot mandate it and that the city is exploring
other potential approaches to mitigate community concerns while remaining compliant
with state law, although no solutions had been finalized. Mr. DePerro emphasized that
the city is listening to feedback and seeking ways to balance middle housing
requirements with the preservation of historic districts.

Committee Member Wagner stated that, in line with Committee Member Kleinman’s
concerns about workforce housing, a neighboring property near the dog park as
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1060
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

formerly mentioned recently sold for $2.6 million. Committee Member Wagner noted
that this example indicates the development is unlikely to provide affordable housing.

Committee Member Perez asked whether any language incentivizing affordable or
workforce housing had been considered in the text amendment and asked if such
measures could be incorporated as a potential avenue for encouraging these types of
housing. Mr. DePerro responded that while such incentives could potentially be
considered, they had not been included in the current text amendment and stated that
the language as written represents the minimum required to comply with state law. Mr.
DePerro acknowledged the concerns about providing additional incentives or
protections but emphasized that state law does not require these provisions, and their
absence is consistent with legal compliance.

Committee Member Kleinman expressed frustration with the city’s limited flexibility
under state law and recalled past experiences in which the city initially faced restrictions
but eventually implemented changes, noting that simply complying with state law does
not preclude the city from exploring measures that could benefit Phoenix. Committee
Member Kleinman stressed that fear of potential lawsuits should not prevent proactive
efforts to improve outcomes for the city and its residents. Mr. Bednarek responded
noting that any action outside the boundaries of state law could trigger complaints to the
Attorney General under State Statute 1487, potentially putting $850 million in state
funding at risk. Mr. Bednarek clarified that such disputes do not automatically go to
court and follow a 30-day process. Committee Member Kleinman stated that the city
has previously navigated conflicts with state law in other contexts, such as fair wages,
and argued that avoiding any attempt to push the envelope in this case seems overly
cautious. Committee Member Kleinman emphasized that his comments were meant as
an opinion and not a directive, expressing his perspective that the city could explore
creative approaches without undue risk. Mr. Bednarek responded stating that he took
no offense to the comments and appreciated the perspective.

Committee Member Rodriguez shared her perspective on affordable housing and the
overall benefits of increasing housing stock and invited fellow committee members and
staff to collaborate on initiatives aimed at promoting affordable housing. Committee
Member Rodriguez emphasized that increasing housing availability can make housing
more accessible in general and stated differing viewpoints on historic preservation but
expressed the belief that denser, thoughtfully designed housing can contribute positively
to the community’s history. Committee Member Rodriguez also highlighted that parts of
Phoenix, including this area, benefit from some of the city’s most successful public
transportation systems and bike lanes and suggested that adding new housing,
regardless of affordability designation, could help reduce overall housing costs by
increasing supply. Committee Member Rodriguez stated it is important to encourage
broader collaboration and engagement from committee members on housing issues.

Committee Member Warnicke commented on the public comments and expressed
appreciation for the eloquence of the previous speaker and said she is absolutely right
in what we are facing is an existential threat to our historic neighborhoods. Committee
Member Warnicke stated the idea of launching 5,000 homes into these areas is
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1061
Encanto Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

alarming and has asked the city how many historic homes are at risk, and still had not
received an answer. Committee Member Warnicke stated if we estimate 5,000 homes
and allow fourplexes on each, that’s 20,000 residences replacing 5,000 single-family
homes. Committee Member Warnicke stated that in the past year alone, over 20,000
apartments have come online, and there’s another 20,000 expected next year and there
is already a glut. Committee Member Warnicke stated this attack on historic
neighborhoods is not only unnecessary it is absurd and will not achieve its intended
goals. Committee Member Warnicke stated these lots will be subdivided or made
available for affordable purchase and they will be expensive, likely short-term rentals
like Airbnbs and this is very upsetting. Committee Member Warnicke stated there will be
a lawsuit but not against the state and the state can pass these laws, but the city is not
obligated to adopt a text amendment that implements them in this way. Committee
Member Warnicke stated there is a legal argument for exempting R1-6 and R1-10
zones, especially those with homes subdivided before 1998 or 1999 and these areas
are already entitled to duplexes because our historic neighborhoods are already denser
than many of the true single-family neighborhoods in Phoenix that do not allow
duplexes. Committee Warnicke stated his office is in a home that was converted from a
duplex which are scattered throughout the Willo Neighborhood. Committee Member
Warnicke stated the city does not have to do this it is choosing to and that is why there
is going to be a fight with the city. Committee Member Warnicke stated he should not
have to fight both the state and the city, but that’s the position we have been put in
which is ridiculous. Committee Member Warnicke stated we have invested hundreds of
thousands, maybe millions in historic preservation grants and encouraged families, like
the one who restored two old homes, to take advantage of tax benefits and reinvest in
their properties. Committee Member Warnicke stated this was in the 1980s and he
remember walking up 5th Avenue to Kenilworth School. Committee Member Warnicke
stated back then, homes had planks over the stairs and people were rolling motorcycles
into their living rooms and that is what the neighborhood was like before it became the
Willo Neighborhood. Committee Member Warnicke stated we saved that neighborhood
and saved others which helped create the city that people now want to walk through
and now they want to tear it all down and build fourplexes. Committee Member
Warnicke stated he could not be more livid, and he is going to do everything he can to
stop it.

Chair Montaño Searles reminded everyone that the item under discussion is part of
the timeline presented earlier in the meeting and explained that the matter went to the
Planning Commission for information only on September 4 and it is scheduled for the
Planning Commission with a recommendation on October 6, and then it will go before
city’s website and navigate to the public meetings section under the City Clerk’s page
for more information and also welcomed continued public participation, noting that if
individuals want to make their voices heard, that is the place to do so and thanked
everyone for their comments and reiterated that today’s item was for information only.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1062
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 16, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within one
mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 5 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 6 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, began the presentation by providing background
information on House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that middle housing
must be compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses. Ms.
Sanchez Luna summarized the middle housing requirements for the City. Ms. Sanchez
Luna noted the severe penalty clause that stated that if a municipality does not adopt
regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be allowed without any
zoning controls or restrictions. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that properties designated
historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example where middle
housing may or may not fit. Ms. Sanchez Luna concluded the presentation by displaying
the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for comments.

Questions from the Committee:

Kristine Morris asked for clarification regarding new subdivisions and homeowner
associations. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that homeowner associations can add restrictions
to prohibit middle housing.

Dustin Thrower stated that the homeowner associations would not exist until the entire
subdivision was established. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if the developer built a single-
family house on an established middle housing lot, then the owner would have to
circumvent the regulations established by the homeowner’s association. Mr. Thrower
voiced his confusion on how homeowner associations can prohibit middle housing. Ms.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1063
Estrella Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 16, 2025
Page 2

Morris added that someone who purchases a home with a homeowner association is
typically buying into more restrictions.

Chair Parris Wallace noted that this type of development will not be required to come to
the committee for recommendation.

Romona Burris asked if this was just another strategy to increase housing within the City
on top of already establish policy like the Housing Phoenix Plan. Chair Wallace
confirmed.

Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if anyone had any additional questions, they could contact
her or send an email to the email address provided.

Ms. Burris voiced concern about how this would affect neighborhoods such as Coronado
and if residents would lose their properties. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if someone
owned their property, it was their decision if they wanted to convert their lot to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that they would still have to meet all the development
standards and if the property is historic, then it would have to go through the Historic
Preservation Office first.

Marcus Ceniceros asked if this would only apply to one mile from downtown. Ms.
Sanchez Luna confirmed. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that the only way this would occur in
Estrella was if there were any new subdivisions of 10 acres or more and if an applicant
rezoned their property to add the overlay district.

Chair Wallace noted that a lot of housing projects have been approved and asked what
would happen to those projects. Mr. Thrower added that it would depend on the acreage.
Chair Wallace noted an approved housing project with a lazy river. Ms. Sanchez Luna
noted that that proposal was for multifamily residential.

Ms. Burris asked if historic neighborhoods are in danger. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that
they had voiced some concerns. Ms. Burris stated that this type of housing was bound to
happen. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that proposed middle housing projects had to be
compatible with the existing single-family neighborhood. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that
middle housing could be one two-story house with one family on the first floor and one
family on the second floor. Chair Wallace voiced her excitement and approval and noted
that Estrella would like to see more housing.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1064
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY


Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 5 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 6 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, began the presentation by providing background
information on House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that middle housing
must be compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses. Ms.
Sanchez Luna summarized the middle housing requirements for the City. Ms. Sanchez
Luna noted the severe penalty clause that stated that if a municipality does not adopt
regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be allowed without any
zoning controls or restrictions. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that properties designated
historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example where middle
housing may or may not fit. Ms. Sanchez Luna concluded the presentation by displaying
the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for comments.

Questions from the Committee:

Carlos Ortega asked if all the other major cities were affected by the bill. Ms. Sanchez
Luna confirmed. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that she was unaware of the exact
regulations that other cities will be implementing.

Vice Chair JoAnne Jensen asked if the text amendment would eventually expand
beyond the one-mile radius around downtown. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that if a
proposed development wanted to provide the ability for middle housing, then they would
have to rezone the site to add the overlay.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1065
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 8, 2025
Page 2

Linda Abegg asked for more information regarding the boundary and asked if that was
implemented by the House Bill or the city. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that the House Bill
stated that it had to apply within one mile of downtown and that the City determined that
Phoenix’s downtown was the area zoned Downtown Code. Ms. Abegg asked for more
information regarding parking. Ms. Abegg is asked if a fourplex was built, would the
development be required to have eight parking spaces. Ms. Sanchez Luna note that
she would have to confirm. Ms. Abegg stated that her concern was private streets and
subdivisions that prohibit on-street parking. Ms. Abegg asked if HOA’s are exempt. Ms.
Sanchez Luna noted that HOA’s can prohibit middle housing but would confirm.

Co-Vice Chair Jensen stated that this was accessory dwelling units on steroids. Mixen
Rubio-Raffin added that this would mean separate addresses and utilities.

Ms. Rubio Raffin was surprised that this came from the State Legislature but hoped
that this would allow more individuals to buy their own homes.

Ms. Abegg understood the frustration of the residents that this would affect and
wondered how this would relate to Proposition 207.

Chair Stephanie Hurd noted that it would change the neighborhood.

Ms. Abegg asked how staff would track on-street parking. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted
that she would have to follow up regarding the parking inquiry.

Juanita Darby noted that she used to live in a duplex, and she still had her own
driveway and backyard.

Chair Hurd added that some diversity would be good, but that the Laveen character
called for large-lot single-family homes. Ms. Darby noted an existing subdivision with
large lots in Laveen.

Vice Chair JoAnne Jensen stated that the city has been built with primarily single-
family neighborhoods and noted that that this type of development would be more
appropriate in lots built to accommodate middle housing.

Ms. Rubio-Raffin added that businesses in high-density neighborhoods are more
successful than those in rural areas and could create a higher demand for street
enhancements and pedestrian amenities.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1066
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 10, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and
were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Committee Members Melissa Acevedo and Victoria Stahl entered during these items
bringing quorum to 12.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, began the presentation by providing background
information on House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle
housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that middle housing
must be compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses. Ms.
Sanchez Luna summarized the middle housing requirements for the City. Ms.
Sanchez Luna noted the severe penalty clause that stated that if a municipality does
not adopt regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be allowed
without any zoning controls or restrictions. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that properties
designated historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example
where middle housing may or may not fit. Ms. Sanchez Luna concluded the
presentation by displaying the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for
comments.

Questions from the Committee:
Warren Norgaard asked if the overlay district would apply to the downtown area. Ms.
Sanchez Luna displayed the map and noted that it would apply to the pink area
around downtown.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1067
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8


Saundra Cole voiced her concern for the historic neighborhoods and added that she
did not want these areas to be negatively affected. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that all
historic neighborhoods would still be subject to review by the Historic Preservation
Office. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that if the City did not add any parameters, then
middle housing would be allowed without any limitations or development standards.

Chair Gene Derie stated that if someone requested to demolish a historic house, they
would have to petition the Historic Preservation Office for approval and to remove the
historic structure. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that the Historic Preservation Office does
review any properties that are either designated or eligible for historic designation.

Chair Derie announced that this presentation was for information only and that the
committee would not be voting on either the rezoning case or the text amendment.
Vice Chair Chris Demarest asked if the companion cases would return to the Village
Planning Committee (VPC) for a recommendation in the upcoming months. Ms.
Sanchez Luna clarified that both cases will not return to the VPC and displayed the
proposed timeline noting the dates for the Planning Commission hearing and the City
Council hearing.

Vice Chair Demarest noted that it was odd that the House Bill would require middle
housing one mile from downtown if that is where many of the historic houses are
located. Chair Derie added that all municipalities with a population of 75,000 or
higher would be required to allow middle housing. Chair Derie added that cities such
as Scottsdale, Mesa, Tempe, and Chandler are all required to permit middle housing.
Vice Chair Demarest stated that all those cities had historic houses within one mile
of their designated downtown and that he would have liked to have a vote on the
companion cases.

Andrea Ramirez asked if the Villages that were directly affected would be allowed to
vote on the companion cases. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that they would not be
voting.

Mike Weber asked who established the parameters. Ms. Sanchez Luna noted that
the House Bill established the one-mile radius. Mr. Weber clarified that he would like
to know the development standards for middle housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed
the single-family lot example and noted that middle housing would still be required to
meet all required development standards such as lot coverage, building setbacks, and
projections. Mr. Weber asked about height. Ms. Sanchez Luna added that in a
single-family zoned lot, the maximum height is two stories or 30 feet and that any
middle housing development in a single-family lot would be permitted to be as tall as
two stories or 30 feet.
Vice Chair Demarest stated that most neighborhoods within the one-mile buffer did
not have an established homeowner’s association.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1068
Maryvale Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8


Alvin Battle asked what was considered downtown. Ms. Sanchez Luna displayed
the map and noted the grey area that was zoned Downtown Code. Chair Derie
provided the street boundaries for downtown and the one-mile buffer.

Ken DuBose asked what each case would accomplish. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated
that the text amendment case Z-TA-1-25-Y would modify the Zoning Ordinance to
allow the development standards for middle housing and the rezoning case Z-3-25-4-
7-8 established the overlay district.

Ms. Ramirez asked if a developer could convert a lot of commercial properties to
middle housing. Ms. Sanchez Luna clarified that the only way it would apply to
Maryvale was if there were any new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or more built
or if a property was rezoned.

Public Comment:

None

Committee Discussion:

Mr. Weber voiced his displeasure for all the palm trees in the pictures. Chair Derie
and Mr. Weber noted that palm trees provide no shade and require a lot of water.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1069
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY



Date of VPC Meeting September 11, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

Agenda Item 8 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 9 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:
Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the
State Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not
apply to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not
exempt under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design
review procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing
demolition restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to
allow two-story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical
building setback exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same
zoning development standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage,
setbacks, height, projections, building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano noted that
the text amendment includes revisions so accessory dwelling units (ADUs) are only
permitted on a lot with one primary dwelling unit. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of
different types of middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1070
North Gateway Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

the City to allow subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the
City is not proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by
existing property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-
in provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous
acres or more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the
subdivision without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano
concluded with the timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional
resources, and key takeaways.

Questions from Committee:
Committee Member Kylie Kennelly asked why the State legislature restricted
requiring fire sprinklers. Mr. Zambrano responded that it is probably more of an
expensive requirement that multifamily residential development typically triggers. Mr.
Zambrano added that the Phoenix building code has recently been updated and was
following this legislation. Mr. Zambrano stated that the walls between units would still
be required to be fire-rated.

Committee Member Will Manion asked if the opt-in provision for new subdivisions of
10 acres or more has to be 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision or if it could be
less than 20 percent. Mr. Zambrano responded that it has to be 20 percent.

Chair Julie Read stated that there is a big concern with the historic districts
surrounding Downtown Phoenix and the threat this legislation has to historic homes.
Chair Read stated that there is a historic preservation group that will be trying to get
the State legislature to address this in the next legislative session. Chair Read
suggested that individuals reach out to their respective representative if this topic is
important to them.

Mr. Zambrano added that the State bill does not change existing design review
requirements for historic properties or demolition restrictions for eligible historic
properties.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

Committee Discussion:
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1071
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 17, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 4 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 5 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and
were heard together.

Committee Member Fred Hepperle joined the meeting during this item bringing the
quorum to 9 members present.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Robert Kuhfuss, staff, provided a presentation summarizing the proposed text
amendment and rezoning case, highlighting the background regarding state
legislation, details of the proposed zoning text to revise regulations and create the
Middle Housing Overlay District, the boundary of the proposed overlay, and a
summary of the timeline for the cases.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITEE

Committee Member Bill Adams asked what the Legislature’s rational was for
passing the bill. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that he did not want to speak for the State
Legislature but for the last several years, the Legislature has been trying to address
the housing affordability issue. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that in 2024, the State Legislature
passed another bill which required municipalities to adopt regulations relating to
Accessory Dwelling Units by January of 2025 and that the Middle Housing Bill
required adoption by January of 2026.

Committee Member Jim Larson asked if the law applies to currently vacant lots or
when a property becomes available on the market allowing the owner to then
demolish the property and construct a four-plex on the property. Mr. Kuhfuss asked if
the question was directed towards properties located within the pink polygon.
Committee Member Larson confirmed that was the case. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that it
was his understanding that a property owner could demolish the site and construct a
four-plex and that there is no provision that requires it be owner-occupied. Committee

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1072
North Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

Member Larson stated that it was his understanding that the effect of the bill was to
render Historic Preservation areas null and void to allow a developer to demolish a
house to build a four-plex. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that he was not 100% familiar with the
nuances of Historic Preservation and that it was his understanding that certain
protections remain in place for properties that lie within a historic neighborhood
including a waiting period prior to demolition, and a requirement that the new building
fit the neighborhood.

Committee Member Matthew Knapp asked if on new subdivisions is the developer
required to construct middle housing on the 10% of lots that were earmarked as such.
Mr. Kuhfuss stated that the threshold was 20% not 10% and that the law requires the
lots to be earmarked but there is no requirement for the developer to exercise that
right.

Committee Member Patrick Edwards asked for clarification that if he owned a
house within the pink polygon, his neighbor could demolish the neighboring house
and construct middle housing. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that was the case.

Committee Member Massimo Sommacampagna asked if the property was deed-
restricted, would that still be the case. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that deed restrictions are
private agreements between property owners and that Middle Housing would not
supersede that agreement. Committee Member Sommacampagna asked for clarity on
the Central Business District. Mr. Kuhfuss stated that he was not sure how the statute
defined the Central Business District, but the City of Phoenix has defined the
Downtown Core as the basis for determining the one-mile buffer. Mr. Kuhfuss stated
that there were other municipalities where the Central Business District was not
aligned with their downtown area.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1073
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY


Date of VPC Meeting September 8, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary


VPC DISCUSSION:

Agenda Item 7 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 8 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation
Adrian Zambrano provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the State
Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not apply
to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not exempt
under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design review
procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing demolition
restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to allow two-
story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical building setback
exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same zoning development
standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage, setbacks, height, projections,
building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of different types of
middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require the City to allow
subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the City is not
proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by existing
property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-in

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1074
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or
more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision
without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano concluded with the
timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional resources, and key
takeaways.

Questions from the Committee
Committee Member Anna Sepic asked why the lots with the MH Overlay District in a
new subdivision 10 acres or more would be allowed to be dispersed randomly
throughout the subdivision. Committee Member Sepic stated that the lots that have the
MH Overlay District should be located adjacent to each other. Mr. Zambrano
responded that the State law did not specify how to disperse the MH-zoned lots within a
subdivision. Committee Member Sepic asked if the City is asking for feedback on how it
should be implemented. Mr. Zambrano responded that the City is taking comments and
feedback, but the City must still comply with the State law so there are some limitations
on changes that can be made. Mr. Zambrano stated that staff could take the comment
and look into it.

Committee Member Robert Goodhue stated that there have been certain subdivisions
in the past that restricted lots to one-story along certain exterior boundaries of the
subdivision in order to not affect other adjacent one-story properties. Committee
Member Goodhue asked if the lots zoned for middle housing within a subdivision could
similarly be restricted. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law states that the City
cannot restrict middle housing to less than two stories. Mr. Zambrano added that if the
lots within a subdivision along a certain exterior boundary were restricted to one-story,
then the lots zoned for middle housing would have to be placed elsewhere within the
subdivision. Mr. Zambrano added that certain areas of a lot do not allow two stories,
such as in the rear yard of the lot where projections are allowed.

Committee Member Jennifer Hall asked why the Village Planning Committees are
hearing these items for information only. Mr. Zambrano responded that these cases are
to comply with State law, so the City is only having these cases voted on at the two
required public hearings for Planning Commission and City Council.

Committee Member Toby Gerst stated that this State requirement seems very
onerous.

Committee Member Sepic stated that it looks like it would be at almost 100 percent lot
coverage. Mr. Zambrano responded that the maximum lot coverage allowed for single-
family residence districts is 50 percent, so lots within the MH Overlay District would still
have to comply with the maximum lot coverage allowed. Mr. Zambrano added that an
additional 10 percent lot coverage is allowed for attached shaded structures or
accessory dwelling units (ADUs). Mr. Zambrano clarified that part of the text
amendment includes revisions that would only allow ADUs on lots with one primary
dwelling unit on the lot.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1075
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

Committee Member Robert Gubser asked for clarification that ADUs cannot be placed
on a lot with a duplex or triplex. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that
ADUs would only be allowed on a lot with one primary dwelling unit on the lot.

Committee Member Sepic asked if someone could buy a lot with a single-family home,
demolish it, and build a fourplex on the lot by-right. Mr. Zambrano responded that if it is
within the MH Overlay District within one mile of downtown, or on a lot zoned with the
MH Overlay District within a new subdivision 10 acres or more, then it would be allowed
by-right. Committee Member Sepic asked why the City chose downtown where there
are historic homes. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State Legislature stated that the
law applies within one mile of downtown, and the area zoned as Downtown Code states
in the code that this area shall be known as “downtown”. Mr. Zambrano stated that this
boundary is the adopted downtown area.

Committee Member Goodhue asked for clarification that any new subdivision of 10
acres or more is citywide. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, noting that for these
subdivisions it would only apply to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision.
Committee Member Goodhue asked if the units have to be owner occupied or if they
can be rentals. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law states that the City cannot
require owner occupancy.

Committee Member Sepic stated that the majority of homes within one mile of
downtown are historic properties. Mr. Zambrano responded that the State law does not
take away existing design review requirements for historic properties, so they would still
have to go through that process.

Public Comments
None.

Staff Response
None.

Committee Discussion
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1076
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY



Date of VPC Meeting September 9, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary.


VPC DISCUSSION:

Committee Member Will Holton joined the meeting during this item, bringing the quorum
to five members.

Agenda Item 3 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Agenda Item 4 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases
and were heard concurrently.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

Staff Presentation:
Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of House Bill 2721, noting that the State
Legislature required cities with a population of 75,000 or more to adopt these
regulations. Mr. Zambrano displayed types of housing that are known as middle
housing. Mr. Zambrano shared the definition for middle housing within House Bill 2721.
Mr. Zambrano shared where middle housing would be permitted, as required by the
State law. Mr. Zambrano then shared State restrictions on implementation and the
penalty clause within the State law. Mr. Zambrano summarized what text amendment
case Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8 include. Mr.
Zambrano then displayed the map for the Middle Housing Overlay District within one
mile of downtown, noting that “downtown” includes all properties zoned Downtown
Code. Mr. Zambrano shared the airport exclusion area that the State law does not apply
to. Mr. Zambrano stated that properties zoned or designated historic are not exempt
under the State law but noted that the law does not change existing design review
procedures for historic or HP-zoned properties, does not change existing demolition
restrictions for eligible historic properties, and does not require the City to allow two-
story structures everywhere on a lot. Mr. Zambrano displayed a typical building setback
exhibit and stated that middle housing must adhere to the same zoning development
standards as a single-family home, including lot coverage, setbacks, height, projections,
building design, and parking. Mr. Zambrano displayed graphics of different types of

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1077
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

middle housing. Mr. Zambrano shared that the State did not require the City to allow
subdivision of lots developed with middle housing and noted that the City is not
proposing to allow more lots nor smaller lots than is currently permitted by existing
property entitlements. Mr. Zambrano discussed the additional subdivision opt-in
provision included in the text amendment for new subdivisions of 10 contiguous acres or
more to apply the MH Overlay District to 20 percent of the lots within the subdivision
without public hearing, as required by the State law. Mr. Zambrano concluded with the
timeline for public meetings and public hearings, additional resources, and key
takeaways.

Questions from Committee:
Committee Member Eileen Baden thought it was interesting that the State said that
the City could not require any structures to contain a fire sprinkler.

Vice Chair Scott Lawrence asked if this requirement is only for the City of Phoenix.
Mr. Zambrano responded that the restrictions on implementation within the State law
apply to all cities and towns that the State law is applicable to. Mr. Zambrano added that
there was a recent update to the Phoenix building code that was passed. Mr. Zambrano
stated that they were also following this legislation and made the updates to the building
code accordingly. Mr. Zambrano stated that the walls between the units would still have
to be fire-rated walls.

Committee Member Baden asked for clarification that the City could still require one
off-street parking space per unit. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively.

Committee Member Ozzie Virgil asked if homeowners associations (HOAs) could
restrict middle housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that HOAs could restrict it in new
subdivisions, but within subdivisions of 10 acres or more, at least 20 percent of the lots
have to be zoned to allow middle housing, in order to comply with the State law.
Committee Member Virgil stated that he does not believe the airport exclusion area is
because of the noise and is instead because of potential airplane crashes. Mr.
Zambrano responded that the City discourages residential within this area because it is
so noisy from airplanes.

Chair Cotton asked if the State law would apply to Anthem, which is not a City. Mr.
Zambrano responded that the State law would apply to any city or town with a
population of 75,000 or more. Chair Cotton asked for clarification that the west side of
Anthem is within the City of Phoenix. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively. Chair
Cotton stated that there are multifamily residential condominiums that were built behind
the Goodwill along Interstate 17.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that they are townhomes.
Mr. Zambrano stated that they could have been developed under a certain
development option in a single-family residence district that allows townhomes.

Committee Member Baden stated that it could be zoned for commercial as well.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1078
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

Committee Member Will Holton asked how a population of 75,000 or more is defined.
Mr. Zambrano responded that it would be based on the census data available for the
city or town.

Committee Member Baden asked what the population is in the City of Phoenix. Mr.
Zambrano responded that it is 1.6 million.

Chair Cotton stated that the census includes children of all ages.

Committee Member Holton asked if the images are real-life examples of what to
expect. Mr. Zambrano responded that the images are graphics from the Opticos
Design Missing Middle Housing book. Committee Member Holton expressed concern
with access for emergency personnel. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would be treated
the same as a single-family home. Mr. Zambrano added that the State said that the City
cannot require fire sprinklers for middle housing but there would still be fire-rated walls
between units.

Chair Cotton asked for clarification that there is nothing that the City can do since the
City has to comply with the State law. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that the intent is to reduce housing costs since developers
would be able to build more units on a lot.

Committee Member Holton asked if property taxes would be increased for the
homeowner of the original home. Mr. Zambrano responded that he was not sure. Mr.
Zambrano stated that the units would still all be on one lot.

Committee Member Baden asked about accessory dwelling units (ADUs). Mr.
Zambrano responded that the text amendment would also update sections of the
Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to only allow ADUs on a lot with only one primary dwelling
unit.

Vice Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that middle housing would still be allowed
outside of the one-mile radius from Downtown Phoenix. Mr. Zambrano responded that
citywide, middle housing will be allowed on 20 percent of the lots within any new
subdivision of 10 acres or more. Vice Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that it would
not be allowed anywhere else throughout the city. Mr. Zambrano responded that it
would not be allowed by-right. Mr. Zambrano stated that if a new subdivision less than
10 aces wants to have middle housing and is outside of the one-mile radius from
Downtown Phoenix, or if an existing subdivision wants to build middle housing, then
those subdivisions can request to rezone to the MH Overlay District through the public
hearing process.

Committee Member Holton asked if the State law would allow tents or recreational
vehicles as dwelling units. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would have to be a fixed
structure. Mr. Zambrano stated that there are established definitions in the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance. Committee Member Holton asked if modular homes would be

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1079
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

acceptable as middle housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that there are certain design
review requirements for modular homes. Mr. Zambrano added that the text amendment
will also update a section of the Pheonix Zoning Ordinance to require design review for
middle housing. Committee Member Holton asked if middle housing would still have to
figure out how to tap into the existing water and sewer lines. Mr. Zambrano responded
affirmatively, noting that the Water Services Department would still review each site and
would require certain improvements, if necessary, when going through the plan review
and permitting process.

Committee Member Baden asked if the developers of subdivisions of 10 acres or more
are required to build middle housing. Mr. Zambrano responded that 20 percent of the
lots within a new subdivision of 10 acres or more are required to be zoned to allow
middle housing. Mr. Zambrano stated that the developer can choose to not build middle
housing on the lots zoned with the MH Overlay District and can choose to build single-
family homes on those lots instead.

Committee Member Holton asked if there is any precedent for middle housing. Chair
Cotton responded that when he stayed in Los Angeles, he rented a duplex. Chair
Cotton added that growing up in New Hampshire, there were multiplexes everywhere.
Chair Cotton stated that Phoenix is one of the only bigger places he has seen that does
not allow it. Committee Member Holton asked if middle housing is a trend.

Committee Member Baden responded that middle housing is historical.

Chair Cotton stated that middle housing has been around forever, but Phoenix has
only allowed single-family homes.

Committee Member Virgil stated that Oklahoma has a lot of middle housing.

Chair Cotton stated that Florida also has middle housing.

Committee Member Holton stated that this State law seems like it is full of problems,
but he does not know what other cities have encountered. Mr. Zambrano responded
that in Arizona, most cities and towns have only allowed single-family zoning.
Committee Member Holton asked for clarification that this would be new to Arizona. Mr.
Zambrano responded affirmatively.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that in the past, developers were still able to build middle
housing in Phoenix, as long as it was zoned for multifamily.

Mr. Zambrano responded that the difference with this law is that the duplex, triplex, or
fourplex would be built on a single-family zoned lot.

Vice Chair Lawrence stated that a typical developer would likely locate all the MH-
zoned lots together within a subdivision.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1080
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

Committee Discussion:
None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882 1081
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
INFORMATION ONLY

Date of VPC Meeting September 9, 2025
Proposal Request to map the boundaries for the Middle Housing
Overlay District (Z-TA-1-25-Y) located generally within
one mile of the Downtown Code boundary

VPC DISCUSSION:

Item No. 4 (Z-TA-1-25-Y) and Item No. 5 (Z-3-25-4-7-8) are companion cases and were
heard together.

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Samuel Rogers, staff, began the presentation by providing background information on
House Bill 2721 that required the City of Phoenix to allow middle housing. Mr. Rogers
displayed examples of middle housing such as duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, and
townhomes. Mr. Rogers noted that middle housing must be compatible in scale, form,
and character with single-family houses. Mr. Rogers summarized the middle housing
requirements for the City. Mr. Rogers described the penalty clause that stated that if a
municipality does not adopt regulations by January 1, 2026, then middle housing shall be
allowed without any zoning controls or restrictions. Mr. Rogers added that properties
designated historic are not exempt under the state law and provided an example where
middle housing may or may not fit. Mr. Rogers concluded the presentation by displaying
the proposed hearing timeline and contact information for comments.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

Chair Arthur Greathouse III asked whether developers of new subdivisions of 10 acres
or more would provide both a single-family and middle housing product. Mr. Rogers
confirmed that new subdivision of 10 acres or more could develop with both housing
products.

Committee Member Kassandra Alvarez inquired whether this was a statewide
requirement. Mr. Rogers confirmed that the State law applies statewide.

Committee Member Mark Beehler asked whether the 20% middle housing in new
subdivisions was a requirement or an option. Mr. Rogers clarified that it is an option.




South Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 9, 2025


Committee Member Greg Brownell asked for clarification on the overlay area. Mr.
Rogers displayed the overlay map and described its boundaries. Committee Member
Brownell asked if the one-mile buffer was measured from a central point in downtown.
Mr. Rogers explained that it is measured from the boundaries of the Downtown Code.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether the State had reviewed or approved the
proposed boundary. Mr. Rogers stated that he is not sure what the State has reviewed
but confirmed that the proposal has been reviewed by the City’s Law Department.

Committee Member Brownell inquired whether the proposal would allow two-story
structures in the rear setback. Mr. Rogers explained that middle housing developments
will still be required to comply with zoning standards, including setbacks, and the
proposal will not change where two stories can be built.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether a one-story single-family home could
add a second-story unit. Mr. Rogers stated that it could.

Committee Member Lee Coleman asked whether the proposal would impact Average
Lot Subdivisions. Mr. Rogers stated that the proposed changes would consolidate
subdivision options into a “Standard” option and a “Planned Residential Development”
option.

Chair Greathouse asked whether there had been any research into how many units
this proposal could add to the market. Mr. Rogers explained that research had not been
conducted, as not every lot can feasibly fit four units or would redevelop.

Chair Greathouse asked whether 20% of lots or units would be permitted to develop as
middle housing in new subdivisions. Mr. Rogers stated that it is 20% of lots.

Committee Member Trent Marchuk asked when in the process a developer would
indicate they are using the middle housing provisions. Mr. Rogers explained this would
occur during the platting stage. Committee Member Marchuk asked whether a
developer could show a single-family product during rezoning and later add middle
housing at platting. Mr. Rogers confirmed that is possible.

Committee Member Beehler asked whether the Village Planning Committee sees the
plat. Mr. Rogers stated that the VPC sees the conceptual lot layout during rezoning, but
platting occurs after that process.

Committee Member Brownell asked who would own the units if a developer built four
on one lot. Mr. Rogers stated that there are no ownership restrictions and explained
that condominiums are uncommon in Arizona due to State liability laws. Committee




South Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 9, 2025

Member Brownell expressed concern that the proposal will not promote generational
wealth.

Committee Member Beehler stated that middle housing is unlikely to be implemented
in South Mountain, as developers may be reluctant to mix housing types and reduce
home values. Committee Member Marcia Busching stated that middle housing lots
can be clustered in one location within a subdivision and stated there is an upcoming
rezoning case with a mix of townhomes and single-family homes.

Committee Member Marchuk asked how rezoning stipulations regarding building
elevations would apply if middle housing is later designated. Committee Member
Busching explained that middle housing lots must be identified at the time of plat
recording. Mr. Rogers stated that the rezoning process is followed by the platting
process and stated he would follow up with more information.

Committee Member Busching asked why this item was presented for information only
rather than recommendation. Mr. Rogers stated he did not know but would follow up.

Committee Member Marchuk asked for clarification on the boundaries of the overlay.
Mr. Rogers explained that the proposal includes two elements: a one-mile overlay
surrounding Downtown, and a citywide provision allowing 20% of lots in new
subdivisions of 10 acres or more to develop middle housing.

Vice Chair Emma Viera asked whether a subdivision could develop middle housing
regardless of community input. Mr. Rogers stated that 20% of lots in qualifying
subdivisions may develop middle housing, but the VPC can still recommend denial of
rezoning requests. Vice Chair Viera emphasized the importance of community
involvement. Mr. Rogers responded that State law prohibits requiring a public hearing
for this provision.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether a property owner outside the overlay
could add a second story unit. Mr. Rogers clarified that the 20% rule only applies to
qualifying new subdivisions. Committee Member Busching stated a second story unit
could be added through accessory dwelling unit (ADU) process.

Committee Member Coleman asked whether a duplex could be developed on an
existing R1-6 lot. Mr. Rogers stated that it is only permitted within the overlay or in
qualifying new subdivisions. Committee Member Busching noted that an ADU could
be built.

Committee Member Marchuk referenced a development with a single large lot and
asked if the proposal could increase its density. Mr. Rogers stated that the proposal
only applies to new subdivisions.




South Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-3-25-4-7-8
September 9, 2025

Committee Member Brownell asked who reviews ADUs. Mr. Rogers stated that
ADUs are reviewed by the site planning team and clarified that middle housing
developments under this proposal may not include ADUs, as they are multifamily.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether someone with property in the overlay
could build another home. Mr. Rogers stated that an additional unit may be possible if
development standards allow it.

Committee Member Brownell asked whether middle housing could be used as short-
term rentals. Mr. Rogers stated that he believes there are no restrictions on short-term
rentals. Committee Member Brownell asked what restrictions exist for short-term
rentals. Mr. Rogers stated that a notice to neighbors may be required.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.

APPLICANT RESPONSE

None.

FLOOR/PUBLIC COMMENT CLOSED: COMMITTEE DISCUSSION.

None.




ATTACHMENT D

REPORT OF PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION
OCTOBER 6, 2025

ITEM NO: 3
DISTRICT NO.: 4, 7, and 8
SUBJECT:

Application #: Z-3-25-4-7-8 (Companion Case Z-TA-1-25-Y)
Request: Map the boundaries for the Middle Housing Overlay District
(Z-TA-1-25-Y)
Location: Generally within one mile of the Downtown Code boundary
From: Various zoning districts
To: Various zoning districts with Middle Housing Overlay District
Acreage: Approximately 4,467.45
Proposal: Rezoning application to apply an overlay to properties generally within one
mile of the Downtown Code boundary in conjunction with a text
amendment to address recent changes to state statute regarding missing
middle housing.
Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development Department,
Christopher DePerro

ACTIONS:

Staff Recommendation: Approval, as shown in Exhibit B of the Staff Report.

Village Planning Committee (VPC) Recommendation:
Ahwatukee Foothills 9/29/2025 Information only.
Alhambra 9/30/2025 Information only.
Camelback East 9/9/2025 Information only.
Central City 9/8/2025 No quorum.
Deer Valley 9/16/2025 Information only.
Desert View 9/2/2025 Information only.
Encanto 9/8/2025 Information only.
Estrella 9/16/2025 Information only.
Laveen 9/8/2025 Information only.
Maryvale 9/10/2025 Information only.
North Gateway 9/11/2025 Information only.
North Mountain 9/17/2025 Information only.
Paradise Valley 9/8/2025 Information only.
Rio Vista 9/9/2025 Information only.
South Mountain 9/9/2025 Information only.

Planning Commission Recommendation: Approval, as shown in Exhibit B of the Staff Report.

Motion Discussion: N/A

Motion details: Commissioner Gorriaz made a MOTION to approve Z-3-25-4-7-8, as shown in
Exhibit B of the Staff Report.

Maker: Gorraiz
Second: James
Vote: 5-3 (Sorenson, Matthews, Boyd)
Absent: Hu
Opposition Present: Yes.

Findings: The proposed rezoning will create a Middle Housing (MH) Overlay District in
conjunction with a text amendment to address recent changes to state statute regarding missing
middle housing.

Proposed Zoning Overlay Boundary:




This publication can be made available in alternate format upon request. Please contact
Saneeya Mir at 602-686-6461, saneeya.mir@phoenix.gov, TTY: Use 7-1-1.




ATTACHMENT E

From: Dan Clark
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: Flight Path Areas
Date: Tuesday, August 12, 2025 6:55:41 AM




Hello,

I wanted to suggest that the flight path areas should be included in your map. Perhaps you
create a rule that anything built in that area must have certain sound protection. Given the ‌
pushback and lobbying you're getting from Willo, if they are successful you will lose a lot of
areas to build. I am in support of middle housing and this flight path area seems like a perfect
place with some good city planning given how sparse the area is and the desperate need for
housing even if not ideal.

Thanks




ATTACHMENT F

From: L Shannon Bryant
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: Proposed Middle Housing
Date: Tuesday, August 5, 2025 2:00:29 PM









From: Jen LaPointe
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: Historic neighborhood impact?
Date: Sunday, August 10, 2025 9:31:13 PM







Hello! I am writing to voice my concerns over the proposed zoning changes in downtown
Phoenix neighborhoods, specifically federally registered historic places. To allow duplexes,
triplexes or fourplexes on single family lots in registered historic neighborhoods (ie, Ashland
Place) would negate the entire character and reason for the historic neighborhoods in the first
place. There needs to be very specific planning involved to determine lots that make sense for
this or havoc will ensue creating a mish-mash blend of issues between single family lots and
multi-family lots. This needs to be thoughtful planning not a blanket rezoning. I am not
against density but many lots should not be more than a main house and one ADU only.
Jamming a fourplex next to a single family home will create a myriad of issues alone.
Developers will buy up all the lots and true neighborhoods will be no longer.

Please tell me the historic neighborhoods would be exempt from this? Otherwise, there will
be no more history-

Sincerely,
-Jennifer LaPointe, P.E., LEED AP
Take Flight, LLC




From: bplasencia
To: PDD Middle Housing; bplasencia Plasencia
Subject: Willo property owner statement
Date: Monday, August 11, 2025 5:51:24 PM







Hello
My name is Beth Plasencia. I have lived in the Willo neighborhood for nine years.
After raising our children in Chandler, we wanted to experience the benefits of living
and working in midtown Phoenix. The uniqueness of Willo drew us in and we purchased
our home.

Living in mid town does not come without its issues. HOWEVER, we feel our
neighborhood and its sense of community outweighs those issues.

We bought a single family home in the Willo neighborhood which is zoned as a single
family residential neighborhood. The State of Arizona and the City of Phoenix threaten
our home which is also a major investment. The state laws have been passed with little
or no input from citizens for superseding existing zoning and historic designations in
cities. This impact on the historic districts is tremendous and potentially fatal to the
neighborhood.

We bought a single family home. Never in all the states I lived in has zoning been
changed lacking the input of the people that own the property. After this bill was passed
by the legislature, with little or no thought on how the impacted neighborhoods would
feel, the City adjusted the Central Business District boundaries that impact most of the
historic communities in the city including the Willo.

A four-plex in Willo will not be affordable. Currently there are town homes for sale on
first avenue that are over $1,000,000. What it will do is lower the property values in the
Willo and other historic neighborhoods. It will cause lower values for single family
homes, street parking issues, traffic problems, and change the vibe of the neighborhood.
How many places in Phoenix do neighbors regularly assemble for happy hours,
community events and that is highly inclusive of all neighbors.

Although not able to attend tonight I will wear white clothing in spirit to support the
neighborhoods. The changes that allow four-plexes is unethical if not illegal. I feel I
was not given a voice rather eminent domain was implemented without fair

representation of the impacts on Willo and other historic communities. Please consider
exceptions for historic areas, ones that have come back from decline. Once these historic
homes are gone they never will be rebuilt.

Beth Plasencia
326 W Windsor Ave


Sent from Yahoo Mail for iPhone [mail.onelink.me]




From: bplasencia
To: PDD Middle Housing; Doug Plasencia
Subject: Willo property impact statement
Date: Monday, August 11, 2025 5:53:10 PM







The legislature playing partisan politics has perpetrated under false claims of affordable
housing the ability to change residential densities in single family neighborhoods within one
mile of a business district. This shift hits historic districts particularly hard because of the
proximity of historic neighborhoods to the city centers. The cities have not as of yet effectively
pushed back against this law in part due to competing agendas that pit neighborhoods against
urban redevelopment funds.

In spite of partisan politics and city led special interest agendas what these officials are
ignoring is that they are setting the stage for a taking of property rights. Inverse condemnation
is a well understood tenet where the action of another owner or in this case government can
not take action that harms another property. Second is the concept of due process where
these policies and competing interests can debate community matters. A legislative hearing
hardly qualifies as due process to notify those impacted and to provide a balanced voice. City
officials that ignore this due process issue are likewise culpable.

As a nine year resident of a historic district impacted by this change, I implore the City to take
every action to reverse this law and when the first permit comes to the City that no approvals
be given that violates the bedrock constitutional principles of no taking including inverse
condemnations, or that violates the premise of due process as described in the constitution.

Doug Plasencia
326 W Windsor Ave


Sent from Yahoo Mail for iPhone [mail.onelink.me]




From: Debby
To: PDD Middle Housing
Subject: text amendment Z-TA-1-25-Y and rezoning case Z-3-25-4-7-8
Date: Tuesday, August 12, 2025 5:11:24 PM








I am strongly opposed to this!! This area contains the only architecture worth saving
in the entire city - It has charm, community, and tradition -there is still some greenery
to keep Phoenix cooler! Why quadruple the population in this tiny area when there is
the entire desert around us? Where will the water come from? Why not keep the
developers happy in North Phoenix where they can build the cheap tickey-tackey
houses they’ve started?

Debby Gelbspan
81 E Ashland Ave




Written Testimony for Public Record

Case: Z-TA-1-25-Y (Middle Housing Text Amendment) and Z-3-25-4-7-8 (Companion
Rezoning)


Date: August 14, 2025
To: City of Phoenix Planning & Development Department; Planning Commission; City Council
From: Gregg and Lisa Carrington
Address: 26 W Vernon Ave (Willo Historic District)
Email: greggcarrington@gmail.com
Residents, Willo Historic District (National Register & HP overlay)



Position

We oppose Z-TA-1-25-Y and the companion Z-3-25-4-7-8 as currently drafted. We respectfully
request revisions that (1) fully leverage existing historic preservation review and demolition
controls in HP districts, (2) align implementation with adopted neighborhood conservation plans,
and (3) prevent unintended incentives to demolish contributing historic structures.

While we strongly support protecting all of Phoenix’s historic neighborhoods, we understand
from the recent public meeting that the City may not be granting exemptions to the Middle
Housing Law. If so, it is even more critical that this ordinance incorporate the following six
amendments to ensure state compliance and the preservation of the character and integrity of
these districts.

We support the efforts of Save Historic AZ and the Willo Neighborhood Association,
specifically:

1. Exemption for historic districts from the Middle Housing Law;
2. Using the “Business Core” section of the Downtown Code (DTC) as the Middle Housing
zone — which would set the northern boundary at Palm Lane instead of Thomas Road;
3. Including delayed implementation in the text amendment. While the law says it must be
adopted by Jan. 1, 2026, it does not require immediate activation.


Context

The State’s 2024 law (A.R.S. § 9-462.13 via HB 2721) requires cities to allow up to four
dwelling units per lot within one mile of Downtown and limits required off-street parking to no
more than one space per unit. State law does not exempt historic districts, but it also does not
change Phoenix’s existing HP design review or demolition-approval procedures.




Phoenix is home to many unique and historically significant neighborhoods — from Encanto-
Palmcroft to Garfield to Coronado to Willo — each with its own architectural character. In
Willo, for example, we already have historic duplexes, triplexes, and quads that fit seamlessly
into our historic fabric because they were built to match the neighborhood’s scale, setbacks, and
styles. The amendments we propose would allow that kind of compatible middle housing
in all historic districts while discouraging demolition-first redevelopment and out-of-scale
construction.

We also live in the most densely populated area of Phoenix, and the Willo Neighborhood has
supported every multi-family housing project adjacent to our neighborhood for the past 25
years — including Tapestry, Muse, Arthaus, Willo Lofts, and more. We recognize the housing
shortage, but opening historic districts to demolition and speculative redevelopment will not
solve the crisis — it will only destroy irreplaceable heritage.



Lessons from the 1970s

Phoenix’s 1960s–70s “urban renewal” policies demolished large portions of downtown’s historic
fabric. Blocks of irreplaceable architecture, including historic fire stations and early commercial
buildings, were replaced with lifeless concrete structures. While Heritage Square was saved at
the last moment, the broader damage is still regretted today. We should not repeat those mistakes
in our historic neighborhoods.



Why preservation and “middle housing” can co-exist

Research from the National Trust for Historic Preservation shows that older, smaller buildings
help neighborhoods thrive economically, socially, and environmentally. Adaptive reuse avoids
the problems created by demolition and maintains the unique character that draws people to our
city.

Middle housing can and should be integrated into historic districts — but only if design, scale,
and reuse are prioritized over demolition.



Specific Concerns

1. Demolition Risk in HP Districts – Without strong reinforcement of HP rules in this
ordinance, there is an incentive to demolish contributing homes and replace them with
box-style fourplexes built to minimum parking standards.
2. Parking Impacts – The state parking cap (1 space per unit) will cause spillover onto
already-congested streets unless paired with curb-management tools.




3. Conflict with Conservation Plans – Adopted neighborhood conservation plans
emphasize rehabilitation and compatibility; this amendment could shift economics
toward teardown if left unchecked.



What Still Applies in Historic Neighborhoods

• HP Design Review – COA or CNE required for exterior changes and infill.
• HP Demolition Approval – Separate HPO review and hardship process still required for
demo of contributing structures.
• Local Authority Remains – Council can reinforce HP rules in the MHOD text and pair
the overlay with parking management, adaptive-reuse incentives, and extended
demolition holds.



Six Required Amendments

1. HP Applicability Clause: All middle housing in HP districts must follow HP design
review and demolition approval procedures — including Certificates of
Appropriateness/No Effect, demolition approval, and the Certification of Economic
Hardship process.
2. Form Compatibility: Require middle housing in HP districts to match the same
frontage, setbacks, height planes, lot coverage, and porch/entry patterns already required
for single-family homes in the district’s HP guidelines. This allows neighborhoods like
Willo to continue integrating duplexes, triplexes, and quads that match the historic fabric,
while preventing out-of-scale or incompatible new builds.
3. Adaptive-Reuse Incentive: Create a fee reduction and expedited review for projects that
add units by converting the interior of existing contributing homes instead of demolishing
them.
4. Curb Management Commitment: Pair the overlay with Residential Permit Zones or
similar curb-management tools so parking caps don’t overwhelm historic streets.
5. Annual Report: Require staff to track and report demolitions, adaptive reuse vs.
teardowns, and parking impacts in HP districts every year.
6. Extended Demolition Hold: Increase the demolition hold period for contributing historic
properties in HP districts from the current 1 year to 2 years, allowing more time to
explore preservation and adaptive-reuse options before historic structures are lost.



Legal Defensibility

These six amendments are fully compatible with A.R.S. § 9-462.13. The statute establishes
minimum entitlements for middle housing but explicitly leaves in place local Historic
Preservation design review, demolition controls, and administrative procedures. None of these



amendments reduce the number of units allowed, impose a more restrictive process than that
applied to single-family homes in the same HP district, or increase parking requirements beyond
the state cap. Instead, they operate within the City’s retained authority to manage design,
demolition timing, and neighborhood compatibility — tools the state deliberately left in local
hands.



Conclusion

Since no exemptions will be provided for historic districts, the only path to protecting the
character of Phoenix’s historic neighborhoods while meeting state housing mandates is to embed
these six amendments into Z-TA-1-25-Y / Z-3-25-4-7-8.

Phoenix can comply with state law and ensure that middle housing in historic districts is
compatible, context-sensitive, and preservation-minded. Please adopt these changes before final
approval.

Respectfully,
Gregg and Lisa Carrington
Residents, Willo Historic District




RCVD 9/29/2025
Save Historic AZ
PO Box 33922
Phoenix, AZ 85067
savehistoricaz@gmail.com


Dear Honorable Councilmember,

We are writing to urge you to recognize that the Middle Housing Law does not apply to Phoenix’s historic neighborhoods,
nor should it.

Historic neighborhoods are already entitled to more diverse housing options. These areas, including Willo, F.Q. Story, and
others, already support density with historic duplexes and casitas (ADUs). The Middle Housing law aims to introduce multi-
family options in areas restricted to single-family use. That is not the case in our historic districts, which are already zoned for
higher density.

The Phoenix Zoning Code reinforces this:
R1-6 lots subdivided prior to 1998 are already entitled to duplexes (Table 6.13B).
R1-10 lots subdivided prior to 1999 have similar entitlements (Table 6.11B).
These properties are explicitly described as having “multi-family development” potential, and are therefore not classified
as “single-family residential zoning”—which is the key condition required for the Middle Housing Law to apply.

If the Legislature had intended this law to override all zoning classifications, it could have done so. Instead, it limited the
law’s scope. Applying it where it does not belong undermines the intent of both the statute and our city’s historic preservation
goals.

Applying this law to historic neighborhoods poses an existential threat to those districts. Once a district falls below 51%
contributing structures, it risks losing its historic designation entirely. The City has invested significant federal, state, and local
funding into preserving these neighborhoods and in encouraging residents to restore and live in them.

Allowing the Middle Housing Law to take root in historic areas would:
Incentivize demolition of historic homes,
Accelerate the erosion of historic character, and
Transfer wealth from residents to institutional investors operating four-plexes as short-term rentals.

This is not hypothetical—it is already happening in cities that failed to protect their historic cores. We ask the City to formally
adopt this legal interpretation: The Middle Housing Law does not apply to our historic districts. We urge you to stand with us
in defending Phoenix’s legacy neighborhoods from inappropriate zoning changes that will permanently alter their character.

For more information on the tremendous cultural and economic value these districts provide, we invite you to review this
report: https://www.placeeconomics.com/resources/preservation-phoenix-style/

Thank you for your service to our city and for helping us preserve its unique history.


Sincerely,


Bradley Brauer, President, Opal Wagner, Co-Chair, Elle January, President,
Willo Neighborhood Association Save Historic AZ Los Olivos Historic Neighborhood
Co-Chair, Save Historic AZ
Robert Warnicke Sasha Robinson, President
Robert Warnicke Law PLC Story Preservation Association
https://savehistoricaz.com

From: Paul Zagnoni
Sent: Thursday, October 2, 2025 11:56 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: A.R.S. Section 38-431.02




Dear Honorable Councilmembers, I am writing you as an owner of a historic home in LA Hacienda for
over 25+ years to urge you to recognize that the Middle Housing Law does not apply to Phoenix's historic
neighborhoods, nor should it.

Historic neighborhoods are already entitled to more diverse housing options. These areas, including
Willo, F.Q. Story, andothers, already support density with historic duplexes and casitas (ADUs). The
Middle Housing law aims to introduce multi-family options in areas restricted to single- family use. That is
not the case in our historic districts, which are already zoned forhigher density.

The Phoenix Zoning Code reinforces this:

·R1-6 lots subdivided prior to 1998 are already entitled to duplexes (Table 6.13B).

· R1-10 lots subdivided prior to 1999 have similar entitlements (Table 6.11B).

·These properties are explicitly described as having "multi-family development" potential, and are
therefore not classifiedas "single-family residential zoning"-which is the key condition required for the
Middle Housing Law to apply.

If the Legislature had intended this law to override all zoning classifications, it could have done so.
Instead, it limited thelaw's scope. Applying it where it does not belong undermines the intent of both the
statute and our city's historic preservationgoals.

Applying this law to historic neighborhoods poses an existential threat to those districts. Once a district
falls below 51%contributing structures, it risks losing its historic designation entirely. The City has
invested significant federal, state, and localfunding into preserving these neighborhoods and in
encouraging residents to restore and live in them.

Allowing the Middle Housing Law to take root in historic areas would:

·Incentivize demolition of historic homes,

·Accelerate the erosion of historic character, and




1 1100
·Transfer wealth from residents to institutional investors operating four-plexes as short-term rentals.

This is not hypothetical-it is already happening in cities that failed to protect their historic cores. I ask the
City to formally adopt this legal interpretation: The Middle Housing Law does not apply to our historic
districts. We urge you to stand with us in defending Phoenix's legacy neighborhoods from inappropriate
zoning changes that will permanently alter their character

Thank you for your service to our city and for helping us preserve its unique hheritage.

Paul Zagnoni

602-571-1681 cell




2 1101
From: Laura Zagnoni
Sent: Friday, October 3, 2025 12:06 AM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Middle Housing (Z-TA-1-25-Y and Z-3-25-4-7-8)


For meeting occuring on October 6, 2025, 6:00 pm, Agenda item #2:

Save Historic AZ

Dear Honorable Councilmembers,
I am are writing to urge you to recognize that the Middle Housing Law does not apply to Phoenix's historic
neighborhoods, nor should it.
My family has resided in a historic district for over 25 years (Willo, and now La Hacienda) and have
chosen to stay because of the value and community within these districts. We urge you to consider the
points made below as well as the residents and communities that would be adversely affected.

Historic neighborhoods are already entitled to more diverse housing options. These areas, including
Willo, F.Q. Story, andothers, already support density with historic duplexes and casitas (ADUs). The
Middle Housing law aims to introduce multi-family options in areas restricted to single- family use. That is
not the case in our historic districts, which are already zoned forhigher density.
The Phoenix Zoning Code reinforces this:
·R1-6 lots subdivided prior to 1998 are already entitled to duplexes (Table 6.13B).
· R1-10 lots subdivided prior to 1999 have similar entitlements (Table 6.11B).
·These properties are explicitly described as having "multi-family development" potential, and are
therefore not classifiedas "single-family residential zoning"-which is the key condition required for the
Middle Housing Law to apply.
If the Legislature had intended this law to override all zoning classifications, it could have done so.
Instead, it limited the law's scope. Applying it where it does not belong undermines the intent of both the
statute and our city's historic preservationgoals.
Applying this law to historic neighborhoods poses an existential threat to those districts. Once a district
falls below 51%contributing structures, it risks losing its historic designation entirely. The City has
invested significant federal, state, and localfunding into preserving these neighborhoods and in
encouraging residents to restore and live in them.
Allowing the Middle Housing Law to take root in historic areas would:
·Incentivize demolition of historic homes,
·Accelerate the erosion of historic character, and
·Transfer wealth from residents to institutional investors operating four-plexes as short-term rentals.

This is not hypothetical-it is already happening in cities that failed to protect their historic cores. We ask
the City to formallyadopt this legal interpretation: The Middle Housing Law does not apply to our
historic districts.
Thank you for your consideration and attention to this important matter.
Laura Zagnoni




1 1102
From: PAT KORDELSKI
Sent: Friday, October 3, 2025 7:49 AM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Bill to destroy historic neighborhoods by allowing four-plexus to be built on property
HB 4721




I am sending my vote to disagree with the proposed legislation to allow this outrageous travesty to
our historic neighborhoods. Legislating after the fact and calling it a measure to provide affordable
housing is a misnomer. This is being done under the guise of providing builders and construction
companies the ability to make money on the backs of hard working people who have chosen a
particular area for its charm and sense of community. This is another example of our legislators
doing exactly what they want to do , rather than addressing the housing problem with viable solutions.

Do not destroy our neighborhoods. We are unhappy with this piece of legislation. Shame on this
commission.

Pat Kordelski




1 1103
October 3, 2025
200 W. Washington St.
Phoenix, AZ 85003



Dear Honorable Commission Members:

On behalf of the Preserve Phoenix board, we strongly urge the commission to recognize that
historic neighborhoods should be exempt from HB 2721. We are calling for the commission and
city council to act immediately to adopt protective zoning amendments that recognize the unique
density and character of historic districts and respect their contribution to Phoenix’s identity.

HB 2721 removes local control by requiring Phoenix and other large cities to allow duplexes,
triplexes, fourplexes, and townhomes “by right” in single-family zones within one mile of the
Central Business District and in 20% of all new developments over 10 acres. If Phoenix does not
adopt compliant zoning by January 1, 2026, this development will be automatically permitted on
all single-family lots without local review — a permanent and irreversible change.

The “Missing Middle Law” aims to create multi-family options and create denser housing
opportunities in the city. Phoenix’s 36 historic districts — including Roosevelt, F.Q. Story,
Garfield, Coronado, Willo, and others — are among the densest residential neighborhoods in the
city, already zoned R-1-6, which has allowed multifamily options since 1998.

We believe that the city should work to retain robust demolition review and design guidelines for
contributing structures, ensuring Certificates of Appropriateness and Certificates of Eligibility
remain enforceable and advocate at the state level for legislative changes that explicitly exempt
historic districts from HB 2721’s mandates.

These neighborhoods have proven economic, environmental, and social value: higher property
values, more walkability, greater tree cover, and stronger small-business job growth. HB 2721
provides no exemption for historic districts, risking demolition of contributing and non-
contributing properties alike, and weakening the integrity of districts that depend on a majority
of contributing structures to maintain historic status.

Preserve Phoenix is committed to being a partner in smart, sustainable growth that balances the
need for housing with the equally urgent need to protect the cultural, economic, and




environmental value of our historic districts. Phoenix can grow without losing its soul — but
only if we act now.We respectfully urge you to help protect Phoenix history and defend these
historic districts that are at risk.

Sincerely,



Erin Lindsey
President, Preserve Phoenix


cc: Kate Gallego, Mayor
Members of Council
Joshua Bednarek, Planning & Development
Helana Ruter, Historic Preservation Office




From: Christine Hall
Sent: Saturday, October 4, 2025 9:07 AM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Middle Housing Agenda item




I object to Agenda Item #2 on Middle Housing (Application # Z-TA-1-25-Y)


Sent from Christine Hall, 1540 W Vernon Ave, Phoenix 85007.




1 1106
From: Nicole Brickner
Sent: Saturday, October 4, 2025 12:26 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Opposition proposed text amendment item 2.




My name is nicole brickner at 602 380 4670. I oppose proposed text amendment, item 2. Thank you
-nicole brickner




1 1107
From: Christopher Bates
Sent: Monday, October 6, 2025 5:50 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Middle Housing Law




Planning Commission:

I live in Windsor Square and am opposed to the Middle Housing Law being applied in Central
Phoenix, as it may negatively impact historic neighborhoods and their status. The proliferation of
affordable four-plexes and other multi-family housing would surely be good for some, but could
endanger the status of historic districts in our city.


Christopher Bates
230 E. Oregon Avenue
Phoenix, AZ 85012




1 1108
From: walter switzer
Sent: Monday, October 6, 2025 7:16 PM
To: PDD Planning Commission
Subject: Historic District Change




Sent from my iPhone
Please vote against the proposal to change the Historic District rules to allow multiple units to be built
on properties in our historic districts. Thank you.
Walter E. Switzer, III, Trustee
369 E. Catalina Drive
Phoenix, Arizona 85012




1 1109

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

72 item(s)